summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex/contrib/caption
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900
commite0c6872cf40896c7be36b11dcc744620f10adf1d (patch)
tree60335e10d2f4354b0674ec22d7b53f0f8abee672 /macros/latex/contrib/caption
Initial commit
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex/contrib/caption')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/CHANGELOG186
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/README84
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/SUMMARY1
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/bicaption.dtx1384
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/bicaption.pdfbin0 -> 115778 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdfbin0 -> 318839 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.tex4579
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdfbin0 -> 307635 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.tex4235
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.pdfbin0 -> 718117 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.tex6229
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.dtx4968
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.ins63
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption2.dtx1384
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption3.dtx4176
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/cat.eps305
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/elephant.eps639
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/ltcaption.dtx907
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/ltcaption.pdfbin0 -> 89996 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/newfloat.dtx2074
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/newfloat.pdfbin0 -> 111038 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/subcaption.dtx1269
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/subcaption.pdfbin0 -> 154500 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/totalcount.dtx384
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/caption/totalcount.pdfbin0 -> 82006 bytes
25 files changed, 32867 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/CHANGELOG b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/CHANGELOG
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..68fb6c4a8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/CHANGELOG
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+Changes made in the caption package bundle
+==========================================
+
+Please note that this document does not reflect bugfix-releases, and that the dates given are the dates of the release w/o bugfixes.
+
+If you are interested in a complete changelog -- including bugfixes -- process the dtx files with \RecordChanges and \PrintChanges.
+
+
+caption package
+---------------
+
+v1.0 (1994/10/27)
+- 1st published version
+
+v1.1 (1994/11/03)
+- New option `centerlast'
+
+v1.2 (1994/11/28)
+- Support of the `float' package added
+
+v1.3 (1995/01/09)
+- Support of \captionlabelfont in subcaptions added
+
+v1.4 (1995/01/30)
+- New option `nooneline'
+
+v2.0 (caption2, 1995/10/09)
+- New experimental version with many new commands and features
+- Support of the `longtable' package added
+
+v2.1 (caption2, 2002/02/26)
+- Adapted to version 2.1 of the subfigure package
+- New options for interaction with other packages (float,...)
+- New command \normalcaptionparams
+- New commands \captionof and \captionof*
+- New ifs \ifcaptionlabel and \ifignoreLTcapwidth
+- \realcaptionwidth renamed to \captionlinewidth
+
+v2.2 (caption2, 2007/04/06)
+- Internal change: Uses the caption3 kernel now
+
+v3.0 (2003/12/20)
+- Completely rewritten in cooperation with Frank Mittelbach and Steven Cochran
+
+v3.1 (2007/09/01)
+- Improved compatibility to supported document classes and packages, but decreased compatibility to non-supported document classes and packages
+- Support of the AMS & SMF document classes added
+- Support of the `beamer' document class added
+- Support of the `KOMA-Script' document classes added
+- Support of the `floatflt' package added
+- Support of the `fltpage' package added
+- Support of the `picinpar' package added
+- Support of the `picins' package added
+- Support of the `threeparttable' package added
+- Support of the `wrapfig' package added
+- Support of the `xtab' package added
+- Check against incompatible `ftcap' package added
+- Check against incompatible `nonfloat' package added
+- Check against incompatible `topcapt' package added
+- Does not process global options anymore to avoid conflicts with document class options
+- New option compatibility=
+- New options font+=, labelfont+= & textfont+=
+- New options hypcap= & hypcapspace=
+- New options list= and listformat=
+- New option options=
+- New options figurewithin= and tablewithin=
+- Starred variant of option margin*= added
+- Starred variant of option style*= added
+- Starred variant of option type*= added
+- Font options `normal', `normalcolor', `color', `normalfont' & `stretch' added
+- Default position changed from `bottom' to `auto'
+- New command \DeclareFloatingEnvironment resp. \DeclareCaptionType
+- New command \DeclareCaptionListFormat
+- New command \captionlistentry
+- Starred variant of \clearcaptionsetup added
+- Optional argument added to \clearcaptionsetup
+- Starred variant of \ContinuedFloat added
+- \captionsetup{...} inside longtables added
+- \captionsetup[singleline]{...} added
+- A \label before \caption will result in warning "\label before \caption ignored"
+- The counters lofdepth & lotdepth are supported now
+- Label formats have three arguments now
+- Optional argument added to \DeclareCaptionFormat; "format=plain" removed from single-line options of default format
+- Caption label format `brace' added
+
+v3.2 (2011/07/30)
+- Support of `beamer' document class improved
+- Support of `magyar' babel option added
+- Support of `sansmath' package added
+- Support of `titletoc' package added to \DeclareCaptionType & \DeclareCaptionSubType
+- Support of `tocbasic' package added to \DeclareCaptionType
+- New options calcmargin=, calcmargin*=, calcwidth=, and calcwidth*=
+- New option listtype= added
+- New option parboxrestore=partial/full
+- New options within= & without
+- Option slc= as abbreviation of singlelinecheck= added
+- Pre-defined text format `empty' added
+- New command \captionbox
+- New command \phantomcaption
+- New command \setcaptiontype as replacement for \captionsetup{type=...}
+- New command \setcaptionsubtype as replacement for \captionsetup{subtype}
+- "Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has stopped early" is not a warning anymore but an information instead
+
+v3.3 (2013/01/06)
+- Revised handling of continued floats and sub-captions
+- New option box= and appropriate command \DeclareCaptionBox
+- New option list-entry= (see also endfloat package documentation)
+- Support of multiple optional arguments added to \captionsetup (see bicaption package documentation)
+- Adapted to the elsarticle document class
+- Adapted to the current version of memhfixc package, provided by the memoir document class
+- Fixed compatibility problem with breqn and nag packages
+- Corrects incorrect load order hyperref-float now (needs hyperref v6.82q or newer)
+- New switch \ifsinglelinecaption for usage inside own commands added
+
+
+bicaption package
+-----------------
+
+v0.9 (2010/09/19)
+- 1st published version (see also http://www.mrunix.de/forums/showthread.php?t=68312)
+
+v1.0 (2011/09/03)
+- Support for list entries added
+
+v1.1 (2012/12/26)
+- \captionmainlanguage and \selectcaptionlanguage added
+
+v1.2 (2016/03/27)
+- \DeclareLangDependantCaptionOption added
+
+
+ltcaption package
+-----------------
+
+v1.0 (2007/04/15)
+- 1st version
+
+v1.1 (2007/09/01)
+- Adapted to the NTG document classes (Support of \CaptionLabelFont & \CaptionTextFont added)
+- Adapted to the `floatrow' package by Olga Lapko
+- New macro \LTcaptype
+- New environment longtable*
+
+v1.2 (2008/03/28)
+- New skip \LTcapskip
+
+v1.3 (2011/09/12)
+- New macro \CaptionLabelSeparator
+
+v1.4 (2013/06/01)
+- Adapted to the memoir document class (v3.7b)
+
+
+subcaption package
+------------------
+
+v1.0 (2008/03/16)
+- 1st published version
+
+v1.1 (2011/08/17)
+- New caption option subrefformat=
+- New command \phantomsubcaption
+
+v1.2 (2018/05/13)
+- Optional argument values `B' and `T' added to the environments `subfigure' and `subtable'
+
+v1.3 (2019/08/31)
+- New command \subfloat for easy transition from the `subfig' package
+
+
+newfloat package
+----------------
+
+v1.0 (2011/10/30)
+- 1st published version
+
+v1.1 (2013/04/27)
+- New command \PrepareListOf
+
+
+totalcount package
+------------------
+
+v1.0 (2008/03/09)
+- 1st published version
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/README b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..baf9a932e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/README
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+==========================================================================
+
+The `caption' package bundle
+Release 2019-09-01
+Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+
+License: LPPL = LaTeX Project Public Licence
+Maintenance Status: maintained (by Axel Sommerfeldt)
+
+Home page:
+ https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption
+
+If you need help for installation please visit:
+ https://texfaq.org/FAQ-inst-miktexstar
+ https://texfaq.org/FAQ-installthings
+ https://texfaq.org/FAQ-privinst
+
+If you need help using these packages please visit:
+ https://latex.org/forum/
+ https://tex.stackexchange.com/
+ https://golatex.de/ (German)
+ https://texwelt.de/ (German)
+
+If you think you may have found a bug in these packages,
+or want to report a suggestion for improvement, please either visit
+ https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption/issues (preferred)
+or send an e-mail to
+ axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The `caption' package v3.3 offers customization of captions of floating
+environments such `figure' and `table' and cooperates with the packages
+
+ float, floatflt, fltpage, hyperref, hypcap, listings, longtable,
+ picinpar, picins, rotating, sidecap, subfigure, supertabular,
+ threeparttable, wrapfig, and xtab.
+
+Furthermore the `floatrow', the `subcaption', and the `subfig' package
+supports the `caption' package and uses its \captionsetup interface.
+
+User Manual: caption-eng.pdf (English)
+ caption-rus.pdf (Russian, outdated)
+ caption-deu.pdf (German)
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The `bicaption' package v1.2 is a tiny package supporting the typesetting
+of bilingual captions.
+
+User Manual: bicaption.pdf (English)
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The `ltcaption' package v1.4 fixes caption problems with
+other-than-center aligned longtables. (solving LaTeX PR `tools/3387')
+
+A bonus feature is the addition of the environment longtable* which does
+not increment the table counter.
+
+This package will be loaded automatically by the `caption' package,
+but can be used without the caption package, too.
+
+User Manual: ltcaption.pdf (English)
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The `subcaption' package v1.3 is a small package supporting typesetting
+of sub-captions (by using the the sub-caption feature of the `caption'
+package).
+
+User Manual: subcaption.pdf (English)
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The `newfloat' package v1.1 offers the command \DeclareFloatingEnvironment
+for defining new floating environments which behave like the existing
+floating environments "figure" and "table".
+
+User Manual: newfloat.pdf (English)
+
+==========================================================================
+(The pictures cat.eps & elephant.eps were taken with permission from the
+ LaTeX Companion examples.)
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/SUMMARY b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/SUMMARY
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3c3dbafcbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/SUMMARY
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+This LaTeX package provides many ways to customise the captions in floating environments like figure and table.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/bicaption.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/bicaption.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..49c9d1f508
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/bicaption.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,1384 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% This is file `bicaption.dtx'.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+%
+% \fi
+% \CheckSum{427}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*driver>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{bicaption.drv}[2016/03/27 v1.2 Adds a bilingual caption feature to the caption package]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=74pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%\errorcontextlines=3
+%
+\documentclass[german,english]{ltxdoc}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+%
+\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]}
+\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]}
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
+ \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
+ \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+ \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper
+ \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\}
+ \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage}
+ \fi
+\fi
+%
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[german,english]{babel}
+\usepackage{selinput}\SelectInputMappings{adieresis={ä},germandbls={ß}}
+%
+\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
+%
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, bicaption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+%
+\usepackage{bicaption}[2016/03/27]
+\usepackage{subcaption}[2016/02/21]
+%
+\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
+\let\package\puresf
+\let\env\purett \let\opt\purett
+%
+\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$}
+%
+\usepackage{marvosym}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}}
+\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}}
+\makeatother
+%
+\usepackage[alpine]{ifsym}
+\newenvironment{background}{\par\bigskip\csname background*\endcsname}{\csname endbackground*\endcsname}
+\newenvironment{background*}{\small\MARGINSYM{\Mountain}\ignorespaces}{\par}
+%
+\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}}
+\newcommand*\NEW[2]{\MARGINSYM{\vskip2pt\footnotesize#1\\#2}}
+%
+\newenvironment{Options}[1]%
+ {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}%
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}%
+ \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}%
+ {\endlist}
+%
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{bicaption.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+% \let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+%
+% \def\thispackage{the \package{bicaption} package}
+% \def\Thispackage{The \package{bicaption} package}
+%
+% \newcommand\NEWfeature{\NEW{New feature}}
+% \newcommand\NEWdescription{\NEW{New description}}
+%
+% \makeatletter
+% \newcommand*\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}}
+% \newcommand*\@Ref[2]{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}}
+% \makeatother
+% \newcommand*\See[1]{\nopagebreak{\small (See #1)}}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{bicaption.drv}
+% \let\docdate\filedate
+% \let\docversion\fileversion
+% \GetFileInfo{bicaption.sty}
+%
+% \title{\texorpdfstring{\Thispackage\thanks{%^^A
+% This package has version number \docversion.}}%^^A
+% {The bicaption package}}
+% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}}
+% \date{\docdate}
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% This package supports the typesetting of bilangual captions.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Loading the package}
+% \label{sec:loading}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\usepackage}
+% This package will be loaded by
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{bicaption}|\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% The options for \thispackage\ are the same ones as for the \package{caption}
+% package and specify settings which are used for the second language
+% \emph{additionally}.
+% In fact
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{bicaption}|
+% \end{quote}
+% is identical to
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage{bicaption}|\\
+% |\captionsetup[bi-second]|\marg{options}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% When used with the \package{babel} or \package{polyglossia} package, the
+% \package{bicaption} package should be loaded \emph{after} it, so the main
+% language will be set automatically. See \autoref{sec:babel} for details.
+%
+% \section{Setting options}
+% \label{sec:options}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[bi]|\marg{options}
+% \end{quote}
+% do setup options which will be used for bilanguage captions \emph{additionally}
+% to the ones which are setup for the specific floating environment.
+%
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[bi-first]|\marg{options}
+% \end{quote}
+% do setup options which will be used for the \emph{first} heading
+% of the bilanguage captions \emph{additionally}
+% to the ones which are setup for the specific floating environment
+% and the ones which are setup by |\captionsetup[bi]{|\ldots|}|.
+%
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[bi-second]|\marg{options}
+% \end{quote}
+% do setup options which will be used for the \emph{second} heading
+% of the bilanguage captions \emph{additionally}
+% to the ones which are setup for the specific floating environment
+% and the ones which are setup by |\captionsetup[bi]{|\ldots|}|.
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% Options specified with |\use|\-|package[|\ldots|]{bi|\-|caption}| and
+% |\caption|\-|setup[bi|\ldots|]{|\ldots|}| will override the ones specified by
+% |\caption|\-|setup{|\ldots|}| and |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|ure]{|\ldots|}|
+% (same for `table'). So finally we have the following order how
+% settings for bilingual captions are applied:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item Global settings
+% {\small(|\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}| and |\captionsetup{|\ldots|}|)}
+% \item Environmental settings
+% {\small(|\captionsetup[figure|\emph{ -or- }|table]{|\ldots|}|)}
+% \item Local settings
+% {\small(|\captionsetup{|\ldots|}| inside |figure| or |table| environment)}
+% \item Custom `bi' settings
+% {\small(|\captionsetup[bi]{|\ldots|}|)}
+% \item Custom `bi-first' resp.~`bi-second' settings
+% {\small(|\usepackage[|\ldots|]{bicaption}| and
+% |\caption|\-|setup[bi-first]{|\ldots|}|
+% resp.~|\caption|\-|setup[bi-second]{|\ldots|}|)}
+% \end{enumerate}
+% An example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[labelsep=quad,indention=10pt]{caption}|\\
+% |\usepackage[labelfont=bf]{bicaption}|\\
+% |\captionsetup[table]{labelfont=it,position=top}|
+% \end{quote}
+% causes the second heading of the bilingual caption inside |table| environments
+% to be typeset with the settings
+% \begin{quote}
+% |labelsep=quad,indention=10pt,position=top,labelfont=bf|~.
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% To limit |bi|, |bi-first|, or |bi-second| options to specific environments one can use
+% multiple optional arguments for |\caption|\-|setup|, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[figure][bi-first]|\oarg{options}
+% \end{quote}
+% will limit the settings to the first heading of |figure| environments only.
+% Please note that the environment name (|figure|, |table|, \ldots) has to be specified
+% as first optional argument while the bilingual selection (|bi|, |bi-first|, or |bi-second|)
+% as second one.
+%
+% \section{Additional options}
+% \label{sec:additional-options}
+%
+% These options are available additional to the ones offered by the
+% \package{caption} package:
+%
+% \begin{Options}{language=}
+% \item[lang=]
+% \DescribeMacro{language=}
+% Sets the language of the caption, e.g.
+% \begin{quote}|\use|\-|package|\-|[lang=eng|\-|lish]{bi|\-|caption}|\end{quote}
+% will typeset the second caption of bilingual captions in English.
+% (The language will be set with |\select|\-|caption|\-|language| internally,
+% see \autoref{sec:babel} for details.)
+%
+% \item[bi-lang=]
+% \DescribeMacro{bi-lang=}
+% Causes a selection of the headings of bilingual captions.
+% \begin{quote}|\captionsetup{bi-lang=both}|\end{quote}
+% will cause that both caption headings are being typeset.\\
+% (This is the default.)
+% \begin{quote}|\captionsetup{bi-lang=first}|\end{quote}
+% will cause that only the \emph{first} heading is being typeset, and
+% \begin{quote}|\captionsetup{bi-lang=second}|\end{quote}
+% will cause that only the \emph{second} heading is being typeset.
+%
+% \item[bi-slc=]
+% \DescribeMacro{bi-singlelinecheck=}
+% Switches the common single-line-check |on| or |off|, i.e.~when switched on
+% only a single check will be done for both captions, and the result will affect
+% both captions afterwards. So if only one caption is longer than a single line,
+% both captions will be treated as if they are longer than a single line, even if
+% the second one isn't. (The default is |on|.)
+%
+% \item[bi-swap=]
+% \DescribeMacro{bi-swap=}
+% \begin{quote}|\captionsetup{bi-swap}|\end{quote}
+% will swap the primary and secondary language,
+% making the first language the second one and vice versa. (The default is |false|.)
+% \end{Options}
+%
+% \section{The \cs{bicaption} commands}
+% \label{sec:bicaption}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\bicaption
+% Bilingual captions will be typeset by
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\bicaption|\oarg{list entry \#1}\marg{heading \#1}\\
+% | |\oarg{list entry \#2}\marg{heading \#2}\\
+% |\bicaption*|\marg{heading \#1}\marg{heading \#2}
+% \end{quote}
+% The |\label| should be placed either after this command, or inside the first heading.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\bicaptionbox
+% Bilingual caption boxes will be typeset by
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\bicaptionbox|\oarg{list entry \#1}\marg{heading \#1}\\
+% | |\oarg{list entry \#2}\marg{heading \#2}\\
+% | |\oarg{width}\oarg{inner-pos}\marg{contents}\\
+% |\bicaptionbox*|\marg{heading \#1}\marg{heading \#2}\\
+% | |\oarg{width}\oarg{inner-pos}\marg{contents}
+% \end{quote}
+% The |\label| should be placed inside the first heading.
+%
+% \begingroup\small
+% (For a description of the optional parameters \meta{width} and \meta{inner-pos}
+% please take a look at the \package{caption} package documentation,
+% \cs{captionbox}.)
+% \endgroup
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% If the \package{subcaption} package is loaded, these commands are available
+% additionally:
+%
+% \smallskip
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\bisubcaption
+% Bilingual sub-captions will be typeset by
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\bisubcaption|\oarg{list entry \#1}\marg{heading \#1}\\
+% | |\oarg{list entry \#2}\marg{heading \#2}\\
+% |\bisubcaption*|\marg{heading \#1}\marg{heading \#2}
+% \end{quote}
+% The |\label| should be placed either after this command, or inside the first heading.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\bisubcaptionbox
+% Bilingual sub-caption boxes will be typeset by
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\bisubcaptionbox|\oarg{list entry \#1}\marg{heading \#1}\\
+% | |\oarg{list entry \#2}\marg{heading \#2}\\
+% | |\oarg{width}\oarg{inner-pos}\marg{contents}\\
+% |\bisubcaptionbox*|\marg{heading \#1}\marg{heading \#2}\\
+% | |\oarg{width}\oarg{inner-pos}\marg{contents}
+% \end{quote}
+% The |\label| should be placed inside the first heading.
+%
+% \begingroup\small
+% (For a description of the optional parameters \meta{width} and \meta{inner-pos}
+% please take a look at the \package{subcaption} package documentation,
+% \cs{subcaptionbox}.)
+% \endgroup
+%
+% \PageBreak
+% \section{A sample document}
+% \label{sec:example}
+%
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\documentclass[english,ngerman]{article}|\\
+% |\usepackage{selinput}|\\
+% |\SelectInputMappings{adieresis={ä},germandbls={ß}}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\usepackage{babel}|\\
+% |\usepackage[lang=english,font=it]{bicaption}|\\
+% \iffalse
+% |\usepackage[format=hang,list=on]{subcaption}|\\
+% \else
+% |\usepackage[format=hang]{subcaption}|\\
+% \fi
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{document}|\\
+% ||\\
+% \iffalse
+% |\listoffigures|\\
+% ||\\
+% \fi
+% |\begin{figure}[!htb]|\\
+% | \centering|\\
+% | \bisubcaptionbox|\\
+% | {Teilabbildung A\label{fig:test:A}}|\\
+% | {Subfigure A}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%|\\
+% | \qquad|\\
+% | \bisubcaptionbox|\\
+% | {Teilabbildung langer Titel B\label{fig:test:B}}|\\
+% | {Subfigure long title B}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%|\\
+% | \bicaption{Deutscher Titel}{English Title}|\\
+% | \label{fig:test}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|\\
+% ||\\
+% \iffalse
+% |\captionsetup{bi-lang=2nd}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{figure}[!htb]|\\
+% | \centering|\\
+% | \bisubcaptionbox|\\
+% | {Teilabbildung A\label{fig:test2:A}}|\\
+% | {Subfigure A}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%|\\
+% | \qquad|\\
+% | \bisubcaptionbox|\\
+% | {Teilabbildung langer Titel B\label{fig:test2:B}}|\\
+% | {Subfigure long title B}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%|\\
+% | \bicaption{Deutscher Titel}{English Title}|\\
+% | \label{fig:test2}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|\\
+% ||\\
+% \fi
+% |\captionsetup{bi-lang=both}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{figure}[!htb]|\\
+% | \centering|\\
+% | \bisubcaptionbox[A]|\\
+% | {Und eine gaaaanz lange Caption: Teilabbildung A}|\\
+% | {Subfigure A}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%|\\
+% | \qquad|\\
+% | \bisubcaptionbox[B]|\\
+% | {Teilabbildung B}|\\
+% | {Subfigure B}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%|\\
+% | \bicaption[Abbildungsverzeichnistitel]|\\
+% | {Und eine noch viel viel viel|\\
+% | längere deutsche Beschriftung: Deutscher Titel}|\\
+% | {Short English heading}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\captionsetup{bi-slc=0}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{figure}[!htb]|\\
+% | \centering|\\
+% | \bisubcaptionbox[A]|\\
+% | {Und eine gaaaanz lange Caption: Teilabbildung A}|\\
+% | {Subfigure A}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%|\\
+% | \qquad|\\
+% | \bisubcaptionbox[B]|\\
+% | {Teilabbildung B}|\\
+% | {Subfigure B}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%|\\
+% | \bicaption[Abbildungsverzeichnistitel]|\\
+% | {Und eine noch viel viel viel|\\
+% | längere deutsche Beschriftung: Deutscher Titel}|\\
+% | {Short English heading}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\captionsetup{slc=0}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{figure}[!htb]|\\
+% | \centering|\\
+% | \bisubcaptionbox[A]|\\
+% | {Und eine gaaaanz lange Caption: Teilabbildung A}|\\
+% | {Subfigure A}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%|\\
+% | \qquad|\\
+% | \bisubcaptionbox[B]|\\
+% | {Teilabbildung B}|\\
+% | {Subfigure B}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%|\\
+% | \bicaption[Abbildungsverzeichnistitel]|\\
+% | {Und eine noch viel viel viel|\\
+% | längere deutsche Beschriftung: Deutscher Titel}|\\
+% | {Short English heading}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\end{document}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \PageBreak
+% \captionsetup[bi-first]{lang=german}
+% \captionsetup[bi-second]{lang=english,font=it}
+% \captionsetup[sub]{format=hang,list=on}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% \listoffigures
+% \bigskip
+% \fi
+%
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \bisubcaptionbox
+% {Teilabbildung A\label{fig:test:A}}
+% {Subfigure A}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%
+% \qquad
+% \bisubcaptionbox
+% {Teilabbildung langer Titel B\label{fig:test:B}}
+% {Subfigure long title B}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%
+% \bicaption{Deutscher Titel}{English Title}
+% \label{fig:test}
+% \end{figure}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% \captionsetup{bi-lang=2nd}
+%
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \bisubcaptionbox
+% {Teilabbildung A\label{fig:test2:A}}
+% {Subfigure A}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%
+% \qquad
+% \bisubcaptionbox
+% {Teilabbildung langer Titel B\label{fig:test2:B}}
+% {Subfigure long title B}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%
+% \bicaption{Deutscher Titel}{English Title}
+% \label{fig:test2}
+% \end{figure}
+% \fi
+%
+% \captionsetup{bi-lang=both}
+%
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \bisubcaptionbox[A]
+% {Und eine gaaaanz lange Caption: Teilabbildung A}
+% {Subfigure A}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%
+% \qquad
+% \bisubcaptionbox[B]
+% {Teilabbildung B}
+% {Subfigure B}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%
+% \bicaption[Abbildungsverzeichnistitel]
+% {Und eine noch viel viel viel
+% längere deutsche Beschriftung: Deutscher Titel}
+% {Short English heading}
+% \end{figure}
+%
+% \captionsetup{bi-slc=0}
+%
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \bisubcaptionbox[A]
+% {Und eine gaaaanz lange Caption: Teilabbildung A}
+% {Subfigure A}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%
+% \qquad
+% \bisubcaptionbox[B]
+% {Teilabbildung B}
+% {Subfigure B}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%
+% \bicaption[Abbildungsverzeichnistitel]
+% {Und eine noch viel viel viel
+% längere deutsche Beschriftung: Deutscher Titel}
+% {Short English heading}
+% \end{figure}
+%
+% \captionsetup{slc=0}
+%
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \bisubcaptionbox[A]
+% {Und eine gaaaanz lange Caption: Teilabbildung A}
+% {Subfigure A}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%
+% \qquad
+% \bisubcaptionbox[B]
+% {Teilabbildung B}
+% {Subfigure B}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%
+% \bicaption[Abbildungsverzeichnistitel]
+% {Und eine noch viel viel viel
+% längere deutsche Beschriftung: Deutscher Titel}
+% {Short English heading}
+% \end{figure}
+%
+% \PageBreak
+% \section{Customising lists}
+% \label{sec:lists}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{list=}
+% As default both caption texts will be insert into the List of Figures resp. List of Tables.
+% To suppress the second entry just pass the option |list=off| to the \package{bicaption}
+% package, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[lang=english,|\ldots|,list=off]{bicaption}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{listtype+=}
+% Another option is separating the lists. For that purpose the option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |listtype+=|\meta{list type extension}
+% \end{quote}
+% can be used to tell the \package{bicaption} package to use a different list
+% for the second caption text.
+% The given value will be appended to the current environment type;
+% for example with |listtype+=X| the list entries will be put into the list
+% responsible for the types
+% |figureX| ($=$ |figure| $+$ |X|), |tableX| ($=$ |table| $+$ |X|) etc.
+%
+% Such a \meta{list type} can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|
+% offered by the \package{newfloat} package, but some document classes
+% or other packages offer macros for defining new floating environment types
+% (and their corresponding lists) as well.
+%
+% A sample document:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\documentclass[a4paper]{article}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Use "ngerman" as 1st language, "english" as 2nd one|\\
+% |\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Load the bicaption package with 2nd language set to|\\
+% |% "english", and list type "figureEng" resp. "tableEng"|\\
+% |\usepackage[lang=english,listtype+=Eng]{bicaption}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\usepackage{newfloat}|\\
+% |% Define the new floating environment type "figureEng"|\\
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lof2]{figureEng}|\\
+% | [Figure][List of Figures]|\\
+% |% Define the new floating environment type "tableEng"|\\
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lot2]{tableEng}|\\
+% | [Table][List of Tables]|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{document}|\\
+% |\listoffigures % typeset "Abbildungsverzeichnis"|\\
+% |\listoffigureEnges % typeset "List of Figures"|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{figure}|\\
+% | \centering|\\
+% | A placeholder for an image or whatever|\\
+% | \bicaption{Deutscher Text}{English text}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\end{document}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% A different approach is using one list for both languages, but with different formatting.
+% Since the \package{caption} package does not offer options and commands for
+% customising the format of the lists, one need an additional package for this purpose,
+% for example the \package{titletoc} package:
+%
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\documentclass[a4paper]{article}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Use "ngerman" as 1st language, "english" as 2nd one|\\
+% |\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Load the bicaption package with 2nd language set to|\\
+% |% "english", and list type "figure2" resp. "table2"|\\
+% |\usepackage[lang=english,listtype+=2]{bicaption}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% We load the titletoc package for customizing lists|\\
+% |% Note: Loading titletoc should be done prior|\\
+% |% defining additional floating environments with|\\
+% |% \DeclareFloatingEnvironment|\\
+% |\usepackage{titletoc}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\usepackage{newfloat}|\\
+% |% Define the new floating environment type "figure2"|\\
+% |% Use the same file extension as for "figure" (.lof) here|\\
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lof]{figure2}|\\
+% |% Define the new floating environment type "table2"|\\
+% |% Use the same file extension as for "table" (.lot) here|\\
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lot]{table2}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% We use the titletoc package for customizing "figure2"|\\
+% |% which is appropriate for the second language captions|\\
+% \iffalse
+% |\contentsuse{figure2}{lof}|\\
+% \fi
+% |\titlecontents{figure2}[3.8em]|\\
+% | {} % no above code|\\
+% | {} % empty numbered entry format|\\
+% | {} % empty numberless entry format|\\
+% | {} % empty filler page format|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{document}|\\
+% |\renewcommand\listfigurename|\\
+% | {Abbildungsverzeichnis / List of Figures}|\\
+% |\listoffigures|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{figure}|\\
+% | \centering|\\
+% | A placeholder for an image or whatever|\\
+% | \bicaption{Deutscher Text}{English text}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\end{document}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \section{Language Selection}
+% \label{sec:babel}
+%
+% For language selection \thispackage\ uses two macros internally:
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\captionmainlanguage
+% |\caption|\-|main|\-|lan|\-|guage| contains the main language, e.g. |english| or |german|.
+% If not set prior to loading \thispackage, \thispackage\ will try to obtain this setting from
+% the \package{babel} or \package{polyglossia} package.
+%
+% So if you are using either \package{babel} or \package{polyglossia}, and want to adopt
+% the main language setting from it, then just load \thispackage\ \emph{after} it,
+% and simply forget about the |\caption|\-|main|\-|lan|\-|guage| stuff.
+%
+% Otherwise one can either define |\caption|\-|main|\-|lan|\-|guage| prior to
+% loading \thispackage, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\newcommand\captionmainlanguage{french}|\\
+% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{bicaption}|
+% \end{quote}
+% Or one can specify the main language via |\caption|\-|setup| after loading \thispackage, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{bicaption}|\\
+% |\captionsetup[bi-first]{lang=french}|
+% \end{quote}
+% When not using the \package{babel} or \package{polyglossia} package both approaches
+% will have exactly the same effect.
+% But when using the \package{babel} or \package{polyglossia} package, and one want to
+% specify the main caption language manually, the first approach is preferable since
+% defining |\caption|\-|main|\-|lan|\-|guage| will suppress the automatic detection mechanism.
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\selectcaptionlanguage
+% \NEWfeature{v1.1}
+% |\select|\-|caption|\-|lan|\-|guage| will be used internally to select the language:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\selectcaptionlanguage|\marg{font-or-list-entry}\marg{language}
+% \end{quote}
+% For setting the language of the caption \meta{font-or-list-entry} will be |\@first|\-|of|\-|two|,
+% for setting the language of the list entry \meta{font-or-list-entry} will be
+% |\@second|\-|of|\-|two|.~\footnote{\cs{@firstoftwo} and \cs{@secondoftwo} are defined
+% in the \LaTeX\ kernel and simply pick either the 1st or 2nd argument.}
+% It defaults to |\select@lan|\-|guage| (caption) resp.~|\select|\-|lan|\-|guage| (list entry)
+% offered by the \package{babel} and \package{polyglossia} package:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\providecommand*\selectcaptionlanguage[2]{%|\\
+% | #1{\select@language}{\selectlanguage}{#2}}|
+% \end{quote}
+% If you need to alter this, just either define |\select|\-|caption|\-|lan|\-|guage| prior
+% loading \thispackage, or redefine it afterwards.
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\DeclareCaptionLangOption
+% \NEWfeature{v1.2}
+% For internal implementation reasons the selection of language will be done delayed,
+% i.e.~not done immediately at |lang=|\meta{language}. So if you do
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[bi-second]{lang=ngerman,labelsep=quad}|
+% \end{quote}
+% the language |ngerman| will only be stored internally, and the label separator will
+% be set to |quad| afterwards. Some time later, right before the caption is actually
+% typeset, the language will be set to |ngerman|.
+%
+% Usually this is no problem, but think of options which will be overwritten by the
+% language selection, or options which act on the language currently set, for example
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[bi-second]{lang=ngerman,name=Bild}|\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% |lang=ngerman| changes the environment name to ``Abbildung'', and |name=Bild|
+% changes the environment name to ``Bild''. One would expect that the name is
+% finally ``Bild'', but because of the delayed nature of |lang=ngerman| it will
+% be ``Abbildung'' instead, at least if we don't take action about this.
+%
+% For that reason the command
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLangOption|\marg{caption option name}
+% \end{quote}
+% is offered. Options handled this way will be applied twice if used after the |lang=|
+% option, when the option is actually used, and right after the language is selected.
+%
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLangOption{name}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will be done by \thispackage\ automatically, since the environment name will usually
+% be overwritten by a language selection. So actually
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[bi-second]{lang=ngerman,name=Bild}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will give the expected result, i.e. the environment name is typeset as ``Bild''.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \StopEventually{%^^A
+% }
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@namedef,\@nameuse}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setpar}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box}
+% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow}
+% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter}
+% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
+% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
+% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline}
+% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write}
+% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad}
+% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut}
+% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists}
+% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt}
+% \changes{v0.1}{2010/07/13}{Initial version}
+% \changes{v0.2}{2010/07/13}{Check for caption package added}
+% \changes{v0.3}{2010/07/13}{Usage of \cs{caption@applyfont} added}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2010/07/13}{``Singlelinecheck'' fixed}
+% \changes{v0.5}{2010/07/13}{Options \opt{bi-first} and \opt{bi-second} added}
+% \changes{v0.6}{2010/07/13}{Option \opt{bi-slc} added}
+% \changes{v0.7}{2010/07/13}{Option \opt{bi-lang} added}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2010/09/04}{Adapted to current version of the caption kernel}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2010/09/17}{Option \opt{bi-swap} added}
+% \changes{v0.9a}{2011/07/13}{Warning regarding \package{babel} package added}
+%
+% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{The implementation}
+% \iffalse
+%<*package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Identification}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{bicaption}[2016/03/27 v1.2 Bilingual Captions (AR)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{caption}[2018/05/11] % needs v3.4 or newer
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2011/09/01}{Compatibility error added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifcompatibility{%
+ \caption@Error{%
+ The `bicaption' package does not work correctly\MessageBreak
+ in compatibility mode}}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Initial code}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bicaption@Info}
+% |\bicaption@Info|\marg{message}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\bicaption@Info[1]{%
+ \PackageInfo{bicaption}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\bicaption@InfoNoLine}
+% |\bicaption@InfoNoLine|\marg{message}\par
+% \Note{The \cs{@gobble} at the end of the 2nd argument of
+% \cs{PackageInfo} suppresses the line number info.
+% See TLC2\cite{TLC2}, A.4.7, p885 for details.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\bicaption@InfoNoLine[1]{%
+ \PackageInfo{bicaption}{#1\@gobble}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bicaption@Warning}
+% |\bicaption@Warning|\marg{message}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\bicaption@Warning[1]{%
+ \bicaption@WarningNoLine{#1\on@line}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\bicaption@WarningNoLine}
+% |\bicaption@WarningNoLine|\marg{message}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\bicaption@WarningNoLine[1]{%
+ \PackageWarning{bicaption}{#1.^^J\bicaption@wh\@gobbletwo}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\bicaption@wh{%
+ See the bicaption package documentation for explanation.}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bicaption@Error}
+% |\bicaption@Error|\marg{message}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\bicaption@Error[1]{%
+ \PackageError{bicaption}{#1}\bicaption@eh}
+%\let\bicaption@KV@err\bicaption@Error
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\bicaption@eh{%
+ If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak
+ at the documentation of the `bicaption' package.\MessageBreak\@ehc}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Declaration of options}
+%
+% The option |bi-lang| will setup which language(s) will actually be typeset,
+% the first one, the second one, or both of them.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcount\bicaption@lang
+\DeclareCaptionOption{bi-lang}{%
+ \caption@ifinlist{#1}{0,all,both}{%
+ \bicaption@lang=0\relax
+ }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{1,1st,first}{%
+ \bicaption@lang=1\relax
+ }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{2,2nd,second}{%
+ \bicaption@lang=2\relax
+ }{%
+ \bicaption@Error{Undefined bi-lang value `#1'}%
+ }}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The option |bi-singlelinecheck| will setup if a single check will be used
+% for both languages (|=on|),
+% or if both languages will be checked individually (|=off|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{bi-singlelinecheck}[1]{%
+ \caption@set@bool\bicaption@ifslc{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{bi-slc}[1]{%
+ \caption@set@bool\bicaption@ifslc{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The option |bi-swap| will swap the primary and secondary language,
+% making the first language the second one and vice versa.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{bi-swap}[1]{%
+ \caption@set@bool\bicaption@ifswap{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The option |lang=|\meta{language} will setup the language of the caption.
+% We can't set the language immediately because otherwise we will get in trouble, e.g. when
+% using the \package{microtype} package via |\usepackage[babel]{microtype}|.
+% So we store the selected language to |\bicaption@language| instead and will set it later on.
+% But this has a drawback, option settings which will be overwritten by the selection of
+% the language do not work correctly anymore. Therefore we will save specific options
+% and set them (again) after setting the language.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{lang}{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\bicaption@language
+ \bicaption@language@setupkeys
+ \relax
+ \def\bicaption@language{#1}%
+ \let\bicaption@language@setoptions\@empty}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Map |language=| to |lang=|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\KV@caption@language\KV@caption@lang
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLangOption}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2016/03/27}{This macro added}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLangOption|\marg{option key}\par
+% Saves the gives \meta{option key} to the list |\bicaption@language@keylist|.
+% These options will be stored and set (again) after setting the language.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\bicaption@language@keylist{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionLangOption[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{KV@caption@#1}%
+ {\bicaption@Error{Undefined caption option `#1'}}%
+ {\@cons\bicaption@language@keylist{{#1}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\DeclareCaptionLanguageOption\DeclareCaptionLangOption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\bicaption@language@setupkeys{%
+ \def\@elt##1{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname KV@bicaption@##1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname KV@caption@##1\endcsname
+ \@namedef{KV@caption@##1}{\bicaption@KV{##1}}}%
+ \bicaption@language@keylist
+ \let\@elt\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bicaption@KV[2]{%
+ \@bicaption@KV{#1}{#2}%
+ \l@addto@macro\bicaption@language@setoptions{%
+ \@bicaption@KV{#1}{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\@bicaption@KV[1]{%
+ \@nameuse{KV@bicaption@#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% The only option affected I'm aware off is the |name=| option, so this will be saved
+% and set later on.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionLangOption{name}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bicaption@selectlanguage}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2011/08/31}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2012/04/09}{Support of \cs{selectcaptionlanguage} added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2016/03/25}{Patching of \cs{caption@applyfont} replaced by \cs{caption@beginhook}}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2016/03/27}{Usage of \cs{bicaption@language@setoptions} added}
+% |\bicaption@selectlanguage|\marg{font-or-list-entry}\par
+% Set the language (stored in |\bi|\-|caption@lan|\-|guage|)
+% via |\select|\-|bi|\-|caption|\-|lan|\-|guage|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\bicaption@selectlanguage[1]{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\bicaption@language{}{%
+ \expandafter\selectcaptionlanguage\expandafter#1\expandafter
+ {\bicaption@language}%
+ \bicaption@language@setoptions}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\caption@beginhook| (of the \package{caption} package kernel) will be extended here
+% so the language setting will actually take effect.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\g@addto@macro\caption@beginhook{%
+ \bicaption@selectlanguage\@firstoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\selectcaptionlanguage}
+% |\selectcaptionlanguage|\marg{font-or-list-entry}\marg{language}
+% will finally be used to set up the language.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\selectcaptionlanguage[1]{%
+ #1\select@language\selectlanguage}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Execution of options}
+%
+% Setup default values for |bi-lang| and |bi-singlelinecheck|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ExecuteOptions{caption}{bi-lang=0,bi-slc=1,bi-swap=0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Set the language for the first caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsname captionmainlanguage\endcsname
+ \bicaption@InfoNoLine{%
+ main language is set to \captionmainlanguage}
+\else\ifcsname bbl@main@language\endcsname
+ \bicaption@InfoNoLine{%
+ babel found, main language is \bbl@main@language}
+ \let\captionmainlanguage\bbl@main@language
+\else\ifcsname xpg@main@language\endcsname
+ \bicaption@InfoNoLine{%
+ polyglossia found, main language is \xpg@main@language}
+ \let\captionmainlanguage\xpg@main@language
+\else
+ \bicaption@InfoNoLine{main language is not set}
+\fi\fi\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsname captionmainlanguage\endcsname
+ \edef\@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\captionsetup[bi-first]{lang=\captionmainlanguage}}
+ \@tempa
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We use |\caption@Process|\-|Options| here to add the options to the `|bi-second|' option
+% list instead of executing them immediately.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@SetupOptions{bicaption}{\captionsetup[bi-second]{#2}}%
+\caption@ProcessOptions*{bicaption}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Main code}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@addcontentsline}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2011/08/31}{Redefinition of \cs{caption@kernel@addcontentsline} added}
+% \changes{v1.0b}{2012/01/15}{\cs{caption@kernel@addcontentsline} changed to \cs{caption@addcontentsline}}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2016/02/01}{Adaption to \package{longtable} package added}
+% We patch |\caption@add|\-|contents|\-|line| (of the \package{caption} package kernel)
+% so |bi|\-|caption@add|\-|contents|\-|line| will be used for bilingual captions instead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\bicaption@addcontentsline@ORI\caption@addcontentsline
+\renewcommand*\caption@addcontentsline[2]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \bicaption@LT@setup
+ \global\let\bicaption@LT@setup\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifundefined\bicaption@lentry
+ {\bicaption@addcontentsline@ORI{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\expandafter\bicaption@addcontentsline\expandafter
+ {\bicaption@lentry}{#1}{#2}%
+ \global\let\bicaption@lentry\@undefined}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bicaption@addcontentsline}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2011/08/31}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2013/03/10}{Bugfix: Delayed usage of \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} added}
+% |\bicaption@addcontentsline|\marg{list entry \#2}\marg{type}\marg{list entry \#1}\par
+% Typeset both captions using the original version of |\caption@add|\-|contents|\-|line|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bicaption@addcontentsline[3]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\caption@addsubcontentslines\@gobble
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Execute the options setup with |\captionsetup[bi]{|\ldots|}|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setoptions{bi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Do the first list entry, if requested.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\bicaption@lang=2\relax \else
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@setoptions{bi-first}%
+ \bicaption@@addcontentsline{#2}{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Do the second list entry, if requested.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\bicaption@lang=1\relax \else
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@setoptions{bi-second}%
+ \bicaption@@addcontentsline{#2}{#1}%
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \endgroup
+ \caption@addsubcontentslines{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\bicaption@@addcontentsline[2]{%
+ \caption@ifcontentsline{#2}{%
+ \bicaption@selectlanguage\@secondoftwo
+ \bicaption@addcontentsline@ORI{#1}{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@make}
+% We redefine |\caption@@make| (of the \package{caption} package kernel)
+% so |\bi|\-|caption@@make| will be used for bilingual captions instead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand\caption@@make[2]{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\bicaption@text
+ {\begingroup
+ \caption@@make@{#1}{#2}%
+ \endgroup}%
+ {\expandafter\bicaption@@make\expandafter
+ {\bicaption@text}{#1}{#2}%
+ \global\let\bicaption@text\@undefined}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@@make@epilogue}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bicaption@@make}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2015/09/16}{\cs{bicaption@label} replaced by \cs{caption@thelabel}}
+% |\bicaption@@make|\marg{text \#2}\marg{label}\marg{text \#1}\par
+% Typeset both captions using the original version of \cs{caption@@make}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bicaption@@make[3]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Execute the options setup with |\captionsetup[bi]{|\ldots|}|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setoptions{bi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Perform the common single-line-check for both captions, if requested.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\bicaption@lang=0\relax
+ \bicaption@ifslc
+ {\caption@slc{#2}{#3}{}{\KV@caption@singlelinecheck0}%
+ \caption@slc{#2}{#1}{}{\KV@caption@singlelinecheck0}}%
+ {}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Typeset the first caption, if requested.
+% (Otherwise we only apply the label of it.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\bicaption@lang=2\relax
+ \caption@thelabel
+ \global\let\caption@thelabel\relax
+ \else
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@setoptions{bi-first}%
+ \caption@@make@{#2}{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Typeset the second caption, if requested.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\bicaption@lang=1\relax
+ \else
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@setoptions{bi-second}%
+ \caption@@make@{#2}{#1}%
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{The \cs{bicaption} commands}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bicaption}
+% |\bicaption*|\oarg{list entry \#1}\marg{text \#1}\oarg{list entry \#2}\marg{text \#2}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bicaption{\@bicaption\caption}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bicaptionbox}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2011/08/31}{This macro added}
+% |\bicaptionbox*|\oarg{entry \#1}\marg{text \#1}\oarg{entry \#2}\marg{text \#2}%
+% \oarg{\ldots}\marg{\ldots}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bicaptionbox{\@bicaption\captionbox}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bisubcaption}
+% |\bisubcaption*|\oarg{list entry \#1}\marg{text \#1}\oarg{list entry \#2}\marg{text \#2}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bisubcaption{\@bicaption\subcaption}
+\let\subbicaption\bisubcaption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bisubcaptionbox}
+% |\bisubcaptionbox*|\oarg{entry \#1}\marg{text \#1}\oarg{entry \#2}\marg{text \#2}%
+% \oarg{\ldots}\marg{\ldots}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bisubcaptionbox{\@bicaption\subcaptionbox}
+\let\subbicaptionbox\bisubcaptionbox
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@bicaption}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2011/08/31}{Optional parameter \meta{list entry \#2} added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2015/09/16}{\cs{bicaption@getlabel} replaced by \cs{caption@getlabel}}
+% |\@bicaption|\marg{cmd}*\oarg{entry \#1}\marg{text \#1}\oarg{entry \#2}\marg{text \#2}\ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@bicaption[1]{%
+ \@ifstar
+ {\def\bicaption@cmd{\bicaption@star{#1}}%
+ \@@bicaption}%
+ {\def\bicaption@cmd{#1}%
+ \caption@dblarg\@@@bicaption}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\@@bicaption[1]{%
+ \@@@@bicaption{}{#1}[]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\@@@bicaption[#1]#2{%
+ \caption@dblarg{\@@@@bicaption{#1}{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\@@@@bicaption#1#2[#3]#4{%
+ \caption@getlabel#2\label{}\@nil
+ \bicaption@ifswap
+ {\bicaption@setup{#1}{#2}%
+ \bicaption@cmd[{#3}]{#4}}%
+ {\bicaption@setup{#3}{#4}%
+ \bicaption@cmd[{#1}]{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\bicaption@star#1[#2]{#1*}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LT@bicaption}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2016/01/31}{Adaption to \package{longtable} package added}
+% Same as |\@bicaption| but for |longtable| (offered by the \package{longtable} package).
+% |\bicaption@LTsetup| will be executed later on, inside |\LT@makecaption| offered by the \package{caption} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\LT@bicaption{%
+ \noalign\bgroup
+ \@ifstar
+ {\gdef\bicaption@cmd{\LT@c@ption\@gobble}%
+ \LT@@bicaption}%
+ {\gdef\bicaption@cmd{\LT@c@ption\@firstofone}%
+ \caption@dblarg\LT@@@bicaption}}
+\newcommand\LT@@bicaption[1]{%
+ \LT@@@@bicaption{}{#1}[]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\LT@@@bicaption[#1]#2{%
+ \caption@dblarg{\LT@@@@bicaption{#1}{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\LT@@@@bicaption#1#2[#3]#4{%
+ \gdef\bicaption@LTsetup{%
+ \caption@getlabel#2\label{}\@nil
+ \bicaption@LT@setup}%
+ \gdef\bicaption@LT@setup{%
+ \bicaption@ifswap
+ {\bicaption@setup{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\bicaption@setup{#3}{#4}}}%
+ \bicaption@ifswap
+ {\egroup\bicaption@cmd[{#3}]{#4}}%
+ {\egroup\bicaption@cmd[{#1}]{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\bicaption@LTsetup\relax
+\let\bicaption@LT@setup\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@LT@setup}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2016/01/31}{Adaption to \package{longtable} package added}
+% Execute the stuff defined by \cs{LT@bicaption} to prepare the typesetting
+% of the \package{longtable} bilingual caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\g@addto@macro\caption@LT@setup{%
+ \bicaption@LTsetup
+ \global\let\bicaption@LTsetup\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bicaption@setup}
+% |\bicaption@setup|\marg{list-entry}\marg{text}\par
+% Initiates the bilingual caption typesetting by storing the extra texts into
+% |\bi|\-|caption@l|\-|entry| and |\bi|\-|caption@text|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bicaption@setup[2]{%
+ \def\bicaption@lentry{#1}%
+ \def\bicaption@text{\ignorespaces#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@freeze}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2011/08/31}{Redefinition of \cs{caption@freeze} added}
+% To make |\bicaption| work inside |SCfigure| and |FPfigure| environments we need to add
+% |\bi|\-|caption| to |\caption@freeze|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifx\caption@freeze\@undefined \else
+ \g@addto@macro\caption@freeze{%
+ \let\caption@frozen@bicaption\bicaption
+ \def\bicaption{%
+ \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@bicaption}%
+ \long\def\caption@SC@bicaption#1#2{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\caption@SC@bi@caption{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\caption@SC@bi@caption@{#1}{#2}}}%
+ \long\def\caption@SC@bi@caption#1#2[#3]#4{%
+ \caption@@freeze{\bicaption#1{#2}[{#3}]{#4}}%
+ \ignorespaces}%
+ \long\def\caption@SC@bi@caption@#1#2#3{%
+ \caption@@freeze{\bicaption#1{#2}{#3}}%
+ \ignorespaces}%
+ \l@addto@macro\caption@warmup{%
+ \let\bicaption\caption@frozen@bicaption}}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v1.1}{2013/05/02}{Definition of \cs{bicaption@listof} removed}
+%
+% \begin{thebibliography}{9}
+% \bibitem{TLC2}
+% Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\
+% \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},
+% \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004.
+% \end{thebibliography}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%</package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \Finale
+%
+\endinput
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/bicaption.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/bicaption.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..577c124eac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/bicaption.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7697a2f35c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..420b823878
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,4579 @@
+%
+% This is file `caption-deu.tex'.
+%
+% $Id$
+% $HeadURL$
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1994-2012 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{caption-deu.tex}[2011/11/02 v3.2 Das caption-Paket]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%\errorcontextlines=3
+
+\RequirePackage{fix-cm}
+\documentclass[german]{ltxdoc}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+\setlength\leftmargini{2em}% default = 2.5em
+\makeatletter\g@addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor}\makeatother
+
+\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]}
+\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]}
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
+ \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
+ \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+ \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper
+ \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\}
+ \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[german]{babel}
+%\selectlanguage{german}
+%\input dehyphtex.tex
+\usepackage{selinput}\SelectInputMappings{adieresis={ä},germandbls={ß}}
+
+\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace}
+
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+\hypersetup{breaklinks=true}
+
+\usepackage[listof=0,hypcap=false]{caption}[2008/04/01]
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
+ {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
+ {e-TeX}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring
+ {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}%
+ {AMS}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring
+ {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}%
+ {KOMA-Script}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF}
+
+\usepackage{marvosym}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}}
+\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}}
+\makeatother
+
+\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}}
+\newcommand*\NEW[2]{}%\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}}
+
+% \ContinuedFloat
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1}{#1~#2 (Fortsetzung)}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
+% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}
+% \DeclareCaptionStyle
+\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]%
+ {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}
+% Example 1
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3}
+\newlength\myindention
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}}
+% Example 2
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}
+% Example 3
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[2.5cm][l]{#1}}#3\par}
+% Example 4
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}
+
+\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
+\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
+
+\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$}
+\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}}
+
+\newenvironment{Annotation}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \smallskip
+ \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
+\newenvironment{Annotation*}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Example}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}%
+ {\smallskip\endminipage\par}
+
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand\example{\@ifstar
+ {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}%
+ {\@example{}}}
+\def\@example#1{%
+ \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}}
+\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{%
+ \begingroup
+ \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}%
+ \captionof{#2}[]{#4}%
+ \endgroup}
+\makeatother
+
+\newenvironment{Expert}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
+ \smallskip
+ \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
+\newenvironment{Expert*}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
+ \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
+ \smallskip
+ \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par}
+\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
+ \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Options}[1]%
+ {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}%
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}%
+ \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}%
+ {\endlist}
+
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}}
+\newcommand*\@Ref[2]{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}}
+\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}}
+\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}}
+\makeatother
+
+\begin{document}
+\let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+\let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+
+\def\thispackage{das \package{caption}"=Paket}
+\def\Thispackage{Das \package{caption}"=Paket}
+
+\newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{Hinweis}
+\newcommand*\NEWfeature{\NEW{Neues Feature}}
+\newcommand*\NEWdescription{\NEW{Neue Beschreibung}}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{Siehe}}{\SEE[\small]{Siehe}}}
+\newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{siehe}}{\SEE[\small]{siehe}}}
+\makeatother
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\GetFileInfo{caption-deu.tex}
+\let\docdate\filedate
+\GetFileInfo{caption.sty}
+
+\title{Anpassen der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen}
+\author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+ \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}}
+\date{\docdate}
+\maketitle
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\Thispackage\ bietet einem Mittel und Wege, das Erscheinungsbild der Bild-
+und Tabellenbeschriftungen den eigenen Wünschen bzw.\ Vorgaben anzupassen.
+Hierbei wurde Wert auf die reibungslose Zusammenarbeit mit zahlreichen
+Dokumentenklassen und Paketen gelegt.
+\iffalse
+\par\smallskip
+\textit{Bitte beachten Sie:} Viele Dokumentenklassen bieten bereits
+Optionen und Befehle, um das Erscheinungsbild der Abbildungs- und
+Tabellenbeschriftungen individuell anzupassen.
+Wenn diese Möglichkeiten für Sie ausreichend sind, gibt es in der Regel
+keinen Grund, \thispackage\ zu benutzen. Und falls Sie lediglich an dem
+Befehl |\caption|\-|of| interessiert sind, ist in der Regel das Laden des
+kleinen aber feinen \package{capt-of}"=Paketes hierzu völlig ausreichend.
+\fi
+\end{abstract}
+
+\newcommand\exampletext{%
+ Die auf die Rotationsfrequenz des Innenzylinders normierten Eigenfrequenzen
+ der gefundenen Grundmoden der Taylor"=Str"omung f"ur \mbox{$\eta = 0.5$}. %\\
+ (Die azimutale Wellenzahl ist mit $m$ bezeichnet.)}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\section*{Einleitung}
+
+Mit |\caption| gesetzte Bildunterschriften und Tabellenüberschriften werden
+von den Standard"=Dokumentenklassen eher stiefmütterlich behandelt.
+In der Regel schlicht als ganz normaler Absatz gesetzt, ergibt sich keine
+signifikante optische Abgrenzung vom eigentlichen Text, wie z.B. hier:
+
+\example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+Es sollte aber eine Möglichkeit geben, diesem Umstand abzuhelfen. Es wäre
+zum Beispiel nett, wenn man den Text der Unterschrift etwas kleiner gestalten,
+extra Ränder festlegen oder den Zeichensatz des Bezeichners dem der
+Kapitelüberschriften anpassen könnte. So in etwa:
+
+\example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
+
+Mit Hilfe dieses Paketes können Sie dies leicht bewerkstelligen; es sind viele
+vorgegebene Parameter einstellbar, Sie können aber auch eigene
+Gestaltungsmerkmale einfließen lassen.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
+\small
+Bitte beachten Sie, daß \thispackage\ nur das Aussehen der Beschriftungen
+kontrolliert. Es kontrolliert \emph{nicht} den Ort der Beschriftung;
+dieser kann aber mit anderen Paketen wie etwa dem
+\package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} variiert werden.
+\end{minipage}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\tableofcontents
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Verwendung des Paketes}
+\label{usage}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\usepackage}
+Durch
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage|\oarg{Optionen}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
+\end{quote}
+in dem Vorspann des Dokumentes wird das \thispackage\ Paket eingebunden, die
+Optionen legen hierbei das Aussehen der Ãœber- und Unterschriften fest. So
+würde z.B.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\
+ | labelsep=endash]{caption}|%
+ %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
+\end{quote}
+zu dem obrigen Ergebnis mit Rand, kleinerem Zeichensatz und fetter Bezeichnung
+führen.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+Eine Änderung der Parameter ist auch zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt jederzeit
+mit dem Befehl
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup|\oarg{Typ}\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+möglich. So sind z.B. die Befehlssequenzen
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+und
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}|
+\end{quote}
+in ihrer Wirkung identisch.
+
+Es ist zu beachten, daß sich die Verwendung von |\caption|\-|setup|
+innerhalb von Umgebungen nur auf die Umgebung selber auswirkt, nicht aber auf
+den Rest des Dokumentes.
+Möchte man also z.B. die automatische Zentrierung der Abbildungsunterschrift
+nur in einem konkreten Falle ausschalten, so kann dies mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{figure}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+geschehen, ohne daß die restlichen Abbildungsunterschriften hiervon
+beeinträchtigt werden.
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+Der optionale Parameter \meta{Typ} von |\caption|\-|setup| wird in
+\Ref{captionsetup} behandelt.
+\end{Annotation}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Optionen}
+\label{options}
+
+\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight}
+\def\UserDefined{\ldots}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Formatierung}
+\label{formats}
+
+\DescribeMacro{format=}
+Eine Abbildungs- oder Tabellenbeschriftung besteht im wesentlichen aus drei
+Teilen: Dem Bezeichner (etwa "`Abbildung 3"'), dem Trenner
+(etwa "`:\textvisiblespace"') und dem eigentlichen Text.
+
+Mit der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=|\meta{Name}
+\end{quote}
+wird festgelegt, wie diese drei Teile zusammengesetzt werden.
+
+Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:%~\footnote{Es gibt
+%hier wie auch bei vielen anderen Optionen die Möglichkeit, auch eigene
+%Formate, Zeichensätze etc.\ zu definieren. Wie dies geht wird in Abschnitt
+%\Ref{declare} dargelegt.}
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+ Die Beschriftung wird als gewöhnlicher Absatz gesetzt.
+
+ \item[hang]
+ Der Text wird so gesetzt, daß er an dem Bezeichner "`hängt"', d.h.~der
+ Platz unter dem Bezeichner und dem Trenner bleibt leer.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Eigene Formate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format| definiert werden.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ Ein Beispiel: Die Angabe der Option
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang|
+ \end{quote}
+ führt zu Abbildungsunterschriften der Art
+ \example{format=hang}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{indention=}
+Bei beiden Formaten (\texttt{plain} und \texttt{hang}) kann der Einzug der
+Beschriftung ab der zweiten Textzeile angepasst werden, dies geschieht mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |indention=|\meta{Einzug}\quad,
+\end{quote}
+wobei anstelle von \meta{Einzug} jedes beliebige feste Maß angegeben werden
+kann.
+
+Zwei Beispiele:
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,indention=.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{labelformat=}
+Mit der Option
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |labelformat=|\meta{Name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+%\NEWdescription{v3.0e}
+wird die Zusammensetzung des Bezeichners festgelegt.
+Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[default]
+ Der Bezeichner wird wie von der verwendeten Dokumentenklasse vorgegeben gesetzt,
+ üblicherweise ist dies der Name und die Nummer, getrennt durch ein Leerzeichen
+ (wie \texttt{simple}).
+ (Dies ist das Standardverhalten.)
+
+ \item[empty]
+ Der Bezeichner ist leer.
+\iffalse
+ (Diese Option macht in der Regel nur in Verbindung mit
+ anderen Optionen -- wie etwa \texttt{labelsep=none} -- Sinn.)
+\fi
+
+ \item[simple]
+ Der Bezeichner ist aus dem Namen und der Nummer zusammengesetzt.
+
+ \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
+ Der Bezeichner wird mit einer einzelnen (rechten) Klammer abgeschlossen.
+
+ \item[parens]
+ Die Nummer des Bezeichners wird in runde Klammern gesetzt.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Eigene Formate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|
+ definiert werden.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ Ein Beispiel: Die Optionen
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad|
+ \end{quote}
+ führen zu Abbildungsunterschriften der Art
+ \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Note*}
+Manche Umgebungen, wie z.B.~die vom \package{algorithm2e}"=Paket angebotende
+|al|\-|go|\-|rithm|"=Umgebung, reagieren allergisch auf eine Änderung des
+Bezeichnerformats.
+\end{Note*}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{labelsep=}
+Mit der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |labelsep=|\meta{Name}
+\end{quote}
+wird die Zusammensetzung des Trenners festgelegt.\footnote{%
+ Wenn der Bezeichner oder der Text der Beschriftung leer ist,
+ wird kein Trenner verwendet.}
+Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[none]
+ Der Trenner ist leer.
+\iffalse
+ (Diese Option macht in der Regel nur in Verbindung
+ mit anderen Optionen -- wie etwa \texttt{labelformat=empty} -- Sinn.)
+\fi
+
+ \item[colon]
+ Der Trenner besteht aus einem Doppelpunkt und einem Leerzeichen.
+
+ \item[period]
+ Der Trenner besteht aus einem Punkt und einem Leerzeichen.
+
+ \item[space]
+ Der Trenner besteht lediglich aus einem einzelnen Leerzeichen.
+
+ \item[quad]
+ Der Trenner besteht aus einem |\quad|.
+
+ \item[newline]
+ Als Trenner wird ein Zeilenumbruch (|\\|) verwendet.
+ Bitte beachten Sie, daß dieser Trenner nicht mit allen Formaten
+ (z.B.~|format=|\x|hang|) zusammenarbeitet; ggf. erhalten Sie
+ deswegen eine Fehlermeldung.
+
+ \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h}
+ Als Trenner wird ein Gedankenstrich (\verb*| -- |) verwendet.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Eigene Trenner können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+ definiert werden.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+Drei Beispiele:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=period|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=endash|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{textformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}
+Mit der Option
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |textformat=|\meta{Name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+wird das Format des eigentlichen Textes festgelegt.
+Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[empty]
+ Es wird kein Text ausgegeben.
+
+ \item[simple]
+ Der Text wird nicht verändert.
+
+ \item[period]
+ Dem Text wird ein Punkt angehängt.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Eigene Textformate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|
+ definiert werden.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\PageBreak
+\subsection{Textausrichtung}
+\label{justification}
+
+\DescribeMacro{justification=}
+Mit der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |justification=|\meta{Name}
+\end{quote}
+wird die Ausrichtung des Textes festgelegt.
+Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[justified]
+ Der Text wird als Blocksatz gesetzt.
+
+ \item[centering]
+ Der Text wird zentriert gesetzt.
+
+% \item[Centering]
+% Der Text wird zentriert gesetzt. Hierfür wird jedoch im Gegensatz
+% zu \texttt{centering} der Befehl |\Centering| des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes
+% verwendet, der \LaTeX\ das Trennen der Worte erlaubt.
+
+ \item[centerlast]
+ Lediglich die letzte Zeile des Absatzes wird zentriert gesetzt.
+
+ \item[centerfirst]
+ Lediglich die erste Zeile des Textes wird zentriert gesetzt.
+
+ \item[raggedright]
+ Der Text wird linksbündig gesetzt.
+
+\iffalse
+ \item[RaggedRight]
+ Der Text wird linksbündig mit Hilfe des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes gesetzt.
+\else
+ \item[RaggedRight]
+ Der Text wird ebenfalls linksbündig gesetzt.
+ Hierfür wird jedoch im Gegensatz zur Option |raggedright| der Befehl
+ |\RaggedRight| des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes verwendet,
+ der \LaTeX\ das Trennen der Worte erlaubt.\footnote{%
+ Ob das \package{ragged2e}"=Paket benötigt wird oder nicht,
+ wird zur Laufzeit ermittelt, d.h.~ggf.~ist ein weiterer \LaTeX"=Lauf
+ erforderlich, wenn diese Option erstmalig eingesetzt wird.}
+\fi
+
+ \item[raggedleft]
+ Der Text wird rechtsbündig gesetzt.
+
+% \item[RaggedLeft]
+% Der Text wird rechtsbündig mit Hilfe des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes gesetzt.
+
+%\showhyphens{justification}
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Eigene Ausrichtungen können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|
+ definiert werden.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+Drei Beispiele:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,justification=centerlast|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,justification=raggedright|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\smallskip
+
+\PageBreak
+\DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=}
+In den Standard"=Dokumentenklassen von \LaTeX\ (\class{article},
+\class{report} und \class{book}) sind die Ab\-bildungs- und
+Tabellenbeschriftungen so realisiert, daß sie automatisch zentriert werden,
+wenn sie lediglich aus einer einzigen Textzeile bestehen:
+
+\example*{}{Eine kurze Beschriftung.}
+
+\INFO
+Diesen Mechanismus übernimmt \thispackage\ und ignoriert damit
+in der Regel bei solch kurzen Beschriftungen die mit den Optionen
+|justification=| und |indention=| eingestellte Textausrichtung.
+Dieses Verhalten kann jedoch mit der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool}
+\end{quote}
+reguliert werden.
+Setzt man für \meta{bool} entweder |false|, |no|, |off| oder |0| ein,
+so wird der automatische Zentrierungsmechnismus außer Kraft gesetzt.
+Die obrige, kurze Abbildungsunterschrift würde z.B.~nach Angabe der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |singlelinecheck=false|
+\end{quote}
+so aussehen:
+
+\begingroup
+ \captionsetup{type=figure}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{Eine kurze Beschriftung.}
+\endgroup
+
+Setzt man für \meta{bool} hingegen |true|, |yes|, |on| oder |1| ein, so
+wird die automatische Zentrierung wieder eingeschaltet. (Standardmäßig
+ist sie eingeschaltet.)
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Zeichensätze}
+\label{fonts}
+
+\DescribeMacro{font=}
+\DescribeMacro{labelfont=}
+\DescribeMacro{textfont=}
+\Thispackage\ kennt drei Zeichensätze: Denjenigen für die gesammte
+Beschriftung (|font|), denjenigen, der lediglich auf den Bezeichner und den
+Trenner angewandt wird (|label|\-|font|), sowie denjenigen, der lediglich auf
+den Text wirkt (|text|\-|font|).
+So lassen sich die unterschiedlichen Teile der Beschriftung individuell mit
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
+ |font=| & \marg{Zeichensatzoptionen} & ,\\
+ |labelfont=| & \marg{Zeichensatzoptionen} & und\\
+ |textfont=| & \marg{Zeichensatzoptionen} & \\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+anpassen.
+\pagebreak[3]
+
+Als \meta{Zeichensatzoptionen} sind Kombinationen aus folgenden (durch Komma
+getrennte) Optionen möglich:
+
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Sehr kleine Schrift}
+ \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize Fußnotengröße}
+ \item[small] {\small Kleine Schrift}
+ \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Normalgroße Schrift}
+ \item[large] {\large Große Schrift}
+ \item[Large] {\Large Größere Schrift}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normale Schriftart \& -serie \& -familie}
+
+ \item[up] {\upshape Upright Schriftart}
+ \item[it] {\itshape Italic Schriftart}
+ \item[sl] {\slshape Slanted Schriftart}
+ \item[sc] {\scshape Small Caps Schriftart}
+
+ \item[md] {\mdseries Medium Schriftserie}
+ \item[bf] {\bfseries Bold Schriftserie}
+
+ \item[rm] {\rmfamily Roman Schriftfamilie}
+ \item[sf] {\sffamily Sans Serif Schriftfamilie}
+ \item[tt] {\ttfamily Typewriter Schriftfamilie}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[singlespacing] Einfacher Zeilenabstand \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[onehalfspacing] Eineinhalbfacher Zeilenabstand \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[doublespacing] Doppelter Zeilenabstand \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor|
+ \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour}
+ {\small(Sofern das \package{color}- oder das \package{xcolor}"=Paket
+ geladen ist; für ein Beispiel siehe \Ref{declare})}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[normal] Die Kombination aus den Optionen |normal|\-|color|,
+ |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size| und |single|\-|spacing|
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Eigene Zeichensatzoptionen können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|
+ definiert werden.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+Wird lediglich eine einzelne Zeichensatzoption ausgewählt, können die
+geschweiften Klammern entfallen, d.h.~die Optionen
+%\begin{quote}
+ |font={small}|
+%\end{quote}
+und
+%\begin{quote}
+ |font=small|
+%\end{quote}
+sind identisch.
+
+Drei Beispiele:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |font=it,labelfont=bf|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |labelfont=bf,textfont=it|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |font={small,stretch=0.80}|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{font+=}
+\DescribeMacro{labelfont+=}
+\DescribeMacro{textfont+=}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
+Es ist auch möglich, Zeichensatzoptionen zu den bisher ausgewählten
+hinzuzufügen, so ist zum Beispiel
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{font+=it}|
+\end{quote}
+mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}|
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+identisch.
+\pagebreak[3]
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Ränder und Absätze}
+\label{margins}
+
+\DescribeMacro{margin=}
+\DescribeMacro{width=}
+Für die Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen kann \emph{entweder} ein extra
+Rand \emph{oder} eine feste Breite festgelegt werden:~\footnote{Nur feste Maße
+sind hier gestattet. Suchen Sie nach einem Weg, die Breite automatisch auf die
+Breite der Abbildung oder Tabelle zu begrenzen, schauen Sie sich bitte das
+\package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} oder
+\package{threeparttable}"=Paket\cite{threeparttable} an.}
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
+ |margin=| & \meta{Rand} & \emph{-- oder --}\\
+ |margin=| & |{|\meta{Linker Rand}|,|\meta{Rechter Rand}|}| & \emph{-- oder --}\\
+ |width=| & \meta{Breite} & \\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Wird nur ein Wert für den Rand angegeben, so wird er für beide Ränder
+(links und rechts) verwendet, so ist z.B.~|margin=|\x|10pt| identisch mit
+|margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|.
+In zweiseitigen Dokumenten wird der linke und rechte Rand auf geraden Seiten
+vertauscht.
+\DescribeMacro{oneside}
+\DescribeMacro{twoside}
+Dies kann jedoch mit der zusätzlichen Option |oneside| abgeschaltet werden,
+z.B.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par
+Wird hingegen eine \meta{Breite} angegeben, wird die Beschriftung zentriert,
+d.h.~der linke und rechte Rand sind in diesem Falle immer gleich groß.
+
+Drei Beispiele illustrieren dies:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin=10pt|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin={1cm,0cm}|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |width=.75\textwidth|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Note}
+Wird die Beschriftung neben der Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle angebracht (z.B.~mit
+Hilfe der |SC|\-|figure|"=Umgebung des \package{sidecap}"=Paketes\cite{sidecap}),
+oder wird die Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle innerhalb eines Absatzes gesetzt (z.B.~mit
+Hilfe der |wrap|\-|figure|"=Umgebung des \package{wrapfig}"=Paketes\cite{wrapfig}),
+dann wird der Rand am Anfang der Umgebung automatisch auf |0pt| zurückgesetzt.
+Soll hier ebenfalls ein extra Rand gesetzt werden, so kann dieser Rand entweder
+innerhalb der Umgebung neu gesetzt werden, oder aber global für bestimmte
+Umgebungen, z.B.~mit |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\DescribeMacro{margin*=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Neben der Option |margin=| gibt es auch die Option |margin*=|, die nur dann
+einen Rand neu setzt, wenn keine Breite mit |width=| gesetzt wurde.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\DescribeMacro{minmargin=}
+\DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Weiterhin kann auch ein minimaler bzw.~maximaler Rand gesetzt werden.
+Dies kann z.B.~sinnvoll sein, um in schmaleren Umgebungen wie |minipage|s
+den Rand prozentual zu begrenzen.
+So begrenzen z.B.~die \SmF"=Dokumentenklassen den Rand auf
+|maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (Siehe \Ref{SMF})
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{parskip=}
+Diese Option wirkt auf Abbildungs- oder Tabellenbeschriftungen, die
+aus mehr als einem Absatz bestehen; sie legt den Abstand zwischen den
+Absätzen fest:
+\begin{quote}
+ |parskip=|\meta{Abstand zwischen Absätzen}
+\end{quote}
+Ein Beispiel hierzu:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{%
+ Erster Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält einigen Text, so daß die
+ Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.\par
+ Zweiter Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält ebenfalls einigen Text,
+ so daß die Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{hangindent=}
+Die Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |hangindent=|\meta{Einzug}
+\end{quote}
+legt einen Einzug für alle Zeilen außer der jeweils ersten des Absatzes fest.
+Besteht die Beschriftung lediglich aus einem einzelnen Absatz, so ist die
+Wirkung mit der Option |indention=|\meta{Einzug} identisch, bei mehreren
+Absätzen zeigt sich jedoch der Unterschied:
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,indention=-.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{%
+ Erster Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält einigen Text, so daß die
+ Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.\par
+ Zweiter Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält ebenfalls einigen Text,
+ so daß die Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{%
+ Erster Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält einigen Text, so daß die
+ Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.\par
+ Zweiter Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält ebenfalls einigen Text,
+ so daß die Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Note}
+Enthält die Beschriftung mehr als einen Absatz, muß über das optionale
+Argument von |\caption| bzw.~|\caption|\-|of| eine alternative Beschriftung
+für das Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis angegeben werden;
+ansonsten kommt es zu einer Fehlermeldung.
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Stile}
+\label{style}
+
+\DescribeMacro{style=}
+Eine geeignete Kombination aus den bisher vorgestellten Optionen wird
+\textit{Stil} genannt; dies ist in etwa mit dem Seitenstil vergleichbar,
+den man mit |\page|\-|style| einstellen kann.
+
+Einen vordefinierten Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenbeschriftungsstil kann man mit der
+Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |style=|\meta{Stil}
+\end{quote}
+auswählen. \Thispackage\ vordefiniert zwei Stile: |base| und |default|.
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Der Stil |base| setzt alle bisher vorgestellten Optionen auf die Belegung
+zurück, die das Aussehen der Beschriftungen der Standard"=\LaTeX"=Dokumentenklassen
+|article|, |report| und |book| repräsentiert. D.h.~die Angabe der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |style=base|
+\end{quote}
+entspricht den Optionen
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\
+ |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\
+ |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
+ |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Aber |justification=centering,indention=0pt| wird automatisch
+gewählt werden, wenn die Beschriftung in eine einzelne Zeile passt.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+Der Stil |default| hingegen folgt den Standardwerten der verwendeten
+Dokumentenklasse. Dieser Stil wird vorausgewählt und entspricht den
+Optionen
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\
+ |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\
+ |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
+ |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Auch hier wird |justification=centering,indention=0pt| automatisch
+gewählt werden, wenn die Beschriftung in eine einzelne Zeile passt.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+Wenn also eine der drei Standard"=\LaTeX"=Dokumentenklassen verwendet wird,
+repräsentieren die Stile |base| und |default| (fast) die gleichen Einstellungen.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Eigene Stile können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style| definiert werden.
+\SeeUserDefined
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Abstände}
+\label{skips}
+
+\DescribeMacro{skip=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}
+Der vertikale Abstand zwischen der Beschriftung und der Abbildung
+bzw.~Tabelle wird über die Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |skip=|\meta{Abstand}
+\end{quote}
+gesteuert.
+Die Standard"=\LaTeX"=Dokumentenklassen \class{article}, \class{report}
+und \class{book} belegen diesen Abstand auf |skip=|\x|10pt| vor,
+andere Dokumentenklassen ggf.~auf einen anderen Wert.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{position=}
+Die von \LaTeX\ vorgegebene Implementierung von |\caption| birgt eine
+Design\-schwäche:
+Der |\caption| Befehl weiß dort nicht, ob er über oder unter der Abbildung
+bzw.~Tabelle steht, folglich weiß er auch nicht, wo er den Abstand zur
+Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle setzen soll.
+Während die Standard"=Implementierung den Abstand immer über die
+Beschriftung setzt (und inkonsequenterweise in |long|\-|table|"=Umgebungen
+unter die Beschriftung), handhabt es dieses Paket etwas flexibler:
+Nach Angabe der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=top|\quad oder\quad |position=above|
+\end{quote}
+wird angenommen, daß die Beschrifung am \emph{Anfang} der Umgebung
+steht, der mit |skip=|\x\meta{Abstand} gesetzte Abstand also unter die
+Beschriftung gesetzt wird.
+(Bitte beachten Sie, daß |position=|\x|top| keineswegs bedeutet, daß
+die Beschriftung an den Anfang der Gleitumgebung gesetzt wird.
+Stattdessen wird die Beschriftung gewöhnlich dort gesetzt, wo der
+|\caption|"=Befehl platziert wird.)
+Hingegen nach
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=bottom|\quad oder\quad |position=below|
+\end{quote}
+wird angenommen, daß die Beschriftung am \emph{Ende} der Umgebung
+steht, der Abstand also über die Beschriftung gesetzt wird.
+Und letztendlich nach
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=auto|\quad {\small(welches die Vorbelegung ist)}
+\end{quote}
+versucht \thispackage\ sein bestes, um die tatsächliche Position der
+Beschrifung selbst zu bestimmen. Bitte beachten Sie, daß dies zwar in
+der Regel gelingt, unter seltenen Umständen aber falsche Resultate
+liefern könnte.
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{figureposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
+\DescribeMacro{tableposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
+Die Option |position| ist insbesondere in Verbindung mit dem optionalen
+Argument von |\caption|\-|setup| nützlich.
+\See{auch \Ref{captionsetup}}\par
+So führt zum Beispiel
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}|
+\end{quote}
+dazu, daß alle Tabellenbeschriftungen als \emph{Überschriften} angesehen
+werden (zumindest was den Abstand zur Tabelle angeht).
+Weil dies eine übliche Einstellung ist, bietet einem \thispackage\ auch
+die Optionen |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{Position} und
+|table|\-|position=|\x\meta{Position} als abkürzende Schreibweise.
+So ist z.B.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+identisch mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+\medskip
+
+\INFO
+Bitte beachten Sie, daß die Optionen |skip=|, |position=|,
+|figure|\-|position=| und |table|\-|position=| nicht immer einen Effekt haben.
+Da die Gleitumgebungen üblicherweise von den Dokumentenklassen bereitgestellt
+werden, kann es durchaus sein, daß diese ihre eigenen Abstandsregeln
+mitbringen.
+So befolgen z.B.~die \KOMAScript"=Dokumentenklassen die |skip=| Einstellung;
+Abbildungsbeschriftungen werden aber immer als Unterschriften behandelt,
+während die Tabellenbeschriftungen von dem Gebrauch der globalen
+Optionen |table|\-|captions|\-|above| bzw.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below|
+abhängen.
+\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+Weiterhin kontrollieren manche Pakete, wie etwa das \package{float}-, das
+\package{floatrow}- und das \package{supertabular}"=Paket, die Position
+ihrer Abstände selber.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{Expert*}
+Intern wird der Abstand zwischen Beschriftung und Inhalt durch die Länge
+|\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| repräsentiert (welche die Implementation von
+\LaTeX\ immer über die Beschriftung setzt).
+Weiterhin gibt es eine zweite Länge, |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip|, die
+üblicherweise auf |0pt| vorbelegt ist und den Abstand auf der anderen
+Seite der Beschriftung regelt.
+Technisch gesprochen vertauscht also \thispackage\ die Bedeutungen dieser
+beiden Längen wenn |position=|\x|top| gesetzt ist.
+Bitte beachten Sie, daß diverse andere Pakete (wie etwa das \package{ftcap}-,
+das \package{nonfloat}- und das \package{topcap}"=Paket) den gleichen
+Kniff anwenden, so daß die Benutzung solcher Pakete zusammen mit der
+\package{caption}"=Option |position=| nicht unterstützt wird.
+\end{Expert*}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Listen}
+\label{lists}
+
+\DescribeMacro{list=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Der Befehl |\caption| erzeugt normalerweise auch einen Eintrag in das
+Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis. Dies kann durch Angabe eines leeren
+optionalen Argumentes unterdrückt werden {\small(siehe \Ref{caption})},
+aber auch durch Angabe der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |list=no|\quad(oder |list=false| oder |list=off|)\quad.~\footnote{%
+ Bitte beachten Sie, daß das \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} diese
+ Option nicht unterstützt, stattdessen sind dort ggf.~die Zähler
+ \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} anzupassen.}
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{listformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Mit der Option
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |listformat=|\meta{Listformat}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+kann beeinflußt werden, wie die Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellennummer im
+Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis erscheint.
+Es gibt fünf vordefinierte Listenformate:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[empty]
+ Es wird keine Nummer angegeben.
+
+ \item[simple]
+ Die Nummer wird (mit Zähler"=Prefix) angegeben.
+
+ \item[parens]
+ Die Nummer wird (mit Prefix) in Klammern angegeben.
+
+ \item[subsimple]
+ Wie |simple|, aber ohne Prefix. (Standard)
+
+ \item[subparens]
+ Wie |parens|, aber ohne Prefix.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Eigene Listenformate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|
+ definiert werden.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+Das Präfix ($=$|\p@figure| bzw.~|\p@table|), welches in Verzeichnissen (wie
+dem Abbildungs- und Tabellenverzeichnis) und bei Referenzen der Nummer
+($=$|\the|\-|figure| bzw.~|\the|\-|table|) vorangestellt wird,
+ist normalerweise leer, so daß die Listenformate |simple| und |subsimple|
+indentische Ergebnisse abliefern; ebenso |parens| und |subparens|.
+Aber dies kann z.B. bei Unterabbildungen anders sein.\footnote{%
+ Unterabbildungen können z.B.~mit dem \package{subcaption}- oder
+ \package{subfig}"=Paket gestaltet werden.}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Namen}
+\label{names}
+
+\DescribeMacro{name=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
+Die Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |name=|\meta{name}
+\end{quote}
+ändert den Namen der \emph{aktuellen} Umgebung.
+Hiermit könnte man z.B.~den Bezeichner "`Abbildung"' in allen
+|wrap|\-|figure|"=Umgebungen nach "`Abb."' ändern (während woanders
+nach-wie-vor "`Abbildung"' stehen würde):
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Abb.}|
+\end{quote}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Typen}
+\label{types}
+
+\DescribeMacro{type=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}
+Der |\caption| Befehl kann verschiedene Gleitumgebungstypen beschriften,
+Abbildungen (|figure|) ebenso wie Tabellen (|table|).
+Außerhalb dieser Umgebungen führt die Verwendung von |\caption| jedoch zu
+einer Fehlermeldung, weil nicht klar ist, zu welchem Typ die Beschriftung
+gehören soll.
+In diesen Situationen kann man den Typ manuell mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |type=|\meta{Typ}
+\end{quote}
+festlegen, so daß |\caption| (und andere Befehle wie |\Continued|\-|Float|
+oder |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| des \package{subcaption}"=Paketes,
+oder |\sub|\-|float| des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig})
+das gewünschte Ergebnis liefern können;
+z.B.~innerhalb einer nicht-gleitenden Umgebung wie |minipage|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\
+ | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
+ | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+Es existiert auch eine Stern"=Variante dieser Option, |type*=|\meta{Typ},
+die sich unterschiedlich verhält, wenn das
+\package{hyperref}"=Paket\cite{hyperref} geladen ist:
+Während |type=| einen Hyperlink"=Anker setzt (sofern |hypcap=|\x|true|
+gesetzt ist), tut dies |type*=| nicht.
+(Siehe auch \Ref{hyperref}\,)
+\end{Expert}
+\begin{Expert}
+\emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Bitte definieren Sie das interne Makro |\@captype|
+nicht, wie in manchen Dokumentationen vorgeschlagen wird, selber um,
+sondern verwenden Sie stattdessen immer |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}|.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+Eigene Typen können mit
+ |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| (angeboten vom \package{newfloat}"=Paket),
+ |\new|\-|float| (angeboten vom \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float}) oder
+ |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| (angeboten vom \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow}) definiert werden.
+
+\medskip
+
+\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
+Bitte verwenden Sie die Option |type=| nur \emph{innerhalb} von Boxen oder
+Umgebungen (wie |\par|\-|box| oder |mini|\-|page|), am besten solcher, wo
+kein Seitenumbruch innerhalb möglich ist, damit die Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle
+und die Beschriftung nicht durch einen solchen getrennt werden kann.
+Weiterhin können einige unschöne Nebeneffekte auftreten, wenn |type=|
+außerhalb einer Box oder Umgebung verwendet wird; daher wird in solchen
+Fällen eine Warnung ausgegeben.\footnote{%
+Sie erhalten diese Warnung nur dann, wenn Sie \eTeX\ verwenden.}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Befehle}
+
+\subsection{Setzen von Beschriftungen}
+\label{caption}
+\label{captionlistentry}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\caption}
+Der Befehl
+\begin{quote}
+ |\caption|\oarg{Kurzform f"ur das Verzeichnis}\marg{Beschriftung}
+\end{quote}
+erzeugt eine Ãœber- bzw.~Unterschrift innerhalb einer gleitenden Umgebung
+wie |figure| oder |table|. Dies ist an sich nichts neues,
+hinzugekommen ist allerdings, daß kein Eintrag ins Abbildungs- oder
+Tabellenverzeichnis vorgenommen wird,
+wenn eine leere Kurzform angegeben wird, wie etwa hier:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\caption[]{Dies ist eine Abbildung, die nicht ins|\\
+ | Abbildungsverzeichnis aufgenommen wird}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+Beachten Sie, daß die \meta{Beschriftung} ein \emph{wanderndes} Argument
+ist, solange keine \meta{Kurzform} angegeben ist. Ist hingegen eine
+\meta{Kurzform} angegeben, ist stattdessen diese wandernd.
+"`\emph{Wanderndes} Argument"' bedeutet, daß dieses Argument auch in die
+Datei geschrieben wird, die beim nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf das Abbildungs-
+bzw. Tabellenverzeichnis bereitstellt.
+\emph{Wandernde} Argumente dürfen keine \emph{zerbrechliche} Befehle enthalten,
+alles muß hier \emph{robust} sein, ansonsten kann das Argument \emph{zerbrechen}
+und beim nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf seltsame Fehlermeldungen hervorrufen.
+Einige \emph{zerbrechliche} Befehle können mit |\protect| vor dem
+\emph{Zerbrechen} geschützt werden; eigene Definitionen können mit
+|\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| anstelle von |\new|\-|command| definiert werden,
+um sie \emph{robust} zu machen.
+
+Ein Beispiel: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| wird Fehlermeldungen
+zur Folge haben, da |\phantom| \emph{zerbrechlich} ist.
+Daher muß in so einem Fall entweder die \meta{Kurzform} bemüht werden
+(z.B.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|)
+oder aber ein |\protect| ergänzt werden, um |\phantom| vor dem \emph{zerbrechen} zu schützen:
+|\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|.
+
+Manchmal ist dies allerdings nicht ausreichend. Der Grund ist darin zu finden,
+daß der Ein-Zeilen-Test die \meta{Beschriftung} in eine horizontale Box setzt,
+um die Breite zu bestimmen.
+Manche Umgebungen mögen dies nicht besonders und quittieren es mit einer
+Fehlermeldung.
+Ein Beispiel:
+|\caption{Ein| |Schema.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}|
+|E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}|
+|\right.| |\]}|.
+Der Gebrauch des optionalen Argumentes \meta{Kurzform} mittels
+|\caption[Ein| |Schema]{|\ldots|}| ist hier nicht ausreichend, es kommt immer
+noch zu eine Fehlermeldung. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'')
+Hier schafft es daher Abhilfe, den Ein-Zeilen-Test mittels
+|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}| direkt vor dem
+Betroffenen |\caption| Befehl auszuschalten.
+
+Mehr Informationen über \emph{wanderende} Argumente und \emph{zerbrechliche}
+\& \emph{robuste} Befehle finden sich in der gängigen \LaTeX"=Literatur, aber
+auch hier:
+\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/info/lshort/german/}
+und (in englischer Sprache) hier:
+\url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\caption*}
+Das \package{longtable}"=Paket definiert zusätzlich zum Befehl |\caption| auch
+die Stern-Variante |\caption*|, die eine Beschriftung ohne Bezeichner und ohne
+Eintrag ins Tabellenverzeichnis erzeugt. So erzeugt z.B. der Code
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption*{Eine Tabelle}\\|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{longtable}|
+\end{quote}
+diese Tabelle:\par
+\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+\vskip\intextsep
+\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=t}
+ \caption*{Eine Tabelle}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{r|rr}
+ & x & y \\\hline
+ a & 1 & 2 \\
+ b & 3 & 4 \\
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\vskip\intextsep
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+\Thispackage\ bietet diesen Mechanismus auch für Abbildungs- und
+Tabellenbeschriftungen in Gleitumgebungen wie z.B. |table| an:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{table}|\\
+ | \caption*{Eine Tabelle}|\\
+% | \begin{tabular}{|\ldots|}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \end{tabular}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\captionof}
+\DescribeMacro{\captionof*}
+Der Befehl |\caption| funktioniert in der Regel nur innerhalb von gleitenden
+Umgebungen, manchmal möchte man ihn jedoch auch außerhalb anwenden,
+etwa um eine Abbildung in eine nicht-gleitende Umgebung wie |mini|\-|page| zu
+setzen.\par
+Hierfür stellt \thispackage\ den Befehl
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionof|\marg{Umgebungstyp}\oarg{Kurzform}\marg{Langform}
+\end{quote}
+zur Verfügung. Die Angabe des Umgebungstypen ist hierbei notwendig, damit der
+gewünschte Bezeichner (wie z.B. "`Abbildung"' oder "`Tabelle"') gewählt wird
+und der Eintrag in das richtige Verzeichnis vorgenommen wird. Ein Beispiel:
+\begin{quote}
+% |\captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}|\\
+ |\captionof{table}{Eine Tabelle}|
+\end{quote}
+führt zu folgendem Ergebnis:
+\begin{Example}
+% \begingroup
+% \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
+% \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+% \begingroup
+ \captionof{table}{Eine Tabelle}
+% \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+
+Analog zu |\caption*| gibt es auch den Befehl |\captionof*| für Beschriftungen
+ohne Bezeichner und ohne Verzeichniseintrag.
+
+\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
+Da |\caption|\-|of| intern die Option |type| verwendet, gelten hier die
+gleichen Einschränkungen wie für die Option |type|, d.h.~sowohl
+|\caption|\-|of| als auch |\caption|\-|of*| sollten nur \emph{innerhalb} von
+Boxen oder Umgebungen verwendet werden.
+\See{\Ref{types}}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Unter gewissen Umständen kann es nützlich sein, lediglich einen Eintrag
+ins Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis vorzunehmen.
+Dies kann mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionlistentry|\oarg{Umgebungstyp}\marg{Verzeichniseintrag}
+\end{quote}
+bewerkstelligt werden.
+
+Ein Beispiel: Es ist recht einfach, eine |long|\-|table| anzulegen, die die
+Beschriftungen \emph{über} dem Tabelleninhalt hat, und wo der Listeneintrag
+auf die erste Seite der Tabelle verweist:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endfirsthead|\\
+ | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endhead|\\
+ | |\ldots
+\end{quote}
+Aber da das \package{longtable}"=Paket keinen |\end|\-|first|\-|foot| Befehl
+anbietet, kann dies nicht so einfach auf Beschritungen \emph{unter} dem
+Tabelleninhalt übertragen werden.
+Stattdessen kann man aber |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| zum Einsatz bringen:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endfoot|\\
+ | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | |\ldots
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Ein weiteres Anwendungsbeispiel findet sich in \Ref{examples}.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+Es existiert auch eine Stern"=Variante, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, die
+den Umgebungszähler nicht erhöht.
+(Innerhalb von |long|\-|table| Umgebungen erhöht allerdings
+|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| niemals den Tabellenzähler. Siehe auch
+\Ref{longtable}.)
+\end{Expert}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+Bitte beachten Sie, daß \meta{Verzeichniseintrag} ein \emph{wanderndes}
+Argument ist, hier also alles \emph{robust} sein muß.
+(Siehe auch Erklärung zu |\caption|)
+\end{Expert}
+
+\subsection{Anwenden von Optionen}
+\label{captionsetup}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+Den Befehl |\caption|\-|setup| haben wir ja schon im \Ref{usage} kennengelernt,
+uns dort allerdings die Bedeutung des optionalen Parameters
+\meta{Typ} aufgespart.
+Wir erinnern uns, die Syntax des Befehls lautet
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup|\oarg{Typ}\marg{Optionen}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+Wird hier ein \meta{Typ} angegeben, so werden die Optionen nicht
+unmittelbar umgesetzt, sondern werden lediglich vermerkt und kommen erst dann
+zum Einsatz, wenn eine Ãœber- bzw.\ Unterschrift innerhalb der passenden
+(gleitenden) Umgebung gesetzt wird. So wirkt sich z.B. die Angabe
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+lediglich auf die Unterschriften aus, die innerhalb der Umgebung |figure|
+gesetzt werden.
+
+Ein Beispiel:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|
+\end{quote}
+liefert Abbildungs- und Tabellenunterschriften der Art:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{table}{Eine Tabelle}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+Wie man sieht, führt das |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| dazu,
+daß lediglich die Abbildungsunterschriften mit fettem Bezeichner und kursivem
+Text gesetzt werden; alle anderen Unter- bzw.\ Ãœberschriften werden jedoch
+hiervon nicht beeinflusst.
+
+Als Umgebungstypen mit Unter- bzw.\ Ãœberschriften gibt es in der Regel nur
+zwei: |figure| und |table|. Wie wir jedoch später sehen werden, kommen durch die
+Verwendung spezieller \LaTeX-Pakete (wie etwa das \package{floatrow},
+\package{longtable} oder \package{sidecap}"=Paket) ggf.~weitere Typen hinzu,
+deren Beschriftungen ebenfalls derart individuell angepasst werden können.
+\See{\Ref{declare} und \Ref{packages}}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Es existiert auch eine Stern"=Variante von |\caption|\-|setup|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup*|\oarg{Typ}\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+Während die Variante ohne Stern ggf.~zu Warnungen führt -- zum Beispiel wenn
+die \meta{Optionen} im Verlauf des Dokumentes nicht zum Einsatz kommen
+(wie z.B. |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| ohne folgende |table|) --
+ist dies bei der Stern"=Variante nicht der Fall.
+\iffalse
+Dies kann sich z.B. bei der Entwicklung von generischen Designvorlagen als
+hilfreich erweisen.
+\fi
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup}
+Um vermerkte, typbezogene Parameter aus dem Gedächnis von \LaTeX\ zu löschen,
+gibt es den Befehl
+\begin{quote}
+ |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{Option}\marg{Typ}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+|\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| würde z.B. die in dem obrigen Beispiel deklarierte
+Sonderbehandlung der Abbildungsunterschriften wieder aufheben:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \clearcaptionsetup{figure}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Wird das optionale Argument \meta{Option} verwendet, werden nur die
+Einstellungen entfernt, die diese \meta{Option} betreffen.\footnote{%
+Es kann hier nur \emph{eine} Option angegeben werden; sollen mehrere
+Einstellungen entfernt werden, muß hierzu
+\cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup}
+mehrmals angewandt werden.}
+Während in dem obrigen Beispiel nicht nur die Optionen
+|labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it|
+für Abbildungen aufgehoben werden (sondern alle Einstellungen, die
+die Abbildungsbeschriftungen betreffen), würde der folgende Code
+nur die Einstellung |labelfont=bf| entfernen und alle anderen
+Einstellungen für Abbildungen intakt lassen:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+\begin{Expert}
+Analog zu |\caption|\-|setup*| gibt es hier ebenfalls eine Stern"=Variante
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*|, die eventuell auftretende Warnungen unterdrückt,
+etwa wenn die angegebene \meta{Option} gar nicht für den angegebenen \meta{Typ}
+eingestellt war.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup}
+Für Debug"=Zwecke wird der Befehl
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{Typ}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+bereitgestellt. Er erzeugt einen Eintrag in der Log"=Datei und zeigt dort
+die für den angegebenen \meta{Typ} eingestellten Optionen an.
+So gibt einem zum Beispiel
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ |\showcaptionsetup{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+die Info:
+\begin{quote}\small
+ |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\
+ |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Fortlaufende Gleitumgebungen}
+\label{ContinuedFloat}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat}
+Manchmal möchte man Abbildungen oder Tabellen aufteilen, jedoch ohne den einzelnen
+Teilen eine eigene Abbildungs- oder Tabellennummer zu geben. Hierfür stellt
+\thispackage\ den Befehl
+\begin{quote}
+ |\ContinuedFloat|
+\end{quote}
+zur Verfügung, der gleich als erstes innerhalb der nächsten (Gleit-)Umgebung(en)
+angewandt werden sollte.
+Er verhindert, daß die Zählung fortgeführt wird; eine Abbildung oder Tabelle,
+die ein |\Continued|\-|Float| enthält, bekommt also die gleiche Nummer
+wie die vorherige Abbildung oder Tabelle. Ein Beispiel:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{table}|\\
+ | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{Eine Tabelle (Fortsetzung)}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+ergibt als Ergebnis:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \caption{Eine Tabelle}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{Eine Tabelle (Fortsetzung)}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Zusätzlich führt der |\Continued|\-|Float| Befehl auch Einstellungen aus, die
+mit dem Typ "`|Continued|\-|Float|"' verknüpft sind. Dies kann zum Beispiel
+verwendet werden, um automatisch für fortgesetzte Abbildungen oder Tabellen
+auf ein anderes Bezeichner- oder Textformat umzuschalten, wie etwa hier:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{#1~#2 (Fortsetzung)}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{Eine Tabelle}\label{continued1}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\smallskip
+\See{\Ref{declare} für die Erläuterung des Befehls
+ \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.}
+
+\medskip
+
+Weiterhin existiert auch ein \LaTeX"=Zähler namens |Continued|\-|Float|,
+der auch für eigene Zwecke eingesetzt werden kann.
+Für gewöhnliche (gleitende) Umgebungen ist er auf Null gesetzt, auf Eins
+in der ersten fortgeführten Umgebung, Zwei in der nächsten und so weiter.
+Jedes |\Continued|\-|Float| erhöht also diesen Zähler um Eins, während
+eine Gleitumgebung ohne |\Continued|\-|Float| den Zähler auf Null zurücksetzt.
+Ein Beispiel:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{Eine Tabelle}\label{continued2}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\medskip
+Eine Referenz auf diese Tabelle würde "`\autoref{continued2}"' ergeben,
+da lediglich das Format der Tabellenbeschriftung geändert wurde.
+Sollen Referenzen ebenfalls diesen Zähler enthalten, so kann stattdessen der
+Befehl |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| passend umdefiniert werden.
+Dieser Befehl wird automatisch bei der Anwendung von |\Continued|\-|Float|
+dem Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenzähler angehängt und hat normalerweise einen
+leeren Inhalt.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{Eine Tabelle}\label{continued3}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\medskip
+Eine Referenz auf diese Tabelle würde nun "`\autoref{continued3}"' ergeben.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*}
+Angenommen man möchte gerne die erste Abbildung oder Tabelle einer
+fortlaufenden Serie mit einer Beschriftung der Art "`Abbildung 7a"' und
+nicht mit "`Abbildung 7"' beschriften. (Und die zweite entsprechend mit
+"`Abbildung 7b"' statt "`Abbildung 7a"'.)
+Dies ist auch möglich, indem man die Stern"=Variante |\Continued|\-|Float*|
+anwendet.
+Diese führt genau wie |\ContinuedFloat| auch die mit "`|Continued|\-|Float|"'
+verknüpften Optionen aus und erhöht den \LaTeX"=Zähler |Continued|\-|Float|,
+markiert aber die erste Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle einer fortlaufenden Serie:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{Erste Abbildung einer Serie}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{Zweite Abbildung einer Serie}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{Dritte Abbildung einer Serie}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat*
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{Erste Abbildung einer Serie}
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{Zweite Abbildung einer Serie}
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{Dritte Abbildung einer Serie}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+\smallskip
+\Note{Leider ist \cs{ContinuedFloat*} nicht verfügbar, wenn das
+ \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} geladen ist.}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsubsection*{Eine Anmerkung zur longtable-Umgebung}
+Möchten Sie hingegen bei fortgeführten |long|\-|table|"=Umgebungen einen
+anderen Bezeichner (nach einem Seitenumbruch), so kann dies \emph{nicht}
+mit |\Continued|\-|Float| bewerkstelligt werden, aber mit Hilfe der vom
+\package{longtable}"=Paket\cite{longtable} bereitgestellten Befehle
+|\end|\-|first|\-|head| und |\end|\-|head|; in etwa so:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{#1~#2 (Fortsetzung)}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption{Eine mehrseitige Tabelle}\\|\\
+ |\endfirsthead|\\
+ | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\
+ | \caption[]{Eine mehrseitige Tabelle}\\|\\
+ |\endhead|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{longtable}|
+\end{quote}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Eigene Erweiterungen}
+\label{declare}
+
+Wem die vorhandenen Formate, Trenner, Textausrichtungen, Zeichensätze und Stile
+nicht ausreichen, der hat die Möglichkeit, sich eigene zu definieren. Hierzu
+gibt es eine Reihe von Befehlen, die in der Prämbel des Dokumentes (das ist der
+Teil zwischen |\document|\-|class| und |\begin{document}|) zum Einsatz kommen.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format}
+Eigene Formate können mit dem Befehl
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1, \#2 und \#3}
+\end{quote}
+definiert werden.
+Für \#1 wird später der Bezeichner, für \#2 der Trenner
+und für \#3 der Text eingesetzt. So ist z.B. das Standardformat |plain|,
+welches die Beschriftung als gewöhnlichen Absatz formatiert,
+in diesem Paket so vordefiniert:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Expert}
+Es gibt auch eine Stern"=Variante, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|, die den
+Code nicht in \TeX s horizontalem Modus, sondern im vertikalen Modus setzt,
+aber die |indention=| Option nicht unterstützt.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat}
+Ähnlich können auch eigene Bezeichnerformate definiert werden:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1 und \#2}
+\end{quote}
+Bei den Bezeichnerformaten wird hierbei für \#1 der Name (also z.B.
+"`Abbildung"'), für \#2 die Nummer (also z.B. "`12"') eingesetzt.
+Ein Beispiel:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}|
+\end{quote}
+\example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst}
+\DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond}
+Bei der Definition von eigenen Bezeichnerformaten gibt es eine Besonderheit zu
+beachten: Wird das Bezeichnerformat auch in Verbindung mit dem
+\package{subcaption} oder \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} verwendet,
+so kann der Bezeichnername (also \#1) auch leer sein.
+Um dies flexibel handhaben zu können, stellt \thispackage\ die Befehle
+\begin{quote}
+ |\bothIfFirst|\marg{Erstes Argument}\marg{Zweites Argument}\quad und\\
+ |\bothIfSecond|\marg{Erstes Argument}\marg{Zweites Argument}
+\end{quote}
+zur Verfügung.
+|\bothIfFirst| testet, ob das erste Argument nicht leer ist,
+|\bothIfSecond|, ob das zweite Argument nicht leer ist.
+Nur wenn dies der Fall ist, werden beide Argumente ausgegeben,
+ansonsten werden beide unterdrückt.
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+So ist z.B. das Standard"=Bezeichnerformat |simple| nicht, wie man
+naiverweise annehmen könnte, als
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}|
+\end{quote}
+definiert, weil dies zu einem störendem führenden Leerzeichen führen würde,
+sollte \#1 leer sein. Stattdessen kommt folgende Definition zum Einsatz,
+die sowohl mit |\caption| als auch mit |\sub|\-|caption| bzw.~|\sub|\-|float|
+harmoniert:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\
+ | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
+\end{quote}
+d.h.~das Leerzeichen kommt nur dann zum Einsatz, wenn \#1 nicht leer ist.
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}
+Ebenso können eigene Textformate definitiert werden:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1}
+\end{quote}
+An die Stelle von \#1 wird später der Beschriftungstext eingesetzt.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator}
+Eigene Trenner werden mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{Name}\marg{Code}
+\end{quote}
+definiert. Auch hier wieder als einfaches Beispiel eine Definition innerhalb
+des \package{caption}"=Paketes selber:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Expert}
+Es gibt auch eine Stern"=Variante, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|,
+die den Code ohne den mit |label|\-|font=| eingestellten Zeichensatz setzt.
+Auf diese Art sind z.B. die Trenner |quad|, |new|\-|line| und |en|\-|dash|
+vordefiniert.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification}
+Eigene Textausrichtungen können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{Name}\marg{Code}
+\end{quote}
+definiert werden.
+Der \meta{Code} wird dann der Beschriftung vorangestellt,
+so führt z.B. die Verwendung der bereits vordefinierten Ausrichtung
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}|
+\end{quote}
+dazu, daß alle Zeilen der Beschriftung linksbündig ausgegeben werden.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font}
+Eigene Zeichensatzoptionen können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{Name}\marg{Code}
+\end{quote}
+definiert werden.
+So sind z.B. die Optionen |small| und |bf| folgendermaßen vordefiniert:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad und\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\iffalse
+Die Zeilenabstände ließen sich z.B.~über das \package{setspace}"=Paket
+regeln:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{setspace}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{%
+ \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} \cs{singlespacing} kann hier nicht benutzt werden,
+ da es ein \cs{vskip} Kommando enthält.}\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}|
+\end{quote}
+\example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
+\fi
+Ein Beispiel, welches Farbe ins Spiel bringt:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{color}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}|
+\end{quote}
+\example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
+Aber da \thispackage\ schon die pfiffige Definition
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}|
+\end{quote}
+beinhaltet, kann man das selbe Resultat auch einfach mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{color}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\
+ | textfont={color=green}}|
+\end{quote}
+erreichen.
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style}
+Eigene Stile werden folgendermaßen definiert:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{Name}\oarg{zusätzliche Optionen}\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+Stile sind einfach eine Ansammlung von geeigneten Einstellungen, die unter
+einem eigenen Namen zusammengefasst werden und mit der Paketoption
+|style=|\meta{Name} zum Leben erweckt werden können.
+
+Hierbei ist zu beachten, daß die so definierten Stile immer auf dem Stil |base|
+basieren (siehe auch \Ref{style}), es brauchen also nur davon abweichende
+Optionen angegeben werden.
+
+Sind \meta{zusätzliche Optionen} angegeben, so kommen diese automatisch
+zusätzlich zum Einsatz, sofern die Beschreibung in eine einzelne Zeile passt
+und diese Abfrage nicht mit |single|\-|line|\-|check=off| ausgeschaltet wurde.
+
+Als Beispiel muß mal wieder eine einfache Definition innerhalb dieses Paketes
+herhalten: Der Stil |base| ist vordefiniert als
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\
+ | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+Etwas spannenderes:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\
+ | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\
+ | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}|
+\end{quote}
+liefert einem Beschriftungen wie diese hier:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b}
+ \caption{Eine kurze Beschriftung.}
+ \caption{Eine sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr
+ sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr
+ sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr lange Beschriftung.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Eigene Listenformate können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1 und \#2}
+\end{quote}
+definiert werden.
+Im Laufe des Dokumentes wird \#1 dann mit dem Bezeichner"=Präfix
+(z.B.~|\p@figure|), und \#2 mit der Referenznummer (z.B.~|\the|\-|figure|) ersetzt.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Weiterführende Beispiele}
+\label{examples}
+
+\subsubsection*{Beispiel 1}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+Möchte man die Bezeichnung (inkl. Trenner wie Doppelpunkt) vom Text mit einem
+Zeilenumbruch getrennt haben, so ließe sich das (auch) so bewerkstelligen:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}|
+\end{quote}
+Wählt man anschließend dieses Format mit |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}| aus,
+so erhält man Beschriftungen der Art:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+Auch einen Einzug könnte man diesem Format mit auf den Weg geben:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}|
+\end{quote}
+führt zu Beschriftungen wie:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+Aber Sie möchten den Einzug nur auf die erste Zeile des Texts anwenden?
+Kein Problem, so würde z.B.~die Definition
+\begin{quote}
+ |\newlength\myindention|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
+ | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat}|
+\end{quote}
+zu Beschriftungen dieser Art führen:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+Zu der Länge |\myindention| hätten Sie gerne eine Option, so daß man diesen
+Einzug auch z.B.~mit |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{myindention=|\ldots|}| setzen kann?
+Auch dies läßt sich bewerkstelligen, z.B.~folgendermaßen:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\newlength\myindention|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\
+ | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
+ | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention} #3}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\subsubsection*{Beispiel 2}
+
+Die Beschriftungen sollen wie folgt aussehen:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+\pagebreak[2]
+Dies ließe sich beispielsweise wie folgt realisieren:
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\
+ | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\
+ | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\subsubsection*{Beispiel 3}
+
+Der Bezeichner soll in den linken Rand verlagert werden,
+so daß die komplette Absatzbreite der Beschriftung selber zugute kommt:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}|
+\end{quote}
+Das Ergebnis wären Beschriftungen wie diese:
+\example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+\medskip
+
+Soll der Einzug in den Rand eine feste Größe sein (z.B.~$2.5$\,cm),
+so könnte hierfür eine Kombination aus |\llap| und |\makebox| angewandt werden,
+zum Beispiel:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\
+ | {\llap{\makebox[2.5cm][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}|
+\end{quote}
+\example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+\subsubsection*{Beispiel 4}
+
+Dieses Beispiel setzt eine Abbildung neben eine Tabelle, aber verwendet eine
+einzige, kombinierte Beschriftung für beide. Dies wird durch eine Kombination
+aus |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| und |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|
+realisiert:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\
+ | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}|\\
+ | \centering|\\
+ | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\
+ | \qquad|\\
+ | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \end{tabular}|\\
+ | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+\DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure}
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}%
+ \qquad
+ \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr}
+ & x & y \\\hline
+ a & 1 & 2 \\
+ b & 3 & 4 \\
+ \end{tabular}
+ \captionlistentry[table]{Eine Abbildung und Tabelle mit gemeinsamer Beschriftung}
+ \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}
+ \caption{Eine Abbildung und Tabelle mit gemeinsamer Beschriftung~\footnotemark}
+\end{minipage}
+\footnotetext{Das Katzenbild wurde den Beispielen zum \LaTeX"=Begleiter\cite{TLC2}
+ entnommen, die Erlaubnis hierzu wurde eingeholt.}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+(Beachten Sie, daß |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| den Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenzähler
+ erhöht.)
+
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Dokumentenklassen \& Babel-Unterstützung}
+\label{classes}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+Dieser Teil der Dokumentation wird Ihnen einen Überblick über diejenigen
+Dokumentenklassen geben, an welche \thispackage\ angepasst ist:
+Welche Möglichkeiten zur Beschriftungsgestaltung sie bereits verfügen,
+mit welchen Seiteneffekten Sie rechnen müssen, wenn Sie dieses Paket verwenden,
+und mit welchen Standardwerten die Optionen belegt werden.
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Die Standardwerte namens "`default"' hängen von der verwendeten
+Dokumentenklasse ab; sie repräsentieren quasi das Aussehen, wie es vom Autor
+der Klasse vorgesehen war.
+So kann z.B.~die Einstellung |format=|\x|default| je nach verwendeter Klasse
+unterschiedliche Aussehen der Beschriftungen hervorbringen.
+
+\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
+\INFO
+Sollten Sie Ihre Dokumentenklasse nicht in diesem Abschnitt finden, so haben Sie
+trotzdem oftmals keinen Grund zur Sorge: Viele Dokumentenklassen (wie z.B.~die
+\class{octavo} Klasse) sind von einer der Standardklassen \class{article},
+\class{report} oder \class{book} abgeleitet und verhalten sich bezüglich der
+Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen gleich.
+\Thispackage\ überprüft automatisch die Kompatibilität zur Dokumentenklasse und
+gibt Ihnen die Warnung
+\begin{quote}\footnotesize
+ |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
+ |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\
+ |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
+\end{quote}
+aus, wenn es eine Unverträglichkeit entdeckt.
+Wenn Sie keine solche Warnung erhalten, ist alles bestens, falls aber doch,
+wird der Einsatz des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht empfohlen und
+insbesondere nicht unterstützt.
+\endgroup
+
+\begin{Expert}
+Sollten Sie trotz der angemahnten Inkompatibilität \thispackage{}
+nutzen wollen, sollten Sie gründlich auf Seiteneffekte achten; gewöhnlich
+ändert sich alleine durch das Einbinden des \package{caption}"=Paketes
+ohne Optionen bereits das von der Dokumentenklasse vorgegebene Aussehen der
+Beschriftungen.
+Wenn dies für Sie in Ordnung ist, sollten Sie als erstes die Option
+|style=|\x|base| mittels |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| oder
+|\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| angeben, um \thispackage\ in einen
+wohldefinierten Grundstatus zu versetzen.
+Anschließend können Sie anfangen, mit zusätzlichen Optionen erste
+Anpassungen vorzunehmen und dabei die Daumen gedrückt zu halten.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\newcommand*\Option{Option}
+\newcommand*\defaultvalue{Standard-Belegung (\texttt{default})}
+\newcommand*\uses{\textit{verwendet}}
+\newcommand*\settings{\textit{Einstellungen}}
+\newcommand*\nofont{\textit{keiner}}
+
+\subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report und book}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & \nofont \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+Dies gilt auch für von \class{article}, \class{report} und \class{book}
+abgeleitete Dokumentenklassen.
+\end{Annotation}
+
+\subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc und amsbook}
+\label{AMS}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & |\@captionfont| \\
+|labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+|\@caption|\-|font| wird von den \AmS\ Dokumentenklassen auf |\normal|\-|font|
+vorbelegt, und |\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| auf |\sc|\-|shape|.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+Weiterhin wird der Rand für mehrzeilige Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenbeschriftungen
+auf |\caption|\-|indent| gesetzt, bei einzeiligen Beschriftungen wird lediglich
+die Hälfte davon verwendet. (|\caption|\-|indent| wird von den \AmS\ Klassen
+auf |3pc| vorbelegt.)
+Möchten Sie einen einheitlichen Rand, so fügen Sie bitte
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}|
+in Ihren Dokumentenvorspann ein, nachdem Sie \thispackage\ geladen haben.
+
+Zusätzlich werden automatisch die Optionen |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t|
+gesetzt. Dies können Sie überschreiben, indem Sie beim Laden des
+\package{caption}"=Paketes einfach andere Werte für
+|figure|\-|position=| und |table|\-|position=| angeben.
+
+\subsection{beamer}
+\label{beamer}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{nicht nummeriert} \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |raggedright| \\
+|font=| & \class{beamer} "`|caption|"' \settings \\
+|labelfont=| & \class{beamer} "`|caption name|"' \settings \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle und deren Seiteneffekte}
+Die Zeichensatz- und Farbeinstellungen können mit
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{Optionen} und
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{Optionen} vorgenommen werden.
+Dies wird auch mit dem \package{caption}"=Paket noch funktionieren,
+zumindest solange Sie keinen anderen Zeichensatz mit
+|\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{Optionen}|}| oder
+|\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{Optionen}|}| einstellen.\par
+Weiterhin bietet die \package{beamer}"=Klasse verschiedene "`Templates"' für
+die Beschriftungen an, diese können mit
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{Template}|]|
+ausgewählt werden.
+Da \thispackage\ diesen Mechanismus ersetzt, haben
+|\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{Template Code}
+und
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{Template}|]|
+keine Funktion mehr, wenn \thispackage\ verwendet wird.
+(Au"snahme: Die Auswahl des Templates |default|, |num|\-|bered| oder
+|caption| |name| |own| |line| wird automatisch erkannt und auf dem \package{caption}"=Paket
+entsprechende Optionen umgesetzt, sofern diese nicht explizit durch den Anwender
+mit anderen Einstellungen "uberschrieben worden sind.)
+
+\subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt und scrbook}
+\label{KOMA}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{wie \purett{simple}, aber mit ``autodot'' Feature}\\
+|labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & |\setkomafont{caption}| \settings \\
+|labelfont=| & |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \settings \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle}
+Die \KOMAScript"=Dokumentenklassen bietet sehr viele Möglichkeiten, das Design
+der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen anzupassen. Für eine Übersicht schauen
+Sie bitte in die sehr gute \KOMAScript"=Dokumentation, Abschnitt "`Tabellen
+und Abbildungen"'.
+
+\subsubsection*{Seiteneffekte}
+Das optionale Argument von |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| wird nicht vom
+\package{caption}"=Paket unterstützt und daher ignoriert.
+Weiterhin überschreiben die \KOMAScript"=Optionen |table|\-|caption|\-|above|
+\& |table|\-|caption|\-|below| sowie die dazugehörigen Befehle
+|\caption|\-|above| \& |\caption|\-|below| die mit |position=| getätigten
+Einstellungen.
+
+\subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport und boek}
+\label{NTG}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle und deren Seiteneffekte}
+|\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| und |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| können entweder
+direkt oder indirekt über |\Caption|\-|Fonts| definiert werden.
+Beides funktioniert auch weiterhin, zumindest solange kein anderer
+Zeichensatz mit den \package{caption}"=Paketoptionen
+|label|\-|font=| und |text|\-|font=| festgelegt wird.
+
+\subsection{\SmF: smfart und smfbook}
+\label{SMF}
+
+Da die \SmF\ Dokumentenklassen von den \AmS\ Klassen abgeleitet wurden,
+gelten hier dieselben Standardbelegungen wie dort.
+
+Zusätzlich ist der Rand auf den zehnten Teil von |\line|\-|width| limiert.
+Mögen Sie diese Limitierung nicht, kann sie mit der Option
+|max|\-|margin=|\x|off| oder |max|\-|margin=|\x|false| ausgeschaltet werden.
+
+\subsection{thesis}
+\label{thesis}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |hang| \\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{wie \purett{simple}, aber mit kurzem Namen}\\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle und deren Seiteneffekte}
+Der Zeichensatz des Bezeichners kann hier mit |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|,
+derjenige des Textes mit |\caption|\-|body|\-|font| gesetzt werden.
+Beides funktioniert auch weiterhin, zumindest solange kein anderer
+Zeichensatz mit den \package{caption}"=Paketoptionen
+|label|\-|font=| und |text|\-|font=| gesetzt wird.
+
+\subsection{Babel-Option frenchb}
+\label{frenchb}
+
+Wird die Option \package{frenchb} des \package{babel}"=Paketes mit einer
+der drei Standardklassen (oder einer davon abgeleiteten) verwendet,
+dann wird |label|\-|sep=| auf |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| vorbelegt
+und damit die Vorbelegung der Dokumentenklasse überschrieben.
+In diesem Falle wird eine Umdefinition von |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+auch weiterhin funktionieren, zumindest solange kein anderer Trenner mit
+der Option |label|\-|sep=| gesetzt wird.
+
+\INFO*
+Bitte laden Sie \thispackage\ \emph{nach} dem \package{babel}"=Paket.
+
+\subsection{Pakete frenchle und frenchpro}
+\label{frenchpro}
+
+Wird das \package{frenchle}- oder \package{frenchpro}"=Paket verwendet,
+dann wird |label|\-|sep=| auf |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| plus
+\cs{space} vorbelegt und damit die Vorbelegung der Dokumentenklasse
+überschrieben.
+Eine Umdefinition von |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| wird auch weiterhin
+funktionieren, zumindest solange kein anderer Trenner mit der Option
+|label|\-|sep=| gesetzt wird.
+
+Weiterhin wird |text|\-|font=| auf |text|\-|font=|\x|it| vorbelegt,
+um das Standardverhalten des \package{frenchle}- bzw.~\package{frenchpro}"=Paketes
+bzgl.~des Beschriftungstext"=Zeichensatzes zu emulieren.
+Bitte beachten Sie, daß der Befehl |\caption|\-|font| auch intern vom
+\package{caption}"=Paket verwendet wird, und zwar auf eine andere Art und Weise
+als das \package{frenchle}- bzw.~\package{frenchpro}"=Paket ihn verwendet;
+daher sollten Sie ihn nicht (mehr) verwenden.
+
+Der Befehl |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{oder} table} wird
+weiterhin seinen Dienst tun, aber nur solange Sie kein anderes Bezeichnerformat
+mit |label|\-|format=| auswählen.
+
+\INFO*
+Bitte laden Sie \thispackage\ \emph{nach} dem \package{frenchle}
+oder \package{frenchpro}"=Paket.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Unterstützung anderer Pakete}
+\label{packages}
+\label{compatibility}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+\Thispackage\ ist an folgende Pakete, die ebenfalls Abbildungs- oder
+Tabellenbeschriftungen anbieten, angepasst:
+\begin{quote}
+ \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage},
+ \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings},
+ \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins},
+ \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap},
+ \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable},
+ \package{wrapfig} und \package{xtab}
+\end{quote}
+
+Weiterhin arbeitet das \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow},
+das \package{subcaption}"=Paket (welches Bestandteil der
+\package{caption}"=Paketfamilie ist), sowie das \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig}
+aktiv mit diesem Paket zusammen und verwenden dessen |\caption|\-|setup|"=Schnittstelle.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
+\INFO
+Definiert ein anderes Paket (oder eine Dokumentenklasse), welches \thispackage{}
+nicht kennt, ebenfalls den Befehl |\caption| um, so wird diese Umdefinition
+bevorzugt, um maximale Kompatibilität zu gewährleisten und Konflikte
+zu vermeiden.
+Wird solch eine potentielle Inkompatiblität erkannt, wird diese Warnung
+ausgegeben:~\footnote{%
+ Diese Warnung kann durch Angabe der Option \texttt{compatibility=true}
+ beim Laden des \package{caption}"=Paketes abgeschaltet werden.}
+\begin{quote}\footnotesize
+ |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
+ |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
+ |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\
+ |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
+\end{quote}
+\endgroup
+
+Als Folge stehen diese Ausstattungsmerkmale des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht
+zur Verfügung:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item die Optionen |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=| und |listformat=|
+ \item |\caption*| (um eine Beschrifung ohne Bezeichner zu setzen)
+ \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (um den Eintrag ins Verzeichnis zu unterbinden)
+ \item |\caption{}| (um eine leere Beschriftung ohne Trenner zu setzen)
+ \item |\ContinuedFloat|
+ \item korrekt ausgerichtete Beschriftungen in Umgebungen wie \texttt{wide} und
+ \texttt{addmargin}, die die Seitenränder verändern
+ \item das sog.~\textsf{hypcap}"=Feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+ \item Setzen von Unter-Beschriftungen \See{\package{subcaption}"=Paketdokumentation}
+\end{itemize}
+
+\DescribeMacro{compatibility=}
+Dieser Kompatibilitäts"=Modus kann durch die Angabe der Option
+\begin{quote}
+ |compatibility=false|
+\end{quote}
+beim Laden des \package{caption}"=Paketes ausgeschaltet werden.
+Aber bitte beachten Sie, daß die Anwendung dieser Option weder empfohlen noch
+unterstützt wird, da hierdurch unerwünschte Nebeneffekte oder Fehler auftreten
+können. (Aus diesem Grunde wird hier ebenfalls eine Warnung ausgegeben.)
+
+\newcommand\packagedescription[1]{%
+ \ifvmode\else\par\fi
+ \nopagebreak
+ \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par
+ \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak}
+
+\PageBreak
+\subsection{algorithms}
+\label{algorithms}
+\packagedescription{%
+Die \package{algorithms}"=Paketfamilie\cite{algorithms} bietet zwei Umgebungen
+an: Die Umgebung \texttt{algorithmic} bietet eine Möglichkeit, Algorithmen
+zu beschreiben, und die Umgebung \texttt{algorithm} bietet eine passende
+Gleitumgebung an.}
+
+Da die \texttt{algorithm}"=Umgebung intern mittels |\new|\-|float| realisiert
+ist, welches vom \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float} bereitgestellt wird,
+schauen Sie bitte in \Ref{float} nach.
+
+\iffalse
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{algorithm2e}
+\label{algorithm2e}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for
+writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.}
+
+Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard
+interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the
+\package{float} package) and typesetting its caption,
+the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage.
+
+So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage,
+you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding
+floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package),
+and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code.
+
+As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic},
+for example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\
+ |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\
+ |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\
+ |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\
+ |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment
+ |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\
+ | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\
+ | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\
+ | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new
+floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package
+(or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package),
+and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic}
+in its body, just like you would do when you use the
+\package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem.
+
+You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example:
+\begin{quote}
+ \ldots\\
+ |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\
+ |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\
+ |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\
+ |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |% Example usage:|\\
+ |\begin{algorithm}|\\
+ |\caption{An algorithm}|\\
+ |\begin{algorithmic}|\\
+ | \SetVline|\\
+ | \eIf{cond1}{|\\
+ | a line\;|\\
+ | }{|\\
+ | another line\;|\\
+ | }|\\
+ |\end{algorithmic}|
+\end{quote}
+Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every
+other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float},
+please see \Ref{float}.
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package.
+\end{Annotation}
+\fi
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{float}
+\label{float}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float} bietet den Befehl \cs{restylefloat} an,
+der bestehende Gleitumgebungen zu einem neuen Design verhilft, ferner
+\cs{newfloat} um neue Gleitumgebungen zu definieren.
+Weiterhin wird die Platzierungs-Option "`\texttt{H}"' angeboten, die bei
+Gleitumgebungen das Gleiten unterbindet.}
+
+Bei Gleitumgebungen, die mit \cs{newfloat} oder \cs{restylefloat} definiert
+wurden, hat die Option |po|\-|si|\-|tion=| keinen Effekt auf die Beschriftung,
+da die Platzierung und die Abstände von dem gewählten Gleitumgebungs"=Stil
+festgelegt werden.
+
+Ein Beschriftungs"=Stil und Beschriftungs"=Optionen mit demselben Namen
+wie der Gleitumgebungs"=Stil werden zusätzlich zu den normalen Optionen
+ausgewählt.
+Mit diesem Mechanismus emuliert \thispackage\ das Aussehen der Beschriftungen
+vom Stil "`|ruled|"': Es definiert den Beschriftungs"=Stil
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\
+ | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+Um dies zu ändern, müssen Sie entweder einen eigenen Stil namens "`|ruled|"'
+definieren, oder aber mit |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{Optionen} zusätzliche
+Optionen angeben.%,
+%z.B.~|\caption|\-|setup[ruled]{labelsep=|\x|colon}|.
+
+Dieser Mechanismus wird ebenso benutzt, um den Abstand zwischen einer
+Gleitumgebung vom Stil "`|boxed|"' und seiner Beschriftung individuell
+festzulegen:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}|
+\end{quote}
+Um dies zu ändern, geben Sie einfach mit
+|\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{Wert}|}|
+einen anderen Wert an.
+Oder wenn Sie stattdessen die globale Einstellung der Option |skip=| verwenden
+wollen, können Sie die individuelle Abstandseinstellung mit
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}| entfernen.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Es kann immer nur \emph{eine} Beschriftung innerhalb der Gleitumgebungen
+gesetzt werden, die mit |\new|\-|float| oder |\re|\-|style|\-|float|
+definiert werden; außerdem verhalten sich diese Gleitumgebungen auch in
+anderen Belangen nicht exakt wie die Umgebungen |figure| und |table|.
+Als Konsequenz arbeiten viele Pakete nicht sehr gut mit diesen zusammen.
+Weiterhin hat das \package{float}"=Paket einige Fallstricke und Schwächen,
+weswegen ich als Alternative das \package{newfloat}"=Paket
+anbiete, um neue Gleitumgebungen zu definieren, die sich wie |figure|
+und |table| verhalten sollen.
+Und für die Definition von mächtigeren Gleitumgebungen bzw.~der
+stilistischen Umgestaltung von vorhandenen Gleitumgebungen empfehle ich als
+Alternative den Befehl |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| des
+moderneren \package{floatrow}"=Paketes\cite{floatrow}.
+\end{Note}
+
+\iffalse
+Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using
+the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are
+wrong.
+And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself
+in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working
+correctly afterwards.
+\fi
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{floatflt}
+\label{floatflt}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{floatflt}"=Paket\cite{floatflt} bietet Umgebungen zum Setzen von
+Abbildungen und Tabellen an, die nicht die Gesamtbreite der Seite einnehmen,
+sondern stattdessen vom Text umflossen werden.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Spezielle Optionen für die Umgebungen |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| und
+|float|\-|ing|\-|table| können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
+ |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+festgelegt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
+bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen
+bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
+|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{fltpage}
+\label{fltpage}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{fltpage}"=Paket\cite{fltpage} bietet die Ausgliederung der
+Beschriftung für Abbildungen und Tabellen, die die gesamte Seitenhöhe
+einnehmen, an. Hierbei wird die Beschriftung ans Ende der vorherigen
+oder nächsten Seite verschoben.}
+
+\iffalse
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Zwei Optionen regeln die Verweise auf die Umgebungen |FPfigure| und |FPtable|:
+\begin{description}
+\item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} oder \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Auf "`|caption|"' gesetzt, wird der Verzeichniseintrag auf die Beschriftung
+der Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle verweisen, auf "`|figure|"' gesetzt auf den Inhalt
+der Abbildung.
+(Die Vorbelegung ist |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.)
+\item{\texttt{FPref=caption} oder \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Auf "`|caption|"' gesetzt, werden die mit \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}
+oder \cs{nameref} plazierten Referenzen auf die Beschriftung der Abbildung
+bzw.~Tabelle verweisen, auf "`|figure|"' gesetzt auf den Inhalt der Abbildung.
+(Die Vorbelegung ist |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.)
+\end{description}
+\fi
+
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |FPfigure| und |FPtable| können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
+ |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
+bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{hyperref}
+\label{hyperref}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{hyperref}"=Paket\cite{hyperref} behandelt \LaTeX"=Querverweise
+derart, daß sie zusätzlich Hyperlinks im Dokument erzeugen.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Zwei Optionen regeln das Setzen von Hyperlinks:~\footnote{Diese Optionen sind
+nach dem \package{hypcap}"=Paket benannt, welches sie ersetzen.}
+\begin{description}
+\item{\texttt{hypcap=true} oder \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Auf |true| gesetzt, werden alle Hyperlink"=Anker -- wohin Einträge im
+Abbildungs- und Tabellenverzeichnis, sowie |\ref| und |\auto|\-|ref|
+verweisen -- an den Anfang der (gleitenden) Umgebungen wie Abbildung
+oder Tabelle plaziert.\par
+Auf |false| gesetzt zeigen hingegen alle Hyperlink"=Anker auf die
+Beschriftung.\par
+(Die Voreinstellung ist |hypcap=true|.)
+\item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{Abstand}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Da es nicht sehr ästhetisch wirkt, wenn der Hyperlink exakt auf den Beginn der
+Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle springt, kann ein vertikaler Abstand zwischen dem
+Hyperlink"=Anker und der (gleitenden) Umgebung gesetzt werden, z.B.~entfernt
+|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| diesen Abstand.\par
+(Die Voreinstellung ist |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0.5\base|\-|line|\-|skip|.)
+\end{description}
+
+Beide Optionen haben keine Auswirkung in den Umgebungen |lst|\-|listing|
+(vom \package{listings}"=Paket bereitgestellt), |long|\-|table| (vom
+\package{longtable}"=Paket bereitgestellt, |super|\-|tabular| (vom
+\package{supertabular}"=Paket bereitgestellt), und |x|\-|tabular| (vom
+\package{xtab}"=Paket bereitgestellt);
+innerhalb dieser Umgebungen werden Hyperlink"=Anker immer so gesetzt, als sei
+|hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| und |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| eingestellt.
+
+\pagebreak[3]Bitte beachten Sie:\nopagebreak
+\begin{description}
+\item{\cs{captionof}\marg{Typ}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
+ vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{Typ}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}%
+\\[\smallskipamount]
+Ohne geladenes \package{hyperref}"=Paket bekommen Sie hier identische Resultate.
+Aber mit \package{hyperref} geladen und mit der Einstellung |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true|
+versehen wird der Hyperlink"=Anker unterschiedlich gesetzt.
+So plaziert zum Beispiel
+\begin{quote}
+|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
+| |\ldots\\
+| \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}|\\
+|\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+den Anker bei der Beschriftung.
+(Und wenn |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| gesetzt ist, wird deswegen eine Warnung ausgegeben.)
+\begin{quote}
+|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
+| \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
+| |\ldots\\
+| \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\
+|\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+hingegen plaziert den Anker an den Anfang der |mini|\-|page|,
+da die Anweisung |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| nicht nur den Typ der
+Beschriftung auf "`figure"' festlegt, sondern auch einen Hyperlink"=Anker setzt.
+
+\item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
+ vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Wiederum bekommen Sie ohne geladenes \package{hyperref}"=Paket identische Resultate.
+Aber mit \package{hyperref} geladen liegen die Unterschiede in den Feinheiten:
+So wird z.B.~das optionale Argument von |\caption| auch in die |aux|-Datei
+geschrieben und vom |\name|\-|ref| Befehl verwendet.
+Wenn Sie also |\caption| mit leerem Argument angeben, wird ein auf diese
+Abbildung oder Tabelle angewandtes |\name|\-|ref| nicht das erwünschte,
+sondern stattdessen ein leeres Resultat zur Folge haben.
+Daher ist es besser, |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| zu verwenden,
+wenn Sie keinen Eintrag in dem Abbildungs- oder Tabellenverzeichnis wünschen.
+\end{description}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{hypcap}
+\label{hypcap}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{hyp\-cap}"=Paket\cite{hypcap} bietet eine Lösung zu dem Problem
+an, daß Hyperlinks auf Gleitumgebungen nicht auf die Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle
+verweisen, sondern stattdessen auf die Beschriftung.
+Die Version $3.1$ des \package{caption}"=Paketes löst dieses Problem bereits
+auf seine eigene Art und Weise, so daß das \package{hypcap}"=Paket in der
+Regel nicht mehr zusätzlich benötigt wird.}
+
+Wird das \package{hypcap}"=Paket zusätzlich zum \package{hyperref}"=Paket
+geladen, so übernimmt es die Kontrolle über die Platzierung der
+Hyperlink"=Anker, und die Optionen |hyp|\-|cap=| und |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|
+verlieren ihre Wirkung.
+
+Außerdem ist zu beachten, daß dann |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{Typ}|}|
+keinen Hyperlink"=Anker mehr setzt; dies muß dann ggf.~mit dem Befehl
+|\cap|\-|start|, welcher vom \package{hypcap}"=Paket angeboten wird,
+geschehen.
+
+Weiterhin hat das Laden des \package{hypcap}"=Paketes den Nebeneffekt, daß
+die Hyperlink"=Anker innerhalb der Umgebungen
+|floating|\-|figure| (vom \package{float\-flt}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
+|FP|\-|figure| \& |FPtable| (vom \package{flt\-page}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
+|fig|\-|window| (vom \package{pic\-in\-par}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
+|par|\-|pic| (vom \package{pic\-ins}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
+|SC|\-|figure| (vom \package{side\-cap}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
+|three|\-|part|\-|table| (vom \package{three\-part\-table}"=Paket
+bereitgestellt) und |wrap|\-|figure| (vom \package{wrap\-fig}"=Paket
+bereitgestellt) nicht mehr optimal platziert werden.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{listings}
+\label{listings}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{listings}"=Paket\cite{listings} bietet Möglichkeiten,
+Programmcode zu setzen.}
+
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |lst|\-|listing| können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+
+Bitte beachten Sie, daß das \package{listings}"=Paket seine eigenen
+Optionen für die Kontrolle der Position und Abstände der Beschriftungen
+mitbringt:
+|caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=| und |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|.
+\See{Dokumentation des \package{listings}"=Paketes.}
+Diese Optionen überschreiben diejenigen des \package{caption}"=Paketes,
+können aber wiederum mit |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|
+überschrieben werden, z.B.~mit
+\begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{longtable}
+\label{longtable}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{longtable}"=Paket\cite{longtable} bietet eine Umgebung an,
+die sich ähnlich wie die Umgebung \texttt{tabular} verhält, aber Seitenumbrüche
+innerhalb der Tabelle erlaubt.}
+
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |long|\-|table| können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |table|
+berücksichtigt.
+
+Die Optionen |margin=| und |width=| überschreiben gewöhnlich die Länge
+|\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|, so daß ein einheitliches Aussehen der
+Tabellenüberschriften gewährleistet wird.
+Wird aber |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| auf einen anderen Wert als den Standardwert
+|4in| gesetzt, wird \thispackage\ dies berücksichtigen.
+(Aber |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| wird wiederum von
+|\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{Breite}|}| überschrieben,
+auch wenn |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| auf einen anderen Wert als |4in| gesetzt ist.)
+
+\begin{Note}
+Die Befehle |\caption|\-|of| und |\Continued|\-|Float| funktionieren
+\emph{nicht} innerhalb der Umgebung |long|\-|table|.
+Weiterhin erhöhen weder |\caption| noch |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| den
+Tabellenzähler, er wird stattdessen von der Umgebung |long|\-|table| selbst
+erhöht.
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Benötigen Sie eine Umgebung |long|\-|table|, die den Tabellenzähler
+nicht erhöht, so verwenden Sie bitte die Umgebung |long|\-|table*|
+(die das \package{ltcaption}"=Paket bereitstellt und als Bestandteil der
+\package{caption}"=Paketfamilie automatisch geladen wird).
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{picinpar}
+\label{picinpar}
+\packagedescription{%
+Ähnlich wie das \package{floatflt}"=Paket stellt auch das
+\package{picinpar}"=Paket Umgebungen zum Setzen von Abbildungen und Tabellen
+zur Verfügung, die nicht die gesamte Seitenbreite ausfüllen und vom Text
+umflossen werden.
+Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen
+schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |fig|\-|window| und |tab|\-|window|
+können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
+ |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
+bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen
+bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
+|\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}|
+bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[tab|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{picins}
+\label{picins}
+\packagedescription{%
+Ähnlich wie das \package{floatflt}- und \package{picinpar}"=Paket stellt auch
+das \package{picins}"=Paket Umgebungen zum Setzen von Abbildungen und
+Tabellen zur Verfügung, die nicht die gesamte Seitenbreite ausfüllen und vom
+Text umflossen werden.
+Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen
+schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |par|\-|pic| können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
+bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
+
+Weiterhin erzeugt |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| keinen Verzeichniseintrag,
+und |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| ergibt eine Beschriftung ohne Bezeichner und
+Nummerierung.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen
+bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
+|\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
+\end{Note}
+
+Wird ein |\pic|\-|caption| gewünscht, das keine Abbildungs-, sondern eine
+Tabellenbeschrifung erzeugt, so definieren Sie bitte \emph{nicht}
+|\@cap|\-|type| um, wie es von der Dokumentation zum \package{picins}"=Paket
+vorgeschlagen wird. Stattdessen benutzen Sie bitte den Befehl
+|\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{Typ}, der Ihnen vom \package{caption}"=Paket
+zu diesem Zweck bereitgestellt wird. Zum Beispiel:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\
+ |\piccaption{Eine Beispieltabelle}|\\
+ |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{rotating}
+\label{rotating}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{rotating}"=Paket\cite{rotating} bietet die Gleitumgebungen
+\texttt{side\-ways\-figure} und \texttt{side\-ways\-table},
+die sich wie \texttt{figure} und \texttt{table} verhalten, den Inhalt aber
+um 90 bzw. 270 Grad drehen.
+Weiterhin wird ein Befehl \cs{rot\-caption} bereitgestellt, der lediglich
+die Beschriftung dreht.}
+
+\iffalse % No, we don't do that
+If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| \&
+|side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\
+ |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| or |table|.
+\fi
+
+Der Befehl |\rot|\-|caption| wird vom \package{caption}"=Paket derart
+erweitert, daß |\rot|\-|caption*| und |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| analog zu
+|\caption*| und |\caption|\-|of| verwendet werden können.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{setspace}
+\label{setspace}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{setspace}"=Paket\cite{setspace} bietet Optionen und Befehle,
+um den Zeilenabstand festzulegen, so führt
+z.B.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space}
+zu einem Dokument, welches einanhalbzeilig gesetzt wird.}
+
+Wird das \package{setspace}"=Paket zusammen mit dem \package{caption}"=Paket
+verwendet, sind alle Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen auf "`einzeilig"'
+voreingestellt. Dies kann durch |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing| (welches
+auf "`einanhalbzeilig"' umstellt), |font=|\x|double|\-|spacing| (welches
+auf "`zweizeilig"' umstellt) oder |font={stretch=|\x\meta{Wert}|}| geändert
+werden.
+\See{auch \Ref{fonts}}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{sidecap}
+\label{sidecap}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{sidecap}"=Paket\cite{sidecap} bietet die Gleitumgebungen
+\texttt{SC\-figure} und \texttt{SC\-table}, die anders als \texttt{figure}
+und \texttt{table} die Beschriftung \emph{neben} den Inhalt setzen.}
+
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |SC|\-|figure| und |SC|\-|table|
+können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
+ |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
+bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Note}
+Das \package{sidecap}"=Paket bietet eigene Optionen für die Ausrichtung der
+Beschriftung. Werden diese verwendet, so überschreiben sie die Einstellungen,
+die mit der Option |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| getätigt worden sind.
+\end{Note}
+
+\begin{Note}
+Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen
+bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
+|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
+\end{Note}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Anstelle des \package{sidecap}"=Paketes können Sie für Beschrifungen neben der
+Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle auch das leistungsfähigere und vielseitigere
+\package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} benutzen.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsubsection*{Undokumentierte Eigenschaften}
+Das \package{sidecap}"=Paket \version{1.6} hat einige undokumentierte
+Paketoptionen und Befehle, die eine weitere Anpassung der Beschrifungen erlauben:
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{margincaption}
+Die Paketoption
+\begin{quote}
+ |margincaption|\qquad{\small(z.B.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)}
+\end{quote}
+führt dazu, daß alle Beschriftungen in den Umgebungen |SC|\-|figure| und
+|SC|\-|table| in den Rand gesetzt werden.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos}
+Der Befehl
+\begin{quote}
+ |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{Typ}\marg{Position}
+\end{quote}
+legt die vertikale Ausrichtung der Beschriftung fest. \meta{Position} kann
+entweder `|t|' (für eine Ausrichtung am oberen Rand), `|b|' (für eine
+Ausrichtung am unteren Rand), oder `|c|' (für eine zentrierte Ausrichtung)
+sein.
+Die Vorbelegung für die Umgebung |table| ist `|t|', für |figure| und alle
+anderen, die mit |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| definiert werden, `|b|'.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{subfigure}
+\label{subfigure}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{subfigure}"=Paket\cite{subfigure} bietet Unterstützung für
+Unter"=Abbildungen und -Tabellen.
+Es ist veraltet und wurde vom Autor durch das modernere
+\package{subfig}"=Paket ersetzt.}
+
+Da das \package{subfigure}"=Paket veraltet ist, wird es vom
+\package{caption}"=Paket nur derart unterstützt, daß alte Dokumente (welche
+mit dem \package{caption}"=Paket \version{1.x} gesetzt wurden) noch
+übersetzbar sind und das erwartete Ergebnis liefern.
+
+Bitte verwenden Sie daher stattdessen das \package{subfig}- oder das
+\package{subcaption}"=Paket, welches
+\thispackage\ \version{3.x} aktiv unterstützt.
+
+\See{auch Dokumentation des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{supertabular und xtab}
+\label{supertabular}
+\packagedescription{%
+Die Pakete \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} und \package{xtab}\cite{xtab}
+bieten eine Umgebung, die ähnlich wie die Umgebung \texttt{long\-table} des
+\package{longtable}"=Paketes\cite{longtable} einen Seitenumbruch inmitten der
+Tabelle erlaubt.
+Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen
+schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |super|\-|tabular| bzw.~|x|\-|tabular|
+können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{bzw.}\\
+ |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |table|
+berücksichtigt.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Der Befehl |\Continued|\-|Float| funktioniert \emph{nicht} innerhalb der
+Umgebungen |super|\-|tabular| und |x|\-|tabular|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{threeparttable}
+\label{threeparttable}
+\packagedescription{%
+Das \package{threeparttable}"=Paket\cite{threeparttable} bietet ein Schema
+für Tabellen, welches strukturierte Anmerkungen nach dem Tabelleninhalt
+erlaubt.
+Dieses Schema bietet eine Lösungsmöglichkeit für das alte Problem "`Fußnoten
+in Tabellen"'.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |three|\-|part|\-|table| und
+|measured|\-|figure| können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
+ |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
+bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Da die Breite der Beschriftung hier die gleiche Breite wie die Abbildung
+bzw.~Tabelle hat, werden die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| hier nicht
+angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
+|\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| oder
+|\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
+\end{Note}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Das \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} bietet eine vergleichbare
+Funktionalität an.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{wrapfig}
+\label{wrapfig}
+\packagedescription{%
+Ähnlich wie das \package{floatflt}-, \package{picinpar}- und
+\package{picins}"=Paket stellt auch das \package{wrapfig}"=Paket Umgebungen
+zum Setzen von Abbildungen und Tabellen zur Verfügung, die nicht die gesamte
+Seitenbreite ausfüllen und vom Text umflossen werden.
+Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen
+schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |wrap|\-|figure| und
+|wrap|\-|table| können mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
+ |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{Optionen}
+\end{quote}
+getätigt werden.
+Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
+bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen
+bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
+|\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Weiterführende Dokumente}
+
+Folgende, im Internet verfügbare Dokumente möchte ich an dieser Stelle
+jedem ans Herz legen:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+ Die \TeX\ FAQ -- "`Frequently Asked Questions"' über \TeX\ und \LaTeX:
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote}
+
+\iffalse % Völlig veraltet, daher leider keine Empfehlung mehr wert
+\item
+ Die DANTE-FAQ -- Oft gestellte Fragen \& deren Antworten:
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://www.dante.de/faq/de-tex-faq/}\end{quote}
+\fi
+
+\item
+ \emph{"`Hilfe für LaTeX-Einsteiger"'} von Christian Faulhammer:
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/}\end{quote}
+
+\item
+ \emph{"`Bilder einfügen in \LaTeX: Ein How-To"'} von Dominik Bischoff
+ beinhaltet die häufigsten Fragen und Antworten, die im Zusammenhang
+ mit \LaTeX\ und Abbildungen auftreten:
+ \begin{quote}
+ \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/info/l2picfaq/german/l2picfaq.pdf}
+ \end{quote}
+
+\item
+ \emph{"`Gleitobjekte -- die richtige Schmierung"'} von Axel Reichert
+ erl"autert den Umgang mit gleitenden Umgebungen und ist hier im Netz
+ zu finden:
+ \begin{quote}
+ \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/info/german/gleitobjekte/}
+ \end{quote}
+
+\item
+ \textsf{epslatex} von Keith Reckdahl enth"alt viele n"utzliche Tips im
+ Zusammenhang mit der Einbindung von Graphiken in \LaTeXe.
+ Das Dokument ist in Englisch und unter
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/info/epslatex/}\end{quote}
+ zu finden.
+\end{itemize}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\section{Danksagungen}
+
+Von ganzem Herzen danke ich Katja Melzner,
+Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko,
+David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, Keith Reckdahl, Markus Kohm,
+Heiko Oberdiek und Herbert Voß.
+
+Weiterhin möchte ich mich herzlich bei
+Harald Harders,
+Peter Löffler,
+Peng Yu,
+Alexander Zimmermann,
+Matthias Pospiech,
+Jürgen Wieferink,
+Christoph Bartoschek,
+Uwe Stöhr,
+Ralf Stubner,
+Geoff Vallis,
+Florian Keiler,
+Jürgen Göbel,
+Uwe Siart,
+Sang-Heon Shim,
+Henrik Lundell,
+David Byers,
+William Asquith,
+Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann,
+Frank Martini,
+Danie Els,
+Philipp Woock,
+Fadi Semmo,
+Matthias Stevens und
+Leo Liu
+für ihre Hilfe beim stetigen Verbessern dieses Paketes bedanken.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage\appendix
+\section{Alphabetische Referenz}
+
+%\newenvironment{Warnings}%
+% {\begin{trivlist}%
+% \def\Message{\pagebreak[3]\leftskip=0pt\relax\item[]\color{blue}}%
+% \def\Description{\nopagebreak\par\nopagebreak\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em\nopagebreak}%
+% }%
+% {\color{black}\end{trivlist}}
+\makeatletter
+\newenvironment{Warnings}{%
+ \newif\ifMessage
+ \def\Message{%
+ \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
+ \setlength\parindent{0pt}%
+ \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}%
+ \setlength\leftskip{0pt}%
+ \color{blue}%
+ \Messagetrue}%
+ \def\Description{%
+ \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}%
+ \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{oder}}%
+ \def\@Or[##1]{%
+ \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}%
+}{%
+ \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi
+}
+\makeatother
+
+\subsection{Optionen}
+\newcommand\preambleoption{~%
+ \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+ \footnotemark[2]%
+ \endgroup}
+\newcommand\preambleoptiontext{%
+ \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+ \footnotetext[2]{Diese Optionen stehen nur in dem Dokumentenvorspann
+ (Präambel) zur Verfügung.}%
+ \endgroup}
+
+\begin{longtable*}{lll}
+Option & Kurzbeschreibung & Abschnitt \\
+\hline
+\endhead
+|aboveskip| & setzt den Abstand über der Beschriftung & \ref{skips} \\
+|belowskip| & setzt den Abstand unter der Beschriftung & \ref{skips} \\
+|compatibility|\preambleoption & erzwingt (Nicht-)Kompatibilität & \ref{compatibility} \\
+%|config| & & \ref{x} \\
+|figureposition|\preambleoption & gibt einen Hinweis auf die Position & \ref{skips} \\
+|font|(|+|) & wählt den Zeichensatz & \ref{fonts} \\
+|format| & wählt das Format & \ref{formats} \\
+\iffalse
+|FPlist| & Wohin soll der Listeneintrag einer FPfigure zeigen? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+|FPref| & Wohin soll ein |\ref| einer FPfigure zeigen? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+\fi
+|hangindent| & setzt den "`hängenden"' Einzug & \ref{margins} \\
+|hypcap| & wählt das "`hypcap"' Feature aus & \ref{hyperref} \\
+|hypcapspace| & setzt den Abstand über einem Hyperlink & \ref{hyperref} \\
+|indention| & setzt den Einzug & \ref{margins} \\
+|justification| & wählt die Ausrichtung & \ref{justification} \\
+|labelfont|(|+|) & wählt den Zeichensatz des Bezeichners & \ref{fonts} \\
+|labelformat| & wählt das Format des Bezeichners & \ref{formats} \\
+|labelsep| & wählt den Trenner zw. Bezeichner$+$Text & \ref{formats} \\
+|labelseparator| & -- identisch mit |labelsep| -- & \ref{formats} \\
+|list| & schaltet die Listeneinträge an bzw. aus & \ref{lists} \\
+|listformat| & wählt das Listenformat & \ref{lists} \\
+|margin| & setzt den Rand bzw. die Ränder & \ref{margins} \\
+|margin*| & setzt den Rand, sofern keine Breite gesetzt ist & \ref{margins} \\
+|maxmargin| & setzt den max. zu verwendenen Rand & \ref{margins} \\
+|minmargin| & setzt den min. zu verwendenen Rand & \ref{margins} \\
+|name| & setzt den Namen der aktuellen Umgebung & \ref{names} \\
+|oneside| & wählt den einseitigen Modus & \ref{margins} \\
+|options| & führt die angegebene Optionsliste aus & \\
+|parindent| & setzt den Absatzeinzug & \ref{margins} \\
+|parskip| & setzt den Absatzabstand & \ref{margins} \\
+|position| & gibt einen Hinweis auf die Position & \ref{skips} \\
+|singlelinecheck| & schaltet die "`Ein-Zeilen-Prüfung"' ein bzw. aus & \ref{justification} \\
+%|size| & wählt die Größe des Zeichensatzes & \ref{x} \\
+|skip| & setzt den Abstand zwischen Inhalt \& Beschriftung & \ref{skips} \\
+|strut| & schaltet die Verwendung von |\strut| ein bzw. aus & \ref{formats} \\
+|style| & wählt einen Stil aus & \ref{style} \\
+%|style*| & wählt einen Stil aus & \ref{style} \\
+|subtype| & setzt den Typ der Unterbeschriftungen & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\
+|tableposition|\preambleoption & gibt einen Hinweis auf die Position & \ref{skips} \\
+|textfont|(|+|) & wählt den Zeichensatz des Textes & \ref{fonts} \\
+|textformat| & wählt das Format des Textes & \ref{formats} \\
+|twoside| & wählt den zweiseitigen Modus & \ref{margins} \\
+|type| & setzt den Typ \& setzt ggf.~einen Hyperlink-Anker & \ref{types} \\
+|type*| & setzt (nur) den Typ & \ref{types} \\
+|width| & setzt eine feste Breite & \ref{margins} \\
+\end{longtable*}
+\preambleoptiontext
+\footnotetext{Die Option \texttt{subtype} ist in der Dokumentation
+ des \package{subcaption}"=Paketes beschrieben.}
+
+\nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{% prevent from page break
+\begin{Note*}
+ Veraltete Optionen sind hier nicht gelistet; diese sind in
+ \Ref{caption1} und
+ \Ref{caption2} zu finden.
+\end{Note*}}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Befehle}
+
+\begin{longtable*}{lll}
+Befehl & & Abschnitt \\
+\hline
+\endhead
+|\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
+%|\AtBeginCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
+%|\AtEndCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
+|\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
+|\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\
+|\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\
+|\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\
+|\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\
+|\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+\end{longtable*}
+\footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} ist in der Dokumentation
+ des \package{subcaption}"=Paketes beschrieben.}
+
+\clearpage
+\subsection{Warnungen}
+
+\begin{Warnings}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption outside box or environment.|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\
+ | or environment.|
+\Description
+ |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of| sowie |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|
+ sind nur für die Anwendung \emph{innerhalb} einer Box, Gruppe oder Umgebung
+ konzipiert. Außerhalb können unerwünschte Seiteneffekte auftreten.
+ \par\See{\Ref{types} und \Ref{caption}}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
+ |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
+ |unknown to the caption package.|
+\Description
+ Wenn \thispackage\ eine vorhandene (und unbekannte) Erweiterung des Befehls
+ |\caption| erkannt hat, definiert es |\caption| nicht erneut um, da dies
+ unweigerlich den Verlust der ursprünglichen Erweiterung zur Folge hätte.
+ Daher funktionieren manche Features, wie |\caption*|,
+ |\Continued|\-|Float|, das optionale Argument von |\caption|\-|setup|,
+ sowie die Optionen |list=| und |hypcap=| nicht mehr; sie werden
+ entweder ignoriert oder arbeiten nicht erwartungsgemäß.\par
+ Wenn Sie an der ursprünglichen Erweiterung nicht interessiert sind
+ und stattdessen den vollen Umfang des \package{caption}"=Paketes
+ verwenden wollen, können Sie es mit der nicht supporteten(!)
+ Option |compatibility=|\x|false| probieren und die Daumen drücken.
+ (Aber Sie werden die nächste Warnung stattdessen bekommen.)
+ \par\See{\Ref{classes} und \Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\
+ |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\
+ |was given.|
+\Description
+ Da Sie so mutig waren, die Option |compatibility=|\x|false| zu probieren,
+ wird \thispackage\ sein bestes geben, um diesen Wunsch zu erfüllen.
+ Aber je nach verwendeter Dokumentenklasse bzw.~Pakete sollten Sie sich
+ auf Fehlfunktionen oder Fehlermeldungen einstellen.
+ Also bitte die Daumen gedrückt halten!
+ \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\
+ |stopped early.|
+\Description
+ Wenn das \package{hyperref}"=Paket vorzeitig seinen Dienst einstellt
+ (den Grund hierfür teilt es Ihnen mit), ist auch die
+ \package{hyperref}"=Unterstützung des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht
+ verfügbar. Als Folge werden Sie einige Warnungen des
+ \package{hyperref}"=Paketes bekommen, ferner werden Hyperlinks
+ auf Abbildungen und Tabellen nicht funktionsfähig sein.
+ \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.|
+\Description
+ \Thispackage\ bemüht sich, so gut es kann, die \KOMAScript"=Befehle
+ bzgl.~Tabellen und Abbildungen zu emulieren. Aber das optionale Argument
+ von |\setcapwidth| funktioniert (noch) nicht; wenn Sie es dennoch angeben,
+ wird daher diese Warnung ausgegeben.
+ \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+\Message
+ |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.|
+\Description
+ Diese Warnung sollten Sie niemals sehen; entweder verwenden Sie ein Paket,
+ welches |figure| und/oder |table| in einer dem \package{caption}"=Paket
+ unbekannten Art \& Weise verändert, oder aber es ist ein Fehler im
+ \package{caption}"=Paket.
+ Bitte senden Sie mir einen Fehlerbericht diesbezüglich per E-Mail. Danke!
+
+\Message
+ |\label without proper \caption|
+\Description
+ Anders als bei den meisten nicht gleitenden Umgebungen wird bei den
+ gleitenden Umgebungen die interne Referenz erst bei Anwendung des Befehls
+ |\caption| erzeugt. Ein |\label| Befehl, der auf diese Abbildung
+ bzw.~Tabelle verweisen soll, muß daher entweder direkt \emph{nach} oder innerhalb
+ des Argumentes von |\caption| platziert werden.
+
+\Message
+ |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.|
+\Description
+ Wenn Sie versuchen, eine bestimmte Option aus einer Optionsliste zu
+ entfernen, zum Beispiel mit |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|,
+ und die angegebene Option kann nicht in der Liste gefunden werden, so
+ erhalten Sie die obenstehende Warnung.
+ Liegt dies nicht an einem Schreibfehler Ihrerseits und möchten Sie ferner
+ diese Warnung unterdrücken, so können Sie hierzu
+ |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| anstelle von |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|
+ verwenden.
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.|
+\Description
+ Wenn Sie versuchen, eine bestimmte Option aus einer Optionsliste zu
+ entfernen, zum Beispiel mit |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|,
+ und die angegebene Optionsliste ist (noch) nicht definiert, so
+ erhalten Sie die obenstehende Warnung.
+ Liegt dies nicht an einem Schreibfehler Ihrerseits und möchten Sie ferner
+ diese Warnung unterdrücken, so können Sie hierzu |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*|
+ anstelle von |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup| verwenden.
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.|
+\Description
+ Die Option |ignoreLTcapwidth| des \package{caption2}"=Paketes wird nicht von
+ diesem Paket emuliert. In der Regel können Sie aber diese Option einfach
+ ersatzlos entfernen.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption2} und \Ref{longtable}}
+
+\Message
+ |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\
+ |captions right.|
+\Description
+ Das \package{ragged2e} wird nur dann vom \package{caption}"=Paket geladen,
+ wenn es tatsächlich benötigt wird.
+ Um dies zu gewährleisten, sind zwei \LaTeX"=Läufe notwendig, daher können Sie
+ beim ersten Durchlauf diese Warnung bekommen.
+ Mit dem nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf sollte also diese Warnung verschwunden sein.
+ \par\See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+\Message
+ |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.|
+\Description
+ Ist ein zweiseitiges Dokumentenlayout gewählt, benötigt \thispackage\ zwei
+ \LaTeX"=Läufe, um die Ränder korrekt zuordnen zu können;
+ daher können Sie beim ersten Durchlauf diese Warnung bekommen.
+ Mit dem nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf sollte also diese Warnung verschwunden sein.
+ \par\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+\Message
+ |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.|
+\Description
+ Diese Warnung informiert Sie über vermische \package{caption}"=Optionen.
+ Wenn Sie z.B.~|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| oder
+ |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| in einer |figure| Umgebung verwenden,
+ werden beide Optionssätze, sowohl derjenige für |figure|
+ (mit |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| angegeben) als auch
+ derjenige für |table| (mit |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}| angegeben),
+ angewandt.
+ {\small(Diese Warnung kann bei Bedarf durch Verwendung der Stern-Form
+ |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}| unterdrückt werden.)\par}
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\
+ |particular \caption.|
+\Description
+ \Thispackage\ hat keinen geeigneten Hyperlink"=Anker für diese Beschriftung
+ gefunden, daher hat es entschlossen, die Einstellung |hypcap=|\x|true| (die per
+ Standard gesetzt ist) zu ignorieren.
+ Als Folge werden Hyperlinks zu dieser Abbildung oder Tabelle (etwa über das
+ Abbildungsverzeichnis, oder selber mit |\ref| oder |\auto|\-|ref| angelegt)
+ nicht auf den Beginn der Abbildung oder Tabelle verweisen, sondern stattdessen
+ auf deren Beschriftung.\par
+ Dies kann zum Beispiel passieren, wenn eine Beschriftung mit |\caption|\-|of|
+ innerhalb einer nicht-gleitenden Umgebung gesetzt wird, aber auch, wenn ein
+ Sie ein Paket in Ihrem Dokument verwenden, welches die Umgebungen |figure|
+ oder |table| umdefiniert hat, dieses Paket aber dem \package{caption}"=Paket
+ unbekannt ist.\par
+ Ist dies für Sie ok, aber die Warnung stört Sie, können Sie sie
+ |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| direkt vor dem betroffenen |\caption|
+ oder |\caption|\-|of| Befehl platzieren.
+ Ist dies hingegen nicht für Sie ok, können Sie selber an geeigneter Stelle mit
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| einen Hyperlink"=Anker setzen.
+ \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
+ |usage of the caption package is not recommended.|
+\Description
+ Entweder ist die verwendete Dokumentenklasse dem \package{caption}"=Paket
+ unbekannt, oder aber Sie haben ein Paket in Ihrem Dokument eingebunden,
+ welches ebenfalls das interne Makro |\@make|\-|caption| (welches intern für
+ das Setzen der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen zuständig ist)
+ umdefiniert.
+ Wie-auch-immer, \thispackage\ wird entweder das Design der Beschriftungen
+ in einer ungewollten Art \& Weise verändern, oder aber es wird zu keinem
+ geordneten Verhalten und/oder Fehlermeldungen kommen. Deswegen wird in
+ diesem Falle die Verwendung des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht empfohlen.
+ \par\See{\Ref{classes} und \Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].|
+\Description
+ Es wurden Optionen mit |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{Typ}|]| definiert, die im
+ weiteren Verlauf des Dokumentes aber nicht zur Anwendung gekommen sind.
+ Dies kann zum einen an einem Schreibfehler im Argument \meta{Typ} liegen,
+ aber auch daran, daß ein dem \package{caption}"=Paket unbekanntes Paket
+ die Umgebungen |figure| und/oder |table| umdefiniert hat, oder auch einfach
+ daran, daß Sie die angegebene Umgebung gar nicht im späteren Verlauf Ihres
+ Dokumentes verwenden.
+ (Möchten Sie diese Warnung unterdrücken, so verwenden Sie
+ |\caption|\-|setup*| anstelle von |\caption|\-|setup|.)
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\
+ |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\
+ |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\
+ |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.|
+\Description
+ Das angegebene Paket mischt sich ebenfalls in die Verwendung der Abstände
+ über- und unterhalb der Beschriftungen ein. Viele Köche verderben den Brei,
+ also ist es ratsam, sich für eines der Pakete -- das angegebene oder
+ \thispackage\ -- zu entscheiden, um falsche Abstände zu vermeiden.
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\end{Warnings}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Fehlermeldungen}
+
+\begin{Warnings}
+
+\Message
+
+ |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.|
+\Or
+ |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.|
+\Description
+ Beim Setzen von Beschriftungen, die etwas spezielles wie z.B.~eine Tabelle
+ enthalten, ist zu beachten, daß immer ein alternativer Listeneintrag als
+ optionales Argument bei |\caption| bzw. |\caption|\-|of| mit angegeben
+ werden muß, auch wenn Ihr Dokument gar kein Abbildungs- oder
+ Tabellenverzeichnis beeinhaltet.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists} und \Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption outside float.|
+\Description
+ |\caption| ist (in der Regel) nur für die Anwendung in gleitenden
+ Umgebungen wie |figure| oder |table|, oder für die Anwendung innerhalb
+ |long|\-|table| oder |wrap|\-|figure| konzipiert, ansonsten bekommen Sie
+ obenstehende Fehlermeldung.
+ Um eine Beschriftung innerhalb einer anderen Umgebung zu setzen, verwenden
+ Sie bitte entweder die Kombination |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|
+ $+$ |\caption|, oder aber |\caption|\-|of|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}}
+
+\Message
+ |\ContinuedFloat outside float.|
+\Description
+ |\Continued|\-|Float| ist nur für die Anwendung innerhalb einer gleitenden
+ Umgebung wie |figure| oder |table| konzipiert. %oder auch |long|\-|table|
+ Für die Anwendung in einer Box, Gruppe oder nicht-gleitenden Umgebung
+ bietet sich die Kombination
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float| an.\par
+ |\Continued|\-|Float| innerhalb einer |long|\-|table| ist nicht möglich,
+ aber vielleicht ist die |longtable*| Umgebung, die eine longtable
+ ohne Erhöhung des Tabellenzählers setzt, für Sie hilfreich.
+ \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} und \Ref{longtable}}
+
+\Message
+ |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.|
+\Description
+ Fortlaufende Abbildungen oder Tabellen dürfen nicht von anderen
+ gleitenden Umgebungen (oder einer |long|\-|table|) unterbrochen werden,
+ so ist z.B.~ eine Tabelle zwischen einer Abbildung und einer
+ (mit |\Continued|\-|Float|) fortgesetzten Abbildung nicht möglich.
+ \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}}
+
+\Message
+ |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\
+ |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\
+ |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.|
+\Description
+ Das aktuelle \package{caption}"=Paket kann nicht mit einem solch
+ veralteten Paket zusammen betrieben werden.
+ Bitte aktualisieren Sie das betroffene Paket, zumindest auf die
+ angegebene Version.
+
+\Message
+ |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.|
+\Description
+ Diesen Fehler sollten Sie niemals sehen. Wenn doch, senden Sie mir bitte
+ einen Fehlerbericht per E-Mail.
+
+\Message
+ |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.|
+\Description
+ Der in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|,
+ |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, oder |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|
+ angegebene \meta{type} ist unbekannt.
+ \meta{type} sollte entweder `\texttt{figure}' oder `\texttt{table}', oder
+ aber eine mit mit
+ |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|
+ (vom \package{newfloat}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
+ |\new|\-|float|
+ (vom \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float} bereitgestellt) oder
+ |\Declare|\-|NewFloat|\-|Type|
+ (vom \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} bereitgestellt)
+ definierte Gleitumgebung sein.
+
+\Message
+ |Not allowed in longtable* environment.|
+\Description
+ Der Befehl |\caption| ist innerhalb einer |long|\-|table*| Umgebung
+ nicht erlaubt. Verwenden Sie entweder |\caption*| für eine Beschriftung
+ ohne Bezeichner oder benutzen Sie die reguläre |long|\-|table| Umgebung.
+
+\Message
+ |Not available in compatibility mode.|
+\Description
+ Das angeforderte Feature steht im sog.~Kompatibilitätsmodus nicht zur
+ Verfügung, d.h.~\thispackage\ hat eine inkompatible Dokumentenklasse oder
+ ein inkompatibles Paket entdeckt, welches ebenfalls |\caption| erweitert
+ und damit die Anwendung dieses Features bzw.~Befehls verhindert.
+ \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.|
+\Description
+ Innerhalb der Umgebungen, die das \package{fltpage} oder \package{sidecap}
+ Paket zur Verfügung stellt, kann nur eine einzige Bildbeschriftung gesetzt
+ werden.
+
+\Message
+ |Option clash for package caption.|
+\Or[aber manchmal auch]
+ |Missing \begin{document}.|
+\Description
+ Ein anderes \LaTeX-Paket hat \thispackage\ bereits geladen, Sie können es
+ daher nicht noch einmal mit anderen Optionen laden.
+ Als Verdächtiger kommt z.B.~das \package{ctable} oder das
+ \package{subfig}"=Paket in Frage; sollte dies zutreffen,
+ laden Sie bitte \thispackage\ \emph{vor} dem betreffenen Paket.
+ Im Falle des \package{subfig}"=Paketes können Sie auch alternativ beim
+ Laden des \package{subfig}"=Paketes die Option |caption=|\x|false| angeben.
+ \par\See{Dokumentation des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}}
+
+\Message
+ |Paragraph ended before \caption@makecurrent was complete.|
+\Or
+ |Paragraph ended before \caption@prepareanchor was complete.|
+\Description
+ Beim Setzen von Beschriftungen, die mehr als aus einem Absatz bestehen,
+ ist zu beachten, daß immer ein alternativer Listeneintrag als optionales
+ Argument bei |\caption| bzw. |\caption|\-|of| mit angegeben werden muß,
+ auch wenn Ihr Dokument gar kein Abbildungs- oder Tabellenverzeichnis
+ beeinhaltet.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists} und \Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\
+ |in the last figure or table.|
+\Description
+ Sie scheinen den Befehl |\sub|\-|caption| (oder einen anderen,
+ der eine Unter"=Beschriftung setzt) ohne eine zugehörige,
+ mit |\caption| gesetzte, Beschriftung anzuwenden.
+ Dies wird nicht unterstützt.
+
+\Message
+ |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
+ |with `format=hang'.|
+\Or
+ |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
+ |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).|
+\Description
+ Ein Bezeichnungstrenner, der ein |\\| Kommando enthält (wie etwa
+ |labelsep=|\x|newline|), kann nicht mit einem Format kombiniert werden,
+ welches "`hängende"' Beschriftungen liefert (wie etwa |format=|\x|hang|).
+ Bitte wählen Sie entweder einen anderen Trenner (wie
+ z.B.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|), oder aber ein anderes Beschriftungsformat
+ (wie z.B.~|format=|\x|plain|) aus.
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats} bzw.~\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+\Message
+ |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\
+ |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\
+ |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.|
+\Description
+ Sie haben die Option |caption=|\x|false| angegeben. Diese war früher mal eine
+ Krücke, um nicht das komplette \package{caption}"=Paket zu laden, sondern
+ nur den für das \package{subfig}"=Paket zwingend benötigten Teil.
+ Dieser Mechanismus ist veraltet und wird nicht mehr angeboten; stattdessen
+ sollten Sie diese Option dem \package{subfig}"=Paket übergeben und
+ \thispackage\ nicht mehr explizit laden.
+ \par\See{Dokumentation des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, eine boolische Option (wie z.B.~|singlelinecheck=| oder
+ |hypcap=|) auf einen unbekannten Wert zu setzen. Nur die Werte |false|, |no|,
+ |off|, |0| bzw.~|true|, |yes|, |on| und |1| sind hier möglich.
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, ein Beschriftungsformat auszuwählen, welches nicht
+ definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, ein Bezeichnungsformat auszuwählen, welches nicht
+ definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, ein Beschriftungstrenner auszuwählen, welcher nicht
+ definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, ein Listenformat auszuwählen, welches nicht
+ definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{lists}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, den Positionshinweis auf einen unbekannten Wert zu
+ setzen. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, ein Beschriftungsstil auszuwählen, welcher nicht
+ definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{style}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ Es wurde versucht, ein Textformat auszuwählen, welches nicht
+ definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\
+ |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.|
+\Description
+% (ftcap,nonfloat,topcapt)
+ Das angegebene Paket mischt sich ebenfalls in die Verwendung der
+ Abstände über- und unterhalb der Beschriftungen ein.
+ Sie müssen sich daher für \emph{einen} der Mechanismen entscheiden:
+ Entweder Sie verwenden das angegebene Paket für die Anpassung
+ der Abstände, oder aber die |position|"=Option des
+ \package{caption}"=Paketes, beides geht nicht.
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\Message
+ |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\
+ |the (current) caption package.|
+\Description
+ Die Pakete \package{caption} und \package{caption2} können nicht
+ innerhalb eines Dokumentes gleichzeitig verwendet werden.
+ Verwenden Sie bitte nur das aktuelle \package{caption}"=Paket.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption2}}
+
+\end{Warnings}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Versionshistorie}
+\label{history}
+
+Die Version $1.0$ dieses Paketes wurde im Jahr 1994 veröffentlicht und bot
+eine Handvoll Optionen, um das Design der Abbildungs-
+bzw.~Tabellenbeschriftungen anzupassen.
+Ferner unterstützte diese Version bereits das \package{rotating} und
+\package{subfigure}"=Paket.
+Version $1.1$ führte die |center|\-|last| Option ein;
+in Version $1.2$ kam die Unterstützung des \package{float}"=Paketes hinzu.
+Die Version $1.3$ verfeinerte die Koorperation mit dem
+\package{subfigure}"=Paket; die Version $1.4$ bot die Option |nooneline|
+als Neuheit an.
+
+Die Version $2.0$ des sog.~\package{caption2}"=Paketes war ein
+experimenteller Seitenzweig der regulären Version des
+\package{caption}"=Paketes. Er wurde im Jahre 1995 als Beta"=Testversion
+öffentlich gemacht, um die Nachfrage nach neuen Features und der
+Anpassung an das \package{longtable}"=Paket kurzfristig zu befriedigen.
+(Eine Version $2.1$ wurde 2002 als Fehlerbereinigung nachgereicht.)
+
+Im Jahr 2003 hatte ich dann endlich wieder etwas Zeit gefunden, und so
+wurde im Dezember die neue reguläre Version $3.0$ in Zusammenarbeit mit
+Frank Mittelbach und Steven Cochran aus der Taufe gehoben, die endlich
+den arg vernachlässigten Seitenzweig namens \package{caption2}
+überflüssig machte.
+Weite Teile des Paketes wurden hierfür neu geschrieben, und auch das
+Benutzerinterface wurde gründlich renoviert.
+Außerdem kam die Unterstützung der Pakete \package{hyperref},
+\package{hypcap}, \package{listings}, \package{sidecap} und
+\package{supertabular} hinzu.
+
+Während all die vorangegangenen Versionen dafür ausgelegt waren, mit
+den \LaTeX"=Standarddokumentenklassen \class{article}, \class{report} und
+\class{book} benutzt zu werden, unterstützt die im Jahre 2007
+veröffentlichte Version $3.1$ auch die \AmS, die \KOMAScript, \NTG{} und
+\SmF{} Dokumentenklassen, ferner auch die \class{beamer}"=Klasse.
+Weiterhin kamen die Unterstützung der französischen Babel"=Option
+\package{frenchb} und des französischen Sprachpaketes \package{frenchle}
+bzw.~\package{frenchpro} hinzu;
+außerdem wurde die Anzahl der unterstützten Pakete um die Pakete
+\package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar},
+\package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable}
+und \package{wrapfig} erhöht.
+Neue Optionen und Befehle wurden ebenfalls eingeführt, unter anderem
+|font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|,
+|list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|,
+|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
+Einen weiteren Gewinn stellt der neu integrierte Kompatibilitätscheck
+\see*{\Ref{compatibility}}, das neue "`hypcap"' Feature
+\see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, und die Unterstützung von Teil"=Beschriftungen
+\see*{\package{subcaption}"=Paketdokumentation} dar.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Kompatibilität zu älteren Versionen}
+
+\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}}
+\label{caption1}
+
+Diese Version des \package{caption}"=Paketes ist weitgehend kompatibel zu den
+älteren Versionen $1.0$ bis $1.4$ des Paketes; alte, vorhandene Dokumente
+sollten sich also in der Regel ohne Probleme weiterhin übersetzen lassen.
+Jedoch ist zu beachten, daß eine Mischung aus alten Befehlen und neueren
+Optionen bzw.~Befehlen zu unerwünschten Nebeneffekten führen kann.
+
+Hier eine kurze Übersicht über die alten, überholten Optionen und ihre
+aktuellen Entsprechungen:
+
+\begin{center}\small
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
+\hline
+%\endhead
+|normal| & |format=plain|\\
+|hang| & |format=hang|\\
+|isu| & |format=hang|\\
+|center| & |justification=centering|\\
+|centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\
+|nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\
+|scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\
+|footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\
+|small| & |font=small|\\
+|normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\
+|large| & |font=large|\\
+|Large| & |font=Large|\\
+|up| & |labelfont=up|\\
+|it| & |labelfont=it|\\
+|sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\
+|sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\
+|md| & |labelfont=md|\\
+|bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\
+|rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\
+|sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\
+|tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+Neben den Optionen zum Einstellen des Zeichensatzes gab es auch die Befehle
+|\caption|\-|size| bzw.~|\caption|\-|font| und |\caption|\-|label|\-|font|,
+die direkt mit |\re|\-|new|\-|command| umdefiniert werden konnten.
+Dieser Mechanismus wurde durch die Anweisungen
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad und\\
+ |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+ersetzt. \SeeUserDefined
+
+Das Setzen eines Randes geschah in \version{1.x} mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+Dies wurde durch
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+ersetzt.
+\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+Zum Beispiel wäre
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\
+ |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\
+ |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}|
+\end{quote}
+in aktueller Notation
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
+ | margin=10pt]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+bzw.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
+ | margin=10pt}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+Die etwas exotische Option |ruled|, die eine partielle Anwendung der
+eingestellten Parameter bei Umgebungen des Typs |ruled| aktivierte,
+wird ebenfalls emuliert, hat aber keine direkte Entsprechung in
+dieser Version des \package{caption}"=Paketes.
+Möchte man das Aussehen der Abbildungen des Stils |ruled|,
+der durch das \package{float}"=Paket zur Verfügung gestellt wird,
+verändern, so ist dies nun durch
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+bzw.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+möglich.
+\SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup} und \Ref{float}]
+
+\subsection{caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}}
+\label{caption2}
+
+Das Paket \package{caption} und seine experimentelle, nun veraltete
+Variante \package{caption2} sind vom internen Konzept
+her zu unterschiedlich, um hier eine vollständige Kompatibilität
+gewährleisten zu können.
+Daher liegt diesem Paket weiterhin die Datei |caption2.sty| bei, so daß
+ältere Dokumente, die das \package{caption2}"=Paket verwenden, weiterhin
+übersetzt werden können.
+
+Neue Dokumente sollten jedoch auf dem aktuellen \package{caption}"=Paket
+aufgesetzt werden. In den meisten Fällen ist es hierfür ausreichend,
+einfach die Anweisung
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[...]{caption2}|
+\end{quote}
+durch
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[...]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+zu ersetzen. Einige Optionen und Befehle werden jedoch nicht emuliert,
+so daß Sie anschließend Fehlermeldungen erhalten können.
+Die folgenden Absätze werden Ihnen jedoch bei der Umsetzung dieser
+Optionen und Befehle helfen. Sollten darüberhinaus noch Fragen offen sein
+oder Probleme auftreten, dann zögern Sie bitte nicht, mich diesbezüglich
+per E-Mail zu kontaktieren.
+
+Zusätzlich zu den bereits im letzten Abschnitt vorgestellten Optionen
+werden ebenfalls emuliert:
+
+\begin{center}\small
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
+\hline
+%\endhead
+|flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\
+|flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\
+|oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+Das Setzen eines Randes geschah in \version{2.x} mit
+\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
+ |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| bzw.
+ |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+}\end{quote}
+Dies wurde durch
+\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
+ |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| bzw.
+ |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}|
+}\end{quote}
+ersetzt. \See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+Das Setzen des Einzuges wurde in \version{2.x} mit
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionstyle{indent}|\\
+ |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+\pagebreak[3]
+erledigt, dies geschieht nun stattdessen mit
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+Die Sonderbehandlung von einzeiligen Beschriftungen ließ sich in
+\version{2.x} mit |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| aus-
+bzw.~|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| wieder einschalten.
+Dies wurde durch
+|\caption|\-|setup{|\x|single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
+bzw.
+|\caption|\-|setup{|\x|single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}|
+ersetzt. \See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+Die Befehle
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\
+ |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle| und |\renewcaptionstyle|
+\end{quote}
+haben keine direkte Entsprechnung und werden daher durch diese
+Version des \package{caption}"=Paketes auch nicht emuliert.
+Sie führen also bei der Verwendung zu Fehlermeldungen und müssen daher
+zwingend umgesetzt werden. Die Umsetzung ist von Fall zu Fall verschieden,
+lesen Sie sich daher bitte diese Anleitung gründlich durch und suchen Sie
+sich die Optionen bzw.~Befehle als Ersatz heraus, die Ihren Bedürfnissen
+entsprechen.
+
+\iffalse
+Als kleine Hilfestellung hier die Beispiele aus der alten Anleitung zum
+\package{caption2}"=Paket und deren Umsetzung:
+
+\newenvironment{OldNew}%
+ {\begin{minipage}\linewidth
+ \def\Old{Alt:\begin{quote}}%
+ \def\New{\end{quote}Neu:\begin{quote}}%
+ \def\Or{\end{quote}\centerline{-- oder --}\begin{quote}}%
+ }%
+ {\end{quote}\end{minipage}}
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\captionstyle{center}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup{justification=centering}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\captionstyle{indent}|\\
+ |\setlength{\captionindent}{1cm}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=1cm}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small}|\\
+ |\renewcommand\captionlabelfont{\itshape}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup{font=small,labelfont=it}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\itshape}|\\
+ |\renewcommand\captionlabelfont{\upshape}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup{font=small,textfont=it}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\setcaptionwidth{.5\textwidth}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup{width=.5\textwidth}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\setcaptionmargin{.25\textwidth}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup{margin=.25\textwidth}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\newcaptionstyle{absatz}{\captionlabel: \exampletext\par}|\\
+ |\captionstyle{absatz}|
+\New
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{absatz}{#1: #3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=absatz,singlelinecheck=off}|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{format=plain,singlelinecheck=off}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\newcaptionstyle{fancy}{\textsf{\captionlabel}\\\exampletext\par}|\\
+ |\captionstyle{fancy}|
+\New
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy}{\textsf{#1}\\#3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=fancy,singlelinecheck=off}|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{format=plain,labelfont=sf,labelsep=newline}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\newcaptionstyle{fancy2}{\exampletext\hfill\textit{(\captionlabel)}}|\\
+ |\captionstyle{fancy2}|
+\New
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy2}{#3\hfill\textit{(#1)}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=fancy2,singlelinecheck=off}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\newcaptionstyle{mystyle}{%|\\
+ | \normalcaptionparams|\\
+ | \renewcommand\captionlabelfont{\bfseries}%|\\
+ | \renewcommand\captionlabeldelim{.}%|\\
+ | \onelinecaptionsfalse|\\
+ | \usecaptionstyle{centerlast}}|\\
+ |\captionstyle{mystyle}|
+\New
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}{labelfont=bf,labelsep=period,justification=centerlast}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\newcaptionstyle{hangandleft}{%|\\
+ | \let\oldcaptiontext\exampletext|\\
+ | \def\exampletext{\raggedright\oldcaptiontext}%|\\
+ | \usecaptionstyle{hang}}|\\
+ |\captionstyle{hangandleft}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup{format=hang,justification=raggedright}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\newcaptionstyle{fancy}{%|\\
+ | \usecaptionmargin\captionfont|\\
+ | \onelinecaption|\\
+ | {{\captionlabelfont\captionlabel\captionlabeldelim}%|\\
+ | \captionlabelsep\exampletext}%|\\
+ | {{\centering\captionlabelfont\captionlabel\par}%|\\
+ | \centerlast\exampletext\par}}|\\
+ |\captionstyle{fancy}|
+\New
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy}{\centering#1\par\centerlast#3\par}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{fancy}|\\
+ | [format=plain,justification=centering]|\\
+ | {format=fancy}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{style=fancy}|
+\Or
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy}{#1\par#3\par}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{fancy}|\\
+ | [format=plain,justification=centering]|\\
+ | {format=fancy,justification=centerlast}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{style=fancy}|
+\end{OldNew}
+
+\hrule
+
+\begin{OldNew}
+\Old
+ |\renewcaptionstyle{longtable}{\usecaptionstyle{normal}}|
+\New
+ |\captionsetup[longtable]{format=plain}|
+\end{OldNew}
+\fi
+
+Ebenfalls keine Entsprechung hat die Option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width|
+der \version{2.x}.
+Deren Verwendung kann in der Regel einfach entfallen, da \thispackage\ den
+Wert von |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| sowieso nicht beachtet, solange er nicht
+explizit auf einen anderen Wert als den Standardwert ($=$|4in|) gesetzt wird.
+\See{\Ref{longtable}}
+
+\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}}
+\label{caption3}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} hatte keine weiteren Dokumentenklassen
+unterstützt als die drei Standard"=Klassen, die \LaTeX\ selber mitbringt:
+\class{article}, \class{report} und \class{book}.
+Daher waren die Vorbelegungen der Einstellungsmöglichkeiten fest durch
+dieses Paket vorgegeben, sie repräsentierten das Aussehen bei Verwendung
+einer dieser Klassen.
+Nun aber unterstützt \thispackage\ mehr Dokumentenklassen aktiv, folglich
+kann die Vorbelegung nun von der verwendeten Dokumentenklasse abhängen.
+
+Ein Beispiel: Während in \version{3.0} die Vorbelegung der Ausrichtung
+immer |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=|\x|jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| war,
+ist sie nun immer noch |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| wenn eine der drei Standardklassen
+verwendet wird, aber |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=|\x|ragged|\-|right|,
+wenn die \package{beamer}"=Klasse verwendet wird.
+
+Möchten Sie weiterhin die "`alten"' Vorbelegungen, so können Sie die Option
+|style=base| beim Laden des \package{caption}"=Paketes angeben oder später
+mit |\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| den alten Grundzustand wieder
+herstellen.
+
+\medskip
+
+Weiterhin prüft das \package{caption}"=Paket nun automatisch auf
+Inkompatibilitäten und gibt ggf.~eine Warnung aus.
+Sollte eine ernsthafte Inkompatibilität festgestellt werden, werden außerdem
+einige Features des \package{caption}"=Paketes abgeschaltet.
+Lediglich diese Prüfung ist neu, wenn Sie also neuerdings eine
+Kompatibilitätswarnung erhalten, so waren auch bereits vorangegangene Versionen
+des \package{caption}"=Paketes inkompatibel, dies hatte sich aber früher "`nur"'
+durch Seiteneffekte bzw.~nicht korrekt funktionierende Optionen oder Befehle
+geäußert.
+Die Kompatibilitätswarnungen sagen auch nicht aus, daß etwas schief gegangen ist,
+sondern lediglich, daß etwas schief gehen könnte. Sie sollten aber auf jeden Fall,
+wenn Sie \thispackage\ trotz einer solchen Warnung einsetzen, die Abbildungs-
+und Tabellenbeschriftungen bzgl.~ihres Aussehens genau im Auge behalten.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{Note*}
+\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} hatte als Interimslösung die Option
+|caption=|\x|false| bereitgestellt, um nicht das ganze \package{caption}"=Paket
+zu laden, sondern nur denjenigen Teil, der für den Betrieb des
+\package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig} notwendig war.
+Dieser Mechanismus ist veraltet und wird nicht mehr angeboten; bitte
+übergeben Sie stattdessen bei Bedarf diese Option an das \package{subfig}"=Paket
+und laden Sie nicht mehr \thispackage.
+%\par\See{\package{subfig}"=Paketdokumentation}
+\end{Note*}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\iffalse
+\TODO: subcaption-Anleitung
+\fi
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+
+ \bibitem{TLC2}
+ Frank Mittelbach und Michel Goossens:\\
+ \newblock {\em Der {\LaTeX} Begleiter (2.\,Auflage)},\\
+ \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004.
+
+ \bibitem{beamer}
+ Till Tantau:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/beamer}%
+ {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\
+ March 11, 2007
+
+ \bibitem{KOMAScript}
+ Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}%
+ {\emph{KOMA-Script -- ein wandelbares \LaTeXe-Paket}},\\
+ 2007-03-02
+
+ \bibitem{NTG}
+ Victor Eijkhout:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntgclass}%
+ {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\
+ 3 September 1989
+
+ \bibitem{algorithms}
+ Rog\'erio Brito:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/algorithms}%
+ {\emph{Algorithms}},\\
+ June 2, 2006
+
+\iffalse
+ \bibitem{algorithm2e}
+ Christophe Fiorio:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/algorithm2e}%
+ {\emph{algorithm2e.sty -- package for algorithms}},\\
+ March 11, 2007
+\fi
+
+ \bibitem{float}
+ Anselm Lingnau:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}%
+ {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\
+ 2001/11/08
+
+ \bibitem{floatflt}
+ Mats Dahlgren:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatflt}%
+ {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\
+ 1998/06/05
+
+ \bibitem{floatrow}
+ Olga Lapko:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow}%
+ {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\
+ 2007/12/24
+
+ \bibitem{fltpage}
+ Sebastian Gross:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fltpage}%
+ {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\
+ 1998/11/13
+
+ \bibitem{hyperref}
+ Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}%
+ {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\
+ November 12, 2007
+
+ \bibitem{hypcap}
+ Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hypcap}%
+ {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\
+ 2007/04/09
+
+ \bibitem{listings}
+ Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}%
+ {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
+ 2007/02/22
+
+ \bibitem{longtable}
+ David Carlisle:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}%
+ {\emph{The longtable package}},\\
+ 2004/02/01
+
+ \bibitem{picinpar}
+ Friedhelm Sowa:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picinpar}%
+ {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\
+ July 13, 1993
+
+ \bibitem{picins}
+ Joachim Bleser und Edmund Lang:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picins}%
+ {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\
+ September~1992
+
+ \bibitem{rotating}
+ Sebastian Rahtz und Leonor Barroca:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}%
+ {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
+ 1997/09/26
+
+ \bibitem{setspace}
+ Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/setspace}%
+ {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\
+ 1 December 2000
+
+ \bibitem{sidecap}
+ Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sidecap}%
+ {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\
+ 2003/06/06
+
+ \bibitem{subfigure}
+ Steven D. Cochran:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfigure}%
+ {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\
+ 2002/07/02
+
+ \bibitem{subfig}
+ Steven D. Cochran:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfig}%
+ {\emph{The subfig package}},\\
+ 2005/07/05
+
+ \bibitem{supertabular}
+ Johannes Braams und Theo Jurriens:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/supertabular}%
+ {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\
+ 2002/07/19
+
+ \bibitem{threeparttable}
+ Donald Arseneau:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}%
+ {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\
+ 2003/06/13
+
+ \bibitem{wrapfig}
+ Donald Arseneau:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig}%
+ {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\
+ 2003/01/31
+
+ \bibitem{xtab}
+ Peter Wilson:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xtab}%
+ {\emph{The xtab package}},\\
+ 2004/05/24
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d0e771e0c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8aa5e47331
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,4235 @@
+%
+% This is file `caption-eng.tex'.
+%
+% $Id$
+% $HeadURL$
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1994-2012 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{caption-eng.tex}[2011/11/02 v3.2 The caption package]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%\errorcontextlines=3
+
+\documentclass[USenglish]{ltxdoc}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+\setlength\leftmargini{2em}% default = 2.5em
+\makeatletter\g@addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor}\makeatother
+
+\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]}
+\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]}
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
+ \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
+ \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+ \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper
+ \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\}
+ \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace}
+
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+\hypersetup{breaklinks=true}
+
+\usepackage[listof=0,hypcap=false]{caption}[2008/04/01]
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
+ {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
+ {e-TeX}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring
+ {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}%
+ {AMS}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring
+ {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}%
+ {KOMA-Script}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF}
+
+\usepackage{marvosym}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}}
+\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}}
+\makeatother
+
+\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}}
+\newcommand*\NEW[2]{}%\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}}
+
+% \ContinuedFloat
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1}{Continued #1~#2}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
+% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}
+% \DeclareCaptionStyle
+\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]%
+ {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}
+% Example 1
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3}
+\newlength\myindention
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}}
+% Example 2
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}
+% Example 3
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}
+% Example 4
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}
+
+\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
+\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
+
+\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$}
+\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}}
+
+\newenvironment{Annotation}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \smallskip
+ \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
+\newenvironment{Annotation*}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Example}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}%
+ {\smallskip\endminipage\par}
+
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand\example{\@ifstar
+ {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}%
+ {\@example{}}}
+\def\@example#1{%
+ \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}}
+\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{%
+ \begingroup
+ \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}%
+ \captionof{#2}[]{#4}%
+ \endgroup}
+\makeatother
+
+\newenvironment{Expert}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
+ \smallskip
+ \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
+\newenvironment{Expert*}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
+ \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
+ \smallskip
+ \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par}
+\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
+ \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Options}[1]%
+ {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}%
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}%
+ \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}%
+ {\endlist}
+
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}}
+\newcommand*\@Ref[2]{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}}
+\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}}
+\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}}
+\makeatother
+
+\begin{document}
+\let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+\let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+
+\def\thispackage{the \package{caption} package}
+\def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} package}
+
+\newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{Note}
+\newcommand*\NEWfeature{\NEW{New feature}}
+\newcommand*\NEWdescription{\NEW{New description}}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{See}}{\SEE[\small]{See}}}
+\newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{see}}{\SEE[\small]{see}}}
+\makeatother
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\GetFileInfo{caption-eng.tex}
+\let\docdate\filedate
+\GetFileInfo{caption.sty}
+
+\title{Customizing captions of floating environments}
+\author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+ \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}}
+\date{\docdate}
+\maketitle
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\Thispackage\ offers customization of captions
+in floating environments such |figure| and |table| and cooperates with
+many other packages.
+\par\smallskip
+\textit{Please note:} Many document classes already have build-in options and
+commands for customizing captions.
+If these possibilities are sufficient for you, there is usually no need for
+you to use the \package{caption} package at all.
+And if you are just interested in using the command \cs{captionof}, loading of
+the very small \package{capt-of} package is usually sufficient.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\newcommand\exampletext{%
+ White sand beaches. The pink smoothness of the conch shell. A sea abundant
+ with possibilities. Duty-free shops filled with Europe's finest gifts and
+ perfumes. Play your favorite game of golf amidst the tropical greens on one
+ of the many championship courses.}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\section*{Introduction}
+
+Within the standard \LaTeX\ document classes captions haven't received the
+attention they deserve. Simply typeset as an ordinary paragraph there is no
+remarkable visual difference from the rest of the text, like here:
+
+\example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+There should be possibilities to change this; for example, it would be nice
+to make the text of the caption a little bit smaller as the normal
+text, add an extra margin, typeset the caption label with the same font
+family and shape as your headings etc. Just like this one:
+
+\example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
+
+You can do this easily with this package as there are many ready-to-use
+caption formatting options, but you are free to define your very own stuff, too.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
+\small
+Please note that \thispackage\ is only controlling the look \& feel of the
+captions. It does \emph{not} control the placement of the captions.
+(But you could do so by using other packages like the \package{floatrow}
+ package\cite{floatrow}.)
+\end{minipage}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\tableofcontents
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Using this package}
+\label{usage}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\usepackage}
+Insert
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
+\end{quote}
+into the preamble of your document, i.e.~the part of your document
+between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{doc|\-|u|\-|ment}|.
+The options control how your captions will look like; e.g.,
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\
+ | labelsep=endash]{caption}|%
+ %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
+\end{quote}
+would result in captions looking like the second one in the introduction.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+For a later change of options \thispackage\ provides the command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+So
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+and
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}|
+\end{quote}
+are equal in their results.
+
+It's good to know that |\caption|\-|setup| has an effect on the current
+environment only. So if you want to change settings for the
+current |figure| or |table| only, just place the |\caption|\-|setup| command
+inside the |figure| or |table| right before the |\caption| command.
+For example
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{figure}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+switches the single-line-check off, but only for this |figure|,
+so all the other captions remain untouched.
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+For a detailed description of |\caption|\-|setup| see \Ref{captionsetup}.
+\end{Annotation}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Options}
+\label{options}
+
+\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight}
+\def\UserDefined{\ldots}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Formatting}
+\label{formats}
+
+\DescribeMacro{format=}
+A figure or table caption mainly consists of three parts: the caption label,
+which says if this object is a `Figure' or `Table' and what number is
+associated with it, the caption text itself, which is normally a short
+description of contents, and the caption separator which separates the text
+from the label.
+
+The \textit{caption format} determines how this information will be presented;
+it is specified with the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=|\meta{format name}\quad,
+\end{quote}
+having the name of the caption format as its argument.
+
+There are two standard caption formats:
+%\footnote{You have the option to
+%define your own ones, too. See section \ref{declare}:
+%\textit{``Do it yourself!''} for details.}
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+ Typesets the captions as a normal paragraph.
+
+ \item[hang]
+ Indents the caption text, so it will `hang' under the first line of the text.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Own formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|.\LineBreak
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ An example: Specifying the option
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang|
+ \end{quote}
+ yields captions like this:
+ \example{format=hang}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{indention=}
+For both formats (\texttt{plain} and \texttt{hang}) you can setup an extra
+indention starting at the second line of the caption. You do this with the
+option
+\begin{quote}
+ |indention=|\meta{amount}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+Two examples:
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,indention=.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{labelformat=}
+With the option
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |labelformat=|\meta{label format name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+%\NEWdescription{v3.0e}
+you specify how the caption label will be typeset.
+There are five standard caption label formats:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[default]
+ The caption label will be typeset as specified by the document class,
+ usually this means the name and the number (like \texttt{simple}).
+ (This is the default behaviour.)
+
+ \item[empty]
+ The caption label will be empty.
+\iffalse
+ (This option makes sense when used together with other options like
+ \texttt{labelsep=none}.)
+\fi
+
+ \item[simple]
+ The caption label will be typeset as a name and a number.
+
+ \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
+ The caption label will be closed with a single (right) brace.
+
+ \item[parens]
+ The number of the caption label will be typeset in parentheses.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ An example: Using the options
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad|
+ \end{quote}
+ gives captions like this one:
+ \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Note*}
+Some environments, e.g.~the |algorithm| environment offered by the
+\package{algorithm2e} package, might react allergic to a change of the
+caption label format.
+\end{Note*}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{labelsep=}
+With the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |labelsep=|\meta{label separator name}
+\end{quote}
+you specify what caption separator will be used.\footnote{%
+ If the caption label or the caption text is empty,
+ no separator will be used.}
+You can choose one of the following:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[none]
+ There is no caption separator.
+\iffalse
+ (This option makes sense when used together with other options like
+ \texttt{labelformat=empty}.)
+\fi
+
+ \item[colon]
+ The caption label and text will be separated by a colon and a space.
+
+ \item[period]
+ The caption label and text will be separated by a period and a space.
+
+ \item[space]
+ The caption label and text will be separated by a single space.
+
+ \item[quad]
+ The caption label and text will be separated by a |\quad|.
+
+ \item[newline]
+ The caption label and text will be separated by a line break (|\\|).
+ Please note that this separator does not work with all caption
+ formats (e.g.~|format=|\x|hang|), and you'll get an error message
+ trying such combination of options.
+
+ \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h}
+ The caption label and text will be separated by an en-dash,
+ surrounded by spaces (\verb*| -- |).
+
+%\showhyphens{separator}
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Own separators can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+Three examples:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=period|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=endash|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{textformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}
+With the option
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |textformat=|\meta{text format name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+you specify how the caption text will be typeset.
+There are two standard caption text formats:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[empty]
+ The caption text will be suppressed.
+
+ \item[simple]
+ The caption text will be typeset as it is.
+
+ \item[period]
+ The caption text will be followed by a period.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Own text formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\PageBreak
+\subsection{Justification}
+\label{justification}
+
+\DescribeMacro{justification=}
+As addition to the caption format you could also specify a
+\emph{caption justification}; it is specified with the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |justification=|\meta{justification name}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+You can choose one of the following:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[justified]
+ Typesets the caption as a normal paragraph.
+
+ \item[centering]
+ Each line of the caption will be centered.
+
+% \item[Centering]
+
+ \item[centerlast]
+ The last line of each paragraph of the caption text will be centered.
+
+ \item[centerfirst]
+ Only the first line of the caption will be centered.
+
+ \item[raggedright]
+ Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin.
+
+\iffalse
+ \item[RaggedRight]
+ Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin using
+ the command |\RaggedRight| from the \package{ragged2e} package.
+\else
+ \item[RaggedRight]
+ Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin, too.
+ But this time the command |\RaggedRight| of the \package{ragged2e}
+ package will be used to achieve this.
+ The main difference to |raggedright| is that the word breaking
+ algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside captions.\footnote{%
+ The need for the \package{ragged2e} package will be detected at
+ run-time, therefore you maybe need a second \LaTeX\ run if this
+ option is used for the first time.}
+\fi
+
+ \item[raggedleft]
+ Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin.
+
+% \item[RaggedLeft]
+% Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin using
+% the command |\RaggedLeft| from the \package{ragged2e} package.
+
+%\showhyphens{justification}
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Own justifications can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+Three examples:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,justification=centerlast|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,justification=raggedright|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\smallskip
+
+\PageBreak
+\DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=}
+The standard \LaTeX\ document classes (\class{article}, \class{report}, and
+\class{book}) automatically center a caption if it fits in one single line:
+
+\example*{}{A short caption.}
+
+\INFO
+\Thispackage\ adapts this behavior and therefore usually ignores the
+justification \& indention you have set with |justification=| \&
+|indention=| in such case.
+But you can switch this special treatment of such short captions off
+with the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+Using |false|, |no|, |off| or |0| for \meta{bool} switches the
+extra centering off:
+\begin{quote}
+ |singlelinecheck=false|
+\end{quote}
+Doing so the above short caption would look like
+
+\begingroup
+ \captionsetup{type=figure}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{A short caption.}
+\endgroup
+
+You switch the extra centering on again by using |true|, |yes|, |on| or |1|
+for \meta{bool}. (The default is on.)
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Fonts}
+\label{fonts}
+
+\DescribeMacro{font=}
+\DescribeMacro{labelfont=}
+\DescribeMacro{textfont=}
+There are three font options which affects different parts of the caption:
+One affecting the whole caption (|font|), one which only affects the caption
+label and separator (|label|\-|font|) and at least one which only affects the
+caption text (|text|\-|font|).
+You set them up using the options
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
+ |font=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\
+ |labelfont=| & \marg{font options} & , and\\
+ |textfont=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+where \meta{font options} is a list of comma separated font options.
+
+And these are the available font options:
+
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Very small size}
+ \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize The size usually used for footnotes}
+ \item[small] {\small Small size}
+ \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Normal size}
+ \item[large] {\large Large size}
+ \item[Large] {\Large Even larger size}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normal shape \& series \& family}
+
+ \item[up] {\upshape Upright shape}
+ \item[it] {\itshape Italic shape}
+ \item[sl] {\slshape Slanted shape}
+ \item[sc] {\scshape Small Caps shape}
+
+ \item[md] {\mdseries Medium series}
+ \item[bf] {\bfseries Bold series}
+
+ \item[rm] {\rmfamily Roman family}
+ \item[sf] {\sffamily Sans Serif family}
+ \item[tt] {\ttfamily Typewriter family}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[singlespacing] Single spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[onehalfspacing] One-and-a-half spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[doublespacing] Double spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor|
+ \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour}
+ {\small(If the \package{color} or \package{xcolor} package is loaded,
+ see \Ref{declare} for an example)}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[normal] The combination of the options |normal|\-|color|,
+ |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size|, and |single|\-|spacing|
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Own font options can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+If you use only one of these options you can omit the braces;
+e.g., the options
+%\begin{quote}
+ |font={small}|
+%\end{quote}
+and
+%\begin{quote}
+ |font=small|
+%\end{quote}
+will give the same result.
+
+Three examples:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |font=it,labelfont=bf|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |labelfont=bf,textfont=it|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |font={small,stretch=0.80}|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{font+=}
+\DescribeMacro{labelfont+=}
+\DescribeMacro{textfont+=}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
+You can also add font options to the current ones, so for example
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{font+=it}|
+\end{quote}
+is identical to
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}|
+\end{quote}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Margins and further paragraph options}
+\label{margins}
+
+\DescribeMacro{margin=}
+\DescribeMacro{width=}
+For all captions you can specify \emph{either} an extra margin \emph{or}
+a fixed width:~\footnote{Only fixed widths are supported here; if you are
+looking for a way to limit the width of the caption to the width of the
+figure or table, please take a look at the \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}
+or \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable} package.}
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
+ |margin=| & \meta{amount} & \emph{--or--}\\
+ |margin=| & |{|\meta{left amount}|,|\meta{right amount}|}| & \emph{--or--}\\
+ |width=| & \meta{amount} & \\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If you specify just one \meta{amount} for the margin, it will be used for
+both, the left and right margin, e.g.~|margin=|\x|10pt| is equivalent to
+|margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|.
+In two-side documents the left and right margin will be swapped on even pages.
+\DescribeMacro{oneside}
+\DescribeMacro{twoside}
+To prevent this you can specify the option |oneside| additionally,
+e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par
+But if you are specifying a width, then both, the left and the right margin,
+will have the same amount.
+
+Three examples will illustrating this:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin=10pt|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin={1cm,0cm}|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |width=.75\textwidth|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Note}
+When the caption is placed beside the contents (for example in a |SC|\-|figure|
+environment offered by the \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap}) or the
+figure is an in-text figure (for example in a |wrap|\-|figure| environment
+offered by the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig}), the margin setting
+will be automatically reset to |0pt| at the very beginning of the environment.
+But if you really want to setup an extra margin for these environments, you can
+do so by setting this margin either inside the environment itself, of by
+specifying a margin for this particular environment,
+e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\DescribeMacro{margin*=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+There is also a starred variant of the |margin=| option, |margin*=|, which only
+changes the margin if no width was set.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\DescribeMacro{minmargin=}
+\DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+You can also set a minimum or maximum margin amount. This can be useful for
+limiting the margin amount in smaller environments, e.g.~|minipage|s.
+For example the \SmF\ document classes limit the margin amount to
+|maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (See \Ref{SMF})
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{parskip=}
+This option is useful for captions containing more than one paragraph.
+It specifies the extra vertical space inserted between them:
+\begin{quote}
+ |parskip=|\meta{amount}
+\end{quote}
+One example:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{%
+ First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
+ show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
+ Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
+ show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{hangindent=}
+The option
+\begin{quote}
+ |hangindent=|\meta{amount}
+\end{quote}
+is for setting up a hanging indention starting from the second line of each
+paragraph. If the caption contains just a single paragraph, using this option
+leads to the same result as the option |indention=|\meta{amount} you already
+know about.
+But if the caption contains multiple paragraphs you will notice the difference:
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,indention=-.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{%
+ First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
+ show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
+ Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
+ show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{%
+ First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
+ show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
+ Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
+ show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Note}
+If your caption contains more than one paragraph, you have
+to specify an alternative caption for the list-of-figures using the
+optional argument of |\caption| or |\caption|\-|of|, otherwise you will
+get an error message.
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\PageBreak
+\subsection{Styles}
+\label{style}
+
+\DescribeMacro{style=}
+A suitable combination of caption options is called \emph{caption style}.
+You can compare them more or less to page styles which you set up with
+|\page|\-|style|;
+the caption style provides all settings for a whole caption layout.
+
+You switch to an already defined caption style with the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |style=|\meta{style name}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\Thispackage\ pre-defines two styles: |base| and |default|.
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+The |base| style puts all options you already know about to values reflecting
+the look of the captions when using one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes
+\class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book}.
+This means that specifying the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |style=base|
+\end{quote}
+has the same effect as specifying all these options:
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\
+ |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\
+ |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
+ |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Annotation*}
+But |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if
+the caption fits into a single line.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+In contrast the |default| style follows the default values, reflecting
+the look of the captions given by the document class you actually use.
+This style is selected by default and represents these options:
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\
+ |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\
+ |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
+ |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Annotation*}
+But again |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if
+the caption fits into a single line.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+So if you use one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article},
+\class{report}, or \class{book}, both caption styles, |base| and |default|,
+point to (nearly) the same settings.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Own caption styles can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak
+\SeeUserDefined
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Skips}
+\label{skips}
+
+\DescribeMacro{skip=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}
+The vertical space between the caption and the figure or table contents is
+controlled by the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |skip=|\meta{amount}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+The standard \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report} and
+\class{book} preset it to |skip=|\x|10pt|, but other document classes may
+use a different amount.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{position=}
+The |\caption| command offered by \LaTeX{} has a design flaw:
+The command does not know if it stands on the beginning of the figure or
+table, or at the end. Therefore it does not know where to put the space
+separating the caption from the content of the figure or table.
+While the standard implementation always puts the space above the caption
+in floating environments (and inconsistently below the caption in
+|long|\-|table|s), the implementation offered by this package is more
+flexible:
+By giving the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=top|\quad or\quad |position=above|
+\end{quote}
+it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{top} of the
+environment and therefore the space setup with |skip=|\x\meta{amount}
+is placed below the caption.
+(Please note that |position=|\x|top| does \emph{NOT} mean that the
+caption is actually placed at the top of the figure or table.
+Instead the caption is usually placed where you place the |\caption|
+command.)
+But with
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=bottom|\quad or\quad |position=below|
+\end{quote}
+it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{bottom} of the
+environment and therefore the space is placed above the caption.
+And finally with
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=auto|\quad {\small(which is the default setting)}
+\end{quote}
+\thispackage\ tries its best to determine the actual position of
+the caption on its own. Please note that while this is successfully in
+most cases, it could give wrong results under rare circumstances.
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{figureposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
+\DescribeMacro{tableposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
+The |position| option is especially useful when used together with the
+optional argument of the |\caption|\-|setup| command.
+\See{also \Ref{captionsetup}}\par
+For example
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}|
+\end{quote}
+causes all captions within tables to be treated as captions \emph{above}
+the table (regarding spacing around it).
+Because this is a very common setting, \thispackage\ offers
+the abbreviating options |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos} and
+|table|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos}, e.g.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+is equivalent to
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\medskip
+
+\INFO
+Please note that the options |skip=|, |position=|, |figure|\-|position=|,
+and |table|\-|position=| do not always have an effect.
+Since it's a matter of the document class to supply the environments
+|figure| and |table|, it could use its very own spacing, and could
+decide for itself if the caption will be typeset as ``top'' or ``bottom''
+caption.
+For example the \KOMAScript\ document classes support the |skip=|
+setting, but will always typeset |figure| captions as ``bottom'' captions,
+and |table| captions are dependent on the global option
+|table|\-|captions|\-|above| resp.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below|.
+\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+Furthermore some packages control the behavior of the spacing above and
+below the caption for themself, e.g.~the \package{float}, the
+\package{floatrow}, and the \package{supertabular} package.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{Expert*}
+Internally the skip between caption and contents is represented by
+|\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (which is always set above the caption in
+\LaTeX{}s implementation).
+But there is a second value |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (usually set to
+|0pt| by default) which is set below the caption in \LaTeX{}s implementation,
+but on the other side than |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| by this package.
+So technically speaking, this package swaps the meaning of these two skips
+when |position=|\x|top| is set.
+Please note that there are several packages around which do the same trick
+(like the \package{ftcap}, the \package{nonfloat}, and the \package{topcap}
+package), so the usage of the \package{caption} option |position=| is not
+supported if one of these packages will be used, too.
+\end{Expert*}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Lists}
+\label{lists}
+
+\DescribeMacro{list=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+The |\caption| command usually places an entry in the List of Figures
+resp.~List of Tables. You can either suppress that individually by giving an
+empty optional argument to |\caption| {\small(see \Ref{caption})}, or
+programmatically by saying
+\begin{quote}
+ |list=no|\quad(or any other boolean value instead of |no|)\quad.~\footnote{%
+ Please note that the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is not supporting
+ this option, it uses the counters \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} for
+ this purpose instead.}
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{listformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+With the option
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |listformat=|\meta{list format name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+you can specify how the |figure| or |table| number will be typeset within
+the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables.
+There are five standard caption list formats:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[empty]
+ No number will be typeset.
+
+ \item[simple]
+ The number will be typeset with label prefix.
+
+ \item[parens]
+ The number will be typeset in parentheses, with label prefix.
+
+ \item[subsimple]
+ Same as |simple|, but without label prefix. (default)
+
+ \item[subparens]
+ Same as |parens|, but without label prefix.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+ Own list formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+The prefix ($=$|\p@figure| resp.~|\p@table|), which runs ahead of the
+number ($=$|\the|\-|figure| resp.~|\the|\-|table|) in lists (e.g.~List of
+Figure/Table) and references, is usually empty,
+so the list formats |simple| and |subsimple| gives equal results;
+same with |parens| and |subparens|.
+But this can be different for sub-figures or sub-tables listed in the List of
+Figures resp.~List of Tables, or when the label prefix is redefined for a
+different purpose.\footnote{%
+ Sub-figures and sub-tables can be typeset using the \package{subcaption}
+ or \package{subfig} package.}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Names}
+\label{names}
+
+\DescribeMacro{name=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
+The option
+\begin{quote}
+ |name=|\meta{name}
+\end{quote}
+changes the name of the \emph{current} environment.
+This could be useful in conjunction with the optional argument of
+|\caption|\-|setup|, e.g.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Fig.}|
+\end{quote}
+changes the name to ``Fig.'' for all |wrap|\-|figure|s (while all the other
+figure captions will still have ``Figure'' as name).
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Types}
+\label{types}
+
+\DescribeMacro{type=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}
+The |\caption| command can typeset captions for different types,
+e.g.~|figure| and |table|. If you try to use the |\caption| command outside
+these environments you will get an error message, because it does not know what
+kind of caption do you want to have here. But in such situations you can set
+the caption type manually with
+\begin{quote}
+ |type=|\meta{float type}
+\end{quote}
+prior to the usage of the |\caption| command (and other commands like
+|\Continued|\-|Float|, or |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| offered by the
+\package{subcaption} package, or |\sub|\-|float| offered by the
+\package{subfig} package\cite{subfig}),
+for example within an non-floating environment like |minipage|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\
+ | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
+ | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+There is also a starred variant of this option, |type*=|\meta{float type},
+which behaves different than |type=|\meta{float type} if the
+\package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is loaded: While |type=| sets an
+hyperlink anchor (if |hypcap=|\x|true| is set), |type*=| does not.
+(See also \Ref{hyperref}\,)
+\end{Expert}
+\begin{Expert}
+\emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Please don't re-define the internal macro |\@captype|
+for yourself, like suggested by some documentations, always use
+|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}| instead.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+Own float types can be defined with
+ |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| offered by the \package{newfloat} package,
+ |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, or
+ |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} package\cite{float}.
+
+\medskip
+
+\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
+Please note that you should use the option |type=| only
+\emph{inside} boxes or environments (like |\par|\-|box| or |mini|\-|page|),
+at best one where no page break could happen between contents and caption.
+Furthermore some visual side-effects (e.g.~mixed-up figure and table settings
+regarding captions) could occur without using a box or environment,
+therefore a warning message will be issued if you try to do so.\footnote{%
+You only get this warning message if you use \eTeX\ as underlying \TeX\ engine.}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Commands}
+
+\subsection{Typesetting captions}
+\label{caption}
+\label{captionlistentry}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\caption}
+The command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\caption|\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}
+\end{quote}
+typesets the caption inside a floating environment like |figure| or |table|.
+Well, you already know this, but \thispackage\ offers an extension:
+If you leave the argument \meta{list entry} empty, no entry in the list of
+figures or tables will be made. For example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\caption[]{A figure without list entry.}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+Please remember that the \meta{heading} is a so-called \emph{moving} argument,
+if no \meta{list entry} has been given. But if a \meta{list entry} is given,
+this argument is moving instead.
+``\emph{Moving} argument'' means that the argument will be written to the
+list-of file, make it appearing in the ``List of Figures'' resp.
+``List of Tables'', too.
+\emph{Moving} arguments are not allowed to contain \emph{fragile} commands,
+everything must be \emph{robust}, otherwise the argument could get
+\emph{broken}, resulting in strange errors at the next \LaTeX\ run.
+Some \emph{fragile} commands could be \emph{protected} by a leading |\protect|,
+own definitions could get defined with |\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| instead of
+|\new|\-|command| to make them \emph{robust}.
+
+An example: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| will cause errors since
+|\phantom| is \emph{fragile}.
+So we have either have to use the optional argument \meta{list entry}
+(e.g.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|)
+or add |\protect| to prevent the |\phantom| command from getting \emph{broken}:
+|\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|.
+
+But sometimes even this is not sufficient. The reason behind is the so-called
+single-line-check: It puts the \meta{heading} into a horizontal box to determine
+the width of the caption, and this could cause error messages, too.
+An example:
+|\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}|
+|E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}|
+|\right.| |\]}|.
+Using |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| is not sufficient here, it's still
+leading to errors. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'')
+So we have to put a |\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
+just in front of the |\caption| command additionally.
+
+For more information about \emph{moving} arguments and \emph{fragile} \&
+\emph{robust} commands, take a closer look at your \LaTeX\ manual or visit
+\url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\caption*}
+The \package{longtable} package defines the command |\caption*| which
+typesets the caption without label and without entry in the list of tables.
+An example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption*{A table}\\|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{longtable}|
+\end{quote}
+looks like
+\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+\vskip\intextsep
+\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=t}
+ \caption*{A table}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{r|rr}
+ & x & y \\\hline
+ a & 1 & 2 \\
+ b & 3 & 4 \\
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\vskip\intextsep
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+\Thispackage\ offers this feature, too, so you can use this command now within
+every floating environment like |figure| or |table|, like:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{table}|\\
+ | \caption*{A table}|\\
+% | \begin{tabular}{|\ldots|}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \end{tabular}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\captionof}
+\DescribeMacro{\captionof*}
+Sometimes you want to typeset a caption \emph{outside} a floating environment,
+putting a figure within a non-floating |mini|\-|page| for instance.
+For this purpose \thispackage\ offers the command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionof|\marg{float type}\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+Note that the first argument, the \meta{float type}, is mandatory here, because
+the |\captionof| command needs to know which name to put into the caption label
+(e.g. ``Figure'' or ``Table'') and in which list to put the contents entry.
+An example:
+\begin{quote}
+% |\captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\
+ |\captionof{table}{A table}|
+\end{quote}
+typesets captions like this:
+\begin{Example}
+% \begingroup
+% \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+% \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+% \begingroup
+ \captionof{table}{A table}
+% \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+
+The star variant |\caption|\-|of*| has the same behavior as the |\caption*|
+command:
+It typesets the caption without label and without entry to the list of figures
+or tables.
+
+\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
+Since |\caption|\-|of| uses the option |type| internally, the same
+restrictions as for the |type| option apply here, so you should use both
+|\caption|\-|of| and |\caption|\-|of*| only \emph{inside} boxes or
+environments, too.
+\See{\Ref{types}}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Under certain circumstances it could be useful to make a list-of-figure
+(or table) entry on its own.
+This could be achieved with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+One example: It's quite easy to have a |long|\-|table| with captions above the
+contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of the table:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endfirsthead|\\
+ | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endhead|\\
+ | |\ldots
+\end{quote}
+But since the \package{longtable} package does not offer an
+|\end|\-|first|\-|foot| command, you cannot easily have captions \emph{below}
+the table contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of
+the table.
+Here is were the |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| command could be used:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endfoot|\\
+ | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | |\ldots
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Another example can be found in \Ref{examples}.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+There is also a starred variant, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, which does not
+increment the \meta{float type} counter.
+(Note that inside |long|\-|table| environments |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|
+never increments the |table| counter. See also \Ref{longtable}.)
+\end{Expert}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+Please note that \meta{list entry} is a \emph{moving} argument, so everything
+it contains must be \emph{robust}. (See also explanation of |\caption|)
+\end{Expert}
+
+\subsection{Setting options}
+\label{captionsetup}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+We already know the |\caption|\-|setup| command (see \Ref{usage}),
+but this time we get enlighten about its optional argument
+\meta{float type}.
+
+Remember, the syntax of this command is
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+If a \meta{float type} gets specified, all the \meta{options} don't
+change anything at this time. Instead they only get marked for a later use,
+when a caption inside of a floating environment of the particular type
+\meta{float type} gets typeset.
+For example
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{options}
+\end{quote}
+forces captions within a |figure| environment to use the given \meta{options}.
+
+Here comes an example to illustrate this:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|
+\end{quote}
+gives captions like this:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{table}{A table}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+As you see the command |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| only changes
+the look of the |figure| caption labels, not touching the other ones.
+
+As \meta{float type} you can usually give one of these two only:
+|figure| or |table|.
+But as we will see later some \LaTeX\ packages (like the \package{floatrow},
+\package{longtable}, and \package{sidecap} package for example) and also
+this package offer additional environments with captions and these two
+commands can also be used with them.
+\See{\Ref{declare} and \Ref{packages}}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+There is also a starred variant of |\caption|\-|setup|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup*|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}
+\end{quote}
+While the non-starred variant can give you warnings---for example if the
+\meta{options} are actually not used throughout the document
+(e.g.~a |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| without a |table|)---the
+starred variant will not.
+\iffalse
+This can get quite useful when setting generic options which are independent
+of a specific document.
+\fi
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup}
+If you want to get rid of these parameters marked for an automatic use within
+a particular environment you can use the command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{float type}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+For example |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| would clear all the extra handling
+for figures in the example above:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \clearcaptionsetup{figure}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If an optional argument \meta{option} is given, only the settings regarding
+this particular \meta{option} are cleared.\footnote{You can only specify
+\emph{one} option here, not a list of options.
+If you want to clean more than one option, you need to use more than one
+\cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup}.}
+While the example above not only clears the options
+|labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it|
+for figures (but all options for figures instead),
+this one would only clear the |labelfont=bf| setting, leaving all other
+settings for figures intact:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+\begin{Expert}
+Analogous to |\caption|\-|setup*| there is also a starred form
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| which suppresses warnings if the given
+\meta{option} was not setup for the specified \meta{float type}.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup}
+For debugging purposes the command
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{float type}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+is offered. It generates a log file entry, showing the given options
+for the specified \meta{float type}. For example
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ |\showcaptionsetup{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+gives the info:
+\begin{quote}\small
+ |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\
+ |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Continued floats}
+\label{ContinuedFloat}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat}
+Sometimes you want to split figures or tables without giving them
+their own reference number. This is what the command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\ContinuedFloat|
+\end{quote}
+is for; it should be used as first command inside the floating environment.
+It prevents the incrementation of the relevant counter (usually done by
+|\caption|), so a figure or table containing a |\Continued|\-|Float| inside
+gets the same reference number as the figure or table before.
+An example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{table}|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table (cont.)}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+gives the following result:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \caption{A table}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table (cont.)}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Furthermore the |\Continued|\-|Float| command executes options associated with
+the type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|''. For example this can be used to switch
+to a different label format for continued figures or tables, as shown here:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table}\label{continued1}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\smallskip
+\See{\Ref{declare} for an explanation of
+ \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.}
+
+\medskip
+
+There is also a \LaTeX\ counter called |Continued|\-|Float| which could be
+used for own purposes.
+For ordinary (floating) environments it's set to zero, to one for the first
+continued float, to two inside the second one, and so on.
+So every |\Continued|\-|Float| increments this counter and a floating
+environment without |\Continued|\-|Float| command resets this counter to zero.
+An example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table}\label{continued2}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\medskip
+A reference to this table would still result in the output
+``\autoref{continued2}'' since only the caption label format was changed.
+If you would like to use the |Continued|\-|Float| counter for the references,
+too, you could redefine the command |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| instead,
+which will be appended to the figure or table counter automatically in
+continued floats and is preset to be empty.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table}\label{continued3}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\medskip
+A reference to that table would result in the output ``\autoref{continued3}''.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*}
+Suppose you want to start the first figure or table of such a series with a
+kind of ``Figure 7a'' and not with ``Figure 7'' (and the second one with
+``Figure 7b'' instead of ``Figure 7a'').
+This is possible, too, by using the starred variant |\Continued|\-|Float*|
+which---just like |\Continued|\-|Float|---executes options associated with the
+type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|'' and increments the \LaTeX\ counter
+|Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{but} marks the first figure or table of a series
+instead:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{First figure of a series}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{Second figure of a series}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{Third figure of a series}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat*
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{First figure of a series}
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{Second figure of a series}
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{Third figure of a series}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+\smallskip
+\Note{Unfortunately \cs{ContinuedFloat*} is not available if the
+ \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is loaded.}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsubsection*{A note about longtables}
+If you want to have a different caption label in |long|\-|table|s (offered
+by the \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}) after a page break,
+this can \emph{not} be archived by using |\Continued|\-|Float|,
+but instead you could write something like:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption{A longtable}\\|\\
+ |\endfirsthead|\\
+ | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\
+ | \caption[]{A longtable}\\|\\
+ |\endhead|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{longtable}|
+\end{quote}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Own enhancements}
+\label{declare}
+
+A family of commands is provided to allow users to define their own formats
+etc.
+This enables information on separators, justification, fonts, and styles to
+be associated with a name and kept in one place.
+(These commands need to appear in the document preamble,
+this is the part between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{document}|.)
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format}
+You can define your own caption formats using the command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1, \#2 and \#3}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+At usage the system replaces \#1 with the caption label, \#2 with the
+separator and \#3 with the text. So the standard format |plain| is
+pre-defined by \thispackage\ as
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Expert}
+There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|,
+which causes the code being typeset in \TeX s vertical (instead of
+horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat}
+Likewise you can define your own caption label formats:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1 and \#2}
+\end{quote}
+At usage \#1 gets replaced with the name (e.g. ``figure'') and \#2
+gets replaced with the reference number (e.g. ``12'').
+An example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}|
+\end{quote}
+\example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst}
+\DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond}
+If you define your own caption label formats and use the
+\package{subcaption} or \package{subfig}\cite{subfig} package,
+you should take care of empty caption label names.
+For this purpose the commands
+\begin{quote}
+ |\bothIfFirst|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}\quad and\\
+ |\bothIfSecond|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}
+\end{quote}
+are offered. |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument exists (means: is
+not empty), |\bothIfSecond| tests if the second argument exists. If yes,
+both arguments get typeset, otherwise none of them.
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+For example the standard label format |simple| is \emph{not} defined as
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
+\end{quote}
+because this could cause an extra space if \#1 is empty. Instead |simple|
+is defined as
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\
+ | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
+\end{quote}
+causing the space to appear only if the label name is present.
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}
+Likewise you can define your own caption text formats:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1}
+\end{quote}
+At usage \#1 gets replaced with the caption text.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator}
+You can define your own caption label separators with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+Again an easy example taken from \thispackage\ itself:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Expert}
+There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|,
+which causes the code being typeset without using the |label|\-|font=| setting.
+So for example the label separators |quad|, |new|\-|line|, and |en|\-|dash|
+are defined in this way.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification}
+You can define your own caption justifications with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+The \meta{code} simply gets typeset just before the caption.
+E.g.~using the justification |raggedright|, which is defined as
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}|\mbox{\quad,}
+\end{quote}
+typesets captions with all lines moved to the left margin.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font}
+You can define your own caption fonts with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+For example this package defines the options |small| and |bf| as
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad and\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\iffalse
+The line spacing could be customized using the \package{setspace} package,
+for example:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{setspace}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{%
+ \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Using \cs{singlespacing} does not work here since
+ it contains a \cs{vskip} command.}\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}|
+\end{quote}
+\example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
+\fi
+An example which brings color into life:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{color}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}|
+\end{quote}
+\example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
+But since \thispackage\ already includes the tricky definition
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}|
+\end{quote}
+you can get the same result simply with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{color}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\
+ | textfont={color=green}}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style}
+You can define your own caption styles with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{additional options}\marg{options}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+Remember, caption styles are just a collection of suitable options, saved
+under a given name. You can wake up these options at any time with the
+option |style=|\meta{style name}.
+
+All caption styles are based on the |base| set of options. (See \Ref{style}
+for a complete list.) So you only need to specify options which are different
+to them.
+
+If you specify \meta{additional options} they get used in addition when
+the caption fits into a single line and this check was not disabled with
+the option |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|.
+
+Again a very easy example taken from the core of this package: The
+caption style |base| is pre-defined as
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\
+ | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+Something more exciting:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\
+ | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\
+ | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}|
+\end{quote}
+gives you caption like these ones:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b}
+ \caption{A short caption.}
+ \caption{A long long long long long long long long long
+ long long long long long long long long long
+ long long long long long long long long long caption.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+You can define your own caption list formats with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1 and \#2}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+At usage \#1 gets replaced with the label prefix (e.g.~|\p@figure|),
+and \#2 gets replaced with the reference number (e.g.~|\thefigure|).
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\subsection{Further examples}
+\label{examples}
+
+\subsubsection*{Example 1}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+If you would like to have a line break between caption label and text
+you could define it this way:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}|
+\end{quote}
+If you select this format with |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}|
+you get captions like this:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+You could even use an indention with this caption format:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}|
+\end{quote}
+This would look like this:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+Instead, you would like to have an indention only of the first line of
+the caption text? No problem, e.g.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\newlength\myindention|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
+ | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat}|
+\end{quote}
+would give you captions like
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+But you want to have an caption option for this indention, so you can use
+it for example with
+|\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{my|\-|indention=|\x\ldots|}|?
+This could be done, too:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\newlength\myindention|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\
+ | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
+ | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention} #3}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}|
+\end{quote}
+would give the same result as the example above.
+
+\subsubsection*{Example 2}
+
+You want captions to look like this:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+\pagebreak[2]
+You could do it this way:
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\
+ | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\
+ | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\subsubsection*{Example 3}
+
+The caption text should go into the left margin? A possible solution would be:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}|
+\end{quote}
+As a result you would get captions like this:
+\example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+\medskip
+
+If the indention into the margin shall be fixed, you could use a combination
+of |\llap| and |\makebox|, for example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\
+ | {\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}|
+\end{quote}
+\example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+\subsubsection*{Example 4}
+
+This example puts a figure aside a table, but uses only one common caption for both.
+This will be achieved by a combination of
+|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| and |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\
+ | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}|\\
+ | \centering|\\
+ | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\
+ | \qquad|\\
+ | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \end{tabular}|\\
+ | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+\DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure}
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}%
+ \qquad
+ \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr}
+ & x & y \\\hline
+ a & 1 & 2 \\
+ b & 3 & 4 \\
+ \end{tabular}
+ \captionlistentry[table]{A figure and a table with a common caption}
+ \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}
+ \caption{A figure and a table with a common caption~\footnotemark}
+\end{minipage}
+\footnotetext{The picture was taken with permission from the
+ \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2} examples.}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+(Please remember that |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| increments the figure
+ resp.~table counter.)
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Document classes \& Babel support}
+\label{classes}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+This section will give you an overview of the document classes the
+\package{caption} supports, what do they already offer regarding captions,
+what side effects will occur when using the \package{caption} package with
+them, and what are the `default' settings for them.
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+The `default' settings depend on the document class you use; they represent
+how the class author wanted the captions to look like. So for example
+setting |format=|\x|default| can give you different visual designs when used
+with different document classes.
+
+\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
+\INFO
+If you don't find the document class you use in this section, you usually
+don't have to worry: Many document classes (e.g.~the \class{octavo} class)
+are derived from one of the standard document classes \class{article},
+\class{report}, or \class{book}, and behave the same regarding captions.
+\Thispackage\ automatically does a compatibility check against the document
+class used and will give you the clear warning
+\begin{quote}\footnotesize
+ |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
+ |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\
+ |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
+\end{quote}
+if such an incompatibility was detected.
+If you don't get such warning everything is fine, but if you get it the
+usage of \thispackage\ is not recommended and especially not supported.
+\endgroup
+
+\begin{Expert}
+If you get such a compatibility warning but decide to use \thispackage{}
+anyway, you should watch carefully what side-effects occur, usually the
+look and feel of your captions will change by just including \thispackage{}
+without options, meaning they do not look like as intended by the author
+of the document class.
+If this is fine for you, you should first specify the option |style=|\x|base|
+via |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| or
+|\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| to set \thispackage\ into a well-defined
+state.
+Afterwards you can start setting your own options additionally and
+keep your fingers crossed.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\newcommand*\Option{Option}
+\newcommand*\defaultvalue{\texttt{default} value}
+\newcommand*\uses{\textit{uses}}
+\newcommand*\settings{\textit{settings}}
+\newcommand*\nofont{\textit{none}}
+
+\subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report, and book}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & \nofont \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+This also applies to document classes derived from them.
+\end{Annotation}
+
+\subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc, and amsbook}
+\label{AMS}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & |\@captionfont| \\
+|labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+|\@caption|\-|font| will be set to |\normal|\-|font|, and
+|\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| to |\sc|\-|shape| by the \AmS\ document classes.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+Furthermore the margin will be set to |\caption|\-|indent| for
+more-than-one-line captions (which will be set to |3pc| by the \AmS\ classes),
+the margin for single-line captions will be set to the half of it instead.
+If you want to use a common margin for both, insert
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}|
+into the preamble of your document, after loading \thispackage.
+
+Additionally the options |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t|
+will be set. You can override these settings by specifying other values for
+|figure|\-|position=| or |table|\-|position=| in the option list while
+loading \thispackage.
+
+\subsection{beamer}
+\label{beamer}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{not numbered} \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |raggedright| \\
+|font=| & \class{beamer} ``|caption|'' \settings \\
+|labelfont=| & \class{beamer} ``|caption name|'' \settings \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
+You can setup font and color settings with
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} and
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}.
+This will still work, unless you set a different font with
+|\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| or
+|\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par
+Furthermore the \class{beamer} classes offer different caption templates
+which can be chosen with
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|.
+Since \thispackage\ replaces this caption template mechanism,
+|\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code}
+and
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|
+will have no effect when \thispackage\ is used.
+(Exception: Selecting the template |default|, |num|\-|bered|, or
+|caption| |name| |own| |line| will be recognized by \thispackage and be mapped
+to corresponding options.)
+
+\subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, and scrbook}
+\label{KOMA}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with support of ``autodot''}\\
+|labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & |\setkomafont{caption}| \settings \\
+|labelfont=| & |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \settings \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Build-in features}
+The \KOMAScript\ document classes offer many ways to customize the look and
+feel of the captions. For an overview and a full description please take a
+look at the \KOMAScript\ documentation, section `Tables and Figures'.
+
+\subsubsection*{Side effects}
+The optional argument of |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| is not supported and
+will be ignored if used in conjunction with the \package{caption} package.
+Furthermore the \KOMAScript\ options |table|\-|caption|\-|above| \&
+|table|\-|caption|\-|below| and the commands |\caption|\-|above| \&
+|\caption|\-|below| are stronger than the |position=| setting offered by
+the \package{caption} package.
+
+\subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport, and boek}
+\label{NTG}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
+|\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| and |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| can be set either
+directly or by using |\Caption|\-|Fonts|.
+Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options
+|label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage.
+
+\subsection{\SmF: smfart and smfbook}
+\label{SMF}
+
+Since the \SmF\ document classes are derived from the \AmS\ document classes
+the same default values are valid here.
+
+Additionally the margin is limited up to the tenth of the |\line|\-|width|.
+If you don't like this limitation, you can switch it off with the option
+|max|\-|margin=|\x|off| or |max|\-|margin=|\x|false|
+(which both means the same).
+
+\subsection{thesis}
+\label{thesis}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |hang| \\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with short name}\\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
+The caption label font can be set with |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|,
+the caption text font with |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|.
+Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options
+|label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage.
+
+\subsection{frenchb babel option}
+\label{frenchb}
+
+If you use the \package{frenchb} option of the \package{babel} package
+with one of the three standard \LaTeX{} classes (or a one derived from them)
+the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+(offered by \package{frenchb}), overriding the default value set by the
+document class.
+So redefining |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you
+don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one.
+
+\INFO*
+Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{babel} package.
+
+\subsection{frenchle and frenchpro packages}
+\label{frenchpro}
+
+If you use the \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package,
+the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+(offered by \package{frenchle/pro}) plus \cs{space}, overriding the default
+value set by the document class.
+So redefining |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you
+don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one.
+
+Furthermore the default |text|\-|font=| will be set to |text|\-|font=|\x|it|,
+since this emulates the default setting of |\caption|\-|font| defined by the
+\package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package.
+%If you redefine |\captionfont| after loading the \package{frenchle} or
+%\package{frenchpro} package, this redefinition gets lost.
+Please note that the command |\caption|\-|font| is used by the
+\package{caption} package internally for a different purpose,
+so you should not change it (anymore).
+
+The command |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{or} table} will
+still work, but only unless you don't select a different |label|\-|format=|
+than the default one.
+
+\INFO*
+Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{frenchle}
+or \package{frenchpro} package.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Package support}
+\label{packages}
+\label{compatibility}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+\Thispackage\ was adapted to the following packages which deals with
+captions, too:
+\begin{quote}
+ \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage},
+ \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings},
+ \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins},
+ \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap},
+ \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable},
+ \package{wrapfig}, and \package{xtab}
+\end{quote}
+
+Furthermore the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}, the
+\package{subcaption} package (which is part of the \package{caption} package
+bundle), and the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} support \thispackage{}
+and use its |\caption|\-|setup| interface.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
+\INFO
+If a package (or document class) unknown to \thispackage\ redefines
+the |\caption| command as well, this redefinition will be preferred
+over the one this package offers, providing maximum compatibility and
+avoiding conflicts.
+If such a potential incompatibility is detected, you will see this
+warning message:~\footnote{%
+ You can suppress this warning by specifying the option
+ \texttt{compatibility=true} when loading \thispackage.}
+\begin{quote}\footnotesize
+ |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
+ |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
+ |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\
+ |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
+\end{quote}
+\endgroup
+
+As a result, the following features offered by \thispackage\ will not be available:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item the options |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=|, and |listformat=|
+ \item |\caption*| (to produce a caption without label)
+ \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (to produce no entry in the List of Figures or Tables)
+ \item |\caption{}| (to produce an empty caption without label separator)
+ \item |\ContinuedFloat|
+ \item correctly justified captions in environments like \texttt{wide} and
+ \texttt{addmargin} which add extra margins
+ \item the \textsf{hypcap} feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+ \item the sub-caption feature \See{\package{subcaption} package documentation}
+\end{itemize}
+
+\DescribeMacro{compatibility=}
+You can override this compatibility mode by specifying the option
+\begin{quote}
+ |compatibility=false|
+\end{quote}
+when loading \thispackage.
+But please note that using this option is neither recommended nor supported
+since unwanted side-effects or even errors could occur afterwards.
+(For that reason you will get a warning about this.)
+
+\newcommand\packagedescription[1]{%
+ \ifvmode\else\par\fi
+ \nopagebreak
+ \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par
+ \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak}
+
+\PageBreak
+\subsection{algorithms}
+\label{algorithms}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{algorithms} package bundle\cite{algorithms} provides two
+environments: The \texttt{algorithmic} environment provides a possibility
+for describing algorithms, and the \texttt{algorithm} environment provides
+a ``float'' wrapper for algorithms.}
+
+Since the \texttt{algorithm} environment is implemented via |\new|\-|float|
+provided by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, please see \Ref{float}.
+
+\iffalse
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{algorithm2e}
+\label{algorithm2e}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for
+writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.}
+
+Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard
+interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the
+\package{float} package) and typesetting its caption,
+the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage.
+
+So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage,
+you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding
+floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package),
+and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code.
+
+As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic},
+for example:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\
+ |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\
+ |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\
+ |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\
+ |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment
+ |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\
+ | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\
+ | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\
+ | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new
+floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package
+(or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package),
+and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic}
+in its body, just like you would do when you use the
+\package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem.
+
+You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example:
+\begin{quote}
+ \ldots\\
+ |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\
+ |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\
+ |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\
+ |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |% Example usage:|\\
+ |\begin{algorithm}|\\
+ |\caption{An algorithm}|\\
+ |\begin{algorithmic}|\\
+ | \SetVline|\\
+ | \eIf{cond1}{|\\
+ | a line\;|\\
+ | }{|\\
+ | another line\;|\\
+ | }|\\
+ |\end{algorithmic}|
+\end{quote}
+Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every
+other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float},
+please see \Ref{float}.
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package.
+\end{Annotation}
+\fi
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{float}
+\label{float}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{float} package\cite{float} introduces the commands
+\cs{restylefloat} to give existing floating environments a new look \& feel
+and \cs{newfloat} to define new floating environments.
+It also provides the ``\texttt{H}'' float placement option which places
+the environments ``here'' instead of letting them floating around.}
+
+For floating environments defined with \cs{newfloat} or \cs{restylefloat} the
+|po|\-|si|\-|tion| option has no effect on the main caption anymore, since its
+placement and spacing will be controlled by the selected float style instead.
+
+A caption style and options defined with the name of the float style will be
+executed additionally to the regular ones.
+Using this mechanism \thispackage\ emulates the default look \& feel of the
+|ruled| captions: It defines the caption style
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\
+ | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+So to change this you need either define your own caption style called
+|ruled| or use |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{options} to specify additional
+options.%,
+%e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[ruled]{labelsep=|\x|colon}|.
+
+Also by using this mechanism the skip between a |boxed| float and its caption
+is specified, overriding its global value:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}|
+\end{quote}
+For changing this, just use |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}|
+with an appropriate value. Or if you want to use the global |skip| setting
+instead, you can remove the usage of the local setting for these floats with
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Only one single caption can be typeset inside environments defined with
+|\new|\-|float| or |\re|\-|style|\-|float|, furthermore these environments
+are not behaving exactly like the pre-defined floats |figure| and |table|.
+As a consequence many packages do not cooperate well with these.
+Furthermore the \package{float} package has some caveats \& limitations,
+so if you just want to define a new simple floating environment---behaving
+like |figure| or |table|---I recommend using |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|
+offered by the \package{newfloat} package instead.
+And for defining non-simple floating environments and customization I
+recommend using |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the
+\package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}.
+\end{Note}
+
+\iffalse
+Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using
+the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are
+wrong.
+And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself
+in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working
+correctly afterwards.
+\fi
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{floatflt}
+\label{floatflt}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{floatflt} package\cite{floatflt} offers figures and tables
+which do not span the full width of a page and are float around by text.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If you want to setup special options for the |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| and
+|float|\-|ing|\-|table| environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+ |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| resp.~|table|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures resp.~tables,
+unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+resp.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{fltpage}
+\label{fltpage}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{fltpage} package\cite{fltpage} offers the outhouse of the
+caption for |figure|s or |table|s which needs the whole page
+for its contents. This will be done by placing the caption on the bottom
+of the previous or next page.}
+
+\iffalse
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Two options control the links to the environments |FPfigure| and |FPtable|:
+\begin{description}
+\item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} or \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+If set to |caption|, the list entry will link to the caption; if set to
+|figure|, it will link to the figure contents.
+(The default setting is |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.)
+\item{\texttt{FPref=caption} or \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+If set to |caption|, a \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, or \cs{nameref}
+will link to the caption; if set to |figure|, it will link to the figure contents.
+(The default setting is |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.)
+\end{description}
+\fi
+
+If you want to setup special options for the |FPfigure| and |FPtable|
+environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+ |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| or |table|.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{hyperref}
+\label{hyperref}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is used to handle cross
+referencing commands in LaTeX to produce hypertext links in the document.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+There are two options available to control the placement of hyperlink
+anchors:~\footnote{These options are named after the \package{hypcap} package
+which they supersede.}
+\begin{description}
+\item{\texttt{hypcap=true} or \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+If set to |true| all hyperlink anchors -- where entries in the
+List of Figures, |\ref|, and |\auto|\-|ref| will link to -- are placed at
+the beginning of the (floating) environment.\par
+If set to |false| the hyperlink anchor is (usually) placed at the caption.\par
+(The default setting is |hypcap=|\x|true|.)
+\item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Because it looks poor if the hyperlink points exactly at the top of
+the figure or table, you can specify a vertical distance between
+the hyperlink anchor and the (floating) environment itself,
+e.g.~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| removes this distance.\par
+(The default setting is |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0.5\base|\-|line|\-|skip|.)
+\end{description}
+
+Both settings have no effect in |lst|\-|listing|s (provided by the
+\package{listings} package), |long|\-|table|s (provided by the
+\package{longtable} package), |super|\-|tabular|s (provided by the
+\package{supertabular} package), and |x|\-|tabular|s (provided by the
+\package{xtab} package), within these environments hyperlink
+anchors will always be placed as if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| and
+|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| would be set.
+
+\pagebreak[3]Please note:\nopagebreak
+\begin{description}
+\item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
+ vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}%
+\\[\smallskipamount]
+Without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results.
+But with \package{hyperref} loaded, and with |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| requested,
+the hyperlink anchor will be placed different.
+For example:
+\begin{quote}
+|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
+| |\ldots\\
+| \captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\
+|\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+will place the hyperlink anchor at the caption.
+(And if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| is set, you will get a warning about this.)
+But
+\begin{quote}
+|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
+| \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
+| |\ldots\\
+| \caption{A figure}|\\
+|\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+will place the hyperlink anchor at the beginning of the |mini|\-|page|,
+since |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| does not only set the caption type
+to ``figure'' but does place a hyperlink anchor, too.
+
+\item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
+ vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Again, without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results.
+But with \package{hyperref} loaded, the difference is in the nuances.
+So for example the optional argument of |\caption| will also be written to
+the |aux| file, and will be used by the |\name|\-|ref| command.
+So if you choose to use |\caption| with empty optional argument,
+|\name|\-|ref| will also give you an empty result.
+So it's better to use |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| if you don't
+want an entry in the List of Figures or List of Tables.
+\end{description}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{hypcap}
+\label{hypcap}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{hyp\-cap} package\cite{hypcap} offers a solution to the problem
+that links to a float using \package{hyper\-ref} may anchors to the caption
+rather than the beginning of the float.
+Since \thispackage\ \version{3.1} already solves this problem for itself,
+the \package{hypcap} package is usually not needed.}
+%, at least when you use \thispackage.}
+
+If the \package{hyp\-cap} package is loaded additionally to the
+\package{hyper\-ref} package, it takes over the control of the hyperlink
+anchor placement from \thispackage, overriding the options |hyp|\-|cap=|
+and |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|.
+
+So for a manual placement of hyperlink anchors
+|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| is not sufficient anymore,
+instead you need to use |\cap|\-|start| (provided by the \package{hyp\-cap}
+package) for this.
+
+Regarding the automatically placement the \package{hypcap} package offers good
+placement of hyperlink anchors for the floating environments |figure| and
+|table| only. In contrast the |hypcap=|\x|true| option of \thispackage\ also
+offers good placements of hyperlink anchors for
+|floating|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{float\-flt} package),
+|FP|\-|figure|s \& |FPtable|s (provided by the \package{flt\-page} package),
+|fig|\-|window|s (provided by the \package{pic\-in\-par} package),
+|par|\-|pic|s (provided by the \package{pic\-ins} package),
+|SC|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{side\-cap} package),
+|three|\-|part|\-|table|s (provided by the \package{three\-part\-table} package),
+and |wrapfigure|s (provided by the \package{wrap\-fig} package).%---%
+%so by loading the \package{hypcap} package additionally you will
+%loose that.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{listings}
+\label{listings}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{listings} package\cite{listings} typesets programming code.}
+
+If you want to setup special options for the |lst|\-|listing| environment
+you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+Please note that the \package{listings} package has its very own options
+for controlling the position and the skips of the caption:
+|caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, and |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|.
+\See{\package{listings} documentation for details.}
+These \package{listings} options override the \package{caption}'s ones, but
+can be again overwritten by |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|,
+e.g.%~
+\begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{longtable}
+\label{longtable}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable} offers an environment
+which behaves similar to the \texttt{tabular} environment, but the table
+itself can span multiple pages.}
+
+If you want to setup special options for the |long|\-|table| environment
+you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|table|.
+
+The |margin| and |width| settings usually override |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|,
+so you get an equal look \& feel of the captions in |table|s and
+|long|\-|table|s.
+But if you set |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| to a value different than its default
+$=$ |4in|, \thispackage\ will follow that.
+(But |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| will be overwritten by
+|\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|,
+even if it is set to a value different than |4in|.)
+
+\begin{Note}
+|\caption|\-|of| and |\Continued|\-|Float| do \emph{not} work for |long|\-|table|s.
+Furthermore neither |\caption| nor |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| will increment
+the |table| counter here; it's incremented by the |long|\-|table| environment
+instead.
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If you need a |long|\-|table| which does not increment the |table| counter
+please use the |long|\-|table*| environment (offered by the
+\package{ltcaption} package which is part of \thispackage\ bundle and will be
+loaded automatically).
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{picinpar}
+\label{picinpar}
+\packagedescription{%
+Similar to the \package{floatflt} package the \package{picinpar}
+package\cite{picinpar} offers figures and tables which do not span the full
+width of a page and are float around by text.
+For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
+please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If you want to setup special options for the |fig|\-|window| and
+|tab|\-|window| environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+ |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| or |table|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
+unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| or
+|\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{picins}
+\label{picins}
+\packagedescription{%
+Similar to the \package{floatflt} and \package{picinpar} package the
+\package{picins} package\cite{picins} offers figures and tables which do not
+span the full width of a page and are float around by text.
+For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
+please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If you want to setup special options for the |par|\-|pic| environment you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| or |table|.
+
+Furthermore |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| produce no entry in the List of Figures,
+and |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| gives an unlabeled \& unnumbered caption.
+
+\begin{Note}
+The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables.
+\iffalse
+if |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side| is used.
+The |width| setting will not be used (but the |margin| setting will) if
+|pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side| is used.
+\fi
+But you can override this by setting it explicit with
+|\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+If you want to have a |\pic|\-|caption| of another type as |figure|, please
+do \emph{not} re-define |\@cap|\-|type| as suggested by the \package{picins}
+documentation. Please use the |\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{type} command
+which is offered by \thispackage\ instead, e.g.:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\
+ |\piccaption{An example table}|\\
+ |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{rotating}
+\label{rotating}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{rotating} package\cite{rotating} offers the floating
+environments \texttt{side\-ways\-figure} and \texttt{side\-ways\-table} which
+are just like normal figures and tables but rotated by 90 resp.~270 degree.
+Furthermore a command \cs{rot\-caption} is offered for rotated captions only.}
+
+\iffalse % No, we don't do that
+If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and
+|side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\
+ |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| or |table|.
+\fi
+
+The command |\rot|\-|caption| will be extended by \thispackage, so
+|\rot|\-|caption*| and |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| can be used analogous to
+|\caption*| and |\caption|\-|of|.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{setspace}
+\label{setspace}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{setspace} package\cite{setspace} offers options and commands
+to change the spacing,
+e.g.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space}
+causes the document to be typeset in one-and-a-half spacing.}
+
+If the \package{setspace} package is used in conjunction with \thispackage,
+the caption will be typeset with single spacing as default. This can be changed
+by specifying either |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing|,
+|font=|\x|double|\-|spacing|, or |font={stretch=|\x\meta{amount}|}|.
+\See{also \Ref{fonts}}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{sidecap}
+\label{sidecap}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap} offers the floating environments
+\texttt{SC\-figure} and \texttt{SC\-table} which are like usual figures
+and tables but the caption will be put \emph{beside} the contents.}
+
+If you want to setup special options for the |SCfigure| and |SCtable|
+environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+ |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| or |table|.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Note}
+The \package{sidecap} package offers its own options for justification.
+If set, they will override the one specified with the caption option
+|jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| for captions beside their contents.
+\end{Note}
+
+\begin{Note}
+The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
+unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+or |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Instead of using the \package{sidecap} package you can also use the more
+powerful and flexible \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for typesetting
+captions beside the contents.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsubsection*{Undocumented features}
+The \package{sidecap} package \version{1.6} has some undocumented package
+options and commands which allow further customization of the side-captions:
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{margincaption}
+The package option
+\begin{quote}
+ |margincaption|\qquad{\small(e.g.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)}
+\end{quote}
+causes all side-captions to be placed into the margin.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos}
+The command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{float type}\marg{pos}
+\end{quote}
+sets the vertical position of the side-caption. \meta{pos} can be either `|t|'
+(for top alignment), `|b|' (for bottom alignment), or `|c|' (for center alignment).
+The default setting for |table| is `|t|', for |figure| and all other ones
+defined with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| it's `|b|'.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{subfigure}
+\label{subfigure}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{subfigure} package\cite{subfigure} provides support for small or
+`sub' figures and tables within a single figure or table environment.
+This package is obsolete, new users should use \package{subfig} instead.}
+
+Since the \package{subfigure} package is obsolete it will only be supported in
+a way that old documents (which have used \thispackage\ \version{1.x} during
+development) should still compile as expected.
+
+Please use the \package{subfig} or \package{subcaption} package instead which both supports \thispackage\
+\version{3.x}.
+
+\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation for details.}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{supertabular and xtab}
+\label{supertabular}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} and \package{xtab}\cite{xtab}
+packages offer an environment which can span multiple pages and is quite
+similar to the \texttt{long\-table} environment provided by the
+\package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}.
+For a detailed discussion about the differences between these powerful
+packages please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+If you want to setup special options for the |super|\-|tabular|
+resp.~|x|\-|tabular| environment you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{resp.}\\
+ |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|table|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+|\Continued|\-|Float| does not work for |super|\-|tabular|s and |x|\-|tabular|s.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{threeparttable}
+\label{threeparttable}
+\packagedescription{%
+The \package{threeparttable} package\cite{threeparttable} provides a scheme
+for tables that have a structured note section after the table contents and
+the caption.
+This scheme provides an answer to the old problem of putting footnotes in
+tables---by making footnotes entirely unnecessary.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If you want to setup special options for the |three|\-|part|\-|table| and
+|measured|\-|figure| environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+ |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|table| or |figure|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+Since the caption will have the same width as the contents here,
+the |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
+at least unless you set it explicit with
+|\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| or
+|\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+Instead of using the \package{threeparttable} package you can
+also use the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for this purpose.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{wrapfig}
+\label{wrapfig}
+\packagedescription{%
+Similar to the \package{floatflt}, the \package{picinpar}, and the
+\package{picins} package the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig} offers
+figures and tables which do not span the full width of a page and are float
+around by text.
+For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
+please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+If you want to setup special options for the |wrap|\-|figure| and
+|wrap|\-|table| environments you can use
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+ |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+|figure| or |table|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and
+tables, unless you set it explicit with
+|\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+or |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Further reading}
+
+I recommend the following documents for further reading:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+ The \TeX\ FAQ -- Frequently asked questions about \TeX\ and \LaTeX:
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote}
+
+\item
+ A French FAQ can be found at
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://www.grappa.univ-lille3.fr/FAQ-LaTeX/}\end{quote}
+
+\item
+ ``What is a minimal working example?'' from Christian Faulhammer and Ulrich Schwarz:
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/mini-en.html}\end{quote}
+
+\item
+ \textsf{epslatex} from Keith Reckdahl contains many tips around
+ including graphics in \LaTeXe\ documents.
+ You will find this document in the directory
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/info/epslatex/}\end{quote}
+\end{itemize}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\section{Thanks}
+
+I would like to thank Katja Melzner,
+Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko,
+David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, Keith Reckdahl, Markus Kohm,
+Heiko Oberdiek, and Herbert Vo\ss.
+Thanks a lot for all your help, ideas, patience, spirit, and support!
+
+Also I would like to thank
+Harald Harders,
+Peter L\"offler,
+Peng Yu,
+Alexander Zimmermann,
+Matthias Pospiech,
+J\"urgen Wieferink,
+Christoph Bartoschek,
+Uwe St\"ohr,
+Ralf Stubner,
+Geoff Vallis,
+Florian Keiler,
+J\"urgen G\"obel,
+Uwe Siart,
+Sang-Heon Shim,
+Henrik Lundell,
+David Byers,
+William Asquith,
+Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann,
+Frank Martini,
+Danie Els,
+Philipp Woock,
+Fadi Semmo,
+Matthias Stevens, and
+Leo Liu
+who all helped to make this package a better one.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage\appendix
+\section{Alphabetical Reference}
+
+%\newenvironment{Warnings}%
+% {\begin{trivlist}%
+% \def\Message{\pagebreak[3]\leftskip=0pt\relax\item[]\color{blue}}%
+% \def\Description{\nopagebreak\par\nopagebreak\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em\nopagebreak}%
+% }%
+% {\color{black}\end{trivlist}}
+\makeatletter
+\newenvironment{Warnings}{%
+ \newif\ifMessage
+ \def\Message{%
+ \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
+ \setlength\parindent{0pt}%
+ \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}%
+ \setlength\leftskip{0pt}%
+ \color{blue}%
+ \Messagetrue}%
+ \def\Description{%
+ \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}%
+ \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{or}}%
+ \def\@Or[##1]{%
+ \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}%
+}{%
+ \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi
+}
+\makeatother
+
+\subsection{Options}
+%\enlargethispage{10ex}
+\newcommand\preambleoption{~%
+ \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+ \footnotemark[2]%
+ \endgroup}
+\newcommand\preambleoptiontext{%
+ \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+ \footnotetext[2]{These options are only available in the preamble of the document.}%
+ \endgroup}
+
+\begin{longtable*}{lll}
+Option & Short description & Section \\
+\hline
+\endhead
+|aboveskip| & sets the skip above caption & \ref{skips} \\
+|belowskip| & sets the skip below caption & \ref{skips} \\
+|compatibility|\preambleoption & force (non-)compatibility & \ref{compatibility} \\
+%|config| & & \ref{x} \\
+|figureposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the figure caption position & \ref{skips} \\
+|font|(|+|) & sets the font & \ref{fonts} \\
+|format| & sets the format & \ref{formats} \\
+\iffalse
+|FPlist| & To where the list entry of a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+|FPref| & To where a |\ref| to a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+\fi
+|hangindent| & sets the hang indention & \ref{margins} \\
+|hypcap| & selects `hypcap' feature & \ref{hyperref} \\
+|hypcapspace| & sets the distance between hyperlink and contents & \ref{hyperref} \\
+|indention| & sets the indention & \ref{margins} \\
+|justification| & sets the justification & \ref{justification} \\
+|labelfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption label & \ref{fonts} \\
+|labelformat| & sets the format of the caption label & \ref{formats} \\
+|labelsep| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\
+|labelseparator| & --same as |labelsep|-- & \ref{formats} \\
+|list| & switches the entries in the List on or off & \ref{lists} \\
+|listformat| & sets the `List of Figure/Table' entry format & \ref{lists} \\
+|margin| & sets the margin & \ref{margins} \\
+|margin*| & sets the margin, but only if no width is set & \ref{margins} \\
+|maxmargin| & sets the max. margin & \ref{margins} \\
+|minmargin| & sets the min. margin & \ref{margins} \\
+|name| & sets the name of the current environment & \ref{names} \\
+|oneside| & selects the one-side mode & \ref{margins} \\
+|options| & executes the given option list & \\
+|parindent| & sets the paragraph indention & \ref{margins} \\
+|parskip| & sets the skip between paragraphs & \ref{margins} \\
+|position| & gives a hint about the caption position & \ref{skips} \\
+|singlelinecheck| & switches the single-line-check on or off & \ref{justification} \\
+%|size| & sets the size of font & \ref{x} \\
+|skip| & sets the skip between content and caption & \ref{skips} \\
+|strut| & switches the usage of |\strut|s on or off & \ref{formats} \\
+|style| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\
+%|style*| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\
+|subtype| & sets the sub-caption type & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\
+|tableposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the table caption position & \ref{skips} \\
+|textfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption text & \ref{fonts} \\
+|textformat| & sets the format of the caption text & \ref{formats} \\
+|twoside| & selects the two-side mode & \ref{margins} \\
+|type| & sets the caption type \& places a hyperlink anchor & \ref{types} \\
+|type*| & sets the caption type only & \ref{types} \\
+|width| & sets a fixed caption width & \ref{margins} \\
+\end{longtable*}
+\preambleoptiontext
+\footnotetext{The option \texttt{subtype} is explained in the
+ \package{subcaption} package documentation.}
+
+\nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{% prevent from page break
+\begin{Note*}
+ Obsolete options are not listed here. See
+ \Ref{caption1} and
+ \Ref{caption2} for a list of these options.
+\end{Note*}}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Commands}
+
+\begin{longtable*}{lll}
+Command & & Section \\
+\hline
+\endhead
+|\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
+%|\AtBeginCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
+%|\AtEndCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
+|\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
+|\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\
+|\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\
+|\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\
+|\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\
+|\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+\end{longtable*}
+\footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} is explained in the
+ \package{subcaption} package documentation.}
+
+\clearpage
+\subsection{Warnings}
+
+\begin{Warnings}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption outside box or environment.|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\
+ | or environment.|
+\Description
+ You have placed a |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, or
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| command outside an box, group,
+ or environment.
+ You should not do this since it could cause some bad side-effects.
+ \par\See{\Ref{types} and \Ref{caption}}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
+ |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
+ |unknown to the caption package.|
+\Description
+ If \thispackage\ detects that some (unknown) document class or
+ package has enhanced |\caption|, it will not redefine
+ |\caption|, too, since this would simply kill the enhancement.
+ As a result some features, like |\caption*|, |\Continued|\-|Float|,
+ using the optional argument of |\caption|\-|setup|,
+ or the options |list=| and |hypcap=| will not be available.\par
+ If you don't care about the original enhancements but would
+ like to use the full range of features of \thispackage\ instead
+ you can give the unsupported(!) option |compatibility=|\x|false|
+ a try and keep your fingers crossed.
+ (But you will get the next warning instead.)
+ \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\
+ |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\
+ |was given.|
+\Description
+ Since you were so keen to specify the option |compatibility=|\x|false|
+ \thispackage\ will try to do its best to fulfill your wishes.
+ But depending on the document class or other packages you use that
+ can end in non-functional features or even errors. So keep your
+ fingers crossed!
+ \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\
+ |stopped early.|
+\Description
+ If the \package{hyperref} package stops early during loading
+ (because of what-ever reason), the \package{hyperref} support of
+ \thispackage\ will not be available. As a result you could get
+ \package{hyperref} warnings and non-functional hyperlinks to figures
+ or tables.
+ \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.|
+\Description
+ \Thispackage\ tries to emulate the \KOMAScript\ commands regarding
+ captions as best as it can. But the optional argument of the
+ \KOMAScript\ command |\setcapwidth| is not (yet) working if you use
+ this package, so if you try to use it anyway, you will get this warning.
+ \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+\Message
+ |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.|
+\Description
+ You should never see this warning, either you use a package which redefines
+ |figure| or |table| and which is unknown to \thispackage, or this is a bug
+ in \thispackage.
+ Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue.
+
+\Message
+ |\label without proper \caption|
+\Description
+ Regarding |\label| the floating environments behave differently than its
+ non-floating counterparts: The internal reference will not be generated
+ at the beginning of the environment, but at |\caption| instead.
+ So you have to place the |\label| command either just \emph{after} or
+ \emph{inside} the caption text (mandatory argument of |\caption|).
+
+\Message
+ |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.|
+\Description
+%\showhyphens{position}
+ If you try to remove a specific option of an option list,
+ for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|,
+ and this option can not be found inside the option list, you will
+ get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like
+ to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of
+ |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.|
+\Description
+%\showhyphens{format}
+ If you try to remove a specific option of an option list,
+ for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|,
+ and this option list is not defined (yet), you will
+ get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like
+ to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of
+ |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.|
+\Description
+ The \package{caption2} package option |ignoreLTcapwidth| will not be
+ emulated by this version of \thispackage, usually you can simply wipe it
+ away.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption2} and \Ref{longtable}}
+
+\Message
+ |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\
+ |captions right.|
+\Description
+ The \package{ragged2e} package will only be loaded by \thispackage\ if it
+ is actually needed.
+ At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, so on the first run you could
+ get this warning.
+ Just compile your document again and this warning should go away.
+ \par\See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+\Message
+ |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.|
+\Description
+ If you use a |twoside| page layout, \thispackage\ needs to track the
+ page numbers to get the margins right.
+ At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, on the first run you could get
+ this warning.
+ Just compile your document again and this warning should go away.
+ \par\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+\Message
+ |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.|
+\Description
+ This warning informs you about mixed caption options. For example if
+ you use a |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| or
+ |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| inside a |figure| environment,
+ this would result in using both option sets for that specific caption,
+ the one for |figure| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}|)
+ and the one for |table| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}|)
+ as well.\par
+ {\small(You can suppress this warning by using the starred form
+ |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par}
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\
+ |particular \caption.|
+\Description
+ \Thispackage\ hasn't found a proper hyperlink anchor for this particular
+ caption, so it decides to ignore the setting |hypcap=|\x|true| (which is set by
+ default). As a result a link to this caption (e.g.~in the List of Figures,
+ or set by |\ref| or |\auto|\-|ref|) will link you to the caption of the figure
+ or table, not to the figure or table itself.\par
+ This can happen if you use |\caption|\-|of| inside a non-floating environment,
+ but also if you use some package which redefines |figure| or |table|, and
+ which is unknown to \thispackage.\par
+ If this is ok for you but you want to suppress this warning, simply place a
+ |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| just before the |\caption| or
+ |\caption|\-|of| command which is causing the warning.
+ If this is not ok for you, you can set a hyperlink anchor with
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| for yourself.
+ \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
+ |usage of the caption package is not recommended.|
+\Description
+ Either the document class you use is unknown to \thispackage, or you
+ have included a package in your document which redefines |\@make|\-|caption|
+ (which is responsible for typesetting the caption internally) as well.
+ This means \thispackage\ will either change the design of captions in an
+ unwanted way, or it even refuses to work correctly at all.
+ \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].|
+\Description
+ You have specified options with |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{type}|]| which are
+ not used later on.
+ This can be because of a typo in \meta{type},
+ or because you use a package which redefines |figure| or |table| and
+ which is unknown to \thispackage, or simply because you don't have any usage
+ of the environment \meta{type} after this line.
+ (If you want to suppress this warning you can use |\caption|\-|setup*|
+ instead of |\caption|\-|setup|.)
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\
+ |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\
+ |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\
+ |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.|
+\Description
+ The package \meta{package} is dealing with caption skips as well.
+ Please decide which one do you actually want to use, \thispackage\ or the
+ other one, using both can lead to wrong skips above or below the caption.
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\end{Warnings}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Errors}
+
+\begin{Warnings}
+
+\Message
+ |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.|
+\Or
+ |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.|
+\Description
+ If you want to typeset something special (like a tabular) as caption,
+ you need to give an optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of|
+ for the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't
+ use such list.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption outside float.|
+\Description
+ You have placed a |\caption| command outside a floating environment, or
+ a |long|\-|table| or |wrap|\-|figure|.
+ If this is what you want to, please use either
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| or
+ |\caption|\-|of|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}}
+
+\Message
+ |\ContinuedFloat outside float.|
+\Description
+ You have placed a |\Continued|\-|Float| command outside a floating
+ environment. % or |long|\-|table|.
+ If this is what you want to, please use the combination
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float|.\par
+ Please note that |\Continued|\-|Float| inside a |long|\-|table| is not
+ working, but maybe using the |long|\-|table*| environment, which
+ typesets a |long|\-|table| without incrementing the |table| counter,
+ if sufficient for you.
+ \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} and \Ref{longtable}}
+
+\Message
+ |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.|
+\Description
+ Continued figures or tables are not allowed to be interrupted by a floating
+ environment (or |long|\-|table|) of another type,
+ e.g.~a table between a figure and a continued figure.
+ \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}}
+
+\Message
+ |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\
+ |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\
+ |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.|
+\Description
+ \Thispackage\ does not work with such an outdated package, please update it
+ to a more recent version, at least to the one requested.
+
+\Message
+ |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.|
+\Description
+ You should never see this error.
+ Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue.
+
+\Message
+ |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.|
+\Description
+ The \meta{type} you have specified in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|,
+ |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, or |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| is
+ not defined.
+ \meta{type} should be either `\texttt{figure}' or `\texttt{table}', or
+ any other floating environment defined with
+ |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| offered by the \package{newfloat} package,
+ |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, or
+ |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}.
+
+\Message
+ |Not allowed in longtable* environment.|
+\Description
+ The usage of |\caption| is not allowed inside the |long|\-|table*| environment.
+ Please use either |\caption*| for a caption without label or use the regular
+ |long|\-|table| environment instead.
+
+\Message
+ |Not available in compatibility mode.|
+\Description
+ The feature required is not supported in compatibility mode.
+ `compatibility mode' means that \thispackage\ has detected either an
+ incompatible document class or an incompatible package which also
+ extents the |\caption| command. Leaving the original extension intact,
+ some features of \thispackage\ are not supported.
+ \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.|
+\Description
+ Inside the environments offered by the \package{fltpage} and \package{sidecap}
+ package only \emph{one} caption can be placed. (This is due implementation design.)
+
+\Message
+ |Option clash for package caption.|
+\Or[but sometimes also]
+ |Missing \begin{document}.|
+\Description
+ \Thispackage\ has already been loaded by some other \LaTeX\ package,
+ so you can't do that again specifying different options.
+ A candidate causing this could be the \package{subfig} package; if this is
+ the case, please load \thispackage\ \emph{before} the \package{subfig}
+ package or specify the option |caption=|\x|false| while loading the
+ \package{subfig} package.
+ \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
+
+\Message
+ |Paragraph ended before \caption@makecurrent was complete.|
+\Or
+ |Paragraph ended before \caption@prepareanchor was complete.|
+\Description
+ If you want to typeset multi-paragraph captions, you need to give an
+ optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of| for the List of
+ Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't use such list.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\
+ |in the last figure or table.|
+\Description
+ It seems that you have used a |\sub|\-|caption| command (or a different one
+ which has typeset a sub-caption) without a corresponding |\caption| command.
+ This is not supported.
+
+\Message
+ |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
+ |with `format=hang'.|
+\Or
+ |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
+ |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).|
+\Description
+ A caption label separator which contains a |\\| command (like
+ |labelsep=|\x|newline|) can not be combined with a hanging caption format
+ (like |format=|\x|hang|).
+ Please select either another caption label separator
+ (e.g.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) or another caption format
+ (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|).
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats} resp.~\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+\Message
+ |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\
+ |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\
+ |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.|
+\Description
+ You have specified the option |caption=|\x|false|. This used to be a workaround
+ for not using the whole \package{caption} package (leaving the caption stuff
+ offered by the document class or other packages intact), but keeping the
+ \package{subfig} package working. This mechanism is obsolete and not offered
+ anymore, please pass this option to the \package{subfig} package instead and
+ do not load \thispackage\ anymore.
+ \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a boolean option (like |singlelinecheck=| or |hypcap=|)
+ with an improper value. Only |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| or |true|, |yes|,
+ |on|, |1| is allowed here.
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a caption format which does not exists.
+ Maybe a typo!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a caption label format which does not exists.
+ Maybe a typo!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a caption label separator which does not exists.
+ Maybe a typo!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a caption list-of format which does not exists.
+ Maybe a typo!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{lists}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a caption position with an improper value.
+ Maybe a typo!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a caption style which does not exists.
+ Maybe a typo!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{style}}
+
+\Message
+ |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\
+ |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.|
+\Description
+% (ftcap,nonfloat,topcapt)
+ The given package is dealing with caption skips as well.
+ Please decide which one do you actually want to use: The |position=| option
+ of \thispackage\ or the mechanism of the other one; using both this way
+ would lead to wrong skips above or below the caption and is therefore
+ not supported.
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+ You tried to set a caption text format which does not exists.
+ Maybe a typo!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\
+ |the (current) caption package.|
+\Description
+ This error message says it all, you simply can't do that.
+ Please use only \thispackage.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption2}}
+
+\end{Warnings}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Version history}
+\label{history}
+
+The version $1.0$ was written in 1994 and was offering a handful of options
+to customize the look \& feel of the captions.
+Furthermore this version already supported the \package{rotating} and
+\package{subfigure} packages.
+Version $1.1$ introduced the |center|\-|last| option;
+version $1.2$ added the support of the \package{float} package.
+Version $1,3$ offered a better support of the \package{subfigure} package,
+while version $1.4$ came with the new option |nooneline|.
+
+The \package{caption2} package $2.0$ was an experimental side-version of
+the regular \package{caption} package. It was made public as beta test version
+without proper documentation in 1995 because of the strong demand for new
+features and adaptations to additional packages like the \package{longtable}
+package.
+Furthermore it offered a revised support of the \package{subfigure} package.
+(An improved version $2.1$ was offered in 2002.)
+
+In 2003 I finally found some time, so a new regular release $3.0$
+of the \package{caption} package could be build in cooperation with
+Frank Mittelbach and Steven Cochran.
+It was released in December 2003 and superseded the neglected
+\package{caption2} package.
+Main parts were re-written and it provided a complete re-work of
+the user interface.
+Furthermore it supported the \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap},
+\package{listings}, \package{sidecap}, and \package{supertabular} packages
+additionally.
+
+While all the previous versions were designed for usage with the standard
+\LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book},
+the current version $3.1$ released in 2007 also supports the \AmS,
+\KOMAScript, \NTG, and \SmF\ document classes, and the \class{beamer} class
+as well.
+Furthermore it was adapted to the \package{frenchb} Babel option,
+the \package{frenchle} \& \package{frenchpro} packages,
+and the \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar},
+\package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable},
+and \package{wrapfig} packages.
+New options and commands were introduced as well, among other things
+|font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|,
+|list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|,
+|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
+Further benefits are the new compatibility check \see*{\Ref{compatibility}},
+the new ``hypcap'' feature \see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, and the sub-caption
+feature \see*{\package{subcaption} package documentation}.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Compatibility to older versions}
+
+\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}}
+\label{caption1}
+
+This version of \thispackage\ still supports the old options
+and commands provided by the version $1.0$ to $1.4$ of this package.
+So there shouldn't occur any problems compiling old documents, but please
+don't mix old options and commands with the new ones. This isn't supported
+and can cause ugly side effects.
+
+Here comes a short oversight of the obsolete options and how
+they have been replaced within this version of \thispackage:
+
+\begin{center}\small
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
+\hline
+%\endhead
+|normal| & |format=plain|\\
+|hang| & |format=hang|\\
+|isu| & |format=hang|\\
+|center| & |justification=centering|\\
+|centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\
+|nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\
+|scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\
+|footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\
+|small| & |font=small|\\
+|normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\
+|large| & |font=large|\\
+|Large| & |font=Large|\\
+|up| & |labelfont=up|\\
+|it| & |labelfont=it|\\
+|sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\
+|sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\
+|md| & |labelfont=md|\\
+|bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\
+|rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\
+|sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\
+|tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+Beside the options for setting up the desired font there were also
+the commands |\caption|\-|size| resp.~|\caption|\-|font| and
+|\caption|\-|label|\-|font| who could be redefined with
+|\re|\-|new|\-|command| and allowed an alternate and more flexible way to
+change the font used for captions.
+This mechanism was replaced by the commands
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad and\\
+ |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+\SeeUserDefined
+
+Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{1.x} with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+This was replaced by
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+For example the old-style code
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\
+ |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\
+ |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}|
+\end{quote}
+will still work fine, but should be written today as
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
+ | margin=10pt]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+or
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
+ | margin=10pt}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+
+The quite exotic option |ruled| which allowed a partial usage of
+the caption settings for |ruled| floats defined with the
+\package{float} package will be emulated by this version of the
+caption package, too.
+But using this option is not recommended anymore since this
+version of \thispackage\ offers a more flexible way
+for changing the captions of these floating environments:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+resp.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+\SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup}, and \Ref{float}]
+
+\subsection{caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}}
+\label{caption2}
+
+Although they do very similar stuff, the packages \package{caption} and
+its experimental and now obsolete variant \package{caption2} have a
+very different implementation design.
+Therefore a full compatibility could not be offered.
+For that reason you will still find a file called |caption2.sty| in
+this package distribution, so old documents using the \package{caption2}
+package will still compile fine.
+
+Newly created documents should use the actual version of
+\thispackage\ instead. In most cases it's sufficient to replace the command
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[...]{caption2}|
+\end{quote}
+by
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[...]{caption}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+But some options and commands will not be emulated, so you can get
+error messages afterwards. This section will hopefully help you removing
+these errors. If you have problems migrating from \package{caption2}
+to \package{caption} please don't hesitate to send me an e-mail asking
+for help.
+
+In addition to the obsolete options shown in the last section
+these ones will be emulated, too:
+
+\begin{center}\small
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
+\hline
+%\endhead
+|flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\
+|flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\
+|oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{2.x} with
+\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
+ |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| resp.
+ |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+}\end{quote}
+This was replaced by
+\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
+ |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| resp.
+ |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}|\quad.
+}\end{quote}
+\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+Setting an indention was done in \version{2.x} with
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionstyle{indent}|\\
+ |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\pagebreak[3]
+This is now done with
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+The so-called single-line-check was controlled by the commands
+|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (for switching the check off) and
+|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (for switching the check on).
+This was replaced by
+|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
+resp.
+|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}|\quad.
+\See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+The commands
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\
+ |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle|, and |\renewcaptionstyle|
+\end{quote}
+do not have a simple replacement and therefore will not be emulated
+by this version of \thispackage. (So using them will
+cause error messages.) Rewriting such code is not always easy and
+straight-ahead, but by conscientious reading of this manual you should
+be able to find appropriate options and commands instead.
+
+\iffalse
+... (some examples)
+\fi
+
+The \version{2.x} option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| do not have a
+replacement, too.
+But in most cases you can simply drop using that option because
+in this version of \thispackage\ the value of |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|
+will be ignored anyway (unless you set it to a different value than the
+default one which is |4in|).
+\See{\Ref{longtable}}
+
+\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}}
+\label{caption3}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} did not support any document classes
+other than the standard \LaTeX\ ones: \class{article}, \class{report},
+and \class{book}.
+Therefore the default settings used to be fixed, but now \thispackage{}
+supports more classes, therefore they are now set in dependence on the
+document class used.
+
+For example: While in \version{3.0} the default caption
+|jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion| used to be always |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied|,
+it's now still |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| when using one of the standard document
+classes, but |ragged|\-|right| will be used as default format when used
+with the \class{beamer} document class.
+
+%An easy way to select the `old' defaults---if desired---is using the option
+An easy way to select the `old' defaults is using the option
+|style=base| when loading \thispackage\ (or later on using |\caption|\-|setup|).
+
+\medskip
+
+Another new feature is the automatic check for compatibility; if an
+incompatibility will be found, a warning message will be issued and if a strong
+incompatibility was found some features of \thispackage\ will be disabled.
+Please note that only this check was added to \thispackage, so if you get
+such warning message, the previous versions of \thispackage\ were incompatible
+as well, but did not issued such warning, they were ``only'' having
+side-effects or causing problems.
+So these warnings only say that some bad side effects or problems could
+happen, but not that they actually will happen.
+Anyway, if you use \thispackage\ in such circumstances,
+you should use it with care.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{Note*}
+\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} offered the option |caption=|\x|false|,
+which used to be a workaround for not using the whole \package{caption} package
+(leaving the caption stuff offered by the document class or other packages
+intact), but keeping the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} working.
+This mechanism is obsolete and not offered anymore, please pass this option
+to the \package{subfig} package instead and do not load \thispackage\ anymore.
+%\par\See{the \package{subfig} package documentation}
+\end{Note*}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+
+ \bibitem{TLC2}
+ Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\
+ \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\
+ \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004.
+
+ \bibitem{beamer}
+ Till Tantau:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/beamer}%
+ {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\
+ March 11, 2007
+
+ \bibitem{KOMAScript}
+ Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}%
+ {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\
+ 2007-01-09
+
+ \bibitem{NTG}
+ Victor Eijkhout:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntgclass}%
+ {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\
+ 3 September 1989
+
+ \bibitem{algorithms}
+ Rog\'erio Brito:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/algorithms}%
+ {\emph{Algorithms}},\\
+ June 2, 2006
+
+\iffalse
+ \bibitem{algorithm2e}
+ Christophe Fiorio:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/algorithm2e}%
+ {\emph{algorithm2e.sty -- package for algorithms}},\\
+ March 11, 2007
+\fi
+
+ \bibitem{float}
+ Anselm Lingnau:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}%
+ {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\
+ 2001/11/08
+
+ \bibitem{floatflt}
+ Mats Dahlgren:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatflt}%
+ {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\
+ 1998/06/05
+
+ \bibitem{floatrow}
+ Olga Lapko:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow}%
+ {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\
+ 2007/12/24
+
+ \bibitem{fltpage}
+ Sebastian Gross:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fltpage}%
+ {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\
+ 1998/11/13
+
+ \bibitem{hyperref}
+ Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}%
+ {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\
+ November 12, 2007
+
+ \bibitem{hypcap}
+ Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hypcap}%
+ {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\
+ 2007/04/09
+
+ \bibitem{listings}
+ Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}%
+ {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
+ 2007/02/22
+
+ \bibitem{longtable}
+ David Carlisle:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}%
+ {\emph{The longtable package}},\\
+ 2004/02/01
+
+ \bibitem{picinpar}
+ Friedhelm Sowa:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picinpar}%
+ {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\
+ July 13, 1993
+
+ \bibitem{picins}
+ Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picins}%
+ {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\
+ September~1992
+
+ \bibitem{rotating}
+ Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}%
+ {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
+ 1997/09/26
+
+ \bibitem{setspace}
+ Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/setspace}%
+ {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\
+ 1 December 2000
+
+ \bibitem{sidecap}
+ Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sidecap}%
+ {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\
+ 2003/06/06
+
+ \bibitem{subfigure}
+ Steven D. Cochran:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfigure}%
+ {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\
+ 2002/07/02
+
+ \bibitem{subfig}
+ Steven D. Cochran:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfig}%
+ {\emph{The subfig package}},\\
+ 2005/07/05
+
+ \bibitem{supertabular}
+ Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/supertabular}%
+ {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\
+ 2002/07/19
+
+ \bibitem{threeparttable}
+ Donald Arseneau:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}%
+ {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\
+ 2003/06/13
+
+ \bibitem{wrapfig}
+ Donald Arseneau:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig}%
+ {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\
+ 2003/01/31
+
+ \bibitem{xtab}
+ Peter Wilson:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xtab}%
+ {\emph{The xtab package}},\\
+ 2004/05/24
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..108fae1235
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3b536cc2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,6229 @@
+%
+% This is file `caption-rus.tex'.
+% Russian translation of `caption-eng.tex'
+%
+% $Id$
+% $HeadURL$
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1994-2007 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
+% ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, the derived files caption.sty,
+% caption2.sty, caption3.sty, ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the
+% user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{caption-rus.tex}[2008/04/06 v3.1h The caption package in Russian]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%\errorcontextlines=3
+
+\documentclass[USenglish,russian,a4paper]{ltxdoc}
+\usepackage{mathtext}
+\usepackage[T2A]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[cp1251]{inputenc}
+\usepackage{babel}
+\usepackage{listpen,afterpage}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+\setlength\leftmargini{1.5em}% default = 2.5em
+\makeatletter
+\g@addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor}
+\@flushglue = 1em plus 1fil
+\parfillskip = 1em plus 1fil
+\makeatother
+
+\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]}
+\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]}
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx}
+ \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+ \IfFileExists{literat.sty}{\usepackage{literat}}{}
+% \IfFileExists{t2aftx.fd}{\def\sfdefault{ftx}}{}
+% \IfFileExists{t2apxtt.fd}{\def\ttdefault{pxtt}}{}
+ \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper
+ \advance\textheight.5in
+ \advance\topmargin-.35in
+ \emergencystretch1em
+ \tolerance7000
+ \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\}
+ \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace}
+
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\hypersetup{unicode}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+\hypersetup{breaklinks=true}
+
+\usepackage[listof=0,hypcap=false]{caption}[2008/04/01]
+
+\def\itemautorefname {\cyr\cyrp.}%
+\def\figureautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyri\cyrs.}%
+\def\tableautorefname {\cyr\cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl.}%
+\def\partautorefname {\cyr\cyrch.}%
+\def\appendixautorefname {\cyr\cyrp\cyrr\cyri\cyrl.}%
+\def\chapterautorefname {\cyr\cyrg\cyrl.}%
+\def\sectionautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyra\cyrz\cyrd.}%
+\def\subsectionautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyra\cyrz\cyrd.}%
+\def\subsubsectionautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyra\cyrz\cyrd.}%
+\def\paragraphautorefname {\cyr\cyrp.}%
+\def\subparagraphautorefname {\cyr\cyrp.}%
+\def\pageautorefname {\cyr\cyrs.}%
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
+ {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
+ {e-TeX}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring
+ {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}%
+ {AMS}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring
+ {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}%
+ {KOMA-Script}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF}
+
+\usepackage{marvosym}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}}
+\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\hspace*{-1em}\LARGE\Info\hspace*{1em}}}}
+\makeatother
+
+\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}}
+\newcommand*\NEW[2]{}%\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}}
+
+% \ContinuedFloat
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1e}{Continued #1~#2}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1r}{#1~#2 (\textit{ïðîäîëæåíèå})}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}
+% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}
+% \DeclareCaptionStyle
+\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]%
+ {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}
+% Example 1
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3}
+\newlength\myindention
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}}
+% Example 2
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}
+% Example 3
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}
+% Example 4
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}
+
+\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
+\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
+
+\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$}
+\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}}
+
+\newenvironment{Annotation}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \smallskip
+ \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
+\newenvironment{Annotation*}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Example}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}%
+ {\smallskip\endminipage\par}
+
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand\example{\@ifstar
+ {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}%
+ {\@example{}}}
+\def\@example#1{%
+ \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}}
+\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{%
+ \begingroup
+ \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}%
+ \captionof{#2}[]{#4}%
+ \endgroup}
+\makeatother
+
+\newenvironment{Expert}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
+ \smallskip
+ \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
+\newenvironment{Expert*}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
+ \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
+ \smallskip
+ \small\emph{#1}:~\ignorespaces}{\par}
+\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
+ \small\emph{#1}:~\ignorespaces}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Options}[1]%
+ {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}%
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}%
+ \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}%
+ {\endlist}
+
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}}
+\newcommand*\@Ref[2]{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}}
+\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}}
+\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}}
+\makeatother
+
+\begin{document}
+\let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+\let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+
+\def\thispackage{ïàêåò \package{caption}}
+\def\Thispackage{Ïàêåò \package{caption}}
+
+\newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{Çàìå÷àíèå}
+% \newcommand\NEWfeature{\NEW{New feature}}
+% \newcommand\NEWdescription{\NEW{New description}}
+\newcommand\NEWfeature{\NEW{Íîâàÿ âîçìîæíîñòü}}
+\newcommand\NEWdescription{\NEW{Íîâîå îïèñàíèå}}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{Ñì.}}{\SEE[\small]{Ñì.}}}
+\newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{ñì.}}{\SEE[\small]{ñì.}}}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\GetFileInfo{caption-rus.tex}
+\let\docdate\filedate
+\GetFileInfo{caption.sty}
+
+% \title{Customizing captions of floating environments
+% using the caption package\texorpdfstring{\thanks{%
+% This package has version number \fileversion,
+% last revised \filedate.
+\title{Íàñòðîéêà ïîäïèñåé ïëàâàþùèõ îáúåêòîâ (ôëîòîâ) ñ~ïîìîùüþ ïàêåòà
+ \package{caption}\thanks{Äàííûé ïàêåò âåðñèè
+%%% \fileversion, ïîñëåäíèé ðàç ìîäèôèöèðîâàí \filedate.
+ v3.1m, ïîñëåäíèé ðàç ìîäèôèöèðîâàí 2010/01/09.
+%^^A% Translation of the version v3.1h, dated 2008/04/03.
+%^^A% The questions and notes about translation please
+%^^A% send to \texttt{Lapko.O@g23.relcom.ru} (Olga Lapko).
+%^^A% The version of translation could be obsolete. Please
+%^^A% look English or German documentation for the new information
+%^^A% (see margin labels).}}
+ Ïåðåâîä äîêóìåíòàöèè v3.1h, äàòèðîâàííîé 2008/04/03.
+ Âîïðîñû è~çàìå÷àíèÿ ïî ïåðåâîäó íàïðàâëÿéòå ïî àäðåñó \texttt{Lapko.O@g23.relcom.ru}.
+ \emph{Âåðñèÿ ïåðåâîäà ìîæåò îòíîñèòüñÿ ê~îäíîé èç ïðåäûäóùèõ âåðñèé ïàêåòà è~ìîæåò
+ ñîäåðæàòü óñòàðåâøèå äàííûå.
+ Îáðàùàéòåñü ê~àíãëèéñêîé èëè íåìåöêîé äîêóìåíòàöèè çà áîëåå ñâåæåé èíôîðìàöèåé
+ (îáðàùàéòå âíèìàíèå íà ïîìåòêè íà ïîëÿõ).
+ }}{}}
+% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+\author{Àêñåëü Çîììåðôåëüäò (Axel Sommerfeldt)\\
+ \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}}
+\date{\docdate}
+\maketitle
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\begin{abstract}
+% \Thispackage\ offers customization of captions
+% in floating environments such |figure| and |table| and cooperates with
+% many other packages.
+% \par\smallskip
+ \Thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò íàñòðîéêè ïå÷àòè
+ ïîäïèñåé äëÿ ïëàâàþùèõ îáúåêòîâ (ôëîòîâ)
+ |figure| è~|table| è~ñîâìåñòèì (êîîïåðèðóåòñÿ)
+ ñî~ìíîãèìè ïàêåòàìè.
+% \textit{Please note:} Many document classes already have build-in options and
+% commands for customizing captions.
+% If these possibilities are sufficient for you, there is usually no need for
+% you to use the \package{caption} package at all.
+% And if you are just interested in using the command \cs{captionof}, loading of
+% the very small \package{capt-of} package is usually sufficient.
+\par\smallskip
+\textit{Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå}: ìíîæåñòâî êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ óæå èìåþò âñòðîåííûå îïöèè
+è~êîìàíäû äëÿ íàñòðîéêè ïîäïèñåé.
+Åñëè ýòè íàñòðîéêè âàñ óäîâëåòâîðÿþò, òî âîâñå íåò íåîáõîäèìîñòè â~èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïàêåòà
+\package{caption}.
+Åñëè âàì íóæíà òîëüêî êîìàíäà \cs{captionof} \cdash--- çàãðóçêà íåáîëüøîãî ïàêåòà
+\package{capt-of} áóäåò äîñòàòî÷íà.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\newcommand\exampletext{%
+% White sand beaches. The pink smoothness of the conch shell. A sea abundant
+% with possibilities. Duty-free shops filled with Europe's finest gifts and
+% perfumes. Play your favorite game of golf amidst the tropical greens on one
+% of the many championship courses.}
+ Òèáåòñêàÿ ìàíäàëà ïðåäñòàâëÿåò ñîáîé ñâîåîáðàçíóþ êàðòó îñîáîãî õðàìà
+ è~Øàìáàëû. Âèäíû âîðîòà ïî ÷åòûð¸ì ñòîðîíàì ñâåòà, ïîñòðîéêà èä¸ò
+ óñòóïàìè ââåðõ. (Ìîçàèêà ïîëà ðûöàðñêîãî õðàìà íà î.\,Ðîäîñ âîñïðîèçâîäèò
+ óçîð ìàíäàëû.)}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \section*{Introduction}
+\section*{Ââåäåíèå}
+
+% Within the standard \LaTeX\ document classes captions haven't received the
+% attention they deserve. Simply typeset as an ordinary paragraph there is no
+% remarkable visual difference from the rest of the text, like here:
+Âíóòðè ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à~ïîäïèñè íå ïîëó÷èëè çàñëóæåííîãî
+âíèìàíèÿ. Îíè íàáèðàþòñÿ êàê îáû÷íûé àáçàö è~âíåøíå íå îòëè÷àþòñÿ îò îñíîâíîãî
+òåêñòà, êàê çäåñü:
+
+\example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+% There should be possibilities to change this; for example, it would be nice
+% to make the text of the caption a little bit smaller as the normal
+% text, add an extra margin, typeset the caption label with the same font
+% family and shape as your headings etc. Just like this one:
+Äîëæíà áûòü âîçìîæíîñòü èçìåíèòü ýòî; íàïðèìåð, òåêñò ëó÷øå çàäàòü
+ìåíüøèì êåãëåì, äîáàâèòü âòÿæêó (ñ~îáåèõ ñòîðîí),
+ó~íóìåðàöèîííûõ çàãîëîâêîâ ïîäïèñåé çàäàòü òàêèå æå
+íà÷åðòàíèå èëè íàñûùåííîñòü, êàê ó~çàãîëîâêîâ ðàçäåëîâ. Íàïðèìåð, êàê ñëåäóþùóþ ïîäïèñü:
+
+\example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
+
+% You can do this easily with this package as there are many ready-to-use
+% caption formatting options, but you are free to define your very own stuff, too.
+Ñ~äàííûì ïàêåòîì ýòî ñäåëàòü ïðîñòî, ïîñêîëüêó â~í¸ì óæå åñòü ìíîæåñòâî ãîòîâûõ
+îïöèé êëþ÷åé íàñòðîéêè, è~âû ñâîáîäíû è~âûáðàòü ñâî¸ ñî÷åòàíèå îïöèé äëÿ
+îôîðìëåíèÿ, è~ñîçäàòü ñâîè îïöèè.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
+\small
+% Please note that \thispackage\ is only controlling the look \& feel of the
+% captions. It does \emph{not} control the placement of the captions.
+% (But you could do so by using other packages like the \package{floatrow}
+% package\cite{floatrow}.)
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî \thispackage\ êîíòðîëèðóåò òîëüêî îôîðìëåíèå
+ïîäïèñåé. Îí \emph{íå} êîíòðîëèðóåò ðàçìåùåíèå ïîäïèñåé.
+(Íî ýòî âîçìîæíî, åñëè èñïîëüçîâàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíî äðóãèå ïàêåòû,
+íàïðèìåð \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.)
+\end{minipage}
+
+\begingroup\small
+%^^A% \vspace{2ex}\centerline{\textbf{Frequently Appeared Design\footnote
+%^^A% {Added in translated text.}}\nopagebreak}
+\vspace{2ex}\centerline{\textbf{\TeX íè÷åñêîå ðåäàêòèðîâàíèå\footnote
+ {Äîáàâëåíî ïðè ïåðåâîäå.}}\nopagebreak}
+\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedright\advance\rightskip1em
+ \makeatletter\let\item\@idxitem\ignorespaces\makeatother
+%^^A% \item Last line of caption centered
+\item Âûêëþ÷êà ïîñëåäíåé ñòðîêè ïî öåíòðó
+ \pageref{TeXr:centerlast}
+%^^A% \item Hanged caption label
+\item Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê íà âåñó
+ \pageref{TeXr:hang:label}
+%
+%^^A \indexspace
+%
+%^^A% \item Spaces above and below captions
+\item Îòáèâêè ó~ïîäïèñåé íàä è~ïîä ôëîòàìè
+ \pageref{TeXr:captionskips:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:captionskips:z}
+%^^A% \item Settings, for caption label
+\item Îôîðìëåíèå
+%^^A% \subitem for caption label
+\subitem íóìåðàöèîííûõ çàãîëîâêîâ
+ \pageref{TeXr:caplabel:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:caplabel:z}
+%^^A% \subitem for one-line captions
+\subitem îäíîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé
+ \pageref{TeXr:singleline:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:singleline:z}
+%^^A% \subitem for multi-paragraph captions
+\subitem ïîäïèñåé èç íåñêîëüêèõ àáçàöåâ
+ \pageref{TeXr:multipar:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:multipar:z}
+%
+%^^A \indexspace
+%
+%^^A% \item Captions
+\item Ïîäïèñè\nopagebreak
+%^^A% \subitem for continued floats
+\subitem ê~ôëîòàì ñ~ïðîäîëæåíèåì
+ \pageref{TeXr:continued:a}\nopagebreak %^^A--\pageref{TeXr:continued:z}
+%^^A% \subitem above tables
+\subitem íàä òàáëèöàìè
+ \pageref{TeXr:captop:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:captop:z}
+%^^A% \subitem skipped entry in list
+\subitem áåç çàïèñè â~ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ,
+%^^A% \subsubitem trick with empty option
+ \subsubitem òðþê ñ~äîïîëíèòåëüíûì àðãóìåíòîì êîìàíäû
+ |\caption| \pageref{TeXr:nolistentry:I}
+%^^A% \subsubitem key |listof=|
+ \subsubitem êëþ÷ ïàêåòà |list=|
+ \pageref{TeXr:nolistentry:II}
+%^^A% \subitem unlabeled
+\subitem áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà
+ \pageref{TeXr:starcaption:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:starcaption:z}
+%^^A% \subitem outside float
+\subitem âíå îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà
+ \pageref{TeXr:captionof:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:captiononof:z}
+%
+\end{multicols}%
+\endgroup
+\clearpage
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\tableofcontents
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Using this package}
+\section{Èñïîëüçîâàíèå ïàêåòà}
+\label{usage}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\usepackage}
+% Insert
+Äîáàâüòå
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
+\end{quote}
+% into the preamble of your document, i.e.~the part of your document
+% between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{doc|\-|u|\-|ment}|.
+% The options control how your captions will look like; e.g.,
+â~ïðåàìáóëó âàøåãî äîêóìåíòà, ò.\,å. â~÷àñòü ôàéëà ìåæäó êîìàíäàìè
+|\document|\-|class| è~|\begin{document}|.
+Îïöèè çàäàþò íàñòðîéêè îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé â~êíèãå; íàïðèìåð, îïöèè
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\
+ | labelsep=endash]{caption}|%
+ %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
+\end{quote}
+% would result in captions looking like the second one in the introduction.
+çàäàäóò ïîäïèñè, ïîõîæèå íà âòîðîé ïðèìåð âî ââåäåíèè.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+% For a later change of options \thispackage\ provides the command
+Äëÿ ïîñëåäóþùèõ èçìåíåíèé \thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäó
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% So
+Ñëåäîâàòåëüíî, îïðåäåëåíèÿ
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+% and
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}|
+\end{quote}
+% are equal in their results.
+ýêâèâàëåíòíû.
+
+% It's good to know that |\caption|\-|setup| has an effect on the current
+% environment only. So if you want to change settings for the
+% current |figure| or |table| only, just place the |\caption|\-|setup| command
+% inside the |figure| or |table| right before the |\caption| command.
+% For example
+Íóæíî îáðàòèòü âíèìàíèå, ÷òî óñòàíîâêè |\captionsetup| ìîãóò äåéñòâîâàòü è~íà îäíî
+îêðóæåíèå. Òàê ÷òî, åñëè âû õîòèòå èçìåíèòü óñòàíîâêè òîëüêî
+îäíîãî îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|, ïîìåñòèòå êîìàíäó |\captionsetup|
+âíóòðè |figure| èëè |table| ïðÿìî ïåðåä êîìàíäîé |\caption|.
+Íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{figure}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+% switches the single-line-check off, but only for this |figure|,
+% so all the other captions remain untouched.
+îòêëþ÷àåò êîíòðîëü îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè (ñì.~îá ýòîì íèæå), íî òîëüêî äëÿ ýòîãî
+îêðóæåíèÿ |figure|, äðóãèå ïîäïèñè íå èçìåíÿòñÿ.
+
+\smallskip
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+% For a detailed description of |\caption|\-|setup| see \Ref{captionsetup}.
+Ïîäðîáíîå îïèñàíèå êîìàíäû |\captionsetup| ñì.~â~\Ref{captionsetup}.
+\end{Annotation}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Options}
+\section{Îïöèè}
+\label{options}
+
+\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight}
+\def\UserDefined{\ldots}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Formatting}
+\subsection{Îôîðìëåíèå}
+\label{formats}
+
+\DescribeMacro{format=}
+% A figure or table caption mainly consists of three parts: the caption label,
+% which says if this object is a `Figure' or `Table' and what number is
+% associated with it, the caption text itself, which is normally a short
+% description of contents, and the caption separator which separates the text
+% from the label.
+Ïîäïèñü ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû îáû÷íî èìååò òðè ÷àñòè\nopagebreak: íóìåðàöèîííûé
+çàãîëîâîê, êîòîðûé îáúÿâëÿåò, ÷òî ýòîò îáúåêò íàçûâàåòñÿ `Ðèñ'óíîê èëè `Òàáëèöà' è~èìååò
+ñâîé íîìåð; ñîáñòâåííî òåêñò, êîòîðûé îáû÷íî äà¸ò êðàòêîå îïèñàíèå
+ñîäåðæàíèÿ; ðàçäåëèòåëü ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì.
+
+% The \textit{caption format} determines how this information will be presented;
+% it is specified with the option
+\textit{Ôîðìàò ïîäïèñè} îïðåäåëÿåò, êàê äàííàÿ èíôîðìàöèÿ áóäåò ïðåäñòàâëåíà;
+ýòî çàäà¸òñÿ êëþ÷îì
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=|\meta{format name}\quad
+\end{quote}
+% having the name of the caption format as its argument.
+ñ~îïöèåé, îïðåäåëÿþùåé îôîðìëåíèå (ôîðìàò) ïîäïèñè.
+
+% There are two standard caption formats:
+Äàëåå äâà ñòàíäàðòíûõ îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñè:
+%\footnote{You have the option to
+%define your own ones, too. See section \ref{declare}:
+%\textit{``Do it yourself!''} for details.}
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+% Typesets the captions as a normal paragraph.
+ Ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñè êàê îáû÷íûé àáçàö.
+
+ \item[hang]
+% Indents the caption text, so it will `hang' under the first line of the text.
+ Äåëàåò âòÿæêó òàê, ÷òî ïåðâàÿ ñòðîêà [íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê] âûñòóïàåò âëåâî.%
+ \label{TeXr:hang:label}
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|.\LineBreak
+% \SeeUserDefined
+ Ñîáñòâåííîå îôîðìëåíèå ìîæåò áûòü îïðåäåëåíî, ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû
+ |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|. \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+\begin{Example}
+% An example: Specifying the option
+ Ïðèìåð: çàäàíèå îïöèè
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang|
+ \end{quote}
+% yields captions like this:
+ ñîçäà¸ò ïîäïèñè êàê ýòà:
+ \example{format=hang}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{indention=}
+% For both formats (\texttt{plain} and \texttt{hang}) you can setup an extra
+% indention starting at the second line of the caption. You do this with the
+% option
+Äëÿ îáîèõ îôîðìëåíèé (\texttt{plain} è~\texttt{hang}) ìîæíî óñòàíîâèòü
+äîïîëíèòåëüíóþ âòÿæêó âòîðûõ ñòðîê ïîäïèñè. Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü ñ~êëþ÷îì
+\begin{quote}
+ |indention=|\meta{amount}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+%^^A% [Please note, that indention of the keys \verb|format=hang| and
+%^^A% |indention=|\meta{amount} are summarized.---\emph{Trans.}]
+[Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî âòÿæêà èç êëþ÷åé \verb|format=hang| è~|indention=|\meta{amount}
+ñóììèðóþòñÿ. \cdash--- \emph{Ïðèì.\,ïåðåâ.}]
+
+% Two examples:
+Ïàðà ïðèìåðîâ:
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,indention=.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{labelformat=}
+% With the option
+Ñ~êëþ÷îì\label{TeXr:caplabel:a}%
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |labelformat=|\meta{label format name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+%\NEWdescription{v3.0e}
+% you specify how the caption label will be typeset.
+% There are five standard caption label formats:
+âû çàäà¸òå, êàê ïå÷àòàåòñÿ íóìåðàöèîííàÿ ÷àñòü.
+Ñóùåñòâóþò ÷åòûðå ñòàíäàðòíûõ îôîðìëåíèÿ íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[default]
+% The caption label will be typeset as specified by the document class,
+% usually this means the name and the number (like \texttt{simple}).
+% (This is the default behaviour.)
+ íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê ïå÷àòàåòñÿ òàê æå êàê â~ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññàõ,
+ ýòî îáû÷íî íàçâàíèå ôëîòà è~íîìåð (êàê \texttt{simple}).
+ (Çàäà¸òñÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.)
+
+ \item[empty]
+% The caption label will be empty.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê îòñóòñòâóåò.
+\iffalse
+% (This option makes sense when used together with other options like
+% \texttt{labelsep=none}.)
+ (Ýòà îïöèÿ èìååò ñìûñë âìåñòå ñ~îïöèÿìè òèïà \texttt{labelsep=none}.)
+\fi
+
+ \item[simple]
+% The caption label will be typeset as a name and a number.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê ïå÷àòàåòñÿ êàê íàçâàíèå ôëîòà è~åãî íîìåð.
+
+ \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
+% The caption label will be closed with a single (right) brace.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê (íîìåð ïîäôëîòà) îòäåë¸í ñïðàâà êðóãëîé ñêîáêîé.
+
+ \item[parens]
+% The number of the caption label will be typeset in parentheses.
+ Íîìåð â~íóìåðàöèîííîé ÷àñòè çàãîëîâêà ïå÷àòàåòñÿ â~ñêîáêàõ.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+ Ñîáñòâåííîå îôîðìëåíèå ìîæåò áûòü îïðåäåëåíî ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+ êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|.
+\end{Options}
+
+\begin{Example}
+% An example: Using the options
+ Ïðèìåð: ñ~îïöèÿìè êëþ÷åé
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad|
+ \end{quote}
+% gives captions like this one:
+ ñîçäà¸òñÿ òàêàÿ ïîäïèñü:
+ \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+[Íàçâàíèå â~íóìåðàöèîííîì çàãîëîâêå äëÿ äàííîãî ïðèìåðà èçìåíåíî ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+îïöèè |figurename|. \See{\Ref{names}}]
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Note*}
+% Some environments, e.g.~the |algorithm| environment offered by the
+% \package{algorithm2e} package, might react allergic to a change of the
+% caption label format.
+Ó~íåêîòîðûõ îêðóæåíèé, íàïðèìåð ó~îêðóæåíèÿ |algorithm|, ïðåäëàãàåìîãî
+ïàêåòîì \package{algorithm2e}, èçìåíåíèå ôîðìàòà íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà
+ìîæåò âûçâàòü àëëåðãèþ.
+\end{Note*}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{labelsep=}
+% With the option
+Ñ~êëþ÷îì
+\begin{quote}
+ |labelsep=|\meta{label separator name}
+\end{quote}
+% you specify what caption separator will be used.\footnote{%
+% If the caption label or the caption text is empty,
+% no separator will be used.}
+% You can choose one of the following:
+âû îïðåäåëÿåòå êàêîé ðàçäåëèòåëü [ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì]
+áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ\footnote{%
+ Åñëè íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê èëè òåêñò ïîäïèñè ïóñòûå,
+ ðàçäåëèòåëü íå èñïîëüçóåòñÿ.}.
+Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ñëåäóþùèå îïöèè:
+
+\begin{Options}{newline}
+ \item[none]
+% There is no caption separator.
+ Îòñóòñòâóåò ðàçäåëèòåëü íóìåðàöèîííîé ÷àñòè è~òåêñòà ïîäïèñè.
+\iffalse
+% (This option makes sense when used together with other options like
+% \texttt{labelformat=empty}.)
+ (Ïðèìåíåíèå ýòîé îïöèè
+ èìååò ñìûñë âìåñòå ñ~îïöèÿìè òèïà \texttt{labelformat=empty}.)
+\fi
+
+ \item[colon]
+% The caption label and text will be separated by a colon and a space.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû äâîåòî÷èåì è~ïðîáåëîì.
+
+ \item[period]
+% The caption label and text will be separated by a period and a space.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû òî÷êîé è~ïðîáåëîì.
+
+ \item[space]
+% The caption label and text will be separated by a single space.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû ïðîáåëîì.
+
+ \item[quad]
+% The caption label and text will be separated by a |\quad|.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû êåãåëüíîé (|\quad|).
+
+ \item[newline]
+% The caption label and text will be separated by a line break (|\\|).
+% Please note that this separator does not work with all caption
+% formats (e.g.~|format=|\x|hang|), and you'll get an error message
+% trying such combination of options.
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëåíû íîâîé ñòðîêîé~(|\\|).
+ Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ýòîò ðàçäåëèòåëü íå ðàáîòàåò ñ~íåêîòîðûìè
+ ôîðìàòàìè (íàïðèìåð, |format=|\x|hang|), è~âû ïîëó÷èòå ñîîáùåíèå
+ îá îøèáêå ïðè ïîïûòêå èñïîëüçîâàòü ýòó êîìáèíàöèþ.
+
+ \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h}
+% The caption label and text will be separated by an en-dash,
+% surrounded by spaces (\verb*| -- |).
+ Íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê è~òåêñò ðàçäåëÿåòñÿ êðàòêèì òèðå,
+ îêðóæ¸ííûì ïðîáåëàìè (\verb*| -- |).
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own separators can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+ Ñîáñòâåííûå ðàçäåëèòåëè ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü, èñïîëüçóÿ êîìàíäó
+ |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+% Three examples:
+Òðè ïðèìåðà:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=period|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=endash|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{textformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}%
+% With the option
+Ñ~îïöèåé
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |textformat=|\meta{text format name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+% you specify how the caption text will be typeset.
+% There are two standard caption text formats:
+âû îïðåäåëÿåòå êàê òåêñò ïîäïèñè áóäåò íàïå÷àòàí.
+Ñóùåñòâóåò äâà ñòàíäàðòíûõ ôîðìàòà ïîäïèñè:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[simple]
+% The caption text will be typeset as it is.
+ Òåêñò ïîäïèñè áóäåò íàïå÷àòàí êàê åñòü.
+
+ \item[period]
+% The caption text will be followed by a period.
+ Â~êîíöå ïîäïèñè ñòàâèòñÿ òî÷êà.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+ Ñîáñòâåííûå ôîðìàòû òåêñòà ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\PageBreak
+% \subsection{Justification}
+\subsection{Âûêëþ÷êà}
+\label{justification}
+
+\DescribeMacro{justification=}
+% As addition to the caption format you could also specify a
+% \emph{caption justification}; it is specified with the option
+Ïðè îôîðìëåíèè ïîäïèñè âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü
+\emph{âûêëþ÷êó ïîäïèñè}; îíà çàäà¸òñÿ êëþ÷îì
+\begin{quote}
+ |justification=|\meta{justification name}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% You can choose one of the following:
+Âû ìîæåòå âûáðàòü ñëåäóþùèå îïöèè:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[justified]
+% Typesets the caption as a normal paragraph.
+ Ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü â~âèäå îáû÷íîãî àáçàöà. (Ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.)
+
+ \item[centering]
+% Each line of the caption will be centered.
+ Âñå ñòðîêè âûêëþ÷åíû ïî öåíòðó.
+
+% \item[Centering]
+
+ \item[centerlast]
+% The last line of each paragraph of the caption text will be centered.
+ Àáçàö íàáèðàåòñÿ íà ïîëíûé ôîðìàò, ïîñëåäíÿÿ ñòðîêà âûêëþ÷åíà ïî öåíòðó.
+
+ \item[centerfirst]
+% Only the first line of the caption will be centered.
+ Öåíòðèðóåòñÿ òîëüêî ïåðâàÿ ñòðîêà [îñòàëüíûå, â~òîì ÷èñëå è~êîíöåâàÿ,
+ âûêëþ÷àþòñÿ íà ïîëíûé ôîðìàò].
+
+ \item[raggedright]
+% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin.
+ Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âëåâî.
+
+\iffalse
+ \item[RaggedRight]
+% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin using
+% the command |\RaggedRight| from the \package{ragged2e} package.
+ Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âëåâî ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû
+ |\RaggedRight| èç ïàêåòà \package{ragged2e}.
+\else
+ \item[RaggedRight]
+% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin, too.
+% But this time the command |\RaggedRight| of the \package{ragged2e}
+% package will be used to achieve this.
+% The main difference to |raggedright| is that the word breaking
+% algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside captions.\footnote{%
+% The need for the \package{ragged2e} package will be detected at
+% run-time, therefore you maybe need a second \LaTeX\ run if this
+% option is used for the first time.}
+ Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè òàêæå âûêëþ÷åíû âëåâî.
+ Íî â~äàííîì ñëó÷àå èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êîìàíäà |\RaggedRight| ïàêåòà
+ \package{ragged2e}. Îñíîâíîå îòëè÷èå îò îïöèè |raggedright|
+ çàêëþ÷àåòñÿ â~èñïîëüçîâàíèè àëãîðèòìà Plain \TeX'à äëÿ ðàçðûâà
+ ñëîâ âíóòðè ïîäïèñè.\footnote{
+ Íåîáõîäèìîñòü â~ýòîì ïàêåòå îïðåäåëÿåòñÿ «íà ëåòó»,
+ ïîýòîìó ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ýòîé îïöèè äîêóìåíò íóæíî äâàæäû îáðàáîòàòü \LaTeX'îì.}.
+\fi
+
+ \item[raggedleft]
+% Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin.
+ Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âïðàâî.
+
+% \item[RaggedLeft]
+% % Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin using
+% % the command |\RaggedLeft| from the \package{ragged2e} package.
+% Ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè âûêëþ÷åíû âïðàâî ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû
+% |\RaggedRight| èç ïàêåòà \package{ragged2e}.
+
+%\showhyphens{justification}
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own justifications can be defined using
+% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+ Ñîáñòâåííûå îïðåäåëåíèÿ âûêëþ÷êè ìîæíî çàäàòü ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû
+ |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+% Three examples:
+Òðè ïðèìåðà:\label{TeXr:centerlast}%
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,justification=centerlast|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=plain,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,justification=raggedright|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\smallskip
+
+\PageBreak
+\DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=}\label{TeXr:singleline:a}%
+% The standard \LaTeX\ document classes (\class{article}, \class{report}, and
+% \class{book}) automatically center a caption if it fits in one single line:
+Ñòàíäàðòíûå êëàññû \LaTeX'à (\class{article}, \class{report}, è~\class{book})
+àâòîìàòè÷åñêè öåíòðèðóþò ïîäïèñü åñëè îíà îäíîñòðî÷íàÿ:
+
+\example*{}{A short caption.}
+
+\INFO
+% \Thispackage\ adapts this behavior and therefore usually ignores the
+% justification \& indention you have set with |justification=| \&
+% |indention=| in such case.
+% But you can switch this special treatment of such short captions off
+% with the option
+\Thispackage\ ñëåäóåò çà ýòèì àëãîðèòìîì è~ïîýòîìó
+â~òàêèõ ñëó÷àÿõ èãíîðèðóåò âûêëþ÷êó, çàäàííóþ êëþ÷àìè |justification=| è~|indention=|.
+Îïðåäåëèòü, ñëåäîâàòü ýòîìó àëãîðèòìó èëè íåò ìîæíî,
+çàäàâ êëþ÷
+\begin{quote}
+ |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% Using |false|, |no|, |off| or |0| for \meta{bool} switches the
+% extra centering off:
+Èñïîëüçóÿ |false|, |no|, |off| èëè |0| âìåñòî \meta{bool} âû îòêëþ÷èòå
+öåíòðèðîâàíèå îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè:
+\begin{quote}
+ |singlelinecheck=false|
+\end{quote}
+% Doing so the above short caption would look like
+Ïîñëå ýòîãî îïðåäåëåíèÿ êîðîòêèå ïîäïèñè
+[ïðè çàäàíèè âûêëþ÷êè ïî óìîë÷àíèþ, â~âèäå îáû÷íîãî àáçàöà]
+áóäóò âûãëÿäåòü òàê
+
+\begingroup
+ \captionsetup{type=figure}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{A short caption.}
+\endgroup
+
+% You switch the extra centering on again by using |true|, |yes|, |on| or |1|
+% for \meta{bool}. (The default is on.)
+Èñïîëüçóÿ |true|, |yes|, |on| èëè |1| âìåñòî \meta{bool} âû âêëþ÷èòå ìåõàíèçì
+öåíòðèðîâàíèÿ êîðîòêèõ ïîäïèñåé. (Çàäàíî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.)%^^A
+\label{TeXr:singleline:z}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Fonts}
+\subsection{Øðèôòû}
+\label{fonts}
+
+\DescribeMacro{font=}
+\DescribeMacro{labelfont=}
+\DescribeMacro{textfont=}
+% There are three font options which affects different parts of the caption:
+% One affecting the whole caption (|font|), one which only affects the caption
+% label and separator (|label|\-|font|) and at least one which only affects the
+% caption text (|text|\-|font|).
+% You set them up using the options
+Çàäàíû òðè êëþ÷à êîòîðûå îïðåäåëÿþò øðèôò ðàçíûõ ýëåìåíòîâ ïîäïèñè:
+Ïåðâûé çàäà¸ò øðèôò äëÿ âñåé ïîäïèñè (|font|), âòîðîé çàäà¸ò øðèôò òîëüêî
+äëÿ íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~ðàçäåëèòåëÿ (|label|\-|font|), è~òðåòèé
+\cdash--- øðèôò äëÿ òåêñòà (|text|\-|font|).
+Âû çàäà¸òå èõ, èñïîëüçóÿ êëþ÷è
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
+ |font=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\
+ |labelfont=| & \marg{font options} & , è\\
+ |textfont=| & \marg{font options} & .\\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+% where \meta{font options} is a list of comma separated font options.
+ãäå àðãóìåíòîì \meta{font options} ÿâëÿþòñÿ ïåðå÷èñëåííûå ÷åðåç çàïÿòóþ îïöèè.
+
+% And these are the available font options:
+Äàëåå óæå ñîçäàííûå îïöèè äàííûõ êëþ÷åé:
+
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+ \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Î÷åíü ìàëåíüêèé}
+ \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize Îáû÷íî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ â~ñíîñêàõ}
+ \item[small] {\small Ìàëåíüêèé}
+ \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Íîðìàëüíûé}
+ \item[large] {\large Áîëüøîé}
+ \item[Large] {\Large Åù¸ áîëüøå}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+% \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normal shape \& series \& family}
+ \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Èñõîäíûå ñåìåéñòâî, íàñûùåííîñòü è~íà÷åðòàíèå}
+
+ \item[up] {\upshape Ïðÿìîé}
+ \item[it] {\itshape Êóðñèâ}
+ \item[sl] {\slshape Íàêëîííûé}
+ \item[sc] {\scshape Êàïèòåëü}
+
+ \item[md] {\mdseries Íîðìàëüíàÿ íàñûùåííîñòü (ñâåòëûé)}
+ \item[bf] {\bfseries Ïîëóæèðíûé}
+
+ \item[rm] {\rmfamily Øðèôò ñ~çàñå÷êàìè}
+ \item[sf] {\sffamily Ðóáëåíûé}
+ \item[tt] {\fontfamily{cmtt}\selectfont Øðèôò ïèøóùåé ìàøèíêè (ðàâíîøèðèííûé)}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+% \item[singlespacing] Single spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+% \item[onehalfspacing] One-and-a-half spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+% \item[doublespacing] Double spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+% \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[singlespacing] Îäèíàðíûé èíòåðëèíüÿæ \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[onehalfspacing] Ïîëóòîðíûé èíòåðëèíüÿæ \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[doublespacing] Äâîéíîé èíòåðëèíüÿæ \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+ \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] ${} \equiv {}$|\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+% \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor|
+% \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour}
+% {\small(If the \package{color} or \package{xcolor} package is loaded,
+% see \Ref{declare} for an example)}
+ \item[normalcolor] ñîîòâåòñòâóåò êîìàíäå |\normalcolor|
+ \item[color=\meta{colour}] îïöèÿ êëþ÷à ýêâèâàëåíòíà àðãóìåíòó êîìàíäû |\color|\marg{colour}
+ {\small(Åñëè çàãðóæåí ïàêåò \package{color} èëè \package{xcolor},
+ ñì., íàïðèìåð~\Ref{declare})}
+\end{Options}
+\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+% \item[normal] The combination of the options |normal|\-|color|,
+% |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size|, and |single|\-|spacing|
+ \item[normal] Êîìáèíàöèÿ îïöèé |normal|\-|color|,
+ |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size| è~|single|\-|spacing|
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own font options can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+ Ñîáñòâåííûå îïöèè ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû
+ |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+% If you use only one of these options you can omit the braces;
+% e.g., the options
+Åñëè èñïîëüçóåòñÿ îäíà îïöèÿ êëþ÷à, ôèãóðíûå ñêîáêè ìîæíî îïóñòèòü;
+íàïðèìåð, îïöèè
+%\begin{quote}
+ |font={small}|
+%\end{quote}
+% and
+%\begin{quote}
+ |font=small|
+%\end{quote}
+% will give the same result.
+äàäóò îäèíàêîâûé ðåçóëüòàò.
+
+% Three examples:
+Òðè ïðèìåðà
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |font=it,labelfont=bf|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |labelfont=bf,textfont=it|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |font={small,stretch=0.80}|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{font+=}
+\DescribeMacro{labelfont+=}
+\DescribeMacro{textfont+=}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1f}%
+% You can also add font options to the current ones, so for example
+Âû òàêæå ìîæåòå äîáàâèòü îïöèè øðèôòà ê~òåêóùèì, òàê íàïðèìåð çàïèñü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{font+=it}|
+\end{quote}
+% is identical to
+áóäåò èäåíòè÷íà
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}|
+\end{quote}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Margins and further paragraph options}
+\subsection{Ïîëÿ è~äðóãèå îïöèè ôîðìèðîâàíèÿ àáçàöà}
+\label{margins}
+
+\DescribeMacro{margin=}
+\DescribeMacro{width=}
+% For all captions you can specify \emph{either} an extra margin \emph{or}
+% a fixed width:~\footnote{Only fixed widths are supported here; if you are
+% looking for a way to limit the width of the caption to the width of the
+% figure or table, please take a look at the \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}
+% or \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable} package.}
+Äëÿ âñåõ ïîäïèñåé ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü \emph{ëèáî} äîïîëíèòåëüíóþ âòÿæêó
+\emph{ëèáî} ôèêñèðîâàííóþ øèðèíó. Ýòî çàäà¸òñÿ êëþ÷àìè\footnote{Çäåñü ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ
+ òîëüêî ôèêñèðîâàííûå øèðèíû; åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü øèðèíó ïîäïèñè ïî øèðèíå
+ ãðàôèêè èëè òàáëè÷íîãî ìàòåðèàëà, îáðàòèòåñü ê~ïàêåòàì \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}
+ èëè \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable}.}
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
+ |margin=| & \meta{amount} & \emph{--èëè--}\\
+ |margin=| & |{|\meta{left amount}|,|\meta{right amount}|}| & \emph{--èëè--}\\
+ |width=| & \meta{amount} & \\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you specify just one \meta{amount} for the margin, it will be used for
+% both, the left and right margin, e.g.~|margin=|\x|10pt| is equivalent to
+% |margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|.
+% In two-side documents the left and right margin will be swapped on even pages.
+Åñëè âû îïðåäåëèòå òîëüêî îäíî çíà÷åíèå \meta{amount} äëÿ ïîëÿ, îíî áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàíî äëÿ îáîèõ ïîëåé,
+ëåâîãî è~ïðàâîãî, íàïðèìåð,~|margin=|\x|10pt| ýêâèâàëåíòíî |margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|.
+Äëÿ äâóñòîðîííèõ äîêóìåíòîâ ëåâîå è~ïðàâîå ïîëÿ íà ÷¸òíûõ ïîëîñàõ çåðêàëüíî îòîáðàçÿòñÿ.
+\DescribeMacro{oneside}
+\DescribeMacro{twoside}
+% To prevent this you can specify the option |oneside| additionally,
+% e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par
+% But if you are specifying a width, then both, the left and the right margin,
+% will have the same amount.
+Åñëè âàì ýòî íå íóæíî âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíî îïöèþ |oneside|,
+íàïðèìåð,~|\caption|\-|setup|\x|{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par
+Íî åñëè âû îïðåäåëÿåòå øèðèíó ïîäïèñè, òî îáà ïîëÿ áóäóò îäèíàêîâûìè.
+
+% Three examples will illustrating this:
+Òðè ïðèìåðà äëÿ èëëþñòðàöèè:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin=10pt|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin={1cm,0cm}|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |width=.75\textwidth|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Note}
+% When the caption is placed beside the contents (for example in a |SC|\-|figure|
+% environment offered by the \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap}) or the
+% figure is an in-text figure (for example in a |wrap|\-|figure| environment
+% offered by the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig}), the margin setting
+% will be automatically reset to |0pt| at the very beginning of the environment.
+% But if you really want to setup an extra margin for these environments, you can
+% do so by setting this margin either inside the environment itself, of by
+% specifying a margin for this particular environment,
+% e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|.
+Êîãäà ïîäïèñü ïîìåùåíà ðÿäîì ñ~ñîäåðæèìûì (íàïðèìåð âíóòðè
+îêðóæåíèÿ |SCfigure|, ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap})
+èëè îêðóæåíèå ôëîòà îáòåêàåòñÿ òåêñòîì (ôëîò ïîìåù¸í â~îáîðêó, íàïðèìåð â~îêðóæåíèè |wrap|\-|figure|
+ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì \package{wrapfig}\cite{wrapfig}), óñòàíîâêè ïîëåé
+îáíóëÿþòñÿ â~íà÷àëå îêðóæåíèÿ. Íî åñëè âàì äåéñòâèòåëüíî íóæíî çàäàòü
+âòÿæêó äëÿ ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé, âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü íóæíûå ïîëÿ âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ, çàäàâ
+óñòàíîâêè ïîëåé ñïåöèàëüíî äëÿ ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé, íàïðèìåð,
+|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]|\x|{margin=10pt}|.
+ \end{Note}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\DescribeMacro{margin*=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
+% There is also a starred variant of the |margin=| option, |margin*=|, which only
+% changes the margin if no width was set.
+Ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå «çâ¸çäíûé» âàðèàíò êëþ÷à |margin=|, êëþ÷ |margin*=|, êîòîðûé
+èçìåíÿåò ïîëÿ òîëüêî êîãäà íå çàäàíà øèðèíà.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+\DescribeMacro{minmargin=}
+\DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
+% You can also set a minimum or maximum margin amount. This can be useful for
+% limiting the margin amount in smaller environments, e.g.~|minipage|s.
+% For example the \SmF\ document classes limit the margin amount to
+% |maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (See \Ref{SMF})
+Âû ìîæåòå òàêæå çàäàòü ìèíèìàëüíûé èëè ìàêñèìàëüíûé ðàçìåð ïîëåé. Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíî
+äëÿ îãðàíè÷åíèÿ ðàçìåðà ïîëåé â~óìåíüøåííûõ ôîðìàòàõ, íàïðèìåð âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ~|minipage|.
+Íàïðèìåð êëàññû äîêóìåíòîâ \SmF\ îãðàíè÷èâàþò ïîëÿ
+|maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (Ñì.~\Ref{SMF})
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{parskip=}\label{TeXr:multipar:a}%
+% This option is useful for captions containing more than one paragraph.
+% It specifies the extra vertical space inserted between them:
+Äàííûé êëþ÷ ïîíàäîáèòñÿ, åñëè ïîäïèñè ñîäåðæàò áîëåå îäíîãî àáçàöà.
+Îí çàäà¸ò äîïîëíèòåëüíóþ âåðòèêàëüíóþ îòáèâêó ìåæäó àáçàöàìè:
+\begin{quote}
+ |parskip=|\meta{amount}
+\end{quote}
+% One example:
+Ïðèìåð:
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{%
+% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
+% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
+ Ïåðâûé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü
+ êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.\par
+ Âòîðîé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí òîæå ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü
+ êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{hangindent=}
+% The option
+Êëþ÷
+\begin{quote}
+ |hangindent=|\meta{amount}
+\end{quote}
+% is for setting up a hanging indention starting from the second line of each
+% paragraph. If the caption contains just a single paragraph, using this option
+% leads to the same result as the option |indention=|\meta{amount} you already
+% know about.
+% But if the caption contains multiple paragraphs you will notice the difference:
+çàäà¸ò âòÿæêó äëÿ âòîðûõ ñòðîê êàæäîãî àáçàöà ïîäïèñè.
+Åñëè ïîäïèñü ñîñòîèò èç îäíîãî àáçàöà, ýòîò êëþ÷ äà¸ò òîò æå ðåçóëüòàò
+÷òî è~èçâåñòíûé âàì êëþ÷ |indention=|\meta{amount}.
+Íî â~ïîäïèñè èç íåñêîëüêèõ àáçàöåâ âû óâèäèòå ðàçíèöó:
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,indention=-.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{%
+% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
+% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
+ Ïåðâûé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü
+ êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.\par
+ Âòîðîé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí òîæå ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü
+ êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Example}
+ \begin{quote}
+ |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm|
+ \end{quote}
+ \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{%
+% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
+% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
+ Ïåðâûé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü
+ êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.\par
+ Âòîðîé àáçàö ïîäïèñè. Îí òîæå ñîäåðæèò íåìíîãî òåêñòà, ÷òîáû ïîêàçàòü
+ êàê çàäàííûå íàñòðîéêè ñîçäàþò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\begin{Note}
+% If your caption contains more than one paragraph, you have
+% to specify an alternative caption for the list-of-figures using the
+% optional argument of |\caption| or |\caption|\-|of|, otherwise you will
+% get an error message.
+Åñëè ïîäïèñü ñîäåðæèò áîëåå îäíîãî àáçàöà, âàì íóæíî
+çàäàòü ñîêðàù¸ííûé âàðèàíò ïîäïèñè äëÿ ñïèñêîâ ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö, èñïîëüçóÿ
+äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò êîìàíä |\caption| èëè |\captionof|, èíà÷å âû ïîëó÷èòå
+ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå.
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\PageBreak
+% \subsection{Styles}
+\subsection{Ñòèëè}
+\label{style}
+
+\DescribeMacro{style=}
+% A suitable combination of caption options is called \emph{caption style}.
+% You can compare them more or less to page styles which you set up with
+% |\page|\-|style|;
+% the caption style provides all settings for a whole caption layout.
+Îïðåäåë¸ííàÿ êîìáèíàöèÿ íåñêîëüêèõ êëþ÷åé ñîçäà¸ò \emph{ñòèëü ïîäïèñè}.
+Ýòî ìîæíî ñðàâíèòü ñî ñòèëÿìè êîëîíòèòóëà, çàäàâàåìîãî êîìàíäîé
+|\pagestyle|: ñòèëü ïîäïèñè çàäà¸ò âñå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñè.
+
+% You switch to an already defined caption style with the option
+Ïðåäâàðèòåëüíî ñîçäàííûé ñòèëü ìîæíî âûçâàòü êëþ÷îì
+\begin{quote}
+ |style=|\meta{style name}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% \Thispackage\ pre-defines two styles: |base| and |default|.
+\Thispackage\ îïðåäåëÿåò äâà ñòèëÿ: |base| è~|default|.
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% The |base| style puts all options you already know about to values reflecting
+% the look of the captions when using one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes
+% \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book}.
+% This means that specifying the option
+Ñòèëü |base| çàäà¸ò âñå èçâåñòíûå âàì êëþ÷è ñî çíà÷åíèÿìè,
+ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèìè çàäàííûì â~áàçîâûõ êëàññàõ \LaTeX'à
+\class{article}, \class{report} è~\class{book}.
+Ýòî îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî çàäàíèå îïöèè
+\begin{quote}
+ |style=base|
+\end{quote}
+% has the same effect as specifying all these options:
+äàñò òîò æå ýôôåêò, ÷òî è çàäàíèå âñåõ ïåðå÷èñëåííûõ îïöèé:
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\
+ |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\
+ |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
+ |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Annotation*}
+% But |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if
+% the caption fits into a single line.
+À~äëÿ îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè áóäóò çàäàíû íàñòðîéêè |justification=|\x|centering,|\x|indention=0pt|.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+% In contrast the |default| style follows the default values, reflecting
+% the look of the captions given by the document class you actually use.
+% This style is selected by default and represents these options:
+Â~îòëè÷èå îò ïðåäûäóùåãî ñòèëü |default| çàäà¸ò çíà÷åíèÿ, îòâå÷àþùèå
+âèäó ïîäïèñåé, ñîçäàâàåìûõ äàííûì êëàññîì äîêóìåíòà.
+Ýòîò ñòèëü îïðåäåëÿåò ñëåäóþùèå îïöèè:
+\begin{quote}
+ |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\
+ |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\
+ |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
+ |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Annotation*}
+% But again |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if
+% the caption fits into a single line.
+Íî ïðè ýòîì ñíîâà äåéñòâóþò íàñòðîéêè
+|justification=|\x|centering,|\x|indention=0pt| äëÿ îäíîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+% So if you use one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article},
+% \class{report}, or \class{book}, both caption styles, |base| and |default|,
+% point to (nearly) the same settings.
+Ïîýòîìó, åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå îäèí èç êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à \class{article},
+\class{report} èëè \class{book}, îáå îïöèè, |base| è~|default|, çàäàäóò ôàêòè÷åñêè
+îäèíàêîâûå íàñòðîéêè.
+
+\begin{Note}
+% Own caption styles can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak
+% \SeeUserDefined
+Ñîáñòâåííûå ñòèëè ïîäïèñè ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak\SeeUserDefined
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Skips}
+\subsection{Îòáèâêè}
+\label{skips}
+
+\DescribeMacro{skip=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}%
+% The vertical space between the caption and the figure or table contents is
+% controlled by the option
+Âåðòèêàëüíàÿ îòáèâêà ìåæäó ïîäïèñüþ è~ñîäåðæèìûì ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû
+îïðåäåëÿåòñÿ êëþ÷îì
+\begin{quote}
+ |skip=|\meta{amount}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% The standard \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report} and
+% \class{book} preset it to |skip=|\x|10pt|, but other document classes may
+% use a different amount.
+Ñòàíäàðòíûå êëàññû \LaTeX'à |article|, |report| è~|book| îïðåäåëÿþò êëþ÷ êàê
+|skip=|\x|10pt|,
+íî äðóãèå êëàññû ìîãóò çàäàòü äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{position=}\label{TeXr:captionskips:a}%
+% The |\caption| command offered by \LaTeX{} has a design flaw:
+% The command does not know if it stands on the beginning of the figure or
+% table, or at the end. Therefore it does not know where to put the space
+% separating the caption from the content of the figure or table.
+% While the standard implementation always puts the space above the caption
+% in floating environments (and inconsistently below the caption in
+% |long|\-|table|s), the implementation offered by this package is more
+% flexible:
+% By giving the option
+Êîìàíäà |\caption|, ïðåäëàãàåìàÿ \LaTeX'îì èìååò íåäîñòàòîê â~îôîðìëåíèè:
+êîìàíäà íå çíàåò, ñòîèò ëè îíà â~íà÷àëå îêðóæåíèÿ ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû, èëè â~êîíöå.
+Ïîýòîìó îíà íå çíàåò, êàê ðàññòàâèòü îòáèâêè, îòäåëÿþùèå ïîäïèñü îò ñîäåðæèìîãî
+ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû. Ïîêà ÷òî ñòàíäàðòíûå îïðåäåëåíèÿ çàäàþò îòáèâêó âñåãäà ñâåðõó
+ïîäïèñè (è~ñíèçó òàáëè÷íîãî çàãîëîâêà â~îêðóæåíèè |long|\-|table|, ÷òî ïðîòèâîðå÷èò ñòàíäàðòíîìó),
+ðåøåíèå, ïðåäëàãàåìîå äàííûì ïàêåòîì áîëåå ãèáêîå.
+Çàäàíèå îïöèè
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=top|\quad èëè\quad |position=above|
+\end{quote}
+% it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{top} of the
+% environment and therefore the space setup with |skip=|\x\meta{amount}
+% is placed below the caption.
+% (Please note that |position=|\x|top| does \emph{NOT} mean that the
+% caption is actually placed at the top of the figure or table.
+% Instead the caption is usually placed where you place the |\caption|
+% command.)
+% But with
+áóäåò îçíà÷àòü, ÷òî ïîäïèñü ðàçìåùàåòñÿ \emph{ñâåðõó} ñîäåðæèìîãî
+îêðóæåíèÿ, è~ñëåäîâàòåëüíî îòáèâêà |skip=|\meta{amount} áóäåò
+çàäàíà ñíèçó ïîäïèñè.
+(Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî |position=|\x|top| \emph{ÍÅ} îçíà÷àåò,
+÷òî ïîäïèñü äåéñòâèòåëüíî íàïå÷àòàåòñÿ ñâåðõó ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû.
+Ïîäïèñü áóäåò ïå÷àòàòüñÿ òàì, ãäå âû çàäàëè êîìàíäó |\caption|.)
+Íî çàäàíèå
+\begin{quote}
+ |position=bottom|\quad èëè\quad |position=below|
+\end{quote}
+% it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{bottom} of the
+% environment and therefore the space is placed above the caption.
+% And finally with
+îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî ïîäïèñü ñòîèò \emph{ñíèçó} ñîäåðæèìîãî
+îêðóæåíèÿ è~ñëåäîâàòåëüíî îòáèâêà ñòàâèòñÿ ñâåðõó ïîäïèñè.
+È~íàêîíåö, çàäàâ
+\begin{quote}
+% |position=auto|\quad {\small(which is the default setting)}
+ |position=auto|\quad {\small(÷òî ÿâëÿåòñÿ çíà÷åíèåì ïî óìîë÷àíèþ)}
+\end{quote}
+% \thispackage\ tries its best to determine the actual position of
+% the caption on its own. Please note that while this is successfully in
+% most cases, it could give wrong results under rare circumstances.
+\thispackage\ ïîñòàðàåòñÿ ñàìîñòîÿòåëüíî îïðåäåëèòü ðåàëüíîå ïîëîæåíèå
+ïîäïèñè. Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî, õîòÿ ýòî è~äàñò âåðíûé ðåçóëüòàò â~áîëüøèíñòâå ñëó÷àåâ,
+â~íåêîòîðûõ ðåäêèõ ñèòóàöèÿõ ýòî ìîæåò äàòü íåâåðíûé ðåçóëüòàò.
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{figureposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
+\DescribeMacro{tableposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
+% The |position| option is especially useful when used together with the
+% optional argument of the |\caption|\-|setup| command.
+% \See{also \Ref{captionsetup}}\par
+% For example
+Îïöèÿ |position| îñîáåííî ïîëåçíà, êîãäà èñïîëüçóåòñÿ â~íàñòðîéêàõ
+ñ~îïöèåé â~êîìàíäå |\captionsetup|.
+\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}\par
+Íàïðèìåð\label{TeXr:captop:a}
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}|
+\end{quote}
+% causes all captions within tables to be treated as captions \emph{above}
+% the table (regarding spacing around it).
+% Because this is a very common setting, \thispackage\ offers
+% the abbreviating options |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos} and
+% |table|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos}, e.g.
+îïðåäåëÿåò, ÷òî âñå òàáëè÷íûå çàãîëîâêè ïîìåùåíû \emph{íàä} ñîäåðæèìûì
+òàáëèöû (ñ~ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèìè îòáèâêàìè).
+Ïîñêîëüêó ýòî äîñòàòî÷íî ÷àñòî èñïîëüçóåìûå íàñòðîéêè, \thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò
+êëþ÷è-àááðåâèàòóðû |figure|\-|position=|\allowbreak\meta{pos}
+è~|table|\-|position=|\allowbreak\meta{pos},
+íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+% is equivalent to
+ýêâèâàëåíòíî ñëåäóþùåìó
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\medskip
+
+\INFO
+% Please note that the options |skip=|, |position=|, |figure|\-|position=|,
+% and |table|\-|position=| do not always have an effect.
+% Since it's a matter of the document class to supply the environments
+% |figure| and |table|, it could use its very own spacing, and could
+% decide for itself if the caption will be typeset as ``top'' or ``bottom''
+% caption.
+ Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî êëþ÷è |skip=|, |position=|,
+ |figure|\-|position=| è~|table|\-|position=| íå âñåãäà äàäóò ýôôåêò.
+ Ïîñêîëüêó îïðåäåëåíèå îêðóæåíèé |figure| è~|table| äàþò êëàññû äîêóìåíòà,
+ òî îíè è~îïðåäåëÿþò, áóäåò ëè ïîäïèñü ïîìåùåíà ñâåðõó èëè ñíèçó.
+% For example the \KOMAScript\ document classes support the |skip=|
+% setting, but will always typeset |figure| captions as ``bottom'' captions,
+% and |table| captions are dependent on the global option
+% |table|\-|captions|\-|above| resp.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below|.
+% \See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+ Íàïðèìåð, êëàññû äîêóìåíòîâ \KOMAScript\ ïîääåðæèâàþò íàñòðîéêó |skip=|,
+ íî îíà âñåãäà ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñè ê~ðèñóíêàì (|figure|) ñíèçó,
+ à~ðàçìåùåíèå òàáëè÷íûõ çàãîëîâêîâ (|table|) çàâèñèò îò ãëîáàëüíîé îïöèè
+ |table|\-|captions|\-|above| è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî, |table|\-|captions|\-|below|.
+ \See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+% Furthermore some packages control the behavior of the spacing above and
+% below the caption for themself, e.g.~the \package{float}, the
+% \package{floatrow}, and the \package{supertabular} package.
+ Áîëåå òîãî íåêîòîðûå ïàêåòû ñàìè êîíòðîëèðóþò îòáèâêè ñâåðõó è~ñíèçó ïîäïèñè,
+ íàïðèìåð, ïàêåòû \package{float},
+ \package{floatrow}, è~\package{supertabular}.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{Expert*}
+% Internally the skip between caption and contents is represented by
+% |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (which is always set above the caption in
+% \LaTeX{}s implementation).
+% But there is a second value |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (usually set to
+% |0pt| by default) which is set below the caption in \LaTeX{}s implementation,
+% but on the other side than |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| by this package.
+% So technically speaking, this package swaps the meaning of these two skips
+% when |position=|\x|top| is set.
+% Please note that there are several packages around which do the same trick
+% (like the \package{ftcap}, the \package{nonfloat}, and the \package{topcap}
+% package), so the usage of the \package{caption} option |position=| is not
+% supported if one of these packages will be used, too.
+Ñîáñòâåííî ãîâîðÿ, îòáèâêà ìåæäó ïîäïèñüþ è~ñîäåðæèìûì ôëîòà îïðåäåëÿåòñÿ çíà÷åíèåì
+|\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (êîòîðàÿ â~ñòàíäàðòíîì
+\LaTeX'å âñåãäà çàäà¸òñÿ ñâåðõó ïîäïèñè).
+Íî ñóùåñòâóåò è~âòîðàÿ êîìàíäà îòáèâêè |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (îáû÷íî
+ðàâíàÿ |0pt|) êîòîðàÿ â~ñòàíäàðòíîì \LaTeX'å ïîìåùàåòñÿ ñíèçó ïîäïèñè,
+èëè ñ~ïðîòèâîïîëîæíîé ñòîðîíû îò |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip|, â~äàííîì ïàêåòå.
+Èíà÷å ãîâîðÿ, äàííûé ïàêåò ïåðåêëþ÷àåò çíà÷åíèÿ ýòèõ îòáèâîê ïðè çàäàíèè îïöèè
+ |position=|\x|top|.
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ñóùåñòâóåò íåñêîëüêî ïàêåòîâ, êîòîðûå äåëàþò òîò æå òðþê
+(ýòî ïàêåòû \package{ftcap}, \package{nonfloat} è~\package{topcap});
+ïîýòîìó, â~ñëó÷àå èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ îäíîãî èç ýòèõ ïàêåòîâ, èñïîëüçîâàíèå êëþ÷à
+|position=| ïàêåòà \package{caption} íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ.
+\end{Expert*}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Lists}
+\subsection{Ñïèñêè ôëîòîâ}
+\label{lists}
+
+\DescribeMacro{list=}\label{TeXr:nolistentry:II}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
+% The |\caption| command usually places an entry in the List of Figures
+% resp.~List of Tables. You can either suppress that individually by giving an
+% empty optional argument to |\caption| {\small(see \Ref{caption})}, or
+% programmatically by saying
+Êîìàíäà |\caption| îáû÷íî ïîìåùàåò òåêñò â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè Ñïèñîê òàáëèö.
+Âû ìîæåòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî, çàäàâ ïóñòîé äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò â~êîìàíäå
+|\caption| {\small(ñì.~\Ref{caption})}, èëè çàäàòü îáùóþ óñòàíîâêó, çàïèñàâ
+\begin{quote}
+% |list=no|\quad(or any other boolean value instead of |no|)\quad.~\footnote{%
+% Please note that the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is not supporting
+% this option, it uses the counters \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} for
+% this purpose instead.}
+ |list=no|\quad(èëè äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå áóëåâà ïàðàìåòðà âìåñòî |no|)\quad.~\footnote{%
+ Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ïàêåò \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} íå ïîääåðæèâàåò ýòó îïöèþ,
+ îí èñïîëüçóåò äëÿ ýòîé öåëè ñ÷¸ò÷èêè \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth}.}
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{listformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
+% With the option
+Ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷à
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |listformat=|\meta{list format name}
+\end{quote}
+\nopagebreak[3]
+% you can specify how the |figure| or |table| number will be typeset within
+% the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables.
+% There are five standard caption list formats:
+âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü êàê íîìåð ðèñóíêà (|figure|) èëè òàáëèöû (|table|) áóäóò íàïå÷àòàíû
+â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ èëè Ñïèñêå òàáëèö.
+Ñóùåñòâóþò ïÿòü ñòàíäàðòíûõ ôîðìàòîâ âûâîäà ïîäïèñåé â~Ñïèñêàõ:
+
+\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+ \item[empty]
+% No number will be typeset.
+ Íîìåð íå ïå÷àòàåòñÿ.
+
+ \item[simple]
+% The number will be typeset with label prefix.
+ Íîìåð ïå÷àòàåòñÿ ñ~ïðåôèêñîì ìåòêè.
+
+ \item[parens]
+% The number will be typeset in parentheses, with label prefix.
+ Íîìåð ïå÷àòàåòñÿ â~ñêîáêàõ ñ~ïðåôèêñîì ìåòêè.
+
+ \item[subsimple]
+% Same as |simple|, but without label prefix. (default)
+ Òî æå, ÷òî |simple|, íî áåç ïðåôèêñà. (çàäàíî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ)
+
+ \item[subparens]
+% Same as |parens|, but without label prefix.
+ Òî æå, ÷òî |parens|, íî áåç ïðåôèêñà.
+
+ \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own list formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+ Ñîáñòâåííûå ôîðìàòû ìåòêè â~Ñïèñêàõ ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
+ \SeeUserDefined
+\end{Options}
+
+% The prefix ($=$|\p@figure| resp.~|\p@table|), which runs ahead of the
+% number ($=$|\the|\-|figure| resp.~|\the|\-|table|) in lists (e.g.~List of
+% Figure/Table) and references, is usually empty,
+% so the list formats |simple| and |subsimple| gives equal results;
+% same with |parens| and |subparens|.
+% But this can be different for sub-figures or sub-tables listed in the List of
+% Figures resp.~List of Tables, or when the label prefix is redefined for a
+% different purpose.\footnote{%
+% Sub-figures and sub-tables can be typeset using the \package{subcaption}
+% or \package{subfig} package.}
+Ïðåôèêñû ìåòêè ($=$|\p@figure| èëè~|\p@table|), êîòîðûå ïîìåùàþòñÿ îáû÷íî
+ïåðåä íîìåðàìè ($=$|\the|\-|figure| èëè~|\the|\-|table| ñîîòâåòñòâåííî)
+â~Ñïèñêàõ (ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö) îáû÷íî ïóñòû,
+ïîýòîìó ôîðìàòû |simple| è~|subsimple| äàäóò îäèíàêîâûé ðåçóëüòàò,
+òî æå ñàìîå ïðîèçîéä¸ò ñ~|parens|
+è~|subparens|.
+Íî ýòî ìîæåò äàâàòü îòëè÷íûå ðåçóëüòàòû äëÿ ïîäðèñóíêîâ èëè ïîäòàáëèö
+ïîìåù¸ííûõ â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ èëè Ñïèñêå òàáëèö, èëè êîãäà ïðåôèêñ ìåòêè ïåðåîïðåäåë¸í
+äëÿ äðóãèõ öåëåé.\footnote{%
+ Ïîäïèñè äëÿ ÷àñòåé ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö ìîãóò áûòü ñîçäàíû
+ ñ~ïîìîùüþ ïàêåòîâ \package{subcaption}
+ èëè \package{subfig}.}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Names \& Numbering}
+\subsection{Íàèìåíîâàíèÿ è~íóìåðàöèÿ}
+\label{names}\label{numbering}
+
+\DescribeMacro{figurename=}
+\DescribeMacro{tablename=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}%
+% You can change the name of the figures and tables with the options
+Âû ìîæåòå èçìåíèòü íàçâàíèå ðèñóíêà è~òàáëèöû ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷åé
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}l@{\quad}l@{}}
+ |figurename=| & \meta{name} & è\\
+ |tablename=| & \meta{name} & .\\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+% The document class usually sets them to ``Figure'' and ``Table'', but for
+% example with
+Êëàññ äîêóìåíòà îïðåäåëÿåò èõ îáû÷íî êàê «Figure» è~«Table», íî åñëè
+âû çàäàäèòå, íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |figurename=Fig.|
+\end{quote}
+% you can change the figure name to ``Fig''.
+âû èçìåíèòå èìÿ ðèñóíêà íà «Fig».
+
+\smallskip\INFO
+% If you use the \package{babel} package, please load \thispackage\ \emph{after}
+% the \package{babel} package.
+Åñëè âû ïîëüçóåòåñü ïàêåòîì \package{babel}, çàãðóæàéòå \thispackage\ \emph{ïîñëå}
+ïàêåòà \package{babel}.
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{name=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}%
+% In contrast to the options |figure|\-|name| and |table|\-|name| the option
+Â~îòëè÷èå îò îïöèé |figure|\-|name=| è~|table|\-|name=| îïöèÿ
+\emph{äàííîãî} îêðóæåíèÿ ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷à
+\begin{quote}
+ |name=|\meta{name}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% changes the name of the \emph{current} environment.
+% This could be useful in conjunction with the optional argument of
+% |\caption|\-|setup|, e.g.
+èçìåíÿåò èìÿ òåêóùåé ìåòêè òåêóùåãî îêðóæåíèÿ.
+Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíûì ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè äîïîëíèòåëüíîãî àðãóìåíòà â~êîìàíäå
+|\caption|\-|setup|, íàïðèìåð çàäàíèå
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Fig.}|
+\end{quote}
+% changes the name to ``Fig.'' for all |wrap|\-|figure|s (while all the other
+% figure captions will still have ``Figure'' as name).
+èçìåíÿåò èìÿ ðèñóíêà íà «Fig.» äëÿ âñåõ îêðóæåíèé |wrap|\-|figure| (â~òî âðåìÿ êàê ïîäïèñè
+ó~äðóãèõ îêðóæåíèé ðèñóíêîâ îñòàþòñÿ «Figure»).
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]%
+\DescribeMacro{listfigurename=}
+\DescribeMacro{listtablename=}\NEWfeature{v3.1g}%
+% Analogous to the options |figure|\-|name| and |table|\-|name| you can change
+% the title of the lists here. So for example
+Àíàëîãè÷íî îïöèÿì |figure|\-|name| è~|table|\-|name| âû ìîæåòå èçìåíèòü
+çàãîëîâîê äëÿ ñïèñêîâ ôëîòîâ. Òàê íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |listfigurename=List of Images|
+\end{quote}
+% changes the title ``List of Figures'' to ``List of images''.
+Èçìåíèò çàãîëîâîê «List of Figures» íà «List of Images».
+
+[Èëè, åñëè äëÿ ðóññêîé ëèòåðàòóðû âû çàäàäèòå:
+\begin{quote}
+ |listfigurename=\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyro\cyrk\ |\\ |\cyri\cyrl\cyrl\cyryu\cyrs\cyrt\cyrr\cyra\cyrc\cyri\cyrishrt|
+\end{quote}
+èëè
+\begin{quote}\def\ttdefault{cmtt}
+ |listfigurename=Ñïèñîê èëëþñòðàöèé|
+\end{quote}
+ïðåâðàòèò çàãîëîâîê â~«Ñïèñîê èëëþñòðàöèé».]
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{figurewithin=}
+\DescribeMacro{tablewithin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}%
+% If a document class providing |\chapter| is used (e.g.~\class{report} or
+% \class{book}), usually the |figure| and |table| caption counters
+% are dependent on the |chapter| counter. Otherwise usually the |figure| and
+% |table| counters are continuous throughout the document.
+Åñëè êëàññ äîêóìåíòà çàäà¸ò ãëàâû, è~èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êîìàíäà |\chapter|
+(íàïðèìåð \package{report} èëè
+\package{book}), òî íóìåðàöèÿ ñ÷¸ò÷èêîâ ïîäïèñåé |figure| è~|table|
+ïîä÷èíåíà ñ÷¸ò÷èêó ãëàâû |chapter|. Â~ïðîòèâíîì ñëó÷àå íóìåðàöèÿ |figure|
+è~|table| ïðîäîëæàåòñÿ ïî âñåìó äîêóìåíòó.
+
+% This can be changed with the options
+Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü èçìåíåíî ñ~ïîìîùüþ îïöèè
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{}l}
+ |figurewithin=| & \texttt{chapter} \emph{èëè} \texttt{section} \emph{èëè} \texttt{none}\quad è\\
+ |tablewithin=| & \texttt{chapter} \emph{èëè} \texttt{section} \emph{èëè} \texttt{none}\quad .\\
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+% If ``|none|'' is given as value, the numbering of figures resp. tables will
+% be continuous throughout the document.
+% Otherwise the numbering will be dependent on the given counter,
+% e.g.~|figure|\-|within=|\x|section| gives figures a section-dependent
+% numbering scheme.
+Åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ «|none|», íóìåðàöèÿ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö áóäåò ñêâîçíîé âî
+âñ¸ì äîêóìåíòå.
+Â~ïðîòèâíîì ñëó÷àå íóìåðàöèÿ áóäåò ïîä÷èíåíà çàäàííîìó ñ÷¸ò÷èêó,
+íàïðèìåð, |figurewithin=|\x|section| ñîçäàñò íóìåðàöèþ ðèñóíêîâ,
+ïîä÷èí¸ííóþ çàãîëîâêàì ðàçäåëîâ
+ïåðâîãî óðîâíÿ.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{Expert*}
+% The name and numbering is internally done by the commands
+% |\|\meta{type}|name| \& |\the|\meta{type}, e.g.~|\figure|\-|name| \&
+% |\the|\-|figure| for figures.
+% While usually using the above options are sufficient, sometimes a direct
+% re-definition of these two macros is necessary. For example:
+Íàçâàíèå è~íóìåðàöèÿ îïðåäåëÿþòñÿ êîìàíäàìè |\|\meta{type}|name|
+è~|\the|\meta{type}, íàïðèìåð |\figurename| è~|\thefigure| äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ.
+Õîòÿ çàäàíèå êëþ÷åé, îïèñûâàåìûõ âûøå äîñòàòî÷íî, èíîãäà íåîáõîäèìî
+ïðÿìîå ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå ýòèõ äâóõ êîìàíä. Íàïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{figurewithin=section}|\\
+ |\renewcommand\thefigure{\arabic{section}\alph{figure}}|
+\end{quote}
+% gives you a section-dependent numbering scheme \meta{section}\meta{figure}
+% with a numerical section counter and a alphanumerical figure counter,
+% e.g.~``|Figure 2b|''.
+äàñò âàì ïîä÷èí¸ííóþ ðàçäåëó ñõåìó íóìåðàöèè \meta{section}\meta{figure}
+ãäå íîìåð ðàçäåëà çàäàí â~âèäå àðàáñêîé öèôðû, à~íîìåð ðèñóíêà \cdash--- â~âèäå íóìåðàöèè áóêâàìè,
+íàïðèìåð, «|Figure 2b|».
+\end{Expert*}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Types}
+\subsection{Òèïû (ôëîòîâ)}
+\label{types}
+
+\DescribeMacro{type=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}%
+% The |\caption| command can typeset captions for different types,
+% e.g.~|figure| and |table|. If you try to use the |\caption| command outside
+% these environments you will get an error message, because it does not know what
+% kind of caption do you want to have here. But in such situations you can set
+% the caption type manually with
+Êîìàíäà |\caption| ìîæåò ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñè ðàçëè÷íûõ òèïîâ,
+íàïðèìåð, |figure| è~|table|. Åñëè âû ïîïðîáóåòå çàäàòü êîìàíäó |\caption| çà ïðåäåëàìè
+ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé, òî ïîëó÷èòå ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå, ïîñêîëüêó ýòà êîìàíäà íå çíàåò
+êàêîé òèï ïîäïèñè âû õîòèòå çäåñü ñîçäàòü. Íî â~ïîäîáíûõ ñèòóàöèÿõ
+âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü òèï ïîäïèñè âðó÷íóþ, èñïîëüçóÿ
+\begin{quote}
+ |type=|\meta{float type}
+\end{quote}
+% prior to the usage of the |\caption| command (and other commands like
+% |\Continued|\-|Float|, or |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| offered by the
+% \package{subcaption} package, or |\sub|\-|float| offered by the
+% \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig}),
+% for example within an non-floating environment like |minipage|:
+ïåðåä èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\caption| (è~äðóãèõ êîìàíä òèïà
+|\Continued|\-|Float|, èëè |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì
+ \package{subcaption} èëè |\subfloat| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}),
+íàïðèìåð âíóòðè íåïëàâàþùåãî îêðóæåíèÿ âðîäå |minipage|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\
+ | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
+ | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+% There is also a starred variant of this option, |type*=|\meta{float type},
+% which behaves different than |type=|\meta{float type} if the
+% \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is loaded: While |type=| sets an
+% hyperlink anchor (if |hypcap=|\x|true| is set), |type*=| does not.
+% (See also \Ref{hyperref}\,)
+Ñóùåñòâóåò çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò ýòîãî êëþ÷à, |type*=|\x\meta{float type},
+êîòîðûé îòëè÷àåòñÿ îò |type=|\x\meta{float type} åñëè çàãðóæåí ïàêåò
+\package{hyperref}\cite{hyperref}: â~òî âðåìÿ êàê êëþ÷ |type=| çàäà¸ò
+ìåòêó ãèïåðññûëêè (hyperlink anchor, åñëè çàäàí êëþ÷ |hypcap=|\x|true|), êëþ÷ |type*=| ýòîãî íå äåëàåò.
+(Ñì.~òàêæå \Ref{hyperref})
+\end{Expert}
+\begin{Expert}
+% \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Please don't re-define the internal macro |\@captype|
+% for yourself, like suggested by some documentations, always use
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}| instead.
+\emph{\DefaultNoteText}: íå ïåðåîïðåäåëÿéòå, ïîæàëóéñòà, âíóòðåííþþ ìàêðîêîìàíäó |\@captype|,
+êàê ïðåäëàãàåòñÿ íåêîòîðûìè ðóêîâîäñòâàìè èëè äîêóìåíòàìè ïàêåòîâ, äëÿ
+ýòîãî èñïîëüçóéòå âñåãäà
+|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}|.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+% Own float types can be defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| offered by
+% this package, |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float}
+% package\cite{float}, or |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the
+% \package{floatrow} package\cite{float}.
+Ñîáñòâåííûå òèïû ôëîòîâ ìîãóò áûòü îïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|
+ïðåäëàãàåìîé ýòèì ïàêåòîì, êîìàíäîé |\new|\-|float|, ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{float}\cite{float},
+èëè |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì
+\package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.
+
+\medskip
+
+\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
+% Please note that you should use the option |type=| only
+% \emph{inside} boxes or environments (like |\par|\-|box| or |mini|\-|page|),
+% at best one where no page break could happen between contents and caption.
+% Furthermore some visual side-effects (e.g.~mixed-up figure and table settings
+% regarding captions) could occur without using a box or environment,
+% therefore a warning message will be issued if you try to do so.\footnote{%
+% You only get this warning message if you use \eTeX\ as underlying \TeX\ engine.}
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ëó÷øå èñïîëüçîâàòü êëþ÷ |type=| òîëüêî
+\emph{âíóòðè} áîêñîâ èëè òàêèõ îêðóæåíèé (òèïà |\parbox| èëè |minipage|), ò.\,å.
+ãäå íå ìîæåò ïðîèçîéòè ïåðåõîäà íà ñëåäóþùóþ ñòðàíèöó ìåæäó ïîäïèñüþ è~ñîäåðæèìûì ôëîòà.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî âîçìîæíû íåêîòîðûå ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû (íàïðèìåð, ñìåøåíèå íàñòðîåê äëÿ ïîäïèñåé
+ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö) åñëè íå èñïîëüçóåòñÿ áîêñ èëè îêðóæåíèå, êðîìå ýòîãî
+âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, åñëè ïîïðîáóåòå ýòî ñäåëàòü.\footnote{%
+Âû ïîëó÷èòå ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå òîëüêî â~ñëó÷àå, êîãäà â~êà÷åñòâå êîìïèëÿòîðà \TeX'à èñïîëüçóåòñÿ
+\eTeX.}
+
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Commands}
+\section{Êîìàíäû}
+
+% \subsection{Typesetting captions}
+\subsection{Ïå÷àòü ïîäðèñóíî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé}
+\label{caption}
+\label{captionlistentry}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\caption}
+% The command
+Êîìàíäà
+\begin{quote}
+ |\caption|\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}
+\end{quote}
+% typesets the caption inside a floating environment like |figure| or |table|.
+% Well, you already know this, but \thispackage\ offers an extension:
+% If you leave the argument \meta{list entry} empty, no entry in the list of
+% figures or tables will be made. For example:
+ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà, òèïà |figure| èëè |table|.
+Òàê, ýòî íàì èçâåñòíî, íî íîâîñòü ñîñòîèò â~òîì, ÷òî åñëè
+çàäàòü àðãóìåíò \meta{list entry} ïóñòûì, ïîäïèñü â~ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ èëè
+òàáëèö íå ïîÿâèòñÿ; íàïðèìåð,
+\begin{quote}
+% |\caption[]{A figure without list entry.}|
+ |\caption[]{Ïîäïèñü áåç çàïèñè â~ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ.}|
+ \label{TeXr:nolistentry:I}%
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+% Please remember that the \meta{heading} is a so-called \emph{moving} argument,
+% if no \meta{list entry} has been given. But if a \meta{list entry} is given,
+% this argument is moving instead.
+% ``\emph{Moving} argument'' means that the argument will be written to the
+% list-of file, make it appearing in the ``List of Figures'' resp.
+% ``List of Tables'', too.
+% \emph{Moving} arguments are not allowed to contain \emph{fragile} commands,
+% everything must be \emph{robust}, otherwise the argument could get
+% \emph{broken}, resulting in strange errors at the next \LaTeX\ run.
+% Some \emph{fragile} commands could be \emph{protected} by a leading |\protect|,
+% own definitions could get defined with |\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| instead of
+% |\new|\-|command| to make them \emph{robust}.
+Íàïîìíèì, ÷òî àðãóìåíò \meta{heading} áóäåò \emph{ïîäâèæíûì},
+åñëè íå çàäàí äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò \meta{list entry}. Åñëè æå çàäàí \meta{list entry},
+òî ñòàíîâèòñÿ ïîäâèæíûì ýòîò äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò. Òåðìèí «\emph{ïîäâèæíûé} àðãóìåíò»
+â~äàííîì ñëó÷àå îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî îí çàïèñûâàåòñÿ â~ôàéëå Ñïèñêà, ÷òîáû
+çàòåì åãî âûâåñòè â~ðàçäåëàõ «Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ» èëè «Ñïèñîê òàáëèö».
+Â~\emph{ïîäâèæíûå} àðãóìåíòû íåëüçÿ ïîìåùàòü \emph{õðóïêèå} êîìàíäû,
+âñå ýëåìåíòû äîëæíû áûòü \emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûìè} (íåõðóïêèìè), èíà÷å àðãóìåíò áóäåò
+«\emph{ðàçáèò}» (ðàñêðûò), ñîçäàâàÿ ñòðàííûå îøèáêè â~ñëåäóþùèõ
+îáðàáîòêàõ \LaTeX'îì. Íåêîòîðûå \emph{õðóïêèå}
+êîìàíäû ìîãóò áûòü \emph{çàùèùåíû} çàäàíèåì ïåðåä íèìè êîìàíäû |\protect|.
+×òîáû ñîáñòâåííûå
+îïðåäåëåíèÿ áûëè \emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûìè}, èõ íóæíî îïðåäåëÿòü ÷åðåç |\DeclareRobustCommand|, à~íå
+÷åðåç |\newcommand|.
+
+% An example: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| will cause errors since
+% |\phantom| is \emph{fragile}.
+% So we have either have to use the optional argument \meta{list entry}
+% (e.g.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|)
+% or add |\protect| to prevent the |\phantom| command from getting \emph{broken}:
+% |\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|.
+Ïðèìåð: çàïèñü |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| âûäàñò ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ,
+ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\phantom| \emph{õðóïêàÿ}. Ïîýòîìó íóæíî ëèáî çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò
+\meta{list entry}
+(íàïðèìåð,
+|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|)
+èëè äîáàâèòü êîìàíäó |\protect|, äëÿ çàùèòû êîìàíäû |\phantom| îò òîãî, ÷òîáû îíà
+\emph{ðàçáèëàñü}:
+|\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|.
+
+% But sometimes even this is not sufficient. The reason behind is the so-called
+% single-line-check: It puts the \meta{heading} into a horizontal box to determine
+% the width of the caption, and this could cause error messages, too.
+% An example:
+% |\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}|
+% |E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}|
+% |\right.| |\]}|.
+% Using |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| is not sufficient here, it's still
+% leading to errors. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'')
+% So we have to put a |\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
+% just in front of the |\caption| command additionally.
+Íî èíîãäà è~ýòî íå ïîìîãàåò. Ïðè÷èíà êðîåòñÿ â~òàê íàçûâàåìîé ïðîâåðêå
+íà îäíîñòðî÷íóþ ïîäïèñü
+(single-line-check): ìàêðîêîìàíäà ïîìåùàåò ñîäåðæèìîå àðãóìåíòà \meta{heading}
+â~ãîðèçîíòàëüíûé áîêñ,
+÷òîáû îïðåäåëèòü øèðèíó ïîäïèñè, è~ýòî òàêæå ìîæåò ñîçäàòü ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ.
+Ïðèìåð:
+|\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}|
+|E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}|
+|\right.| |\]}|.
+Èñïîëüçîâàíèå |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| çäåñü íå ãîäèòñÿ,
+ýòî òîæå ïðèâåä¸ò ê~îøèáêàì.
+(«\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}») Ïîýòîìó ìû âûíóæäåíû äîïîëíèòåëüíî çàäàòü
+|\captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}| ïåðåä êîìàíäîé |\caption|.
+
+% For more information about \emph{moving} arguments and \emph{fragile} \&
+% \emph{robust} commands, take a closer look at your \LaTeX\ manual or visit
+% \url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}.
+Áîëåå ïîëíóþ èíôîðìàöèþ î~\emph{ïîäâèæíûõ} àðãóìåíòàõ è~\emph{õðóïêèõ}
+è~\emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûõ} êîìàíäàõ, ñìîòðèòå â~âàøåì ðóêîâîäñòâå ïî \LaTeX'ó èëè îáðàòèòåñü ê~%
+\url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\caption*}\label{TeXr:starcaption:a}%
+% The \package{longtable} package defines the command |\caption*| which
+% typesets the caption without label and without entry in the list of tables.
+% An example:
+Ïàêåò \package{longtable} îïðåäåëÿåò êîìàíäó |\caption*| êîòîðàÿ
+ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü áåç ìåòêè è~çàíåñåíèÿ å¸ â~ñïèñîê òàáëèö.
+Ïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption*{A table}\\|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{longtable}|
+\end{quote}
+% looks like
+âûãëÿäèò ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì:\nopagebreak
+\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+\vskip\intextsep
+\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=t}
+ \caption*{A table}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{r|rr}
+ & x & y \\\hline
+ a & 1 & 2 \\
+ b & 3 & 4 \\
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\vskip\intextsep
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+% \Thispackage\ offers this feature, too, so you can use this command now within
+% every floating environment like |figure| or |table|, like:
+\Thispackage\ òîæå ïðåäëàãàåò òàêóþ âîçìîæíîñòü. È~òåïåðü âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü ýòó êîìàíäó
+ñ~ëþáûì îêðóæåíèåì ïëàâàþùåãî îáúåêòà, íàïðèìåð |figure| èëè |table|, êàê çäåñü:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{table}|\\
+ | \caption*{A table}|\\
+% | \begin{tabular}{|\ldots|}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \end{tabular}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\captionof}\label{TeXr:captionof:a}%
+\DescribeMacro{\captionof*}
+% Sometimes you want to typeset a caption \emph{outside} a floating environment,
+% putting a figure within a non-floating |mini|\-|page| for instance.
+% For this purpose \thispackage\ offers the command
+Èíîãäà âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñü \emph{âíå} îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà,
+ïîìåñòèâ, ê~ïðèìåðó, ïîäïèñü âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |minipage|. Äëÿ ýòîé öåëè ïàêåò
+\thispackage\ ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäó
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionof|\marg{float type}\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% Note that the first argument, the \meta{float type}, is mandatory here, because
+% the |\captionof| command needs to know which name to put into the caption label
+% (e.g. ``Figure'' or ``Table'') and in which list to put the contents entry.
+% An example:
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ïåðâûé àðãóìåíò, \meta{float type}, â~äàííîì ñëó÷àå ÿâëÿåòñÿ
+îáÿçàòåëüíûì, ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\captionof| äîëæíà çíàòü, ê~êàêîìó ïëàâàþùåìó
+îáúåêòó ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñü (íàïðèìåð. «Ðèñ.» èëè «Òàáëèöà») è~â~êàêîé ñïèñîê ôëîòîâ ïîìåñòèòü
+ïîäïèñü. Ïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+% |\captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\
+ |\captionof{table}{A table}|
+\end{quote}
+% typesets captions like this:
+ñîçäà¸ò ïîäïèñè êàê çäåñü:
+\begin{Example}
+% \begingroup
+% \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+% \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+% \begingroup
+ \captionof{table}{A table}
+% \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+
+% The star variant |\caption|\-|of*| has the same behavior as the |\caption*|
+% command:
+% It typesets the caption without label and without entry to the list of figures
+% or tables.
+«Çâ¸çäíûé» âàðèàíò |\captionof*| äà¸ò òîò æå ðåçóëüòàò, ÷òî è~|\caption*|:
+ïå÷àòàåò ïîäïèñü áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~âûâîäà â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè
+òàáëèö.
+
+\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
+% Since |\caption|\-|of| uses the option |type| internally, the same
+% restrictions as for the |type| option apply here, so you should use both
+% |\caption|\-|of| and |\caption|\-|of*| only \emph{inside} boxes or
+% environments, too.
+Ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\captionof| èñïîëüçóåò âíóòðè ñåáÿ êëþ÷ |type|, òå æå îãðàíè÷åíèÿ, ÷òî è~äëÿ
+êëþ÷à |type=| äåéñòâóþò çäåñü, ïîýòîìó âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü è~|\captionof|
+è~|\captionof*| òîëüêî \emph{âíóòðè} áîêñîâ èëè îêðóæåíèé.
+\See{\Ref{types}}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
+% Under certain circumstances it could be useful to make a list-of-figure
+% (or table) entry on its own.
+% This could be achieved with
+Â~íåêîòîðûõ ñëó÷àÿõ ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíûì ñîçäàíèå òåêñòà äëÿ Ñïèñêà ðèñóíêîâ (èëè òàáëèö) îòäåëüíî.
+Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% One example: It's quite easy to have a |long|\-|table| with captions above the
+% contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of the table:
+Îäèí ïðèìåð: î÷åíü ëåãêî ïîëó÷èòü òàáëèöó â~îêðóæåíèè |long|\-|table|
+ñ~ïîäïèñÿìè ñâåðõó òàáëèöû
+è~îäíèì âõîæäåíèåì â~Ñïèñêå êîòîðîå îòìå÷àåò ïåðâóþ ñòðàíèöó òàáëèöû:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endfirsthead|\\
+ | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endhead|\\
+ | |\ldots
+\end{quote}
+% But since the \package{longtable} package does not offer an
+% |\end|\-|first|\-|foot| command, you cannot easily have captions \emph{below}
+% the table contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of
+% the table.
+% Here is were the |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| command could be used:
+Íî, ïîñêîëüêó ïàêåò \package{longtable} íå ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäû |\endfirstfoot|,
+âû íå ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü ïîäïèñè \emph{ñíèçó} òàáëèöû, äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ åäèíñòâåííîãî
+âõîæäåíèÿ â~Ñïèñîê, êîòîðûé îòìå÷àåò ïåðâóþ ñòðàíèöó òàáëèöû.
+Ýòî ñèòóàöèÿ, ãäå êîìàíäà |\captionlistentry| ìîæåò áûòü ïîëåçíà:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+ |\endfoot|\\
+ | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | |\ldots
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Annotation*}
+% Another example can be found in \Ref{examples}.
+Äðóãîé ïðèìåð ìîæíî íàéòè â~\Ref{examples}.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\smallskip
+
+\begin{Expert}
+% There is also a starred variant, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, which does not
+% increment the \meta{float type} counter.
+% (Note that inside |long|\-|table| environments |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|
+% never increments the |table| counter. See also \Ref{longtable}.)
+Òàêæå ñóùåñòâóåò «çâ¸çäíûé» âàðèàíò |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, êîòîðûé
+íå óâåëè÷èâàåò çíà÷åíèå ñ÷¸ò÷èêà ôëîòà.
+(Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table| êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|
+íèêîãäà íå óâåëè÷èâàåò çíà÷åíèÿ ñ÷¸ò÷èêà òàáëèöû. Ñì.~òàêæå îïèñàíèå \Ref{longtable}.)
+\end{Expert}
+
+\begin{Expert}
+% Please note that \meta{list entry} is a \emph{moving} argument, so everything
+% it contains must be \emph{robust}. (See also explanation of |\caption|)
+Îáðàòèòå òàêæå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî \meta{list entry} ÿâëÿåòñÿ \emph{ïîäâèæíûì}
+àðãóìåíòîì, ïîýòîìó âñ¸ åãî
+ñîäåðæèìîå äîëæíî áûòü \emph{íåðàçáèâàåìûì}. (Ñì.~òàêæå îïèñàíèå êîìàíäû |\caption|)
+\end{Expert}
+
+
+% \subsection{Setting options}
+\subsection{Çàäàíèå êëþ÷åé è~îïöèé}
+\label{captionsetup}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+% We already know the |\caption|\-|setup| command (see \Ref{usage}),
+% but this time we get enlighten about its optional argument
+% \meta{float type}.
+Íàì óæå èçâåñòíà êîìàíäà |\captionsetup| (ñì.~\Ref{usage}),
+íî ñåé÷àñ ìû ðàçáåð¸ì çíà÷åíèå äîïîëíèòåëüíîãî àðãóìåíòà, \meta{float type}.
+
+% Remember, the syntax of this command is
+Íàïîìíèì ñèíòàêñèñ ýòîé êîìàíäû
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% If a \meta{float type} gets specified, all the \meta{options} don't
+% change anything at this time. Instead they only get marked for a later use,
+% when a caption inside of a floating environment of the particular type
+% \meta{float type} gets typeset.
+% For example
+Åñëè \meta{float type} çàäàí, âñå êëþ÷è è~îïöèè, \meta{options} íè÷åãî
+íå èçìåíÿò â~ìåñòå çàäàíèÿ. Îíè òîëüêî îïðåäåëåíû äëÿ áóäóùåãî èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ
+â~ìîìåíò, êîãäà ïîäïèñü îêàæåòñÿ âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà
+\meta{float type}.
+Íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{options}
+\end{quote}
+% forces captions within a |figure| environment to use the given \meta{options}.
+îïðåäåëÿåò îôîðìëåíèå \meta{options} äëÿ ïîäïèñè âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |figure|.
+
+% Here comes an example to illustrate this:
+Äàëåå èä¸ò ïðèìåð èëëþñòðèðóþùèé ñêàçàííîå:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|
+\end{quote}
+% gives captions like this:
+ñîçäàñò ïîäïèñè âèäà:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{table}{A table}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+% As you see the command |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| only changes
+% the look of the |figure| caption labels, not touching the other ones.
+Êàê âû âèäèòå óñòàíîâêà |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{labelfont=bf}| èçìåíÿåò
+òîëüêî øðèôò íóìåðàöèîííîé ÷àñòè ïîäïèñè, âñ¸ îñòàëüíîå îñòà¸òñÿ.
+
+% As \meta{float type} you can usually give one of these two only:
+% |figure| or |table|.
+% But as we will see later some \LaTeX\ packages (like the \package{floatrow},
+% \package{longtable}, and \package{sidecap} package for example) and also
+% this package offer additional environments with captions and these two
+% commands can also be used with them.
+% \See{\Ref{declare} and \Ref{packages}}
+Â~êà÷åñòâå \meta{float type} âû îáû÷íî çàäà¸òå òîëüêî äâå îïöèè:
+|figure| èëè |table|.
+Íî êàê áóäåò âèäíî ïîçäíåå íåêîòîðûå ïàêåòû \LaTeX'à (íàïðèìåð \package{floatrow},
+\package{longtable} è~\package{sidecap}) à~òàêæå äàííûé ïàêåò
+ïðåäëàãàþò äîïîëíèòåëüíûå îêðóæåíèÿ ñ~ïîäïèñÿìè è~ýòè äâå êîìàíäû
+ìîãóò áûòü ñ~íèìè èñïîëüçîâàíû.
+\See{\Ref{declare} è~\Ref{packages}}
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+\begin{Expert}
+% There is also a starred variant of |\caption|\-|setup|:
+Ñóùåñòâóåò è~çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò êîìàíäû |\captionsetup|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup*|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}
+\end{quote}
+% While the non-starred variant can give you warnings---for example if the
+% \meta{options} are actually not used throughout the document
+% (e.g.~a |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| without a |table|)---the
+% starred variant will not.
+% \iffalse
+% This can get quite useful when setting generic options which are independent
+% of a specific document.
+% \fi
+Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê íåçâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò äàñò âàì ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, åñëè \meta{options} íå
+èñïîëüçîâàëèñü â~äîêóìåíòå (íàïðèìåð íàñòðîéêè |\captionsetup[table]{font=sf}| \cdash---
+è~íè îäíîãî îêðóæåíèÿ |table|), çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò ýòîãî íå äåëàåò.
+\iffalse
+Ýòî ìîæåò áûòü î÷åíü ïîëåçíî äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ íàñòðîåê, íåçàâèñèìûõ îò êîíêðåòíîãî äîêóìåíòà.
+\fi
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup}
+% If you want to get rid of these parameters marked for an automatic use within
+% a particular environment you can use the command
+Åñëè âàì âíóòðè äàííîãî îêðóæåíèÿ íóæíî îòìåíèòü ïàðàìåòðû, çàäàííûå äëÿ
+òåêóùåãî òèïà ôëîòà, èñïîëüçóéòå êîìàíäó
+\begin{quote}
+ |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{float type}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% For example |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| would clear all the extra handling
+% for figures in the example above:
+Íàïðèìåð |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| îòìåíèò äîïîëíèòåëüíûå íàñòðîéêè
+èç ïðèìåðà âûøå:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+\end{quote}
+\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \clearcaptionsetup{figure}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If an optional argument \meta{option} is given, only the settings regarding
+% this particular \meta{option} are cleared.\footnote{You can only specify
+% \emph{one} option here, not a list of options.
+% If you want to clean more than one option, you need to use more than one
+% \cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup}.}
+% While the example above not only clears the options
+% |labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it|
+% for figures (but all options for figures instead),
+% this one would only clear the |labelfont=bf| setting, leaving all other
+% settings for figures intact:
+Åñëè çàäàí äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò \meta{option}, îòìåíÿþòñÿ òîëüêî íàñòðîéêè
+äàííîé îïöèè \meta{option}.\footnote{Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü òîëüêî
+\emph{îäíó} îïöèþ, à~íå ñïèñîê îïöèé.
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî îòìåíèòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ ðÿäà îïöèé, âàì ïðèä¸òñÿ èñïîëüçîâàòü íåñêîëüêî êîìàíä
+\cs{clearcaptionsetup}.}
+Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê ïðèìåð âûøå íå òîëüêî îòìåíèë îïöèè êëþ÷åé |labelfont=bf,|\allowbreak
+|textfont=it|
+äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ (íî è~âñå îïöèè äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ),
+ñëåäóþùèé ïðèìåð îòìåíèò òîëüêî íàñòðîéêó |labelfont=bf|, îñòàâèâ âñå îñòàëüíûå
+íàñòðîéêè íåòðîíóòûìè:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ | \caption{A figure}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{font=small}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+ \captionsetup{position=top}
+ \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}
+ \begingroup
+ \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+\begin{Expert}
+% Analogous to |\caption|\-|setup*| there is also a starred form
+% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| which suppresses warnings if the given
+% \meta{option} was not setup for the specified \meta{float type}.
+Àíàëîãè÷íî êîìàíäå |\captionsetup*| ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå çâ¸çäíàÿ ôîðìà
+|\clearcaptionsetup*| êîòîðàÿ îòìåíÿåò ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ, åñëè \meta{option}
+íå ÿâëÿåòñÿ íàñòðîéêîé äëÿ äàííîãî \meta{float type}.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\medskip
+
+\DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup}
+% For debugging purposes the command\nopagebreak
+Äëÿ âîçìîæíîñòåé íàñòðîéêè íàñòðîåê, ïðåäëîæåíà êîìàíäà\nopagebreak
+\begin{quote}
+ |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{float type}\quad.\nopagebreak[3]
+\end{quote}
+% is offered. It generates a log file entry, showing the given options
+% for the specified \meta{float type}. For example
+Îíà ñîçäà¸ò ñîîáùåíèå â~log-ôàéëå, ïîêàçûâàÿ çàäàííûå îïöèè
+äëÿ âûáðàííîãî \meta{float type}. Íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+ |\showcaptionsetup{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+% gives the info:
+äàñò ñîîáùåíèå:
+\begin{quote}\small
+ |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\
+ |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Continued floats}
+\subsection{Ïðîäîëæàþùèåñÿ ôëîòû}
+\label{ContinuedFloat}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat}\label{TeXr:continued:a}%
+% Sometimes you want to split figures or tables without giving them
+% their own reference number. This is what the command
+Èíîãäà âîçíèêàåò íåîáõîäèìîñòü ðàçáèòü ðèñóíêè èëè òàáëèöû íà íåñêîëüêî
+÷àñòåé, çàäàâ èì îáùèé íîìåð. Äëÿ ýòîãî ïðåäíàçíà÷åíà êîìàíäà
+\begin{quote}
+ |\ContinuedFloat|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% is for; it should be used as first command inside the floating environment.
+% It prevents the incrementation of the relevant counter (usually done by
+% |\caption|), so a figure or table containing a |\Continued|\-|Float| inside
+% gets the same reference number as the figure or table before.
+% An example:
+Ëó÷øå å¸ ïîñòàâèòü ïåðâîé âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà.
+Êîìàíäà |\ContinuedFloat| îòìåíÿåò óâåëè÷åíèå ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåãî ñ÷¸ò÷èêà ôëîòà
+(èñïîëüçóåìîãî êîìàíäîé |\caption|)
+è~çàäà¸ò òîò æå íîìåð êàê è~ó~ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû âûøå. Ïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |\begin{table}|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table (cont.)}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+% gives the following result:
+äàñò ñëåäóþùèé ðåçóëüòàò:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \caption{A table}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table (cont.)}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% Furthermore the |\Continued|\-|Float| command executes options associated with
+% the type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|''. For example this can be used to switch
+% to a different label format for continued figures or tables, as shown here:
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\Continued|\-|Float| âêëþ÷àåò îïöèè, ñâÿçàííûå
+ñ~ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåé îïöèåé"=òèïîì «|Continued|\-|Float|». Íàïðèìåð, ýòî ìîæåò áûòü èñïîëüçîâàíî äëÿ
+ñîçäàíèÿ àëüòåðíàòèâíûõ ôîðìàòîâ ìåòîê äëÿ òàáëèö è~ðèñóíêîâ, êàê ïîêàçàíî çäåñü:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}\selectlanguage{USenglish}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1e}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table}\label{continued1e}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+Â~ðóññêîé äîêóìåíòàöèè ýòî ìîæåò âûãëÿäåòü òàê:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{#1~#2 (\textit{ïðîäîëæåíèå})}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1r}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table}\label{continued1r}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\smallskip
+% \See{\Ref{declare} for an explanation of
+% \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.}
+\See{\Ref{declare} îïèñûâàþùèé
+ \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.}
+
+\medskip
+
+% There is also a \LaTeX\ counter called |Continued|\-|Float| which could be
+% used for own purposes.
+% For ordinary (floating) environments it's set to zero, to one for the first
+% continued float, to two inside the second one, and so on.
+% So every |\Continued|\-|Float| increments this counter and a floating
+% environment without |\Continued|\-|Float| command resets this counter to zero.
+% An example:
+Ñîçäàí òàêæå ñ÷¸ò÷èê \LaTeX'à, íàçâàííûé |Continued|\-|Float|, êîòîðûé ìîæåò áûòü
+èñïîëüçîâàí ïðè íåîáõîäèìîñòè.
+Â~îáû÷íûõ îêðóæåíèÿõ ïëàâàþùèõ îáúåêòîâ îí ðàâåí íóëþ, â~ïåðâîì ïðîäîëæàþùåìñÿ
+ôëîòå îí ðàâåí åäèíèöå, â~ñëåäóþùåì äëÿ âòîðîãî îêðóæåíèÿ è~ò.\,ä.
+Òàê, êàæäàÿ êîìàíäà |\Continued|\-|Float| óâåëè÷èâàåò ýòîò ñ÷¸ò÷èê è~ïëàâàþùèé îáúåêò
+áåç êîìàíäû |\Continued|\-|Float| âíîâü îáíóëÿåò ýòîò ñ÷¸ò÷èê.
+Ïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table}\label{continued2}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\medskip
+% A reference to this table would still result in the output
+% ``\autoref{continued2}'' since only the caption label format was changed.
+% If you would like to use the |Continued|\-|Float| counter for the references,
+% too, you could redefine the command |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| instead,
+% which will be appended to the figure or table counter automatically in
+% continued floats and is preset to be empty.
+Ññûëêà íà ýòó òàáëèöó îñòàíåòñÿ â~âèäå
+«\autoref{continued2}», ïîñêîëüêó èçìåíÿëñÿ òîëüêî ôîðìàò ìåòêè.
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü òàêæå ñ÷¸ò÷èê |Continued|\-|Float| â~ññûëêàõ,
+âû äîëæíû ïåðåîïðåäåëèòü êîìàíäó |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float|,
+êîòîðàÿ, ïîäêëþ÷àåòñÿ àâòîìàòè÷åñêè â~ïðîäîëæàþùèõñÿ ôëîòàõ,
+òîãäà êàê ïî óìîë÷àíèþ ýòà êîìàíäà ïóñòà.
+\begin{quote}
+ |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | \caption{A table}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{table}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \caption{A table}\label{continued3}
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+\end{Example}
+\medskip
+% A reference to that table would result in the output ``\autoref{continued3}''.
+Ññûëêà íà ýòó òàáëèöó äàñò ñëåäóþùèé ðåçóëüòàò «\autoref{continued3}».
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*}
+% Suppose you want to start the first figure or table of such a series with a
+% kind of ``Figure 7a'' and not with ``Figure 7'' (and the second one with
+% ``Figure 7b'' instead of ``Figure 7a'').
+% This is possible, too, by using the starred variant |\Continued|\-|Float*|
+% which---just like |\Continued|\-|Float|---executes options associated with the
+% type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|'' and increments the \LaTeX\ counter
+% |Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{but} marks the first figure or table of a series
+% instead:
+Ïðåäïîëîæèì âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ïðîäîëæàþùèåñÿ ðèñóíîê èëè òàáëèöó ñ~íóìåðàöèîííûì
+çàãîëîâêîì âèäà «Figure 7a», à~íå «Figure 7» (à~çàòåì, êàê
+«Figure 7b», âìåñòî «Figure 7a»).
+Ýòî òàêæå âîçìîæíî, åñëè èñïîëüçîâàòü çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò êîìàíäû |\Continued|\-|Float*|
+êîòîðàÿ \cdash--- êàê è~|\Continued|\-|Float| \cdash--- ïîäêëþ÷àåò îïöèè
+ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû «|Continued|\-|Float|» è~óâåëè÷èâàåò ñ÷¸ò÷èê \LaTeX'à
+|Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{íî} îòìå÷àåò è~ïåðâûé ôëîò èç ñåðèè
+ïðîäîëæàþùèõñÿ ôëîòîâ:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{First figure of a series}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{Second figure of a series}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \caption{Third figure of a series}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt}
+ \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat*
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{First figure of a series}
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{Second figure of a series}
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \ContinuedFloat
+ \centerline{\ldots}
+ \caption{Third figure of a series}
+ \endgroup
+\end{Example}
+\smallskip
+% \Note{Unfortunately \cs{ContinuedFloat*} is not available if the
+% \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is loaded.}
+\Note{Ê~ñîæàëåíèþ êîìàíäó \cs{ContinuedFloat*} íåëüçÿ èñïîëüçîâàòü ïðè çàãðóæåííîì ïàêåòå
+ \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}.}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection*{A note about longtables}
+\subsubsection*{A note about longtables}
+% If you want to have a different caption label in |long|\-|table|s (offered
+% by the \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}) after a page break,
+% this can \emph{not} be archived by using |\Continued|\-|Float|,
+% but instead you could write something like:
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü îòëè÷àþùèéñÿ ôîðìàò ìåòêè äëÿ ïðîäîëæåíèÿ
+îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table|
+(ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{longtable}\cite{longtable})
+íà ñëåäóþùåé ñòðàíèöå,
+èñïîëüçîâàíèå |\Continued|\-|Float| \emph{íå} äàñò ðåçóëüòàòîâ,
+íî âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ÷òî-òî âðîäå:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \caption{A longtable}\\|\\
+ |\endfirsthead|\\
+ | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\
+ | \caption[]{A longtable}\\|\\
+ |\endhead|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ |\end{longtable}|
+\end{quote}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Own enhancements}
+\section{Ñîáñòâåííûå íàñòðîéêè}
+\label{declare}
+
+% A family of commands is provided to allow users to define their own formats
+% etc.
+% This enables information on separators, justification, fonts, and styles to
+% be associated with a name and kept in one place.
+% (These commands need to appear in the document preamble,
+% this is the part between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{document}|.)
+Èìååòñÿ ñåìåéñòâî êîìàíä, ïîçâîëÿþùèõ ïîëüçîâàòåëþ ñàìîñòîÿòåëüíî
+ñîçäàòü ñîáñòâåííîå îôîðìëåíèå.
+Ýòî ïîçâîëÿåò èíôîðìàöèþ î~ðàçäåëèòåëÿõ, âûêëþ÷êå, øðèôòàõ, è~ñòèëÿõ
+ïðèâÿçàòü ê~îïðåäåë¸ííîìó êëþ÷ó, è~ïîìåñòèòü âñ¸ ýòî â~îäíîì ìåñòå
+(òàêèå êîìàíäû äîëæíû íàõîäèòüñÿ â~ïðåàìáóëå äîêóìåíòà \cdash---
+ýòî ÷àñòü ìåæäó ñòðîêàìè êîìàíä |\document|\-|class| è~|\begin{document}|).
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format}
+% You can define your own caption formats using the command
+Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâî¸ îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñè, èñïîëüçóÿ êîìàíäó
+\begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1, \#2 and \#3}\mbox{\quad.}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä, èñïîëüçóþùèé \#1, \#2 è~\#3}\mbox{\ .}
+\end{quote}
+% At usage the system replaces \#1 with the caption label, \#2 with the
+% separator and \#3 with the text. So the standard format |plain| is
+% pre-defined by \thispackage\ as
+Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïðîãðàììà çàìåíÿåò \#1 íà íóìåðàöèîííûé çàãîëîâîê, \#2 íà
+ðàçäåëèòåëü è~\#3 íà òåêñò ïîäïèñè. Èòàê, ñòàíäàðòíûé ôîðìàò |plain| îïðåäåë¸í
+âíóòðè ïàêåòà \thispackage\ êàê
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\begin{Expert}
+% There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|,
+% which causes the code being typeset in \TeX s vertical (instead of
+% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option.
+Ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|, êîòîðûé
+ñîçäà¸ò êîä, ïå÷àòàþùèéñÿ â~âåðòèêàëüíîì ðåæèìå (ìîäå) \TeX'à (âìåñòî
+îáû÷íîãî ãîðèçîíòàëüíîãî),
+íî â~ýòîì ñëó÷àå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ êëþ÷ |indention=|.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat}
+% Likewise you can define your own caption label formats:
+Àíàëîãè÷íî âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ôîðìàò íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä èñïîëüçóþùèé \#1 è~\#2}
+\end{quote}
+% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the name (e.g. ``figure'') and \#2
+% gets replaced with the reference number (e.g. ``12'').
+% An example:
+Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè \#1 çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà èìÿ ôëîòà (íàïðèìåð. «Ðèñ.») è~\#2
+çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà ïîðÿäêîâûé íîìåð (íàïðèìåð «12»). Ïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}|
+\end{quote}
+\example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst}
+\DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond}
+% If you define your own caption label formats and use the
+% \package{subcaption} or \package{subfig}\cite{subfig} package,
+% you should take care of empty caption label names.
+% For this purpose the commands
+Êîãäà âû îïðåäåëÿåòå ñâî¸ îôîðìëåíèå íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~èñïîëüçóåòå
+òàêæå ïàêåòû \package{subcaption} èëè \package{subfig},
+âû äîëæíû ïîìíèòü ÷òî â~ïîäôëîòàõ ýëåìåíò
+«èìÿ ôëîòà» áóäåò ïóñòûì. Äëÿ ýòîé öåëè ñëåäóþùèå êîìàíäû
+\begin{quote}
+ |\bothIfFirst|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}\quad è\\
+ |\bothIfSecond|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}
+\end{quote}
+% are offered. |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument exists (means: is
+% not empty), |\bothIfSecond| tests if the second argument exists. If yes,
+% both arguments get typeset, otherwise none of them.
+ïðåäëîæåíû. Êîìàíäà |\bothIfFirst| òåñòèðóåò íàëè÷èå ïåðâîãî àðãóìåíòà (÷òî îí
+íåïóñòîé), êîìàíäà |\bothIfSecond| òåñòèðóåò íàëè÷èå âòîðîãî. Åñëè òåñòèðóåìûé
+àðãóìåíò åñòü, òî ïå÷àòàþòñÿ îáà àðãóìåíòà, â~ïðîòèâíîì ñëó÷àå íè îäíîãî.
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+% For example the standard label format |simple| is \emph{not} defined as
+Íàïðèìåð, ñòàíäàðòíîå îôîðìëåíèå íóìåðàöèè |simple| îïðåäåëåíî íå òàê:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
+\end{quote}
+% because this could cause an extra space if \#1 is empty. Instead |simple|
+% is defined as
+ïîñêîëüêó àðãóìåíò \#1 ìîæåò áûòü ïóñòûì. Âìåñòî ýòîãî |simple|
+îïðåäåë¸í ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\
+ | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
+\end{quote}
+% causing the space to appear only if the label name is present.
+â~ðåçóëüòàòå ïðîáåë ïîÿâèòñÿ òîëüêî òîãäà, êîãäà åñòü èìÿ íóìåðàöèîííîãî
+çàãîëîâêà.
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}%
+% Likewise you can define your own caption text formats:
+Àíàëîãè÷íî ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü ôîðìàò òåêñòà ïîäïèñè:
+\begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1}
+ |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä, èñïîëüçóþùèé àðãóìåíò \#1}
+\end{quote}
+% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the caption text.
+Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè \#1 çàìåíÿåòñÿ òåêñòîì ïîäïèñè.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator}
+% You can define your own caption label separators with
+Ìîæíî îïðåäåëèòü ñâîé ðàçäåëèòåëü íîìåðà è~òåêñòà ïîäïèñè ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+ êîìàíäû
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+% Again an easy example taken from \thispackage\ itself:
+È~îïÿòü ïðîñòîé ïðèìåð èç òîãî, ÷òî ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }|
+ \end{quote}
+ \begin{Expert}
+% There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|,
+% which causes the code being typeset without using the |label|\-|font=| setting.
+% So for example the label separators |quad|, |new|\-|line|, and |en|\-|dash|
+% are defined in this way.
+Ñóùåñòâóåò òàêæå çâ¸çäíûé âàðèàíò, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|,
+êîòîðûé îïðåäåëÿåò êîä, áåç èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ íàñòðîåê èç êëþ÷à |label|\-|font=|.
+Òàê, íàïðèìåð, ðàçäåëèòåëè |quad|, |newline| è |endash|
+îïðåäåëåíû ýòîé êîìàíäîé.
+\end{Expert}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification}
+% You can define your own caption justifications with
+Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñîáñòâåííóþ âûêëþ÷êó ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+% The \meta{code} simply gets typeset just before the caption.
+% E.g.~using the justification |raggedright|, which is defined as
+Àðãóìåíò \meta{code} çàäà¸ò âûêëþ÷êó äî íà÷àëà ïîäïèñè.
+Íàïðèìåð èñïîëüçîâàíèå âûêëþ÷êè |raggedright|, êîòîðàÿ îïðåäåëåíà êàê
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}|\mbox{\quad,}
+\end{quote}
+% typesets captions with all lines moved to the left margin.
+âûêëþ÷àåò âñå ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè â~ëåâûé êðàé.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font}
+% You can define your own caption fonts with
+Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ñâîé øðèôò äëÿ ïîäïèñè ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% For example this package defines the options |small| and |bf| as
+Íàïðèìåð äàííûé ïàêåò îïðåäåëÿåò îïöèè |small| è~|bf| êàê
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad è\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\iffalse
+% The line spacing could be customized using the \package{setspace} package,
+% for example:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+Èíòåðëèíüÿæ ìîæåò áûòü íàñòðîåí ñ~ïîìîùüþ ïàêåòà \package{setspace},
+íàïðèìåð:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{setspace}|\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{%
+% \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Using \cs{singlespacing} does not work here since
+% it contains a \cs{vskip} command.}\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|\quad\footnote{%
+ \emph{\DefaultNoteText}: Èñïîëüçîâàíèå \cs{singlespacing} â äàííîì ñëó÷àå
+ íå ðàáîòàåò ïîñêîëüêó ñîäåðæèò êîìàíäó \cs{vskip}.}\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}|
+\end{quote}
+\example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
+\fi
+% An example which brings color into life:
+Ïðèìåð èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ öâåòà:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{color}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}|
+\end{quote}
+\example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
+% But since \thispackage\ already includes the tricky definition
+Íî ïîñêîëüêó \thispackage\ óæå èñïîëüçóåò õèòðîóìíîå îïðåäåëåíèå
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}|
+\end{quote}
+% you can get the same result simply with
+âû ìîæåòå ïîëó÷èòü òîò æå ðåçóëüòàò çàäàâ ïðîñòî
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{color}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\
+ | textfont={color=green}}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+\medskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style}
+% You can define your own caption styles with
+Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâîè ñîáñòâåííûå ñòèëè ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{additional options}\marg{options}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+% Remember, caption styles are just a collection of suitable options, saved
+% under a given name. You can wake up these options at any time with the
+% option |style=|\meta{style name}.
+Íàïîìíèì, ÷òî ñòèëè ïîäïèñè ýòî êîëëåêöèÿ êëþ÷åé, ñîõðàí¸ííûõ
+ïîä äàííûì èìåíåì. Âû ìîæåòå ïðèâåñòè èõ â~äåéñòâèå ñ~ïîìîùüþ êëþ÷à
+|style=|\meta{style name}.
+
+% All caption styles are based on the |base| set of options. (See \Ref{style}
+% for a complete list.) So you only need to specify options which are different
+% to them.
+Âñå ñòèëè ïîäïèñåé áàçèðóþòñÿ íà óñòàíîâêàõ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ. (Ñì. ïîëíûé ñïèñîê
+â~\Ref{style}.) Ïîýòîìó äîñòàòî÷íî îïðåäåëèòü îïöèè, îòëè÷íûå
+îò óæå çàäàííûõ.
+
+% If you specify \meta{additional options} they get used in addition when
+% the caption fits into a single line and this check was not disabled with
+% the option |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|.
+Åñëè âû îïðåäåëèòå \meta{additional options} îíè áóäóò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ êîãäà
+ïîäïèñü áóäåò îäíîñòðî÷íîé, è~êîíòðîëü êîðîòêèõ ïîäïèñåé íå îòêëþ÷åí
+çàäàíèåì îïöèè |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|.
+
+% Again a very easy example taken from the core of this package: The
+% caption style |base| is pre-defined as
+Îïÿòü æå î÷åíü ïðîñòîé ïðèìåð èç ñàìîãî ïàêåòà. Ñòèëü ïîäïèñåé |base|
+îïðåäåë¸í êàê:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\
+ | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% Something more exciting:
+×òî-òî ïîèíòåðåñíåå:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\
+ | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\
+ | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}|
+\end{quote}
+% gives you caption like these ones:
+äàñò âàì ïîäïèñè êàê â~ñëåäóþùåì ïðèìåðå:
+\begin{Example}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b}
+ \caption{Êîðîòêàÿ ïîäïèñü.}
+ \caption{Äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ,
+ äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ,
+ äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, äëèííàÿ, ïîäïèñü.}
+\end{Example}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
+% You can define your own caption list formats with
+Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâîé ôîðìàò äëÿ Ñïèñêîâ, èñïîëüçóÿ
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{êîä èñïîëüçóþùèé \#1 è~\#2}\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the label prefix (e.g.~|\p@figure|),
+% and \#2 gets replaced with the reference number (e.g.~|\thefigure|).
+Ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè \#1 çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà ïðåôèêñ ìåòêè (íàïðèìåð |\p@figure|)
+è~\#2 \cdash--- íà íîìåð (íàïðèìåð, |\thefigure|).
+
+\bigskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaptionType}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}%
+% You can define your own floating environments and caption types with
+Âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñîáñòâåííûå îêðóæåíèÿ è~òèïû ïîäïèñåé, èñïîëüçóÿ
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{type}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name}
+\end{quote}
+% where \meta{options} are one or more of
+ãäå \meta{options} îäíà èç
+\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{}l@{\qquad}l}
+ |fileext=| & \meta{file extension}
+ & {\small(íàïðèìåð~|fileext=lod|)}\\
+% |listname=|\meta{list name}\\
+% |name=|\meta{prosa name}\\
+ |placement=| & \meta{combination of \,\purett{htbp}}
+ & {\small(íàïðèìåð~|placement=tbp|)}\\
+ |within=| & \meta{``within'' counter} \emph{or} \texttt{none}\quad.
+ & {\small(íàïðèìåð~|within=section|)}
+\end{tabular}\end{quote}
+% If no \meta{options} are given, ``lo\meta{type}'' will be used as \meta{file
+% extension} for the list, ``|tbp|'' as \meta{placement} specifier,
+% and ``|chapter|'' resp. ``|none|'' as \meta{``within'' counter},
+% i.e., the counter which resets the numbering.
+% (If ``|none|'' was specified as value, the numbering of the new
+% type will be continuous throughout the document.)
+Åñëè \meta{options} íå çàäàíû, «lo\meta{type}» áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàí êàê \meta{file
+extension} äëÿ Ñïèñêà, «|tbp|» êàê îïöèÿ ðàçìåùåíèÿ \meta{placement}
+è~«|chapter|» èëè «|none|» êàê ñ÷¸ò÷èê \meta{``within'' counter},
+ò.\,å. ñ÷¸ò÷èê, êîíòðîëèðóþùèé ïåðåíóìåðàöèþ.
+(Åñëè çàäàí «|none|», íóìåðàöèÿ íîâîãî òèïà ôëîòà
+áóäåò ñêâîçíàÿ.)
+
+% If no \meta{name} is given, the name of the newly created type will be set
+% to \meta{type}, but with an uppercase first letter.
+% If no \meta{list name} is given, the list name will be set to ``List of
+% \meta{name}s''.
+Åñëè íå çàäàí êëþ÷ \meta{name}, èìÿ âíîâü ñîçäàííîãî òèïà ôëîòîâ áóäåò âçÿòî
+èç àðãóìåíòà \meta{type}, íî ñ~ïåðâîé ïðîïèñíîé áóêâîé.
+Åñëè íåò àðãóìåíòà \meta{list name}, íàçâàíèå Ñïèñêà áóäåò çàäàíî êàê «List of
+\meta{name}s». [Äëÿ îïöèè \meta{name} íåò ïîääåðæêè íà ðóññêîì ÿçûêå.]
+% caption-deu.tex:
+% (Diese Vorbelegungen sind also nur fur
+% englischsprachige Dokumente geeignet,
+% bei anderssprachigen Dokumenten sollte man also immer \meta{Name} und
+% \meta{Listenname} mit angeben.) which means:
+%
+% (This presets are only appropriate for English documents, so for
+% other languages you should use the optional arguments "name" and "list name".)
+(Ýòè àâòîìàòè÷åñêèå óñòàíîâêè âîçìîæíû òîëüêî äëÿ
+àíãëèéñêèõ äîêóìåíòîâ, ïîýòîìó äëÿ
+äðóãèõ ÿçûêîâ îïöèè \meta{name} è~\meta{list name}
+îáÿçàòåëüíû.)
+
+% The list will be typeset using the command |\list|\-|of|\meta{type}|s|,
+% analogous to |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| and |\list|\-|of|\-|tables|.
+% If the \package{fltpage} package is loaded, an environment called
+% |FP|\meta{type} will be defined, same for |sideways|\meta{type}
+% (\package{rotating} package), |SC|\meta{type} (\package{sidecap} package),
+% and |wrap|\meta{type} (\package{wrapfig} package).
+Ñïèñîê ôëîòîâ ìîæåò áûòü ñîçäàí ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\listof|\meta{type}|s|,
+àíàëîãè÷íûé |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| è~|\list|\-|of|\-|tables|.
+Åñëè èñïîëüçóåòñÿ ïàêåò \package{fltpage}, îêðóæåíèå
+|FP|\meta{type} áóäåò îïðåäåëåíî, òî æå äëÿ |sideways|\meta{type}
+(ïàêåò \package{rotating}), |SC|\meta{type} (ïàêåò \package{sidecap}),
+è~|wrap|\meta{type} (ïàêåò \package{wrapfig}).
+
+\smallskip
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+% So for example
+Òàê, íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}|
+\end{quote}
+% will define a new caption type and floating environment called |diagram|,
+% the list will be stored in a file with the extension |lodiagram|, the name
+% (used for the caption) will be ``Diagram'' and the list name
+% ``List of Diagrams''.
+% The list could be typeset with |\listofdiagrams|.
+% Dependent on which packages are loaded, the environments |FPdiagram|,
+% |sidewaysdiagram|, |SCdiagram|, and |wrapdiagram| will be defined additionally.
+îïðåäåëÿåò íîâûé òèï ïîäïèñè è~îêðóæåíèå ôëîòà, íàçâàííûé |diagram|,
+Ñïèñîê áóäåò çàïèñûâàòüñÿ â~ôàéë ñ~ðàñøèðåíèåì |lodiagram|, èìÿ
+(èñïîëüçóåìîå â~íóìåðàöèîííîì çàãîëîâêå ïîäïèñè) áóäåò «|Diagram|» è~çàãîëîâîê Ñïèñêà
+«|List of Diagrams|». Ñïèñîê ìîæåò áûòü ðàñïå÷àòàí êîìàíäîé |\listofdiagrams|.
+Â~çàâèñèìîñòè îò òîãî, êàêèå ïàêåòû çàãðóæåíû, îïðåäåëÿòñÿ äîïîëíèòåëüíî îêðóæåíèÿ
+|FPdiagram|,
+|sideways|\-|diagram|, |SCdiagram| è~|wrap|\-|diagram|.
+
+%caption-deu.tex
+% So definiert zum Beispiel
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}[Diagramm][Diagrammverzeichnis]|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+Ïîäîáíîå æå îïðåäåëåíèå äëÿ ðóññêîé äîêóìåíòàöèè äîëæíî âûãëÿäåòü òàê:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}[Äèàãðàììà][Ñïèñîê äèàãðàìì]|
+\end{quote}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+% \subsection{Further examples}
+\subsection{Åù¸ íåñêîëüêî ïðèìåðîâ}
+\label{examples}
+
+\subsubsection*{Example 1}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+% If you would like to have a line break between caption label and text
+% you could define it this way:
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü íîâóþ ñòðîêó ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì,
+âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ýòî ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}|
+\end{quote}
+% If you select this format with |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}|
+% you get captions like this:
+Åñëè âû âûáåðåòå ýòîò ôîðìàò, çàäàâ |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}|
+âû ïîëó÷èòå òàêîé âèä ïîäïèñåé:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+% You could even use an indention with this caption format:
+Âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü âòÿæêó ñ~ýòèì ôîðìàòîì:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}|
+\end{quote}
+% This would look like this:
+Ýòî áóäåò âûãëÿäåòü òàê:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+% Instead, you would like to have an indention only of the first line of
+% the caption text? No problem, e.g.
+À~÷òî åñëè, âìåñòî ýòîãî, çàäàòü âòÿæêó òîëüêî äëÿ ïåðâîé ñòðîêè ïîäïèñè?
+Íåò ïðîáëåì, íàïðèìåð
+\begin{quote}
+ |\newlength\myindention|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
+ | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat}|
+\end{quote}
+% would give you captions like
+äàñò ïîäïèñü âèäà
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+% But you want to have an caption option for this indention, so you can use
+% it for example with
+% |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{my|\-|indention=|\x\ldots|}|?
+% This could be done, too:
+Íî âû õîòèòå ñîçäàòü îïöèþ äëÿ ýòîé âòÿæêè, äëÿ òîãî, ÷òîáû
+èñïîëüçîâàòü å¸ êàê |\captionsetup|\x|[figure]|\x|{myindention=|\ldots|}|?
+Ýòî òîæå ìîæíî ñäåëàòü:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\newlength\myindention|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\
+ | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
+ | {#1#2\\\hspace\myindention #3}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}|
+\end{quote}
+% would give the same result as the example above.
+÷òî äàñò ðåçóëüòàò àíàëîãè÷íûé ïðèâåä¸ííîìó âûøå.
+
+% \subsubsection*{Example 2}
+\subsubsection*{Ïðèìåð 2}
+
+% You want captions to look like this:
+Âû õîòèòå ïîëó÷èòü ïîäïèñè òàêîãî âèäà:
+%\begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+ \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext}
+%\end{Example}
+\pagebreak[2]
+% You could do it this way:
+Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü ñëåäóþùèì îáðàçîì:
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\
+ | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\
+ | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}|
+\end{quote}
+
+% \subsubsection*{Example 3}
+\subsubsection*{Ïðèìåð 3}
+
+% The caption text should go into the left margin? A possible solution would be:
+Òåêñò íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà ïîäïèñè äîëæåí áûòü âûâåäåí â~ëåâîå ïîëå? Âîçìîæíîå ðåøåíèå:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}|
+\end{quote}
+% As a result you would get captions like this:
+Â~ðåçóëüòàòå âû ïîëó÷èòå òàêèå ïîäïèñè:
+\example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+\medskip
+
+% If the indention into the margin shall be fixed, you could use a combination
+% of |\llap| and |\makebox|, for example:
+Åñëè ëåâûé êðàé ïîäïèñè ïðè âûõîäå ïîäïèñè íà ïîëÿ äîëæåí áûòü íà ôèêñèðîâàííîì ðàññòîÿíèè,
+ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìáèíàöèþ êîìàíä
+|\llap| è~|\makebox|, íàïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\
+ | {\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}|
+\end{quote}
+\example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+
+% \subsubsection*{Example 4}
+\subsubsection*{Ïðèìåð 4}
+
+% This example puts a figure aside a table, but uses only one common caption for both.
+% This will be achieved by a combination of
+% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| and |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|:
+Ñëåäóþùèé ïðèìåð ïîìåùàåò ðèñóíîê ðÿäîì ñ~òàáëèöåé, íî èñïîëüçóåò îáùóþ äëÿ íèõ ïîäïèñü.
+Ýòî ìîæíî ñäåëàòü êîìáèíàöèåé êîìàíä
+|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| è~|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\
+ | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |\begin{figure}|\\
+ | \centering|\\
+ | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\
+ | \qquad|\\
+ | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\
+ | |\ldots\\
+ | \end{tabular}|\\
+ | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\
+ | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\
+ | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+ |\end{figure}|
+\end{quote}
+\DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \captionsetup{type=figure}
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}%
+ \qquad
+ \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr}
+ & x & y \\\hline
+ a & 1 & 2 \\
+ b & 3 & 4 \\
+ \end{tabular}
+% \captionlistentry[table]{A figure and a table with a common caption}
+% \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}
+% \caption{A figure and a table with a common caption~\footnotemark}
+ \captionlistentry[table]{Ðèñóíîê è~òàáëèöà ñ~îáùåé ïîäïèñüþ}
+ \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}
+ \caption{Ðèñóíîê è~òàáëèöà ñ~îáùåé ïîäïèñüþ\footnotemark}
+\end{minipage}
+% \footnotetext{The picture was taken with permission from the
+% \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2} examples.}
+\IfFileExists{cat.eps}%
+{\footnotetext{Ðèñóíîê ëþáåçíî ïðåäîñòàâëåí èç ïðèìåðîâ êíèãè
+ \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}}{}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+% (Please remember that |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| increments the figure
+% resp.~table counter.)
+(Íàïîìíèì, ÷òî êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, êàê è~|\caption|, óâåëè÷èâàåò ñ÷¸ò÷èê ôëîòà.)
+
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Document classes \& Babel support}
+\section{Êëàññû äîêóìåíòîâ è~ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòà \package{babel}}
+\label{classes}
+
+% This section will give you an overview of the document classes the
+% \package{caption} supports, what do they already offer regarding captions,
+% what side effects will occur when using the \package{caption} package with
+% them, and what are the `default' settings for them.
+Ýòîò ðàçäåë äàñò îáçîð êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ, êîòîðûå ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ ïàêåòîì
+\package{caption}, ÷òî îíè óæå ïðåäëàãàþò äëÿ ðàáîòû ñ~ïîäïèñÿìè,
+êàêèå ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû âîçíèêàþò ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ñ~íèìè ïàêåòà \package{caption}
+è~êàêîâû óñòàíîâêè ïî óìîë÷àíèþ äëÿ ýòèõ êëàññîâ.
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% The `default' settings depend on the document class you use; they represent
+% how the class author wanted the captions to look like. So for example
+% setting |format=|\x|default| can give you different visual designs when used
+% with different document classes.
+Óñòàíîâêè ïî óìîë÷àíèþ çàâèñÿò îò êëàññà äîêóìåíòà, èñïîëüçóåìîãî âàìè; îíè ïðåäñòàâëÿþò
+îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñåé, ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåå çàìûñëàì àâòîðà äàííîãî êëàññà äîêóìåíòà. Íàïðèìåð, íàñòðîéêè
+|format=|\x|default| äàäóò ðàçëè÷íûé ðåçóëüòàò ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ñ~ðàçíûìè êëàññàìè.
+
+\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
+\INFO
+% If you don't find the document class you use in this section, you usually
+% don't have to worry: Many document classes (e.g.~the \class{octavo} class)
+% are derived from one of the standard document classes \class{article},
+% \class{report}, or \class{book}, and behave the same regarding captions.
+% \Thispackage\ automatically does a compatibility check against the document
+% class used and will give you the clear warning
+Åñëè âû íå íàøëè êëàññ äîêóìåíòà â~ýòîì ðàçäåëå, òî, îáû÷íî, ýòî íå ïîâîä äëÿ âîëíåíèÿ:
+ìíîæåñòâî êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ (íàïðèìåð, êëàññ \class{octavo})
+ïîëó÷åíû èç ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ
+\class{article}, \class{report} èëè \class{book}, è~èìåþò
+àíàëîãè÷íûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ ïîäïèñåé.
+\Thispackage\ àâòîìàòè÷åñêè äåëàåò ïðîâåðêó ñîâìåñòèìîñòè êëàññà äîêóìåíòà
+è~äà¸ò íåäâóñìûñëåííîå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå
+\begin{quote}\footnotesize
+ |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
+ |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\
+ |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
+\end{quote}
+% if such an incompatibility was detected.
+% If you don't get such warning everything is fine, but if you get it the
+% usage of \thispackage\ is not recommended and especially not supported.
+åñëè áûëà îïðåäåëåíà íåñîâìåñòèìîñòü.
+Åñëè âû òàêîãî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ íå ïîëó÷èëè, òî âñ¸ â~ïîðÿäêå, íî åñëè âû ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå
+âñ¸ æå ïîëó÷èëè, \thispackage\ íå ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ è~òåì áîëåå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ.
+
+\begin{Expert}
+% If you get such a compatibility warning but decide to use \thispackage{}
+% anyway, you should watch carefully what side-effects occur, usually the
+% look and feel of your captions will change by just including \thispackage{}
+% without options, meaning they do not look like as intended by the author
+% of the document class.
+% If this is fine for you, you should first specify the option |style=|\x|base|
+% via |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| or
+% |\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| to set \thispackage\ into a well-defined
+% state.
+% Afterwards you can start setting your own options additionally and
+% keep your fingers crossed.
+Åñëè âû, íåñìîòðÿ íà ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, ðåøèëè âñ¸ ðàâíî èñïîëüçîâàòü \thispackage{},
+âû äîëæíû ïðîâåðèòü, êàêîé ïîáî÷íûé ýôôåêò âîçíèêàåò. Îáû÷íî ïîäêëþ÷åííûé \thispackage{}
+áåçî âñÿêèõ îïöèé â~òàêèõ ñëó÷àÿõ èçìåíÿåò âûâîä ïîäïèñåé, è~îíè âûãëÿäÿò íå òàê, êàê
+ïðåäóñìîòðåíî àâòîðîì êëàññà äîêóìåíòà.
+Åñëè ýòî âàñ óäîâëåòâîðÿåò, âû ìîæåòå äëÿ íà÷àëà çàäàòü êëþ÷ |style=|\x|base|,
+çàäàâ åãî â~ñòðîêå |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| èëè â~êîìàíäå
+|\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}|, ÷òî âåðí¸ò õîðîøî íàñòðîåííûå ïàêåòîì óñòàíîâêè.
+Ïîñëå ýòîãî âû ìîæåòå çàäàâàòü ñâîè îïöèè è~íàäåÿòüñÿ íà ëó÷øåå.
+\end{Expert}
+\endgroup
+
+\newcommand*\Option{Îïöèÿ}
+\newcommand*\defaultvalue{çíà÷åíèå \texttt{ïî óìîë÷àíèþ}}
+\newcommand*\uses{\textit{èñïîëüçóåò}}
+\newcommand*\settings{\textit{íàñòðîéêè}}
+\newcommand*\nofont{\textit{îòñóòñòâóåò}}
+
+% \subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report, and book}
+\subsection{Ñòàíäàðòíûé \LaTeX: article, report, è~book}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & \nofont \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\begin{Annotation}
+% This also applies to document classes derived from them.
+Ýòî îòíîñèòñÿ è~ê~ïðîèçâîäíûì îò íèõ êëàññàì.
+\end{Annotation}
+
+% \subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc, and amsbook}
+\subsection{Êëàññû \AmS: amsart, amsproc, è~amsbook}
+\label{AMS}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & |\@captionfont| \\
+|labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+% |\@caption|\-|font| will be set to |\normal|\-|font|, and
+% |\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| to |\sc|\-|shape| by the \AmS\ document classes.
+Êëàññû \AmS\ îïðåäåëÿþò êîìàíäó |\@caption|\-|font|, êîòîðàÿ çàäà¸òñÿ êàê
+|\normal|\-|font|, à~|\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| \cdash--- êàê |\scshape|.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+% Furthermore the margin will be set to |\caption|\-|indent| for
+% more-than-one-line captions (which will be set to |3pc| by the \AmS\ classes),
+% the margin for single-line captions will be set to the half of it instead.
+% If you want to use a common margin for both, insert
+% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}|
+% into the preamble of your document, after loading \thispackage.
+Êðîìå ýòîãî ïîëå ïðèíèìàåò çíà÷åíèå |\captionindent| â~ìíîãîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñÿõ
+(êîòîðîå ðàâíî â~ýòèõ êëàññàõ~|3pc|),
+ïîëå äëÿ îäíîñòðî÷íîé ïîäïèñè óìåíüøàåòñÿ â~äâà ðàçà.
+Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü îáùåå ïîëå äëÿ îáîèõ âàðèàíòîâ, äîáàâüòå â~ïðåàìáóëå äîêóìåíòà
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}|
+ïîñëå çàãðóçêè ïàêåòà.
+
+% Additionally the options |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t|
+% will be set. You can override these settings by specifying other values for
+% |figure|\-|position=| or |table|\-|position=| in the option list while
+% loading \thispackage.
+Äîïîëíèòåëüíî çàäàþòñÿ îïöèè |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t|.
+Âû ìîæåòå èçìåíèòü ýòè óñòàíîâêè, çàäàâ äðóãèå çíà÷åíèÿ äëÿ êëþ÷åé
+|figure|\-|position=| èëè |table|\-|position=| ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà.
+
+\subsection{Êëàññ beamer}
+\label{beamer}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{íå íóìåðóåòñÿ} \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |raggedright| \\
+|font=| & \class{beamer} «|caption|» \settings \\
+|labelfont=| & \class{beamer} «|caption name|» \settings \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
+% You can setup font and color settings with
+% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} and
+% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}.
+% This will still work, unless you set a different font with
+% |\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| or
+% |\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par
+% Furthermore the \class{beamer} classes offer different caption templates
+% which can be chosen with
+% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|.
+% Since \thispackage\ replaces this caption template mechanism,
+% |\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code}
+% and
+% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|
+% will have no effect when \thispackage\ is used.
+\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå îñîáåííîñòè è~ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû}
+Âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü øðèôò è~öâåò ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} è~%
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}.
+Ýòî áóäåò ðàáîòàòü, åñëè òîëüêî âû íå çàäàäèòå äðóãîé øðèôò ÷åðåç
+|\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| èëè
+|\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par
+Êðîìå ýòîãî êëàññ \class{beamer} ïðåäëàãàåò ðàçëè÷íûå øàáëîíû
+îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé, çàäàâàåìûå ÷åðåç
+|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|.
+Ïîñêîëüêó \thispackage\ çàìåíÿåò ýòîò ìåõàíèçì, êîìàíäû
+|\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code}
+è~|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|
+íå èìåþò ñèëû ïðè åãî èñïîëüçîâàíèè.
+
+% \subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, and scrbook}
+\subsection{Êëàññû \KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, è~scrbook}
+\label{KOMA}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+% |format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\
+|format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| è~|\setcaphanging| \settings \\
+% |labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with support of ``autodot''}\\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{òî æå, ÷òî \purett{simple}, íî ñ~ïîääåðæêîé ``autodot''}\\
+|labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \settings\ |\setkomafont{caption}| \\
+|labelfont=| & \settings\ |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \\
+|textfont=| & \nofont \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+% \subsubsection*{Build-in features}
+% The \KOMAScript\ document classes offer many ways to customize the look and
+% feel of the captions. For an overview and a full description please take a
+% look at the \KOMAScript\ documentation, section `Tables and Figures'.
+\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå âîçìîæíîñòè}
+Êëàññû \KOMAScript\ ïðåäëàãàþò ìíîãî âàðèàíòîâ äëÿ íàñòðîéêè âûâîäà
+ïîäïèñåé. Ïîëíûé îáçîð âû ìîæåòå íàéòè â~[àíãëèéñêîé] äîêóìåíòàöèè
+\KOMAScript, ðàçäåë `Tables and Figures'.
+
+% \subsubsection*{Side effects}
+% The optional argument of |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| is not supported and
+% will be ignored if used in conjunction with the \package{caption} package.
+% Furthermore the \KOMAScript\ options |table|\-|caption|\-|above| \&
+% |table|\-|caption|\-|below| and the commands |\caption|\-|above| \&
+% |\caption|\-|below| are stronger than the |position=| setting offered by
+% the \package{caption} package.
+\subsubsection*{Ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû}
+Äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò êîìàíäû |\setcapwidth| íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ (ïîêà)
+è~áóäåò èãíîðèðîâàòüñÿ ïðè ñîâìåñòíîì èñïîëüçîâàíèè ñ~ïàêåòîì \package{caption}.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî, îïöèè \KOMAScript\ |tablecaptionabove| è~%
+|table|\-|caption|\-|below| è~êîìàíäû |\caption|\-|above| è~|\caption|\-|below|
+áóäóò ñèëüíåå ÷åì íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷à |position=| ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{caption}.
+
+% \subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport, and boek}
+\subsection{Êëàññû \NTG: artikel, rapport, è~boek}
+\label{NTG}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |plain| \\
+|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
+% |\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| and |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| can be set either
+% directly or by using |\Caption|\-|Fonts|.
+% Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options
+% |label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage.
+\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå îñîáåííîñòè è~ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû}
+|\CaptionLabelFont| è~|\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| ìîãóò áûòü
+çàäàíû ëèáî íåïîñðåäñòâåííî, ëèáî
+ñ~èñïîëüçîâàíèåì êîìàíäû |\Caption|\-|Fonts|. Îáà âàðèàíòà
+ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ, òîëüêî åñëè íå áûë
+çàäàí îäèí èç êëþ÷åé |labelfont=| èëè |textfont=| äàííîãî ïàêåòà.
+
+% \subsection{\SmF{}: smfart and smfbook}
+\subsection{Êëàññû \SmF{}: smfart è~smfbook}
+\label{SMF}
+
+% Since the \SmF\ document classes are derived from the \AmS\ document classes
+% the same default values are valid here.
+Ïîñêîëüêó êëàññû \SmF\ ÿâëÿþòñÿ ïðîèçâîäíûìè êëàññîâ \AmS, òî òå æå îãðàíè÷åíèÿ
+äåéñòâóþò è~çäåñü.
+
+% Additionally the margin is limited up to the tenth of the |\line|\-|width|.
+% If you don't like this limitation, you can switch it off with the option
+% |max|\-|margin=|\x|off| or |max|\-|margin=|\x|false|
+% (which both means the same).
+Êðîìå òîãî ðàçìåð ïîëÿ îãðàíè÷åí îäíîé äåñÿòîé îò çíà÷åíèÿ |\linewidth|.
+Åñëè âàñ íå óñòðàèâàþò ýòè îãðàíè÷åíèÿ, èõ ìîæíî îòêëþ÷èòü ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+|maxmargin=|\x|off| èëè |maxmargin=|\x|false| (îáà âàðèàíòà äàþò îäíî è~òî æå).
+
+\subsection{Êëàññ thesis}
+\label{thesis}
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+|format=| & |hang| \\
+% |labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with short name}\\
+|labelformat=| & \textit{òî æå, ÷òî \purett{simple}, íî ñ~êðàòêèì èìåíåì}\\
+|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+|justification=| & |justified| \\
+|font=| & \nofont \\
+|labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\
+|textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
+\subsubsection*{Âñòðîåííûå îñîáåííîñòè è~ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû}
+% The caption label font can be set with |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|,
+% the caption text font with |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|.
+% Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options
+% |label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage.
+Øðèôò íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà ìîæåò áûòü çàäàí ÷åðåç êîìàíäó |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|,
+øðèôò äëÿ òåêñòà ïîäïèñè \cdash--- ÷åðåç |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|.
+Îáå êîìàíäû ïîääåðæèâàþòñÿ, òîëüêî åñëè âû íå èñïîëüçîâàëè îïöèè
+|label|\-|font=| èëè |text|\-|font=|, êîòîðûå ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage.
+
+% \subsection{frenchb Babel option}
+\subsection{Îïöèÿ frenchb ïàêåòà Babel}
+\label{frenchb}
+
+% If you use the \package{frenchb} option of the \package{babel} package
+% with one of the three standard \LaTeX{} classes (or a one derived from them)
+% the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+% (offered by \package{frenchb}), overriding the default value set by the
+% document class.
+% So redefining |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you
+% don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one.
+Åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå îïöèþ \package{frenchb} ïàêåòà \package{babel}
+ñ~îäíèì èç òð¸õ ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à (èëè èõ ïðîèçâîäíûìè)
+çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ êëþ÷à |labelsep=| [îïöèÿ |labelsep=default|] áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòü
+çíà÷åíèå êîìàíäû |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| (ïðåäëàãàåìîé
+ïàêåòîì \package{frenchb}), çàìåíèâ çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ, çàäàííîå êëàññîì.
+À~ïåðåîïðåäåë¸ííàÿ êîìàíäà |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+áóäåò ðàáîòàòü äî òåõ ïîð, ïîêà âû
+íå îïðåäåëèòå äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå |labelsep=|, îòëè÷àþùååñÿ îò çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.
+
+\INFO*
+% Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{babel} package.
+Ïîæàëóéñòà çàãðóæàéòå \thispackage\ \emph{ïîñëå} ïàêåòà \package{babel}.
+
+% \subsection{frenchle and frenchpro packages}
+\subsection{Ïàêåòû frenchle è~frenchpro}
+\label{frenchpro}
+
+% If you use the \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package,
+% the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+% (offered by \package{frenchle/pro}) plus \cs{space}, overriding the default
+% value set by the document class.
+% So redefining |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you
+% don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one.
+Åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå ïàêåòû \package{frenchle} èëè \package{frenchpro},
+çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |label|\-|sep=| îïðåäåëèò çíà÷åíèå êîìàíäû
+|\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| (ïðåäëàãàåìîé
+ïàêåòàìè \package{frenchle/pro}) ïëþñ \cs{space}, çàìåíèâ çíà÷åíèå, çàäàííîå êëàññîì
+ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.
+Ïîýòîìó ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+ðàáîòàåò äî òåõ ïîð, ïîêà âû
+íå îïðåäåëèòå äðóãîå çíà÷åíèå |labelsep=|, îòëè÷àþùååñÿ îò çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.
+
+% Furthermore the default |text|\-|font=| will be set to |text|\-|font=|\x|it|,
+% since this emulates the default setting of |\caption|\-|font| defined by the
+% \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package.
+% %If you redefine |\captionfont| after loading the \package{frenchle} or
+% %\package{frenchpro} package, this redefinition gets lost.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êëþ÷ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |text|\-|font=| áóäåò çàäàí êàê |text|\-|font=|\x|it|,
+ïîñêîëüêó ýòî ýìóëèðóåò íàñòðîéêè êîìàíäû |\caption|\-|font| îïðåäåë¸ííîé ïàêåòàìè
+\package{frenchle} èëè \package{frenchpro}.
+% %Åñëè âû ïåðåîïðåäåëèòå êîìàíäó |\captionfont| ïîñëå çàãðóçêè \package{frenchle} èëè
+% %\package{frenchpro}, ýòî ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå ïðîïàä¸ò.
+% Please note that the command |\caption|\-|font| is used by the
+% \package{caption} package internally for a different purpose,
+% so you should not change it (anymore).
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|font| èñïîëüçóåòñÿ ïàêåòîì
+\package{caption} äëÿ äðóãèõ öåëåé, ïîýòîìó ëó÷øå åþ áîëüøå íå ïîëüçîâàòüñÿ.
+
+% The command |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{or} table} will
+% still work, but only unless you don't select a different |label|\-|format=|
+% than the default one.
+Êîìàíäà |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{èëè} table} áóäåò ðàáîòàòü,
+íî òîëüêî, åñëè âû íå îïðåäåëèëè êëþ÷ |label|\-|format=|, îòëè÷àþùèéñÿ
+îò çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ.
+
+\INFO*
+% Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{frenchle}
+% or \package{frenchpro} package.
+Ïîæàëóéñòà, çàãðóæàéòå \thispackage\ \emph{ïîñëå} ïàêåòîâ \package{frenchle}
+èëè \package{frenchpro}.
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\pagebreak[4]
+% \section{Package support}
+\section{Ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòîâ}
+\label{packages}
+\label{compatibility}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+% \Thispackage\ was adapted to the following packages which deals with
+% captions, too:
+\Thispackage\ àäàïòèðîâàí ñ~ïàêåòàìè, êîòîðûå òàêæå ðàáîòàþò ñ~ïîäðèñóíî÷íûìè ïîäïèñÿìè:
+\begin{quote}
+ \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage},
+ \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings},
+ \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins},
+ \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap},
+ \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable},
+ \package{wrapfig}, and \package{xtab}
+\end{quote}
+
+% Furthermore the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}, the
+% \package{subcaption} package (which is part of the \package{caption} package
+% bundle), and the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} support \thispackage{}
+% and use its |\caption|\-|setup| interface.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî ïàêåòû \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow},
+ïàêåò \package{subcaption} (ÿâëÿåòñÿ ÷àñòüþ ãðóïïû ïàêåòîâ \package{caption}),
+è~ïàêåò \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}
+ïîääåðæèâàþò \thispackage\ è~èñïîëüçóþò èíòåðôåéñ |\caption|\-|setup|.
+
+\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
+\INFO
+% If a package (or document class) unknown to \thispackage\ redefines
+% the |\caption| command as well, this redefinition will be preferred
+% over the one this package offers, providing maximum compatibility and
+% avoiding conflicts.
+% If such a potential incompatibility is detected, you will see this
+% warning message:~\footnote{%
+% You can suppress this warning by specifying the option
+% \texttt{compatibility=true} when loading \thispackage.}
+Åñëè ïàêåò (èëè êëàññ äîêóìåíòà), íåèçâåñòíûé äàííîìó ïàêåòó, ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò
+êîìàíäó |\caption|, ýòî ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå áóäåò áîëåå ïðåäïî÷òèòåëüíî ïî
+ñðàâíåíèþ ñ~òåì ÷òî ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage, ÷òî ñîçäàñò ìàêñèìóì ñîâìåñòèìîñòè
+è~äàñò âîçìîæíîñòü èçáåæàòü ïîñëåäñòâèé êîíôëèêòîâ.
+Åñëè ïîòåíöèàëüíàÿ íåñîâìåñòèìîñòü áóäåò îáíàðóæåíà, âû óâèäèòå ñëåäóþùåå
+ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå:\footnote{%
+ Âû ìîæåòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, çàäàâ îïöèþ \texttt{compatibility=true}
+ ïðè çàãðóçêå äàííîãî ïàêåòà.}
+\begin{quote}\footnotesize
+ |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
+ |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
+ |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\
+ |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
+\end{quote}
+\endgroup
+
+% As a result, the following features offered by \thispackage\ will not be available:
+Â~ðåçóëüòàòå, ñëåäóþùèå íàñòðîéêè, êîòîðûå ïðåäëàãàåò \thispackage,
+íå áóäóò ðàáîòàòü:
+\begin{itemize}
+% \item the options |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=|, and |listformat=|
+% \item |\caption*| (to produce a caption without label)
+% \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (to produce no entry in the List of Figures or Tables)
+% \item |\caption{}| (to produce an empty caption without label separator)
+% \item |\ContinuedFloat|
+% \item correctly justified captions in environments like \texttt{wide} and
+% \texttt{addmargin} which add extra margins
+% \item the \textsf{hypcap} feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+% \item the sub-caption feature \See{\package{subcaption} package documentation}
+ \item îïöèè |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=| è~|listformat=|
+ \item |\caption*| (ñîçäàíèå ïîäïèñè áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà)
+ \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (îòêëþ÷åíèå âûâîäà â~Ñïèñîê ôëîòîâ)
+ \item |\caption{}| (ñîçäàíèå ïîäïèñè áåç ðàçäåëèòåëÿ ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì çàãîëîâêîì è~òåêñòîì)
+ \item |\ContinuedFloat|
+ \item ïðàâèëüíàÿ âûêëþ÷êà ïîäïèñåé â~îêðóæåíèÿõ òèïà \texttt{wide} è~\texttt{addmargin},
+ êîòîðûå äîáàâëÿþò äîïîëíèòåëüíûå ïîëÿ
+ \item îïöèÿ \textsf{hypcap} \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+ \item âîçìîæíîñòü ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïîäïèñè \See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ê~ïàêåòó \package{subcaption}}
+\end{itemize}
+
+\DescribeMacro{compatibility=}
+% You can override this compatibility mode by specifying the option
+Âû ìîæåòå îòêëþ÷èòü òàêîé ðåæèì ñîâìåñòèìîñòè, çàäàâ
+\begin{quote}
+ |compatibility=false|
+\end{quote}
+% when loading \thispackage.
+% But please note that using this option is neither recommended nor supported
+% since unwanted side-effects or even errors could occur afterwards.
+% (For that reason you will get a warning about this.)
+ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà.
+Íî îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî èñïîëüçîâàíèå ýòîé îïöèè è~íå ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ, è~íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ
+ïîñêîëüêó ìîãóò âîçíèêíóòü ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû è~äàæå îøèáêè.
+(Ïî ýòîìó ïîâîäó âû êàê ðàç óæå ïîëó÷èëè ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.)
+
+\newcommand\packagedescription[1]{%
+ \ifvmode\else\par\fi
+ \nopagebreak
+ \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par
+ \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò algorithms}
+\label{algorithms}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{algorithms} package bundle\cite{algorithms} provides two
+% environments: The \texttt{algorithmic} environment provides a possibility
+% for describing algorithms, and the \texttt{algorithm} environment provides
+% a ``float'' wrapper for algorithms.}
+Ãðóïïà ïàêåòîâ \package{algorithms}\cite{algorithms} ïðåäëàãàåò äâà îêðóæåíèÿ:
+Îêðóæåíèå \texttt{algorithmic} ïðåäëàãàåò âîçìîæíîñòü äëÿ çàïèñè àëãîðèòìîâ,
+à~\texttt{algorithm} \cdash--- «ïëàâàþùèé» âàðèàíò àëãîðèòìîâ.}
+
+% Since the \texttt{algorithm} environment is implemented via |\new|\-|float|
+% provided by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, please see \Ref{float}.
+Ïîñêîëüêó îêðóæåíèå \texttt{algorithm} çàäà¸òñÿ ÷åðåç êîìàíäó |\new|\-|float|,
+ïðåäëàãàåìóþ ïàêåòîì \package{float}\cite{float}, îçíàêîìüòåñü ñ~\Ref{float}.
+
+\iffalse
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò algorithm2e}
+\label{algorithm2e}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for
+% writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.}
+Ïàêåò \package{algorithm2e}\cite{algorithm2e} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèå äëÿ
+çàïèñè àëãîðèòìîâ â~LaTeX2e.}
+
+% Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard
+% interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the
+% \package{float} package) and typesetting its caption,
+% the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage.
+Ïîñêîëüêó ïàêåò \package{algorithm2e} íå èñïîëüçóåò ñòàíäàðòíûé èíòåðôåéñ äëÿ
+îïðåäåëåíèÿ ñîáñòâåííîãî îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà (íàïðèìåð, êîìàíäó~|\newfloat| èç ïàêåòà
+\package{float}) è~ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïèñè,
+ïàêåò \package{algorithm2e} \emph{íå} ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ äàííûì ïàêåòîì.
+%
+% So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage,
+% you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding
+% floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package),
+% and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code.
+Ïîýòîìó, åñëè âàì íóæíî íàñòðîèòü ïîäïèñè èñïîëüçóÿ \thispackage,
+âû äîëæíû ñàìè ñîçäàòü íîâîå îêðóæåíèå, èñïîëüçóÿ ïîääåðæèâàåìûé èíòåðôåéñ ðàáîòû ñ~ôëîòàìè
+(íàïðèìåð, èñïîëüçóÿ ïàêåòû \package{float} èëè \package{floatrow}),
+è~ñêîìáèíèðîâàòü ýòî îêðóæåíèå ñ~êîäîì ïàêåòà \package{algorithm2e}.
+%
+% As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic},
+% for example:
+Ñíà÷àëà âû äîëæíû îïðåäåëèòü íåïëàâàþùåå îêðóæåíèå \texttt{algorithmic},
+íàïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\
+ |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\
+ |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\
+ |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\
+ |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment
+ |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\
+ | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\
+ | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\
+ | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\
+ \ldots
+\end{quote}
+% Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new
+% floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package
+% (or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package),
+% and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic}
+% in its body, just like you would do when you use the
+% \package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem.
+Îïðåäåëèâ òàêîå íåïëàâàþùåå îêðóæåíèå,
+âû ìîæåòå îïðåäåëèòü ñâî¸ ñîáñòâåííîå îêðóæåíèå ôëîòà ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\newfloat| ïàêåòà
+\package{float}, (èëè |\DeclareNewFloatType| ïàêåòà \package{floatrow}),
+è~èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìáèíàöèþ ýòîãî îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà è~îêðóæåíèÿ
+\texttt{algorithmic} âíóòðè íåãî, àíàëîãè÷íî òîìó, êàê ýòî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ
+ïðè òàíäåìå ïàêåòîâ
+\package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic}.
+
+% You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example:
+Âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü äëÿ ýòèõ öåëåé ïàêåò \package{algorithm}, íàïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ \ldots\\
+ |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\
+ |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\
+ |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\
+ |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\
+ \ldots\\
+ |% Example usage:|\\
+ |\begin{algorithm}|\\
+ |\caption{An algorithm}|\\
+ |\begin{algorithmic}|\\
+ | \SetVline|\\
+ | \eIf{cond1}{|\\
+ | a line\;|\\
+ | }{|\\
+ | another line\;|\\
+ | }|\\
+ |\end{algorithmic}|
+\end{quote}
+% Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every
+% other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float},
+% please see \Ref{float}.
+Òåïåðü âû ìîæåòå ñîçäàòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ ñîäåðæèìîãî ôëîòà è~åãî ïîäïèñè, àíàëîãè÷íî ëþáîìó äðóãîìó
+îêðóæåíèþ ôëîòà, îïðåäåë¸ííîìó ïàêåòîì \package{float} package\cite{float},
+ñì.~\Ref{float}.
+
+% \begin{Annotation}
+% An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package.
+Â~êà÷åñòâå àëüòåðíàòèâû ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü ïàêåò \package{algorithmicx}.
+% \end{Annotation}
+\fi
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò float}
+\label{float}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{float} package\cite{float} introduces the commands
+% \cs{restylefloat} to give existing floating environments a new look \& feel
+% and \cs{newfloat} to define new floating environments.
+% It also provides the ``\texttt{H}'' float placement option which places
+% the environments ``here'' instead of letting them floating around.}
+Ïàêåò \package{float}\cite{float} ïðåäëàãàåò êîìàíäû
+\cs{restylefloat} äëÿ ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèÿ óæå ñóùåñòâóþùåãî ìàêåòà ôëîòà
+è~\cs{newfloat} äëÿ îïðåäåëåíèÿ íîâûõ îêðóæåíèé ôëîòîâ.
+Òàêæå îí ïðåäëàãàåò ñïåöèàëüíóþ îïöèþ ðàçìåùåíèÿ ôëîòà \texttt{H}, êîòîðàÿ ïîìåùàåò
+ôëîò «çäåñü», îòêëþ÷èâ ïëàâàíèå ôëîòà.}
+
+% For floating environments defined with \cs{newfloat} or \cs{restylefloat} the
+% |po|\-|si|\-|tion| option has no effect on the main caption anymore, since its
+% placement and spacing will be controlled by the selected float style instead.
+Äëÿ îêðóæåíèé ôëîòîâ, îïðåäåë¸ííûõ ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíä \cs{newfloat} èëè
+\cs{restylefloat} îïöèÿ
+|po|\-|si|\-|tion| íå èìååò ýôôåêòà, òàê êàê ìåõàíèçì ðàçìåùåíèÿ è~ðàññòàíîâîê
+îòáèâîê êîíòðîëèðóåòñÿ ñòèëåì ôëîòà ïàêåòà \package{float}.
+
+% A caption style and options defined with the name of the float style will be
+% executed additionally to the regular ones.
+% Using this mechanism \thispackage\ emulates the default look \& feel of the
+% |ruled| captions: It defines the caption style
+Ñòèëè ïîäïèñè è~êëþ÷è àññîöèèðîâàííûå ñ~íàçâàíèåì äàííîãî ñòèëÿ ôëîòà
+âêëþ÷àþòñÿ ïðè çàïóñêå äàííîãî îêðóæåíèÿ.
+Èñïîëüçóÿ ýòîò ìåõàíèçì \thispackage\ ýìóëèðóåò âûâîä ïîäïèñåé â~ñòèëå
+|ruled|: îí îïðåäåëÿåò ñòèëü ïîäïèñè
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\
+ | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.}
+\end{quote}
+% So to change this you need either define your own caption style called
+% |ruled| or use |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{options} to specify additional
+% options.%,
+%e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[ruled]{labelsep=|\x|colon}|.
+Òàê, ÷òîáû èçìåíèòü ýòî âû ìîæåòå ëèáî îïðåäåëèòü ñâîé ñòèëü ïîäïèñè, íàçâàííûé
+|ruled| èëè èñïîëüçîâàòü |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\x\marg{options} è~îïðåäåëèòü
+äîïîëíèòåëüíûå îïöèè.%,
+
+% Also by using this mechanism the skip between a |boxed| float and its caption
+% is specified, overriding its global value:
+Òàêæå, èñïîëüçóÿ ýòîò ìåõàíèçì, îòáèâêà ìåæäó ôëîòîì â~ðàìêå (|boxed|) è~åãî
+ïîäïèñüþ ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò çíà÷åíèå:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}|
+\end{quote}
+% For changing this, just use |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}|
+% with an appropriate value. Or if you want to use the global |skip| setting
+% instead, you can remove the usage of the local setting for these floats with
+% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|.
+Äëÿ èçìåíåíèÿ ýòîãî, èñïîëüçóéòå |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}|
+ñ~ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèì çíà÷åíèåì. Èëè, åñëè âàì íóæíî âìåñòî ýòîãî èñïîëüçîâàòü îáùèå
+(ãëîáàëüíûå) óñòàíîâêè êëþ÷à |skip|,
+âû ìîæåòå îòìåíèòü èñïîëüçîâàíèå ëîêàëüíîãî îïðåäåëåíèÿ, çàäàâ
+|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+% Only one single caption can be typeset inside environments defined with
+% |\new|\-|float| or |\re|\-|style|\-|float|, furthermore these environments
+% are not behaving exactly like the pre-defined floats |figure| and |table|.
+% As a consequence many packages do not cooperate well with these.
+% Furthermore the \package{float} package has some caveats \& limitations,
+% so if you just want to define a new simple floating environment---behaving
+% like |figure| or |table|---I recommend using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|
+% instead.
+% And for defining non-simple floating environments and customization I
+% recommend using |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the
+% \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}.
+Âíóòðè îêðóæåíèé îïðåäåë¸ííûõ êîìàíäàìè |\new|\-|float| èëè |\re|\-|style|\-|float|
+ìîæíî çàäàòü òîëüêî îäíó ïîäðèñóíî÷íóþ ïîäïèñü, êðîìå òîãî
+ýòè îêðóæåíèÿ ðàáîòàþò íå òàê, êàê
+îïðåäåë¸ííûå â~ñòàíäàðòíîì \LaTeX'å |figure| è~|table|.
+Â~ðåçóëüòàòå ìíîæåñòâî ïàêåòîâ íå ìîæåò áûòü êîîïåðèðîâàòüñÿ ñ~äàííûì ïàêåòîì.
+Áîëåå òîãî ïàêåò \package{float} èìååò íåêîòîðûå íåäîñòàòêè è~îãðàíè÷åíèÿ, ïîýòîìó, åñëè
+âàì íóæíî îïðåäåëèòü íîâîå îêðóæåíèå, ðàáîòàþùåå êàê
+|figure| èëè |table| \cdash--- ÿ ðåêîìåíäîâàë áû äëÿ ýòîãî èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìàíäó
+|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|.
+À~äëÿ îïðåäåëåíèÿ äðóãèõ îêðóæåíèé ôëîòîâ è~èõ íàñòðîéêè ìîæíî
+èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìàíäó |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| èç ïàêåòà
+\package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.
+\end{Note}
+
+\iffalse
+% Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using
+% the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are
+% wrong.
+% And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself
+% in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working
+% correctly afterwards.
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî âàì \emph{íå} íóæíî çàäàâàòü |\restyle|\-|float| äëÿ èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ
+îïöèè ðàçìåùåíèÿ «|H|». Íåêîòîðûå ðóêîâîäñòâà ñîâåòóþò ýòî, íî ýòî íåâåðíî.
+À~çàäàíèå |\restyle|\-|float{table}| õîðîøèé ñïîñîá ñáèòü ñåáÿ ñ~íîã,
+ïîñêîëüêó ìíîãèå ïàêåòû, èñïîëüçóþùèå â~ñâîèõ ìàêðîêîìàíäàõ îêðóæåíèå |table| ïåðåñòàþò
+ðàáîòàòü.
+\fi
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò floatflt}
+\label{floatflt}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{floatflt} package\cite{floatflt} offers figures and tables
+% which do not span the full width of a page and are float around by text.}
+Ïàêåò \package{floatflt}\cite{floatflt} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ
+ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö,
+îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you want to setup special options for the |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| and
+% |float|\-|ing|\-|table| environments you can use
+Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå îïöèè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |floating|\-|figure|
+è~|floating|\-|table|,
+ìîæíî çàäàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\
+ |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| resp.~|table|.
+Ýòè îïöèè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ñîîòâåòñòâåííî ê~îñíîâíûì äëÿ |figure| èëè |table|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures resp.~tables,
+% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+% resp.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| èëè |width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ òàêèõ ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö,
+òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå èõ ñòðîãî,
+âíóòðè |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| èëè
+|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò fltpage}
+\label{fltpage}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{fltpage} package\cite{fltpage} offers the outhouse of the
+% caption for |figure|s or |table|s which needs the whole page
+% for its contents. This will be done by placing the caption on the bottom
+% of the previous or next page.}
+Ïàêåò \package{fltpage}\cite{fltpage} ïðåäëàãàåò âíåøíþþ ïîäïèñü äëÿ ôëîòîâ
+|figure| èëè |table|, ñîäåðæèìîå êîòîðûõ çàíèìàåò öåëóþ ñòðàíèöó.
+Ïîäïèñü ïðè ýòîì ðàçìåùàåòñÿ íà ïðåäûäóùåé èëè ñëåäóþùåé ñòðàíèöå [íà ðàçâîðîòå].}
+
+\iffalse
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% Two options control the links to the environments |FPfigure| and |FPtable|:
+Ñëåäóþùèå êëþ÷è êîíòðîëèðóþò ññûëêè íà îêðóæåíèÿ |FPfigure| è~|FPtable|:
+\begin{description}
+% \item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} or \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+% If set to |caption|, the list entry will link to the caption; if set to
+% |figure|, it will link to the figure contents.
+% (The default setting is |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.)
+% \item{\texttt{FPref=caption} or \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+% If set to |caption|, a \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, or \cs{nameref}
+% will link to the caption; if set to |figure|, it will link to the figure contents.
+% (The default setting is |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.)
+ \item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} èëè \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Åñëè îïðåäåëåíà îïöèÿ |caption|, ññûëêà â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ áóäåò îòíîñèòüñÿ ê~ïîäïèñè; à~åñëè
+|figure| \cdash--- òî ê~ñîäåðæèìîìó ôëîòà.
+(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |FPlist=|\x|caption|.)
+\item{\texttt{FPref=caption} èëè \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Åñëè îïðåäåëåíà îïöèÿ |caption|, ññûëêè \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, èëè \cs{nameref}
+áóäóò ïðèâÿçàíû ê~ïîäïèñè; à~åñëè |figure| \cdash--- òî ê~ñîäåðæèìîìó ôëîòà.
+(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |FPref=figure|.)
+\end{description}
+\fi
+
+% If you want to setup special options for the |FPfigure| and |FPtable|
+% environments you can use
+Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |FPfigure| è~|FPtable|
+âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\
+ |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+Ýòè îïöèè áóäóò çàäàíû äîïîëíèòåëüíî ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì äëÿ
+|figure| èëè |table|.
+
+% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define
+% an environment called |FP|\meta{name} which behaves like |FP|\-|figure| and
+% |FP|\-|table|.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà \cs{DeclareCaptionType}\marg{name} òàêæå îïðåäåëèò
+îêðóæåíèå |FP|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå áóäåò àíàëîãè÷íî |FPfigure| è~|FPtable|.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò hyperref}
+\label{hyperref}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is used to handle cross
+% referencing commands in LaTeX to produce hypertext links in the document.}
+Ïàêåò hyperref\cite{hyperref} èñïîëüçóåòñÿ äëÿ óïðàâëåíèÿ êîìàíäàìè ïåðåêð¸ñòíûõ ññûëîê
+â~\LaTeX'å äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ ãèïåðòåêñòîâûõ ññûëîê âíóòðè äîêóìåíòà.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% There are two options available to control the placement of hyperlink
+% anchors:~\footnote{These options are named after the \package{hypcap} package
+% which they supersede.}
+Ñóùåñòâóþò äâà êëþ÷à, êîíòðîëèðóþùèõ ðàçìåùåíèå ãèïåðññûëîê:\footnote{Ýòè
+îïöèè íàçâàíû ïî ïàêåòó \package{hypcap}, êîòîðûé îíè çàìåíÿþò.}
+\begin{description}
+% \item{\texttt{hypcap=true} or \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+% If set to |true| all hyperlink anchors -- where entries in the
+% List of Figures, |\ref|, and |\auto|\-|ref| will link to -- are placed at
+% the beginning of the (floating) environment.\par
+% If set to |false| the hyperlink anchor is (usually) placed at the caption.\par
+% (The default setting is |hypcap=|\x|true|.)
+\item{\texttt{hypcap=true} èëè \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ |true| âñå ãèïåðññûëêè \cdash--- çàïèñè â~Ñïèñêàõ ðèñóíêîâ (òàáëèö),
+êîìàíäû |\ref| è~|\autoref| \cdash--- áóäóò ïðèâÿçàíû
+ê~íà÷àëó îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà.\par
+Åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ |false| ãèïåðññûëêè (îáû÷íî) ïðèâÿçûâàþòñÿ ê~ïîäïèñè.\par
+(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |hypcap=true|.)
+% \item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+% Because it looks poor if the hyperlink points exactly at the top of
+% the figure or table, you can specify a vertical distance between
+% the hyperlink anchor and the (floating) environment itself,
+% e.g.~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| removes this distance.\par
+% (The default setting is |hypcapspace=0.5\baselineskip|.)
+\item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Ïîñêîëüêó ýòî âûãëÿäèò ïëîõî, åñëè ãèïåðññûëêà ïîïàäàåò òî÷íî ââåðõ ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû,
+âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûé ïàðàìåòð ðàññòîÿíèÿ ìåæäó ïðèâÿçêîé ãèïåðññûëêè
+è~îêðóæåíèåì ôëîòà,
+íàïðèìåð, |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| óáèðàåò ýòî ðàññòîÿíèå.\par
+(Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |hypcapspace=0.5\baselineskip|.)
+\end{description}
+
+% Both settings have no effect in |lst|\-|listing|s (provided by the
+% \package{listings} package), |long|\-|table|s (provided by the
+% \package{longtable} package), |super|\-|tabular|s (provided by the
+% \package{supertabular} package), and |x|\-|tabular|s (provided by the
+% \package{xtab} package), within these environments hyperlink
+% anchors will always be placed as if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| and
+% |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| would be set.
+Îáå íàñòðîéêè íå èìåþò ýôôåêòà â~îêðóæåíèÿõ |lstlisting| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì
+\package{listings}), |longtable| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì
+\package{longtable}), |super|\-|tabular| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì
+\package{supertabular}) è |xtabular| (ïðåäëàãàåìîì ïàêåòîì \package{xtab}),
+âíóòðè ýòèõ îêðóæåíèé ãèïåðññûëêè âñåãäà áóäóò çàäàíû òàê,
+áóäòî çàäàíû îïöèè |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| è~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt|.
+
+%\pagebreak[3]Please note:\nopagebreak
+\pagebreak[3]Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå:\nopagebreak
+\begin{description}
+% \item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
+% vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}%
+% \\[\smallskipamount]
+% Without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results.
+% But with \package{hyperref} loaded, and with |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| requested,
+% the hyperlink anchor will be placed different.
+% For example:
+\item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg\ldots\ è~%
+ \cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg\ldots}\\[\smallskipamount]
+Áåç ïàêåòà \package{hyperref}, äàäóò âàì èäåíòè÷íûå ðåçóëüòàòû.
+Íî ñ~çàãðóæåííûì ïàêåòîì \package{hyperref}, è~ñ~îïöèåé |hypcap=|\x|true|,
+ãèïåðññûëêà áóäåò äðóãîé. Íàïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
+| |\ldots\\
+| \captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\
+|\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+% will place the hyperlink anchor at the caption.
+% (And if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| is set, you will get a warning about this.)
+% But
+Ïîìåñòèò ãèïåðññûëêó â~ïîäïèñü.
+(À~åñëè çàäàíà îïöèÿ |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true|, âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.)
+Íî
+\begin{quote}
+|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
+| \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
+| |\ldots\\
+| \caption{A figure}|\\
+|\end{minipage}|
+\end{quote}
+% will place the hyperlink anchor at the beginning of the |mini|\-|page|,
+% since |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| does not only set the caption type
+% to ``figure'' but does place a hyperlink anchor, too.
+ïîìåñòèò ãèïåðññûëêó â~íà÷àëî îêðóæåíèÿ |mini|\-|page|,
+ïîñêîëüêó êîìàíäà |\caption|\-|setup|\x|{type=|\x|figure}| íå òîëüêî çàäà¸ò íàñòðîéêè äëÿ
+ôëîòà «figure», íî òàêæå ïîìåùàåò ãèïåðññûëêó.
+
+% \item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
+% vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+\item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg\ldots\ è~%
+ \cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg\ldots}\\[\smallskipamount]
+% Again, without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results.
+% But with \package{hyperref} loaded, the difference is in the nuances.
+% So for example the optional argument of |\caption| will also be written to
+% the |aux| file, and will be used by the |\name|\-|ref| command.
+% So if you choose to use |\caption| with empty optional argument,
+% |\name|\-|ref| will also give you an empty result.
+% So it's better to use |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| if you don't
+% want an entry in the List of Figures or List of Tables.
+Îïÿòü æå, áåç ïàêåòà \package{hyperref}, îáà âàðèàíòà äàäóò îäèíàêîâûé ðåçóëüòàò.
+À~ñ~çàãðóæåííûì ïàêåòîì \package{hyperref}, îòëè÷èå áóäåò â~íþàíñàõ.
+Òàê, íàïðèìåð, äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò êîìàíäû |\caption| òàêæå áóäåò çàïèñàí â~%
+|aux|-ôàéë, è~òàêæå áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ êîìàíäà |\name|\-|ref|.
+Ïîýòîìó, åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå êîìàíäó ïîäïèñè~|\caption| ñ~ïóñòûì äîïîëíèòåëüíûì àðãóìåíòîì, êîìàíäà
+|\name|\-|ref| òàêæå äàñò âàì «ïóñòîé» ðåçóëüòàò.
+Ïîýòîìó ëó÷øå èñïîëüçîâàòü \cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}, åñëè âàì íå íóæíî
+çàïèñûâàòü ðèñóíîê â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö.
+\end{description}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò hypcap}
+\label{hypcap}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{hyp\-cap} package\cite{hypcap} offers a solution to the problem
+% that links to a float using \package{hyper\-ref} may anchors to the caption
+% rather than the beginning of the float.
+% Since \thispackage\ \version{3.1} already solves this problem for itself,
+% the \package{hypcap} package is usually not needed.}
+% %, at least when you use \thispackage.}
+Ïàêåò \package{hypcap}\cite{hypcap} ïðåäëàãàåò ðåøåíèå ïðîáëåì, ñâÿçàííûõ ñ~ôëîòàìè
+ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïàêåòà \package{hyperref}, êîòîðûé ïîìåùàåò ãèïåðññûëêè â~ïîäïèñü,
+à~íå â~íà÷àëî ôëîòà.
+Ïîñêîëüêó \thispackage\ \version{3.1} óæå ðåøèë ýòó ïðîáëåìó ñâîèìè ñðåäñòâàìè,
+ïàêåò \package{hypcap} îáû÷íî íå íóæåí.%
+% , êîãäà âû èñïîëüçóåòå
+% \thispackage.
+}
+
+% If the \package{hyp\-cap} package is loaded additionally to the
+% \package{hyper\-ref} package, it takes over the control of the hyperlink
+% anchor placement from \thispackage, overriding the options |hyp|\-|cap=|
+% and |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|.
+Åñëè ïàêåò \package{hypcap} çàãðóæåí äîïîëíèòåëüíî ê~ïàêåòó \package{hyperref},
+òî êîíòðîëü çà ãèïåðññûëêàìè ïåðåõîäèò îò ïàêåòà \package{caption} ê~íåìó,
+ïåðåêðûâàÿ îïöèè êëþ÷åé |hypcap=| è~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|.
+
+% So for a manual placement of hyperlink anchors
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| is not sufficient anymore,
+% instead you need to use |\cap|\-|start| (provided by the \package{hyp\-cap}
+% package) for this.
+Ïîýòîìó äëÿ ðó÷íîãî ðàçìåùåíèÿ ãèïåðññûëêè |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|
+óæå íå ãîäèòñÿ, è~âìåñòî ýòîãî âû äîëæíû èñïîëüçîâàòü êîìàíäó |\capstart|
+(ïðåäëàãàåìóþ ïàêåòîì \package{hypcap}).
+
+% Regarding the automatically placement the \package{hypcap} package offers good
+% placement of hyperlink anchors for the floating environments |figure| and
+% |table| only. In contrast the |hypcap=|\x|true| option of \thispackage\ also
+% offers good placements of hyperlink anchors for
+% |floating|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{float\-flt} package),
+% |FP|\-|figure|s \& |FPtable|s (provided by the \package{flt\-page} package),
+% |fig|\-|window|s (provided by the \package{pic\-in\-par} package),
+% |par|\-|pic|s (provided by the \package{pic\-ins} package),
+% |SC|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{side\-cap} package),
+% |three|\-|part|\-|table|s (provided by the \package{three\-part\-table} package),
+% and |wrapfigure|s (provided by the \package{wrap\-fig} package).%---%
+% %so by loading the \package{hypcap} package additionally you will
+% %loose that.
+Ïðè àâòîìàòè÷åñêîì ðàçìåùåíèè ãèïåðññûëîê, ïàêåò \package{hypcap} çàäà¸ò âåðíîå
+ðàçìåùåíèå òîëüêî äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |figure| è~%
+|table|. Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê îïöèÿ êëþ÷à |hypcap=true| ïàêåòà \package{caption}, ïðåäëàãàåò òàêæå
+êîððåêòíîå ðàçìåùåíèÿ ññûëîê äëÿ îêðóæåíèé
+|floating|\-|figure| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{floatflt}),
+|FPfigure| è~|FPtable| (ïðåäëàãàåìûõ ïàêåòîì \package{fltpage}),
+|figwindow| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{picinpar}),
+|parpic| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{picins}),
+|SCfigure| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{sidecap}),
+|three|\-|part|\-|table| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{threeparttable}),
+è~|wrap|\-|figure| (ïðåäëàãàåìîãî ïàêåòîì \package{wrapfig}).%---%
+%ïîýòîìó, çàãðóæàÿ ïàêåò \package{hypcap}, âû òåðÿåòå ýòè âîçìîæíîñòè.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò listings}
+\label{listings}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{listings} package\cite{listings} typesets programming code.}
+Ïàêåò \package{listings}\cite{listings} ïîìîãàåò ðàñïå÷àòàòü ïðîãðàììíûé êîä.}
+
+% If you want to setup special options for the |lst|\-|listing| environment
+% you can use
+Åñëè âû æåëàåòå ñîçäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå îïöèè äëÿ îêðóæåíèÿ |lstlinsting|
+âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% Please note that the \package{listings} package has its very own options
+% for controlling the position and the skips of the caption:
+% |caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, and |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|.
+% \See{\package{listings} documentation for details.}
+% These \package{listings} options override the \package{caption}'s ones, but
+% can be again overwritten by |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|,
+% e.g.%~
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî ïàêåò \package{listings} èìååò ñîáñòâåííûå îïöèè
+äëÿ êîíòðîëÿ ðàñïîëîæåíèÿ îòáèâîê âîêðóã ïîäïèñè:
+|caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, è~|below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|.
+\See{ïîäðîáíåå â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ïàêåòà \package{listings}.}
+Îïöèè ïàêåòà \package{listings} ïåðåîïðåäåëÿþò îïöèè \package{caption}, íî
+ìîãóò áûòü â~ñâîþ î÷åðåäü ïåðåïèñàíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ íàñòðîåê
+|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|,
+íàïðèìåð,
+\begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò longtable}
+\label{longtable}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable} offers an environment
+% which behaves similar to the \texttt{tabular} environment, but the table
+% itself can span multiple pages.}
+Ïàêåò \package{longtable}\cite{longtable} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèå,
+êîòîðîå ðàáîòàåò àíàëîãè÷íî \texttt{tabular}, íî òàáëè÷íûé ìàòåðèàë ìîæåò çàíèìàòü
+íåñêîëüêî ñòðàíèö.}
+
+% If you want to setup special options for the |long|\-|table| environment
+% you can use
+Åñëè âû æåëàåòå ñîçäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table|
+âû ìîæåòå èñïîëüçîâàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |table|.
+Ýòè îïöèè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì äëÿ
+|table|.
+
+% The |margin| and |width| settings usually override |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|,
+% so you get an equal look \& feel of the captions in |table|s and
+% |long|\-|table|s.
+% But if you set |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| to a value different than its default
+% $=$ |4in|, \thispackage\ will follow that.
+% (But |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| will be overwritten by
+% |\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|,
+% even if it is set to a value different than |4in|.)
+Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| îáû÷íî ïåðåêðûâàþò çíà÷åíèå êîìàíäû
+|\LTcapwidth|, ïîýòîìó
+âû ìîæåòå ïîëó÷èòü èäåíòè÷íîå îôîðìëåíèå äëÿ ïîäïèñåé â~îêðóæåíèÿõ |table| è~%
+|longtable|.
+Íî åñëè âû çàäàäèòå çíà÷åíèå |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| îòëè÷íîå îò çàäàííîãî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ,
+÷òî ðàâíî ${}={}$|4in|, \thispackage\ áóäåò èñïîëüçîâàòü ýòî çíà÷åíèå.
+(Íî |\LTcapwidth| áóäåò ïåðåïèñàíî ïîñëåäóþùåé íàñòðîéêîé
+|\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|, äàæå åñëè îíî çàäàíî
+îòëè÷íûì îò~|4in|.)
+
+\begin{Note}
+% |\caption|\-|of| and |\Continued|\-|Float| do \emph{not} work for |long|\-|table|s.
+% Furthermore neither |\caption| nor |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| will increment
+% the |table| counter here; it's incremented by the |long|\-|table| environment
+% instead.
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you need a |long|\-|table| which does not increment the |table| counter
+% please use the |long|\-|table*| environment (offered by the
+% \package{ltcaption} package which is part of \thispackage\ bundle and will be
+% loaded automatically).
+Êîìàíäû |\caption|\-|of| è~|\Continued|\-|Float| íå ðàáîòàþò â~îêðóæåíèÿõ |long|\-|table|.
+Êðîìå òîãî íè |\caption| íè |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| íå óâåëè÷èâàþò çíà÷åíèå ñ÷¸ò÷èêà
+òàáëèö |table|; åãî çíà÷åíèå óïðàâëÿåòñÿ îêðóæåíèåì |long|\-|table|.
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü îêðóæåíèå |longtable| áåç óâåëè÷åíèÿ ñ÷¸ò÷èêà òàáëèö, |table|,
+èñïîëüçóéòå îêðóæåíèå |longtable*|, ïðåäëàãàåìîå ïàêåòîì \package{ltcaption},
+êîòîðûé ÿâëÿåòñÿ ÷àñòüþ ãðóïïû ïàêåòîâ ïàêåòà \package{caption} è~çàãðóæàåòñÿ àâòîìàòè÷åñêè.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò picinpar}
+\label{picinpar}
+\packagedescription{%
+% Similar to the \package{floatflt} package the \package{picinpar}
+% package\cite{picinpar} offers figures and tables which do not span the full
+% width of a page and are float around by text.
+% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
+% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+Àíàëîãè÷íûé ïàêåòó \package{floatflt}, ïàêåò \package{picinpar}%
+\cite{picinpar} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì.
+Çà áîëåå ïîäðîáíîé èíôîðìàöèåé î~ðàçëè÷èÿõ ïàêåòîâ îáðàùàéòåñü
+ê~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you want to setup special options for the |fig|\-|window| and
+% |tab|\-|window| environments you can use
+Åñëè âàì íóæíû ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |figwindow| è~|tabwindow|
+âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\
+ |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì
+|figure| èëè |table|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
+% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| or
+% |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ýòèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö,
+òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figwindow]{|\ldots|}| èëè
+|\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figtable]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò picins}
+\label{picins}
+\packagedescription{%
+% Similar to the \package{floatflt} and \package{picinpar} package the
+% \package{picins} package\cite{picins} offers figures and tables which do not
+% span the full width of a page and are float around by text.
+% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
+% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+Àíàëîãè÷åí ïàêåòàì \package{floatflt} è~\package{picinpar}
+\package{picins}\cite{picins} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö, îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì.
+Çà áîëåå ïîäðîáíîé èíôîðìàöèåé î~ðàçëè÷èÿõ ïàêåòîâ îáðàùàéòåñü
+ê~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you want to setup special options for the |par|\-|pic| environment you can use
+Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèÿ |parpic| âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì
+|figure| èëè |table|.\par
+
+% Furthermore |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| produce no entry in the List of Figures,
+% and |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| gives an unlabeled \& unnumbered caption.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| íå ñîçäà¸ò çàïèñè â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ,
+à~êîìàíäà |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| çàäà¸ò ïîäïèñü áåç íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà.
+
+\begin{Note}
+% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables.
+% \iffalse
+% if |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side| is used.
+% The |width| setting will not be used (but the |margin| setting will) if
+% |pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side| is used.
+% \fi
+% But you can override this by setting it explicit with
+% |\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|.
+Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ýòèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö.
+\iffalse
+åñëè çàäàíû êîìàíäû |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| èëè |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side|.
+Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷à |width| íå áóäóò èñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ (íî êëþ÷ |margin| áóäåò), åñëè
+çàäàíû êîìàíäû |pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| èëè |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side|.
+\fi
+Íî ýòî ìîæíî ïåðåîïðåäåëèòü íàñòðîéêàìè
+|\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+% If you want to have a |\pic|\-|caption| of another type as |figure|, please
+% do \emph{not} re-define |\@cap|\-|type| as suggested by the \package{picins}
+% documentation. Please use the |\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{type} command
+% which is offered by \thispackage\ instead, e.g.:
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü ïîäïèñü, |\piccaption|, íå äëÿ |figure|, à~äëÿ äðóãîãî òèïà ôëîòà,
+\emph{íå} ïåðåîïðåäåëÿéòå êîìàíäó |\@captype|, êàê ïðåäëîæåíî â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ïàêåòà
+\package{picins}.
+Èñïîëüçóéòå êîìàíäó |\piccaptiontype|\marg{type}, ïðåäëàãàåìóþ äàííûì ïàêåòîì,
+íàïðèìåð:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\
+ |\piccaption{An example table}|\\
+ |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò rotating}
+\label{rotating}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{rotating} package\cite{rotating} offers the floating
+% environments \texttt{side\-ways\-figure} and \texttt{side\-ways\-table} which
+% are just like normal figures and tables but rotated by 90 resp.~270 degree.
+% Furthermore a command \cs{rot\-caption} is offered for rotated captions only.}
+Ïàêåò \package{rotating}\cite{rotating} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòîâ
+\texttt{side\-ways\-figure} è~\texttt{side\-ways\-table}
+êîòîðûå ÿâëÿþòñÿ òåìè æå ðèñóíêàìè è~òàáëèöàìè, íî ðàçâ¸ðíóòûìè íà 90~ãðàäóñîâ.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êîìàíäà \cs{rotcaption} äëÿ ïîâîðîòà òîëüêî ïîäïèñåé.}
+
+\iffalse % No, we don't do that
+% If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and
+% |side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use
+Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàäàòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |sidewaysfigure| è~|sidewaystable|
+âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\
+ |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì
+|figure| èëè |table|.\par
+\fi
+
+% The command |\rot|\-|caption| will be extended by \thispackage, so
+% |\rot|\-|caption*| and |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| can be used analogous to
+% |\caption*| and |\caption|\-|of|.
+Êîìàíäà |\rot|\-|caption| áûëà ðàñøèðåíà äàííûì ïàêåòîì, ïîýòîìó
+|\rot|\-|caption*| èëè |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| ìîãóò áûòü èñïîëüçîâàíû àíàëîãè÷íî
+êîìàíäàì |\caption*| è~|\captionof|.
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define
+% an environment called |side|\-|ways|\meta{name} which behaves like
+% |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and |side|\-|ways|\-|table|.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} îïðåäåëèò
+îêðóæåíèå, íàçûâàåìîå |side|\-|ways|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå ðàáîòàåò àíàëîãè÷íî
+|side|\-|ways|\-|figure| è~|side|\-|ways|\-|table|.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò setspace}
+\label{setspace}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{setspace} package\cite{setspace} offers options and commands
+% to change the spacing,
+% e.g.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space}
+% causes the document to be typeset in one-and-a-half spacing.}
+Ïàêåò \package{setspace}\cite{setspace} ïðåäëàãàåò îïöèè è~êîìàíäû äëÿ
+èçìåíåíèÿ èíòåðëèíüÿæà,
+íàïðèìåð \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space}
+ñîçäàñò äîêóìåíò, ðàñïå÷àòàííûé ñ~ïîëóòîðíûì èíòåðëèíüÿæåì.}
+
+% If the \package{setspace} package is used in conjunction with \thispackage,
+% the caption will be typeset with single spacing as default. This can be changed
+% by specifying either |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing|,
+% |font=|\x|double|\-|spacing|, or |font={stretch=|\x\meta{amount}|}|.
+% \See{also \Ref{fonts}}
+Åñëè ïàêåò \package{setspace} èñïîëüçóåòñÿ âìåñòå ñ~äàííûì ïàêåòîì,
+ïîäïèñü áóäåò íàïå÷àòàíà ñ~îäèíàðíûì èíòåðëèíüÿæåì. Ýòî ìîæíî ïåðåîïðåäåëèòü,
+çàäàâ ëèáî |font=onehalfspacing|, |font=doublespacing|, ëèáî
+|font={stretch=|\meta{amount}|}|. \See{òàêæå \Ref{fonts}}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò sidecap}
+\label{sidecap}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap} offers the floating environments
+% \texttt{SC\-figure} and \texttt{SC\-table} which are like usual figures
+% and tables but the caption will be put \emph{beside} the contents.}
+Ïàêåò \package{sidecap}\cite{sidecap} ïðåäëàãàåò îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòîâ
+|SCfigure| è~|SCtable|, êîòîðûå ÿâëÿþòñÿ òåìè æå ðèñóíêàìè è~òàáëèöàìè,
+íî ïîäïèñè ïîìåùàþòñÿ \emph{ñáîêó} ñîäåðæèìîãî.}
+
+% If you want to setup special options for the |SCfigure| and |SCtable|
+% environments you can use
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |SCfigure| è~|SCtable|
+âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+ |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì
+|figure| èëè |table|.\par
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define
+% an environment called |SC|\meta{name} which behaves like |SC|\-|figure| and
+% |SC|\-|table|.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà \cs{DeclareCaptionType}\marg{name} ìîæåò îïðåäåëèòü
+îêðóæåíèå |SC|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå ðàáîòàåò àíàëîãè÷íî |SCfigure| è~|SCtable|.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\begin{Note}
+% The \package{sidecap} package offers its own options for justification.
+% If set, they will override the one specified with the caption option
+% |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| for captions beside their contents.
+Ïàêåò \package{sidecap} ïðåäëàãàåò îïöèè äëÿ âûêëþ÷êè ïîäïèñåé.
+È~åñëè îíè çàäàíû, òî îíè ïåðåîïðåäåëÿò íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷à
+|justification=| äëÿ ïîäïèñåé ñòîÿùèõ ñáîêó.
+\end{Note}
+
+\begin{Note}
+% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
+% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+% or |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ýòèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö,
+òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî |\captionsetup|\x|[SCfigure]|\x|{|\ldots|}|
+èëè |\captionsetup|\x|[SCtable]|\x|{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+% Instead of using the \package{sidecap} package you can also use the more
+% powerful and flexible \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for typesetting
+% captions beside the contents.
+Âìåñòî èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ ïàêåòà \package{sidecap} âû ìîæåòå âîñïîëüçîâàòüñÿ
+ïàêåòîì \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} äëÿ ðàçìåùåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé ñáîêó ôëîòîâ.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection*{Undocumented features}
+% The \package{sidecap} package \version{1.6} has some undocumented package
+% options and commands which allow further customization of the side-captions:
+\subsubsection*{Íåäîêóìåíòèðîâàííûå îñîáåííîñòè}
+Ïàêåò \package{sidecap} âåðñèè \version{1.6} èìååò íåêîòîðûå íåäîêóìåíòèðîâàííûå
+îïöèè è~êîìàíäû êîòîðûå ïîçâîëÿþò çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíûå íàñòðîéêè:
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{margincaption}
+% The package option
+Îïöèÿ ïàêåòà
+\begin{quote}
+ |margincaption|\qquad{\small(e.g.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)}
+\end{quote}
+% causes all side-captions to be placed into the margin.
+ïîçâîëÿåò ïîìåñòèòü âñå ïîäïèñè ñáîêó íà ïîëå.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos}
+% The command
+Êîìàíäà
+\begin{quote}
+ |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{float type}\marg{pos}
+\end{quote}
+% sets the vertical position of the side-caption. \meta{pos} can be either `|t|'
+% (for top alignment), `|b|' (for bottom alignment), or `|c|' (for center alignment).
+% The default setting for |table| is `|t|', for |figure| and all other ones
+% defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| it's `|b|'.
+çàäà¸ò âåðòèêàëüíîå ïîëîæåíèå ïîäïèñè. Àðãóìåíò \meta{pos} ìîæåò áûòü ëèáî `|t|'
+(äëÿ âûðàâíèâàíèÿ ïî âåðõó), `|b|' (äëÿ âûðàâíèâàíèÿ ïî íèçó), èëè `|c|'
+(äëÿ âûðàâíèâàíèÿ ïî öåíòðó).
+Çíà÷åíèå ïî óìîë÷àíèþ äëÿ òàáëèö, |table|, \cdash--- `|t|',
+äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ, |figure|, è~âñåõ äðóãèõ îêðóæåíèé, îïðåäåë¸ííûõ
+ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| \cdash--- `|b|'.
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò subfigure}
+\label{subfigure}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{subfigure} package\cite{subfigure} provides support for small or
+% `sub' figures and tables within a single figure or table environment.
+% This package is obsolete, new users should use \package{subfig} instead.}
+Ïàêåò \package{subfigure}\cite{subfigure} ïðåäëàãàåò ïîääåðæêó äëÿ ÷àñòåé ôëîòîâ (ïîäôëîòîâ)
+âíóòðè îäíîãî îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|.
+Ýòîò ïàêåò ÿâëÿåòñÿ óñòàðåâøèì, íîâûå ïîëüçîâàòåëÿì ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ ïàêåò \package{subfig}.}
+
+% Since the \package{subfigure} package is obsolete it will only be supported in
+% a way that old documents (which have used \thispackage\ \version{1.x} during
+% development) should still compile as expected.
+Ïîñêîëüêó ïàêåò \package{subfigure} óñòàðåâøèé, îí ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ è~êîìïèëèðóåòñÿ òîëüêî â~ñòàðûõ äîêóìåíòàõ
+(èñïîëüçóþùèõ \thispackage\ \version{1.x}).
+
+% Please use the \package{subfig} package instead with supports \thispackage\
+% \version{3.x}.
+Âìåñòî ýòîãî èñïîëüçóéòå, ïîæàëóéñòà, ïàêåò \package{subfig}; åãî ïîääåðæèâàåò \thispackage\
+\version{3.x}.
+
+% \See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation for details.}
+\See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ïàêåòà \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}.}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåòû supertabular è~xtab}
+\label{supertabular}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} and \package{xtab}\cite{xtab}
+% packages offer an environment which can span multiple pages and is quite
+% similar to the \texttt{long\-table} environment provided by the
+% \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}.
+% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these powerful
+% packages please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+Ïàêåòû \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} è~\package{xtab}\cite{xtab}
+ïðåäëàãàþò îêðóæåíèå,
+àíàëîãè÷íîå \texttt{long\-table}, (ïàêåò \package{longtable}\cite{longtable}),
+êîòîðîå ìîæåò ðàçáèâàòüñÿ íà íåñêîëüêî ñòðàíèö.
+Äåòàëüíûå îáúÿñíåíèÿ ðàçëè÷èé ýòèõ ìîùíûõ ïàêåòîâ
+ñì.~â~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+% If you want to setup special options for the |super|\-|tabular|
+% resp.~|x|\-|tabular| environment you can use
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |super|\-|tabular|
+èëè~|xtabular| âû ìîæåòå çàïèñàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî}\\
+ |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |table|.
+Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì
+|figure| èëè |table|.\par
+
+\begin{Note}
+% |\Continued|\-|Float| does not work for |super|\-|tabular|s and |x|\-|tabular|s.
+Êîìàíäà |\Continued|\-|Float| íå ðàáîòàåò ñ~|super|\-|tabular| è~|xtabular|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò threeparttable}
+\label{threeparttable}
+\packagedescription{%
+% The \package{threeparttable} package\cite{threeparttable} provides a scheme
+% for tables that have a structured note section after the table contents and
+% the caption.
+% This scheme provides an answer to the old problem of putting footnotes in
+% tables---by making footnotes entirely unnecessary.}
+Ïàêåò \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable}
+ïðåäëàãàåò ñõåìó äëÿ òàáëèö, èìåþùèõ ñòðóêòóðèðîâàííûé ðàçäåë çàìå÷àíèé ïîñëå òàáëè÷íîãî ìàòåðèàëà
+è~ïîäïèñè.
+Ýòà ñõåìà ïðåäëàãàåò îòâåò äëÿ ñòàðîé ïðîáëåìû ðàçìåùåíèÿ ñíîñîê â~òàáëèöàõ áåç íåîáõîäèìîñòè
+ñîçäàíèÿ ñíîñîê.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you want to setup special options for the |three|\-|part|\-|table| and
+% |measured|\-|figure| environments you can use
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé
+|three|\-|part|\-|table| è~|measured|\-|figure|,
+âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{è}\\
+ |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |table| or |figure|.
+Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì
+|figure| èëè |table|.\par
+
+\begin{Note}
+% Since the caption will have the same width as the contents here,
+% the |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
+% at least unless you set it explicit with
+% |\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| or
+% |\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|.
+Ïîñêîëüêó øèðèíà ïîäïèñè ðàâíà øèðèíå òàáëèöû,
+êëþ÷è |margin| è~|width| çäåñü íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö,
+òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî
+|\caption|\-|setup|\x|[threeparttable]|\x|{|\ldots|}|
+èëè |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[measuredfigure]|\x|{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{Annotation*}
+% Instead of using the \package{threeparttable} package you can
+% also use the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for this purpose.
+Âìåñòî ïàêåòà \package{threeparttable} ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü
+ïàêåò \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.
+\end{Annotation*}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+\subsection{Ïàêåò wrapfig}
+\label{wrapfig}
+\packagedescription{%
+% Similar to the \package{floatflt}, the \package{picinpar}, and the
+% \package{picins} package the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig} offers
+% figures and tables which do not span the full width of a page and are float
+% around by text.
+% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
+% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+Àíàëîãè÷íî ïàêåòàì \package{floatflt}, \package{picinpar} è~%
+\package{picins}, ïàêåò \package{wrapfig}\cite{wrapfig} ïðåäëàãàåò
+îêðóæåíèÿ íåáîëüøèõ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö îáòåêàåìûõ òåêñòîì.
+Çà áîëåå ïîäðîáíîé èíôîðìàöèåé î~ðàçëè÷èÿõ ïàêåòîâ îáðàùàéòåñü
+ê~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+
+\NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you want to setup special options for the |wrap|\-|figure| and
+% |wrap|\-|table| environments you can use
+Åñëè âàì íóæíî çàäàòü ñïåöèàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè äëÿ îêðóæåíèé |wrap|\-|figure|
+è~|wrap|\-|table| âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{options}\\
+ |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+Ýòè íàñòðîéêè áóäóò äîáàâëåíû ê~îñíîâíûì íàñòðîéêàì
+|figure| èëè |table|.\par
+
+% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define
+% an environment called |wrap|\meta{name} which behaves like |wrap|\-|figure|
+% and |wrap|\-|table|.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî êîìàíäà |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} îïðåäåëèò
+íîâîå îêðóæåíèå |wrap|\meta{name}, êîòîðîå àíàëîãè÷íî |wrap|\-|figure| è~|wrap|\-|table|.
+
+\begin{Note}
+% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and
+% tables, unless you set it explicit with
+% |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+% or |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+Íàñòðîéêè êëþ÷åé |margin| è~|width| íå èñïîëüçóþòñÿ äëÿ ðèñóíêîâ è~òàáëèö,
+òîëüêî åñëè âû íå çàäàäèòå ñòðîãî |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[wrapfigure]{|\ldots|}|
+èëè |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[wraptable]{|\ldots|}|.
+\end{Note}
+
+\begin{Note}
+% If the \package{wrapfig} package should be used in coorperation with the
+% \package{float} package, it needs to be loaded \emph{after} the
+% \package{float} package. Furthermore |\new|\-|float| and |\restyle|\-|float|
+% commands \emph{should} be placed after \emph{both} packages have been loaded.
+Åñëè ïàêåò \package{wrapfig} äîëæåí áûòü èñïîëüçîâàí ñîâìåñòíî ñ~ïàêåòîì
+\package{float}, òî åãî íóæíî çàãðóçèòü \emph{ïîñëå} ïàêåòà
+\package{float}. Êðîìå òîãî êîìàíäû |\new|\-|float| èëè |\restyle|\-|float|
+\emph{äîëæíû} áûòü ïîìåùåíû ïîñëå çàãðóçêè \emph{îáîèõ} ïàêåòîâ.
+\end{Note}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Further reading}
+\section{Ðåêîìåíäóåìàÿ ëèòåðàòóðà}
+
+% I recommend the following documents for further reading:
+ß ðåêîìåíäóþ ñëåäóþùèå äîêóìåíòû äëÿ äàëüíåéøåãî ÷òåíèÿ:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+% The \TeX\ FAQ -- Frequently asked questions about \TeX\ and \LaTeX:
+ The \TeX\ FAQ -- ×àÂî ïî \TeX'ó è~\LaTeX'ó:
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote}
+
+\item
+ A French FAQ can be found at
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://www.grappa.univ-lille3.fr/FAQ-LaTeX/}\end{quote}
+
+\item
+ ``What is a minimal working example?'' from Christian Faulhammer and Ulrich Schwarz:
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/mini-en.html}\end{quote}
+
+\item
+%^^A \textsf{epslatex} from Keith Reckdahl contains many tips around
+%^^A including graphics in \LaTeXe\ documents.
+%^^A You will find this document in the directory
+ \textsf{epslatex} (Keith Reckdahl) ñîäåðæèò ìíîæåñòâî ïîäñêàçîê
+ êàê ðàçìåñòèòü èëëþñòðàöèîííûé ìàòåðèàë â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ñîçäàííîé â~\LaTeXe.
+ Âû íàéäåòå ýòîò ôàéë â~äèðåêòîðèè
+ \begin{quote}\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/info/epslatex/}\end{quote}
+\end{itemize}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+% \section{Thanks}
+\section{Áëàãîäàðíîñòè}
+
+{\fontencoding{T1}%\fontfamily{ptm}
+\selectfont
+I would like to thank Katja Melzner,
+Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko,
+David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, and Keith Reckdahl.
+Thanks a lot for all your help, ideas, patience, spirit, and support!
+
+Also I would like to thank
+Harald Harders,
+Peter L\"offler,
+Peng Yu,
+Alexander Zimmermann,
+Matthias Pospiech,
+J\"urgen Wieferink,
+Christoph Bartoschek,
+Uwe St\"ohr,
+Ralf Stubner,
+Geoff Vallis,
+Florian Keiler,
+J\"urgen G\"obel,
+Uwe Siart,
+Sang-Heon Shim,
+Henrik Lundell,
+David Byers,
+William Asquith,
+Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann,
+Frank Martini,
+Danie Els,
+and
+Markus Kohm,
+who all helped to make this package a better one.}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage\appendix
+% \section{Alphabetical Reference}
+\section{Àëôàâèòíûé óêàçàòåëü}
+
+%\newenvironment{Warnings}%
+% {\begin{trivlist}%
+% \def\Message{\pagebreak[3]\leftskip=0pt\relax\item[]\color{blue}}%
+% \def\Description{\nopagebreak\par\nopagebreak\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em\nopagebreak}%
+% }%
+% {\color{black}\end{trivlist}}
+\makeatletter
+\newenvironment{Warnings}{%
+ \newif\ifMessage
+ \def\Message{%
+ \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
+ \setlength\parindent{0pt}%
+ \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}%
+ \setlength\leftskip{0pt}%
+ \color{blue}%
+ \Messagetrue}%
+ \def\Description{%
+ \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}%
+ \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{èëè}}%
+ \def\@Or[##1]{%
+ \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}%
+}{%
+ \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi
+}
+\makeatother
+
+% \subsection{Options}
+\subsection{Êëþ÷è (îïöèè)}
+\newcommand\preambleoption{\,%
+ \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+ \footnotemark[2]%
+ \endgroup}
+\newcommand\preambleoptiontext{%
+ \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+% \footnotetext[2]{These options are only available in the preamble of the document.}%
+ \footnotetext[2]{Ýòè îïöèè ìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàòü òîëüêî â~ïðåàìáóëå äîêóìåíòà.}%
+ \endgroup}
+
+\newcommand\cell[1]{\tabular[t]{@{}l@{}}#1\endtabular}
+
+\begin{longtable*}{@{}l@{\ }ll@{}}
+% Option & Short description & Section \\
+Êëþ÷ & Êðàòêîå îïèñàíèå & Ðàçäåë \\
+\hline\noalign{\vskip2pt}
+\endhead
+% |aboveskip| & sets the skip above caption & \ref{skips} \\
+|aboveskip| & çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó íàä ïîäïèñüþ & \ref{skips} \\
+% |belowskip| & sets the skip below caption & \ref{skips} \\
+|belowskip| & çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó ïîä ïîäïèñüþ & \ref{skips} \\
+% |compatibility|\preambleoption & force (non-)compatibility & \ref{classes} \\
+|compatibility|\preambleoption & ôîðñèðîâàòü (íå)ñîâìåñòèìîñòü & \ref{compatibility} \\
+%|config| & & \ref{x} \\
+% |figurename|\preambleoption & sets the figure name & \ref{names} \\
+|figurename|\preambleoption & çàäàíèå èìåíè ðèñóíêà â~ìåòêå & \ref{names} \\
+% |figureposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the figure caption position & \ref{skips} \\
+|figureposition|\preambleoption & äà¸ò ïîäñêàçêó î~ðàçìåùåíèè ïîçèöèè ïîäïèñè ðèñóíêà & \ref{skips} \\
+% |figurewithin|\preambleoption & sets the figure ``within'' counter & \ref{numbering} \\
+|figurewithin|\preambleoption & \cell{çàäà¸ò ñ÷¸ò÷èê ðàçäåëà, êîòîðîìó ïîä÷èíÿåòñÿ\\ íóìåðàöèÿ ðèñóíêîâ}
+ & \ref{numbering} \\
+% |font|(|+|) & sets the font & \ref{fonts} \\
+|font|(|+|) & çàäà¸ò øðèôò & \ref{fonts} \\
+% |format| & sets the format & \ref{formats} \\
+|format| & çàäà¸ò ôîðìàò & \ref{formats} \\
+\iffalse
+% |FPlist| & to where the list entry of a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+|FPlist| & ê~÷åìó ïðèâÿçûâàòü FPfigure â~Ñïèñêå ôëîòîâ? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+% |FPref| & to where a |\ref| to a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+|FPref| & ê~÷åìó ïðèâÿçûâàòü |\ref| äëÿ FPfigure? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+\fi
+% |hangindent| & sets the hang indention & \ref{margins} \\
+|hangindent| & \cell{çàäà¸ò âòÿæêó [íà âåñó;\\ ñîîòâåòñòâóåò êîìàíäå \cs{hangindent}]} & \ref{margins} \\
+% |hypcap| & select `hypcap' feature & \ref{hyperref} \\
+|hypcap| & îïðåäåëÿåò ðàáîòó ïàêåòà `hypcap' & \ref{hyperref} \\
+% |hypcapspace| & sets the distance between hyperlink \& contents & \ref{hyperref} \\
+|hypcapspace| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ðàññòîÿíèå ìåæäó ãèïåðññûëêîé\\ è~ñîäåðæèìûì
+îáúåêòà} & \ref{hyperref} \\
+% |indention| & sets the indention & \ref{margins} \\
+|indention| & çàäà¸ò âòÿæêó & \ref{margins} \\
+% |justification| & sets the justification & \ref{justification} \\
+|justification| & çàäà¸ò âûêëþ÷êó & \ref{justification} \\
+% |labelfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption label & \ref{fonts} \\
+|labelfont|(|+|) & çàäà¸ò øðèôò äëÿ ìåòêè ôëîòà & \ref{fonts} \\
+% |labelformat| & sets the format of the caption label & \ref{formats} \\
+|labelformat| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ôîðìàò [îôîðìëåíèå] íóìåðàöèîííîãî\\ çàãîëîâêà} & \ref{formats} \\
+% |labelsep| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\
+|labelsep| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ðàçäåëèòåëü ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì\\ çàãîëîâêîì
+è~òåêñòîì ïîäïèñè} & \ref{formats} \\
+% |labelseparator| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\
+|labelseparator| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ðàçäåëèòåëü ìåæäó íóìåðàöèîííûì\\ çàãîëîâêîì
+è~òåêñòîì ïîäïèñè} & \ref{formats} \\
+% |list| & switches the entries in the `List of' on or off & \ref{lists} \\
+|list| & \cell{îïðåäåëÿåò (âêëþ÷àåò/îòêëþ÷àåò) âûâîä ïîäïèñåé\\ â~Ñïèñêå ôëîòîâ} & \ref{lists} \\
+% |listformat| & sets the `List of' entry format & \ref{lists} \\
+% |listfigurename| & sets the `List of Figure' name & \ref{names} \\
+|listfigurename| & çàäà¸ò çàãîëîâîê äëÿ Ñïèñêà ðèñóíêîâ & \ref{names} \\
+|listformat| & îïðåäåëÿåò ôîðìàò äëÿ âûâîäà â~Ñïèñêå ôëîòîâ & \ref{lists} \\
+% |listtablename| & sets the `List of Tables' name & \ref{names} \\
+|listtablename| & çàäà¸ò çàãîëîâîê äëÿ Ñïèñêà òàáëèö & \ref{names} \\
+% |margin| & sets the margin & \ref{margins} \\
+|margin| & çàäà¸ò ïîëÿ âîêðóã ïîäïèñè & \ref{margins} \\
+% |margin*| & sets the margin, but only if no width is set & \ref{margins} \\
+|margin*| & \cell{çàäà¸ò ïîëÿ, â~ñëó÷àå, åñëè øèðèíà ïîäïèñè\\ íå çàäàíà} & \ref{margins} \\
+% |maxmargin| & sets the max. margin & \ref{margins} \\
+|maxmargin| & çàäà¸ò ìàêñèìàëüíóþ âåëè÷èíó ïîëÿ & \ref{margins} \\
+% |minmargin| & sets the min. margin & \ref{margins} \\
+|minmargin| & çàäà¸ò ìèíèìàëüíóþ âåëè÷èíó ïîëÿ & \ref{margins} \\
+%| name| & sets the name of the current environment & \ref{names} \\
+|name| & çàäà¸ò èìÿ íîâîãî îêðóæåíèÿ & \ref{names} \\
+% |oneside| & selects the one-side mode & \ref{margins} \\
+|oneside| & çàäà¸ò îäíîñòîðîííþþ ïå÷àòü äîêóìåíòà & \ref{margins} \\
+% |options| & executes the given option list & \ref{x} \\
+|options| & âêëþ÷àåò äàííûé ñïèñîê îïöèé & \\
+% |parindent| & sets the paragraph indention & \ref{margins} \\
+|parindent| & çàäà¸ò àáçàöíûé îòñòóï & \ref{margins} \\
+% |parskip| & sets the skip between paragraphs & \ref{margins} \\
+|parskip| & çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó ìåæäó àáçàöàìè & \ref{margins} \\
+% |position| & gives a hint about the caption position & \ref{skips} \\
+|position| & äà¸ò ïîäñêàçêó î~ðàçìåùåíèè ïîäïèñè & \ref{skips} \\
+% |singlelinecheck| & switches the single-line-check on or off & \ref{justification} \\
+|singlelinecheck| & âêëþ÷àåò êîíòðîëü [îôîðìëåíèÿ] îäíîñòðî÷íûõ ïîäïèñåé & \ref{justification} \\
+%|size| & sets the size of font & \ref{x} \\
+% |skip| & sets the skip between content \& caption & \ref{skips} \\
+|skip| & \cell{çàäà¸ò îòáèâêó ìåæäó ñîäåðæèìûì ôëîòà è~ïîäïèñè} & \ref{skips} \\
+% |strut| & switches the usage of |\strut|s on or off & \ref{formats} \\
+|strut| & âêëþ÷àåò èñïîëüçîâàíèå êîìàíäû ðàñïîðêè |\strut| & \ref{formats} \\
+% |style| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\
+|style| & çàäà¸ò ñòèëü îôîðìëåíèÿ ïîäïèñè & \ref{style} \\
+%|style*| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\
+% |subtype| & sets the sub-caption type & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\
+|subtype| & çàäà¸ò âûâîä ïîäïèñè ÷àñòè ôëîòà & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\
+% |tablename|\preambleoption & sets the table name & \ref{names} \\
+|tablename|\preambleoption & çàäà¸ò èìÿ òàáëèöû & \ref{names} \\
+% |tableposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the table caption position & \ref{skips} \\
+|tableposition|\preambleoption & \cell{äà¸ò ïîäñêàçêó î~ïîëîæåíèè ïîäïèñè òàáëèöû
+ \\(òàáëè÷íîãî çàãîëîâêà)} & \ref{skips} \\
+% |tablewithin|\preambleoption & sets the table ``within'' counter & \ref{numbering} \\
+|tablewithin|\preambleoption & \cell{çàäà¸ò ñ÷¸ò÷èê ðàçäåëà, êîòîðîìó ïîä÷èíÿåòñÿ\\ íóìåðàöèÿ òàáëèö}
+ & \ref{numbering} \\
+% |textfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption text & \ref{fonts} \\
+|textfont|(|+|) & çàäà¸ò øðèôò äëÿ òåêñòà ïîäïèñè & \ref{fonts} \\
+% |textformat| & sets the format of the caption text & \ref{formats} \\
+|textformat| & çàäà¸ò ôîðìàò òåêñòà ïîäïèñè & \ref{formats} \\
+% |twoside| & selects the two-side mode & \ref{margins} \\
+|twoside| & çàäà¸ò äâóñòîðîííþþ ïå÷àòü äîêóìåíòà & \ref{margins} \\
+% |type| & sets the caption type \& places a hyperlink anchor & \ref{types} \\
+|type| & çàäà¸ò òèï ïîäïèñè è~ïîìåùàåò íà÷àëî ãèïåðññûëêè & \ref{types} \\
+% |type*| & sets the caption type only & \ref{types} \\
+|type*| & çàäà¸ò òîëüêî òèï ïîäïèñè & \ref{types} \\
+% |width| & sets a fixed caption width & \ref{margins} \\
+|width| & çàäà¸ò ôèêñèðîâàííóþ øèðèíó ïîäïèñè & \ref{margins} \\
+\end{longtable*}
+\preambleoptiontext
+% \footnotetext{The option \opt{subtype} is explained in the
+% \package{subcaption} package documentation.}
+\footnotetext{Çíà÷åíèå îïöèè \texttt{subtype} îáúÿñíÿåòñÿ â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ê~ïàêåòó
+ \package{subcaption}.}
+
+\nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{%
+\begin{Note*}
+% Obsolete options are not listed here. See
+% \Ref{caption1} and
+% \Ref{caption2} for a list of these options.}
+ Óñòàðåâøèå îïöèè çäåñü íå ïåðå÷èñëÿþòñÿ. Çà ñïèñêîì ýòèõ îïöèé îáðàòèòåñü ê~äîêóìåíòàöèè
+ \Ref{caption1} è~\Ref{caption2}.
+\end{Note*}}
+
+% \subsection{Commands}
+\subsection{Êîìàíäû}
+
+\begin{longtable*}{lll}
+Êîìàíäà & & Ðàçäåë \\
+\hline
+\endhead
+|\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
+%|\AtBeginCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
+%|\AtEndCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
+|\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
+|\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\
+|\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\
+|\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\
+|\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\
+|\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+|\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\
+|\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\DeclareCaptionType| & & \ref{declare} \\
+|\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+\end{longtable*}
+% \footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} is explained in the
+% \package{subcaption} package documentation.}
+\footnotetext{Êîìàíäà \cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} îïèñàíà
+ â~äîêóìåíòàöèè ê~ïàêåòó \package{subcaption}.}
+
+\clearpage
+% \subsection{Warnings}
+\subsection{Ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ}
+
+\begin{Warnings}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption outside box or environment.|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.|
+\Or
+ |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\
+ | or environment.|
+\Description
+% You have placed a |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, or
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| command outside an box, group,
+% or environment.
+% You should not do this since it could cause some bad side-effects.
+% \par\See{\Ref{types} and \Ref{caption}}
+ Âû ïîìåñòèëè |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, èëè
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| âíå áîêñà, ãðóïïû
+ èëè îêðóæåíèÿ.
+ Ýòî ìîæåò ñîçäàòü ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû.
+ \par\See{\Ref{types} è~\Ref{caption}}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
+ |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
+ |unknown to the caption package.|
+\Description
+% If \thispackage\ detects that some (unknown) document class or
+% package has enhanced |\caption|, it will not redefine
+% |\caption|, too, since this would simply kill the enhancement.
+% As a result some features, like |\caption*|, |\Continued|\-|Float|,
+% using the optional argument of |\caption|\-|setup|,
+% or the options |list=| and |hypcap=| will not be available.\par
+% If you don't care about the original enhancements but would
+% like to use the full range of features of \thispackage\ instead
+% you can give the unsupported(!) option |compatibility=|\x|false|
+% a try and keep your fingers crossed.
+% (But you will get the next warning instead.)
+% \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}}
+ \Thispackage\ îáíàðóæèë, ÷òî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ êàêîé-ëèáî (íåèçâåñòíûé) êëàññ äîêóìåíòà èëè
+ ïàêåò, ðàñøèðèâøèé îïðåäåëåíèå |\caption|, ïîýòîìó äàëüíåéøåå ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèå
+ |\caption| ìîæåò óíè÷òîæèòü èñïîëüçóåìûå íàñòðîéêè.
+ Â~ðåçóëüòàòå íåêîòîðûå îñîáåííîñòè, òàêèå êàê |\caption*|, |\ContinuedFloat|,
+ èñïîëüçîâàíèå äîïîëíèòåëüíîãî àðãóìåíòà |\captionsetup|,
+ èëè îïöèé |list=| è~|hypcap=| íåâîçìîæíî.\par
+ Åñëè âàì íå íóæíû îðèãèíàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè è~âàæíåå èñïîëüçîâàòü
+ ïîëíûé ñïåêòð âîçìîæíîñòåé äàííîãî ïàêåòà, âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü
+ íåïîääåðæèâàåìóþ(!) îïöèþ |compatibility=false|
+ è~íàäåÿòüñÿ íà ëó÷øåå.
+ (Íî â~ýòîì ñëó÷àå âû ïîëó÷èòå ñëåäóþùåå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.)
+ \par\See{\Ref{classes}}
+
+\Message
+ |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\
+ |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\
+ |was given.|
+\Description
+% Since you were so keen to specify the option |compatibility=|\x|false|
+% \thispackage\ will try to do its best to fulfill your wishes.
+% But depending on the document class or other packages you use that
+% can end in non-functional features or even errors. So keep your
+% fingers crossed!
+ Åñëè âû áûëè ñòîëü îòâàæíû, çàäàâ îïöèþ |compatibility=|\x|false|,
+ \thispackage\ ïîñòàðàåòñÿ ñäåëàòü âñ¸, ÷òî âû ïîòðåáóåòå.
+ Íî òàêîå èñïîëüçîâàíèå ýòîãî ïàêåòà ñîâìåñòíî ñ~òàêèì ïàêåòîì èëè êëàññîì
+ ìîæåò îòêëþ÷èòü íåêîòîðûå îñîáåííîñòè èëè ïîðîäèòü îøèáêè.
+ Èòàê, íàäåéòåñü íà ëó÷øåå!
+ \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\
+ |stopped early.|
+\Description
+% If the \package{hyperref} package stops early during loading
+% (because of what-ever reason), the \package{hyperref} support of
+% \thispackage\ will not be available. As a result you could get
+% \package{hyperref} warnings and non-functional hyperlinks to figures
+% or tables.
+ Åñëè çàãðóçêà ïàêåòà \package{hyperref} çàâåðøèëàñü ðàíüøå ïîëîæåííîãî
+ (ïî êàêîé-ëèáî ïðè÷èíå), ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòà \package{hyperref} ïàêåòîì
+ \package{caption} áóäåò îòêëþ÷åíà. Â~ðåçóëüòàòå âû ïîëó÷èòå
+ \package{hyperref} ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ è~íåôóíêöèîíèðóþùèå ãèïåðññûëêè íà ðèñóíêè
+ èëè òàáëèöû.
+ \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.|
+\Description
+% \Thispackage\ tries to emulate the \KOMAScript\ commands regarding
+% captions as best as it can. But the optional argument of the
+% \KOMAScript\ command |\setcapwidth| is not (yet) working if you use
+% this package, so if you try to use it anyway, you will get this warning.
+ \Thispackage\ ñòàðàåòñÿ êîððåêòíî ýìóëèðîâàòü êîìàíäû \KOMAScript, îòíîñÿùèåñÿ ê~ïîäïèñÿì.
+ Íî îïöèÿ êîìàíäû |\setcapwidth| èç
+ \KOMAScript\ åù¸ íå ðàáîòàåò âìåñòå ñ~ýòèì ïàêåòîì,
+ ïîýòîìó, åñëè âû ðåøèòå å¸ èñïîëüçîâàòü, âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.
+ \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+\Message
+ |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.|
+\Description
+% You should never see this warning, either you use a package which redefines
+% |figure| or |table| and which is unknown to \thispackage, or this is a bug
+% in \thispackage.
+% Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue.
+ Íàäåþñü âû íå óâèäèòå òàêîãî ñîîáùåíèÿ, îíî ïîÿâèòñÿ â~ñëó÷àå ïåðåîïðåäåëåíèé îêðóæåíèé
+ |figure| èëè |table|, íåèçâåñòíûõ äàííîìó ïàêåòó, èëè ýòî îøèáêà ñàìîãî ïàêåòà
+ \package{caption}.
+ Ïîæàëóéñòà, ïðèøëèòå e-mail ñ~îáðàçöîì, äàþùèì ýòî ñîîáùåíèå.
+
+\Message
+ |\label before \caption ignored|
+\Description
+% Regarding |\label| the floating environments behave differently than its
+% non-floating counterparts: The internal reference will not be generated
+% at the beginning of the environment, but at |\caption| instead.
+% So you have to place the |\label| command either just \emph{after} or
+% \emph{inside} the caption text (mandatory argument of |\caption|).
+ Ìåòêè, |\label|, ê~ïëàâàþùèì îáúåêòàì ðàáîòàþò íå òàê, êàê íåïëàâàþùèå îêðóæåíèÿ:
+ èíôîðìàöèÿ äëÿ ìåòêè ãåíåðèðóåòñÿ íå â~íà÷àëå îêðóæåíèÿ,
+ à~ïîñëå êîìàíäû |\caption|.
+ Ïîýòîìó âû äîëæíû ïîìåñòèòü êîìàíäó |\label| ëèáî \emph{ïîñëå} òåêñòà
+ |\caption| ëèáî âíóòðè òåêñòà ïîäïèñè.
+
+\Message
+ |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.|
+\Description
+% If you try to remove a specific option of an option list,
+% for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|,
+% and this option can not be found inside the option list, you will
+% get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like
+% to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of
+% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|.
+ Åñëè âû ïîïðîáóåòå óäàëèòü îïöèþ èç ñïèñêà îïöèé,
+ íàïðèìåð, |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|,
+ à~ýòà îïöèÿ íå áûëà îáíàðóæåíà â~ñïèñêå, âû ïîëó÷èòå
+ ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå. Åñëè ýòî ïðîèñõîäèò íå èç-çà îïå÷àòêè è~âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî
+ ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, èñïîëüçóéòå |\clearcaptionsetup*| âìåñòî
+ |\clearcaptionsetup|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.|
+\Description
+% If you try to remove a specific option of an option list,
+% for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|,
+% and this option list is not defined (yet), you will
+% get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like
+% to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of
+% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|.
+ Åñëè âû ïîïðîáóåòå óäàëèòü îïöèþ èç ñïèñêà îïöèé,
+ íàïðèìåð, |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|,
+ à~ýòà îïöèÿ íå áûëà îáíàðóæåíà â~ñïèñêå, âû ïîëó÷èòå
+ ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå. Åñëè ýòî ïðîèñõîäèò íå èç-çà îïå÷àòêè è~âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî
+ ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, èñïîëüçóéòå |\clearcaptionsetup*| âìåñòî
+ |\clearcaptionsetup|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\iffalse
+\Message
+ |Possibly superfluous \restylefloat{|\meta{type}|} detected.|\\
+ |If you think that this warning is unjustified,|\\
+ |you can switch it off using the caption package|\\
+ |option `restylefloatcheck=off'.|
+\Description
+ \TODO
+\fi
+
+\Message
+ |`ragged2e' package not loaded, therefore|\\
+ |substituting \raggedright for \RaggedRight.|
+\Description
+% The caption option |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| is only full functional
+% if you have the \package{ragged2e} package installed in your \TeX\ system.
+% If not, you will get this warning, and |justification=|\x|RaggedRight|
+% will be treated as |justification=|\x|raggedright|.
+ Îïöèÿ |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| áóäåò ôóíêöèîíèðîâàòü
+ åñëè ïàêåò \package{ragged2e} èíñòàëëèðîâàí â~âàøåé ñèñòåìå \TeX{}.
+ Åñëè ïàêåòà íåò, âû ïîëó÷èòå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, è~|justification=|\x|RaggedRight|
+ áóäåò ðàáîòàòü êàê |justification=|\x|raggedright|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+\Message
+ |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.|
+\Description
+% The \package{caption2} package option |ignoreLTcapwidth| will not be
+% emulated by this version of \thispackage, usually you can simply wipe it
+% away.
+ Îïöèÿ ïàêåòà \package{caption2}, |ignoreLTcapwidth|, íå áóäåò ýìóëèðîâàòüñÿ
+ äàííîé âåðñèåé ïàêåòà, îáû÷íî ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå ìîæíî èãíîðèðîâàòü.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption2} and \Ref{longtable}}
+
+\Message
+ |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\
+ |captions right.|
+\Description
+% The \package{ragged2e} package will only be loaded by \thispackage\ if it
+% is actually needed.
+% At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, so on the first run you could
+% get this warning.
+% Just compile your document again and this warning should go away.
+ Ïàêåò \package{ragged2e} ìîæåò áûòü çàãðóæåí ïàêåòîì \package{caption} åñëè ýòî
+ äåéñòâèòåëüíî íåîáõîäèìî.
+ Ïî êðàéíåé ìåðå äëÿ ýòîãî íóæíû äâå îáðàáîòêè \LaTeX'à, è~ïðè ïåðâîé îáðàáîòêå
+ âû ïîëó÷èòå ýòî ñîîáùåíèå.
+ Ñêîìïèëèðóéòå äîêóìåíò âòîðîé ðàç è ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå èñ÷åçíåò.
+ \par\See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+\Message
+ |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.|
+\Description
+% If you use a |twoside| page layout, \thispackage\ needs to track the
+% page numbers to get the margins right.
+% At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, on the first run you could get
+% this warning.
+% Just compile your document again and this warning should go away.
+ Åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå îïöèþ äîêóìåíòà |twoside|, ïàêåòó íóæíî êîíòðîëèðîâàòü íóìåðàöèþ ñòðàíèö,
+ ÷òîáû ïîëó÷èòü âåðíî ðàçìåù¸ííûå ïîëÿ.
+ Äëÿ ýòîãî íóæíû äâå îáðàáîòêè \LaTeX'îì, à~ïðè ïåðâîé îáðàáîòêå âû ïîëó÷èòå ýòî
+ ñîîáùåíèå.
+ Ñêîìïèëèðóéòå äîêóìåíò âòîðîé ðàç è ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå èñ÷åçíåò.
+ \par\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+\Message
+ |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.|
+\Description
+% This warning informs you about mixed caption options. For example if
+% you use a |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| or
+% |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| inside a |figure| environment,
+% this would result in using both option sets for that specific caption,
+% the one for |figure| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}|)
+% and the one for |table| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}|)
+% as well.\par
+% {\small(You can suppress this warning by using the starred form
+% |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par}
+ Ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå èíôîðìèðóåò î~ñìåøåíèè îïöèé. Íàïðèìåð,
+ âû èñïîëüçóåòå |\captionof{table}{|\ldots|}| âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |figure|,
+ ýòî ÿâëÿåòñÿ ðåçóëüòàòîì èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ îáåèõ îïöèé äëÿ ýòîé ñïåöèôè÷åñêîé ïîäïèñè:
+ äëÿ |figure| (çàäàííîé ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\captionsetup[figure]{|\ldots|}|)
+ è~äëÿ |table| (çàäàííîé ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\captionsetup[table]{|\ldots|}|).\par
+ {\small(Âû ìîæåòå îòêëþ÷èòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, èñïîëüçóÿ çâ¸çäíóþ ôîðìó êîìàíäû
+ |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par}
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\
+ |particular \caption.|
+\Description
+% \Thispackage\ hasn't found a proper hyperlink anchor for this particular
+% caption, so it decides to ignore the setting |hypcap=|\x|true| (which is set by
+% default). As a result a link to this caption (e.g.~in the List of Figures,
+% or set by |\ref| or |\auto|\-|ref|) will link you to the caption of the figure
+% or table, not to the figure or table itself.\par
+ \Thispackage\ íå íàø¸ë ïîäõîäÿùåå ìåñòî äëÿ ãèïåðññûëêè äëÿ äàííîé
+ ïîäïèñè, ïîýòîìó ïàêåò ðåøàåò èãíîðèðîâàòü íàñòðîéêè |hypcap=|\x|true| (çàäàííûå
+ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ). Â~ðåçóëüòàòå ññûëêà íà ýòó ïîäïèñü (íàïðèìåð, â~Ñïèñêå ðèñóíêîâ,
+ èëè â~êîìàíäàõ |\ref| èëè |\autoref|) áóäåò ïðèâÿçàíà ê~ïîäïèñè ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû,
+ à~íå ê~ñîäåðæèìîìó ðèñóíêà èëè òàáëèöû.\par
+% This can happen if you use |\caption|\-|of| inside a non-floating environment,
+% but also if you use some package which redefines |figure| or |table|, and
+% which is unknown to \thispackage.\par
+ Ýòî ìîæåò ïðîèçîéòè åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå êîìàíäó |\captionof| â~íåïëàâàþùåì îêðóæåíèè,
+ à~òàêæå ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè ïàêåòà, ïåðåîïðåäåëÿþùåãî îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|,
+ íåèçâåñòíîãî äàííîìó ïàêåòó.\par
+% If this is ok for you but you want to suppress this warning, simply place a
+% |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| just before the |\caption| or
+% |\caption|\-|of| command which is causing the warning.
+ Åñëè âàì ýòî ïîäõîäèò è~âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, çàäàéòå êîä
+ |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| ïåðåä |\caption| èëè
+ |\captionof|, êîòîðûå ïîðîæäàþò ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå.
+% If this is not ok for you, you can set a hyperlink anchor with
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| for yourself.
+ Åñëè æå ýòî âàñ íå óñòðàèâàåò, âû ìîæåòå ïîïðîáîâàòü çàäàòü ãèïåðññûëêó, ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+ |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}}
+
+\Message
+ |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
+ |usage of the caption package is not recommended.|
+\Description
+% Either the document class you use is unknown to \thispackage, or you
+% have included a package in your document which redefines |\@make|\-|caption|
+% (which is responsible for typesetting the caption internally) as well.
+% This means \thispackage\ will either change the design of captions in an
+% unwanted way, or it even refuses to work correctly at all.
+ Ëèáî êëàññ äîêóìåíòà íåèçâåñòåí äàííîìó ïàêåòó, ëèáî âû
+ ïîäêëþ÷èëè ïàêåò, êîòîðûé ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò êîìàíäó |\@makecaption|
+ (âíóòðåííÿÿ êîìàíäà, ñîçäàþùàÿ ïîäïèñè).
+ Ýòî îçíà÷àåò ÷òî \thispackage\ èçìåíèò îôîðìëåíèå ïîäïèñåé â~íåæåëàòåëüíûì ñïîñîáîì,
+ èëè âîîáùå îòêàæåòñÿ ðàáîòàòü.
+ \par\See{\Ref{classes} è~\Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].|
+\Description
+% You have specified options with |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{type}|]| which are
+% not used later on.
+% This can be because of a typo in \meta{type},
+% or because you use a package which redefines |figure| or |table| and
+% which is unknown to \thispackage, or simply because you don't have any usage
+% of the environment \meta{type} after this line.
+% (If you want to suppress this warning you can use |\caption|\-|setup*|
+% instead of |\caption|\-|setup|.)
+ Âû îïðåäåëèëè îïöèè |\captionsetup[|\meta{type}|]| êîòîðûå
+ ïîçäíåå íå èñïîëüçîâàëèñü.
+ Ýòî ìîæåò ïðîèçîéòè èç-çà îïå÷àòêè â~àðãóìåíòå \meta{type},
+ èëè ïîòîìó, ÷òî âû èñïîëüçóåòå ïàêåò, êîòîðûé ïåðåîïðåäåëÿåò îêðóæåíèÿ |figure| èëè |table|,
+ íåèçâåñòíûé äàííîìó ïàêåòó, èëè ïðîñòî âû íå èñïîëüçîâàëè îêðóæåíèÿ
+ \meta{type} ïîñëå çàäàííûõ íàñòðîåê.\par
+ (Åñëè âû õîòèòå çàïðåòèòü ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå, âû ìîæåòå çàäàòü |\captionsetup*| âìåñòî
+ |\captionsetup|.)\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+ \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+
+\Message
+ |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\
+ |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\
+ |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\
+ |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.|
+\Description
+% The package \meta{package} is dealing with caption skips as well.
+% Please decide which one do you actually want to use, \thispackage\ or the
+% other one, using both can lead to wrong skips above or below the caption.
+ Ïàêåò \meta{package} èçìåíÿåò îòáèâêè âîêðóã ïîäïèñè.
+ Ðåøèòå, ÷åé èíòåðôåéñ âû ïðåäïî÷ò¸òå: \thispackage\ èëè
+ äðóãîé ïàêåò, èñïîëüçîâàíèå îáîèõ ìîæåò çàäàòü íåâåðíûå îòáèâêè âîêðóã ïîäïèñè.
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\end{Warnings}
+
+\pagebreak[3]
+%^^A\subsection{Errors}
+\subsection{Ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ}
+
+\begin{Warnings}
+
+\Message
+ |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.|
+\Or
+ |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.|
+\Description
+% If you want to typeset something special (like a tabular) as caption,
+% you need to give an optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of|
+% for the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't
+% use such list.
+ Åñëè âû õîòèòå ñîçäàòü ÷òî-òî íåîáû÷íîå (íàïðèìåð òàáëèöó) âíóòðè ïîäïèñè,
+ âû äîëæíû çàäàòü äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò äëÿ êîìàíäû |\caption| èëè |\captionof|,
+ ÷òîáû ïîìåñòèòü òåêñò â~Ñïèñîê ðèñóíêîâ èëè òàáëèö, äàæå åñëè âû íå èñïîëüçóåòå
+ òàêîé ñïèñîê.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, è~\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\Message
+ |\caption outside float.|
+\Description
+% You have placed a |\caption| command outside a floating environment, or
+% a |long|\-|table| or |wrap|\-|figure|.
+% If this is what you want to, please use either
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| or
+% |\caption|\-|of|.
+ Âû ïîìåñòèëè êîìàíäó |\caption| çà ïðåäåëàìè îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà èëè
+ |longtable|. Åñëè âû äåëàåòå ýòî ñîçíàòåëüíî, çàäàéòå
+ |\captionsetup{|\x|type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| èëè |\captionof|.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}}
+
+\Message
+ |\ContinuedFloat outside float.|
+\Description
+% You have placed a |\Continued|\-|Float| command outside a floating
+% environment. % or |long|\-|table|.
+ Âû ïîìåñòèëè êîìàíäó |\ContinuedFloat| âíå îêðóæåíèÿ ôëîòà.
+% If this is what you want to, please use the combination
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float|.\par
+ Åñëè âû ýòî ñäåëàëè ñîçíàòåëüíî, èñïîëüçóéòå êîìáèíàöèþ
+ |\captionsetup{|\x|type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\ContinuedFloat|.\par
+% Please note that |\Continued|\-|Float| inside a |long|\-|table| is not
+% working, but maybe using the |long|\-|table*| environment, which
+% typesets a |long|\-|table| without incrementing the |table| counter,
+% if sufficient for you.
+ Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî èñïîëüçîâàíèå |\ContinuedFloat| âíóòðè |longtable| (ïîêà) íå ðàáîòàåò,
+ íî, âîçìîæíî èñïîëüçîâàíèå îêðóæåíèÿ |longtable*|, êîòîðîå ñîçäà¸ò |longtable|
+ áåç óâåëè÷åíèÿ íóìåðàöèè |table|, ðåøèò âàøè ïðîáëåìû.
+ \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} è~\Ref{longtable}}
+
+\Message
+ |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.|
+\Description
+% Continued figures or tables are not allowed to be interrupted by a floating
+% environment (or |long|\-|table|) of another type,
+% e.g.~a table between a figure and a continued figure.
+ Ïðîäîëæàþùèåñÿ ðèñóíêè èëè òàáëèöû íå äîëæíû ïðåðûâàòüñÿ
+ îêðóæåíèåì äðóãîãî òèïà (èëè îêðóæåíèåì |long|\-|table|),
+ íàïðèìåð òàáëèöà ìåæäó ðèñóíêîì è~åãî ïðîäîëæåíèåì.
+ \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}}
+
+\Message
+ |For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package|\\
+ |with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'|\\
+ |package *(right) after* the `float' package.|
+\Description
+% Please take care of the load order of packages
+% if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the
+% \package{float} package.
+ Áóäüòå âíèìàòåëüíû ñ~ïîðÿäêîì çàãðóçêè ïàêåòîâ, åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå
+ ïàêåò \package{wrapfig} ñîâìåñòíî ñ~ïàêåòîì
+ \package{float}.
+ \par\See{\Ref{wrapfig}}
+
+\Message
+ |For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package|\\
+ |with the `float' package you should use at least|\\
+ |`wrapfig' version 3.6.|
+\Description
+% Please take care of the version of the \package{wrapfig} package
+% if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the
+% \package{float} package.
+ Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå íà âåðñèþ ïàêåòà \package{wrapfig}, êîòîðóþ âû èñïîëüçóåòå,
+ åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå ýòîò ïàêåò âìåñòå ñ~ïàêåòîì
+ \package{float}.
+ \par\See{\Ref{wrapfig}}
+
+\Message
+ |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\
+ |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\
+ |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.|
+\Description
+% \Thispackage\ does not work with such an outdated package, please update it
+% to a more recent version, at least to the one requested.
+ \Thispackage\ íå ðàáîòàåò ñ~äàííîé âåðñèåé ïàêåòà, îáíîâèòå åãî,
+ êàê ìèíèìóì äî òðåáóåìîé âåðñèè.
+
+\Message
+ |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.|
+\Description
+% You should never see this error.
+% Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue.
+ Âû íå äîëæíû ïîëó÷àòü òàêîå ñîîáùåíèå.
+ Ïîæàëóéñòà, ïðèøëèòå e-mail ñ~îáðàçöîì, äàþùèì ýòî ñîîáùåíèå.
+
+\Message
+ |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.|
+\Description
+% The \meta{type} you have specified in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|,
+% |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, or |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| is
+% not defined.
+% \meta{type} should be either `\texttt{figure}' or `\texttt{table}', or
+% any other floating environment defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|,
+% |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float},
+% or |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow}
+% package\cite{floatrow}.
+ Òèï ôëîòà \meta{type}, êîòîðûé âû âûáðàëè â~êîìàíäàõ |\captionsetup|\x|{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|,
+ |\captionof|\x\marg{type} èëè |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|SubType| íå îïðåäåë¸í.
+ Ôëîò \meta{type} äîëæåí áûòü ëèáî `\texttt{figure}' èëè `\texttt{table}', èëè
+ ëþáîå äðóãîå îêðóæåíèå îïðåäåë¸ííîå ñ~ïîìîùüþ êîìàíäû |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|,
+ |\newfloat|, ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{float}\cite{float},
+ èëè |\Declare|\-|NewFloat|\-|Type| ïðåäëàãàåìîé ïàêåòîì \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.
+
+\Message
+ |Not allowed in longtable* environment.|
+\Description
+% The usage of |\caption| is not allowed inside the |long|\-|table*| environment.
+% Please use either |\caption*| for a caption without label or use the regular
+% |long|\-|table| environment instead.
+ Èñïîëüçîâàíèå êîìàíäû |\caption| íåâîçìîæíî âíóòðè îêðóæåíèÿ |long|\-|table*|.
+ Ëèáî èñïîëüçóéòå êîìàíäó |\caption*| äëÿ ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïèñè, ëèáî çàìåíèòå îêðóæåíèå íà
+ |longtable|.
+
+\Message
+ |Not available in compatibility mode.|
+\Description
+% The feature required is not supported in compatibility mode.
+% `compatibility mode' means that \thispackage\ has detected either an
+% incompatible document class or an incompatible package which also
+% extents the |\caption| command. Leaving the original extension intact,
+% some features of \thispackage\ are not supported.
+ Òðåáóåìàÿ íàñòðîéêà íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ â~ðåæèìå ñîâìåñòèìîñòè.
+ Òåðìèí `compatibility mode' («ðåæèì ñîâìåñòèìîñòè») îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî \thispackage\ îáíàðóæèë
+ íåñîâìåñòèìûé êëàññ äîêóìåíòà èëè ïàêåò, êîòîðûé ìîäèôèöèðóåò
+ êîìàíäó |\caption|. Îñòàâèâ îðèãèíàëüíûå íàñòðîéêè íåòðîíóòûìè,
+ \thispackage\ îòìåíÿåò íåêîòîðûå ñâîè íàñòðîéêè.
+ \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
+
+\Message
+ |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.|
+\Description
+% Inside the environments offered by the \package{fltpage} and \package{sidecap}
+% package only \emph{one} caption can be placed. (This is due implementation design.)
+ Âíóòðè îêðóæåíèé, ïðåäëàãàåìûõ ïàêåòàìè \package{fltpage} è~\package{sidecap}
+ ìîæíî ïîìåñòèòü òîëüêî îäíó ïîäïèñü. (Ýòî òðåáîâàíèÿ îôîðìëåíèÿ.)
+
+\Message
+ |Option clash for package caption.|
+%\Or[but sometimes also]
+\Or[íî èíîãäà òàêæå]
+ |Missing \begin{document}.|
+\Description
+% \Thispackage\ has already been loaded by some other \LaTeX\ package,
+% so you can't do that again specifying different options.
+% A candidate causing this could be the \package{subfig} package; if this is
+% the case, please load \thispackage\ \emph{before} the \package{subfig}
+% package or specify the option |caption=|\x|false| while loading the
+% \package{subfig} package.
+% \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
+ \Thispackage\ óæå çàãðóæåí äðóãèì ïàêåòîì \LaTeX'à,
+ è~íåëüçÿ çàãðóæàòü ïàêåò ïîâòîðíî, çàäàâ äðóãèå îïöèè.
+ Ïåðâîé ïðè÷èíîé âûçâàâøåé òàêîå ñîîáùåíèå ìîæåò áûòü ïàêåò \package{subfig};
+ è~åñëè ýòî òàê,
+ çàãðóçèòå \thispackage\ \emph{äî} ïàêåòà \package{subfig}
+ èëè îïðåäåëèòå |caption=|\x|false| ïðè çàãðóçêå
+ \package{subfig}.
+ \par\See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ïàêåòà \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}}
+
+\Message
+ |Paragraph ended before \caption@makecurrent was complete.|
+\Or
+ |Paragraph ended before \caption@prepareanchor was complete.|
+\Description
+% If you want to typeset multi-paragraph captions, you need to give an
+% optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of| for the List of
+% Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't use such list.
+% \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,}
+ Åñëè âàì íóæíî ñîçäàòü ïîäïèñü èç íåñêîëüêèõ àáçàöåâ, âû äîëæíû ñîçäàòü
+ äîïîëíèòåëüíûé àðãóìåíò â~êîìàíäàõ |\caption| èëè~|\captionof| äëÿ Ñïèñêà ðèñóíêîâ èëè
+ Ñïèñêà òàáëèöû, äàæå åñëè âû íå èñïîëüçóåòå ýòè ñïèñêè.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, è~\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+
+\iffalse % was removed in v3.1b
+\Message
+ |Something is going wrong here...|\\
+ |For a removal of this problem please consult the|\\
+ |caption package documentation, especially the sections|\\
+ |about the `float' and the `wrapfig' package.|
+\Description
+% Please take care of the load order of packages
+% if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the
+% \package{float} package. But maybe a different package tried to extent
+% the \package{float} package in a manner which is incompatible to
+% \thispackage!?
+% \par\See{\Ref{float} and \Ref{wrapfig}}
+ Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå íà ïîðÿäîê çàãðóæåííûõ ïàêåòîâ,
+ åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå ïàêåò \package{wrapfig} âìåñòå ñ~ïàêåòîì
+ \package{float}. Íî âîçìîæíî êàêîé"=òî äðóãîé ïàêåò ïûòàåòñÿ ðàñøèðèòü íàñòðîéêè ïàêåòà
+ \package{float} íåèçâåñòíûì ïàêåòó \package{caption} ñïîñîáîì!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{float} è~\Ref{wrapfig}}
+\fi
+
+\Message
+ |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\
+ |in the last figure or table.|
+\Description
+% It seems that you have used a |\sub|\-|caption| command (or a different one
+% which has typeset a sub-caption) without a corresponding |\caption| command.
+% This is not supported.
+ Âîçìîæíî âû èñïîëüçîâàëè êîìàíäó |\sub|\-|caption| (èëè äðóãóþ êîìàíäó, ñîçäàþùóþ
+ ïîäïèñü ÷àñòè ðèñóíêà) áåç ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåé êîìàíäû |\caption|.
+ Ýòî íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ.
+
+\Message
+ |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
+ |with `format=hang'.|
+\Or
+ |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
+ |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).|
+\Description
+% A caption label separator which contains a |\\| command (like
+% |labelsep=|\x|newline|) can not be combined with a hanging caption format
+% (like |format=|\x|hang|).
+% Please select either another caption label separator
+% (e.g.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) or another caption format
+% (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|).
+% \par\See{\Ref{formats} resp.~\Ref{KOMA}}
+ Ðàçäåëèòåëü íóìåðàöèîííîãî çàãîëîâêà è~òåêñòà ïîäïèñè, çàäàííûé êàê êîìàíäà |\\| (ò.\,å.
+ |labelsep=|\x|newline|) íå ìîæåò áûòü ñêîìáèíèðîâàí ñ~ôîðìàòîì ñîçäàþùèì ñòðîêó íà âåñó
+ (like |format=|\x|hang|).
+ Çàäàéòå ëèáî äðóãîé ðàçäåëèòåëü
+ (íàïðèìåð~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) ëèáî äðóãîé ôîðìàò ïîäïèñè
+ (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|).
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats} èëè~\Ref{KOMA}}
+
+\Message
+ |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\
+ |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\
+ |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.|
+\Description
+% You have specified the option |caption=|\x|false|. This used to be a workaround
+% for not using the whole \package{caption} package (leaving the caption stuff
+% offered by the document class or other packages intact), but keeping the
+% \package{subfig} package working. This mechanism is obsolete and not offered
+% anymore, please pass this option to the \package{subfig} package instead and
+% do not load \thispackage\ anymore.
+% \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
+ Âû çàäàëè îïöèþ |caption=|\x|false|. Ýòî èñïîëüçóåòñÿ äëÿ òîãî,
+ ÷òîáû íå èñïîëüçîâàòü ïàêåò \package{caption} öåëèêîì (îñòàâèâ èçìåíåíèÿ êîìàíä
+ ïîäïèñåé, ñäåëàííûå êëàññîì äîêóìåíòà èëè äðóãèì ïàêåòîì íåòðîíóòûìè), íî ïîçâîëÿåò ðàáîòàòü
+ ïàêåòó \package{subfig}. Ýòîò ìåõàíèçì óñòàðåâøèé è~áîëåå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ,
+ ïîýòîìó èñïîëüçóéòå ýòó îïöèþ ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà \package{subfig} è~íå çàãðóæàéòå
+ \thispackage\ âîâñå.
+ \par\See{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ïàêåòà \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a boolean option (like |singlelinecheck=| or |hypcap=|)
+% with an improper value. Only |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| or |true|, |yes|,
+% |on|, |1| is allowed here.
+ Âû ïûòàëèñü çàäàòü áóëåâ êëþ÷ (íàïðèìåð, |singlelinecheck=| èëè |hypcap=|)
+ ñ~íåâåðíîé îïöèåé. Òîëüêî |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| èëè |true|, |yes|,
+ |on|, |1| äîïóñêàþòñÿ â~îïöèÿõ ýòèõ êëþ÷åé.
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a caption format which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+ Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ôîðìàò ïîäïèñè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò.
+ Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a caption label format which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+ Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàãðóçèòü ôîðìàò ìåòêè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò.
+ Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a caption label separator which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+ Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ðàçäåëèòåëü, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò.
+ Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a caption list-of format which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+ Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ôîðìàò âûâîäà äëÿ Ñïèñêà ôëîòîâ, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò.
+ Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{lists}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a caption position with an improper value.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+ Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü îïöèþ ðàñïîëîæåíèÿ ïîäïèñè, êîòîðàÿ íå ñóùåñòâóåò.
+ Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a caption style which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+ Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ñòèëü ïîäïèñè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò.
+ Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{style}}
+
+\Message
+ |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\
+ |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.|
+\Description
+% % (ftcap,nonfloat,topcapt)
+% The given package is dealing with caption skips as well.
+% Please decide which one do you actually want to use: The |position=| option
+% of \thispackage\ or the mechanism of the other one; using both this way
+% would lead to wrong skips above or below the caption and is therefore
+% not supported.
+ Äàííûé ïàêåò èçìåíÿåò îòáèâêè âîêðóã ïîäïèñè.
+ Ðåøèòå, êàêèì ïàêåòîì ÷òî âû ñîáèðàåòåñü èñïîëüçîâàòü: êëþ÷ |position=|
+ ïàêåòà \package{caption} èëè ìåõàíèçì äðóãîãî ïàêåòà; èñïîëüçîâàíèå îáîèõ ïàêåòîâ
+ ìîæåò ïîðîäèòü íåâåðíûå îòáèâêè ñâåðõó èëè ñíèçó ïîäïèñè è~ñîîòâåòñòâåííî íå ïîääåæðèâàåòñÿ.
+ \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+
+\Message
+ |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+\Description
+% You tried to set a caption text format which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+ Âû ïûòàåòåñü çàäàòü ôîðìàò òåêñòà ïîäïèñè, êîòîðûé íå ñóùåñòâóåò.
+ Ìîæåò áûòü ýòî îïå÷àòêà!?
+ \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+
+\Message
+ |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\
+ |the (current) caption package.|
+\Description
+% This error message says it all, you simply can't do that.
+% Please use only \thispackage.
+ Ýòî ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå ñêàçàëî óæå âñ¸, è~âàì ïðîñòî íåëüçÿ ýòî äåëàòü
+ [èñïîëüçîâàòü ïàêåòû \package{caption} è~\package{caption}2].
+ Èñïîëüçóéòå òîëüêî \thispackage.
+ \par\See{\Ref{caption2}}
+
+
+\end{Warnings}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Version history}
+\section{Èñòîðèÿ ñîçäàíèÿ âåðñèé}
+\label{history}
+
+% The version $1.0$ was written in 1994 and was offering a handful of options
+% to customize the look \& feel of the captions.
+% Furthermore this version already supported the \package{rotating} and
+% \package{subfigure} packages.
+% Version $1.1$ introduced the |center|\-|last| option;
+% version $1.2$ added the support of the \package{float} package.
+% Version $1,3$ offered a better support of the \package{subfigure} package,
+% while version $1.4$ came with the new option |nooneline|.
+Âåðñèÿ $1.0$ áûëà íàïèñàíà â~1994~ãîäó è~ïðåäëàãàëà ìíîæåñòâî îïöèé
+äëÿ íàñòðîéêè âûâîäà ïîäïèñåé. Êðîìå òîãî ýòà âåðñèÿ óæå ïîääåðæèâàëà ïàêåòû
+\package{rotating} è~\package{subfigure}.
+Âåðñèÿ $1.1$ ïðåäëîæèëà îïöèþ |center|\-|last|;
+âåðñèÿ $1.2$ äîáàâèëà
+ïîääåðæêó ïàêåòà \package{float}.
+Âåðñèÿ $1.3$ ïðåäëîæèëà óëó÷øåííóþ ïîääåðæêó ïàêåòà \package{subfigure},
+òîãäà êàê âåðñèÿ $1.4$ âûøëà ñ~ïîääåðæêîé îïöèè |nooneline|.
+
+% The \package{caption2} package $2.0$ was an experimental side-version of
+% the regular \package{caption} package. It was made public as beta test version
+% without proper documentation in 1995 because of the strong demand for new
+% features and adaptations to additional packages like the \package{longtable}
+% package.
+% Furthermore it offered a revised support of the \package{subfigure} package.
+% (A version $2.1$ was offered as bugfix-release in 2002.)
+Ïàêåò \package{caption2} âåðñèè $2.0$ áûë ýêñïåðèìåíòàëüíîé ïîáî÷íîé âåðñèåé
+îñíîâíîãî ïàêåòà \package{caption}. Îí áûë îïóáëèêîâàí êàê áåòà-òåñò-âåðñèÿ
+áåç ñîîòâåòñòâóþùåé äîêóìåíòàöèè â~1995~ãîäó, òàê êàê óæå íàçðåëà íåîáõîäèìîñòü
+â~íîâûõ íàñòðîéêàõ äëÿ äðóãèõ ïàêåòîâ, íàïðèìåð äëÿ \package{longtable}.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî áûëà ïðåäëîæåíà ïîääåðæêà ïàêåòà \package{subfigure}.
+(Â~âåðñèè $2.1$, íàïèñàííîé â~2002~ãîäó áûëè èñïðàâëåíèÿ îøèáîê.)
+
+% In 2003 I finally found some time, so a new regular release $3.0$
+% of the \package{caption} package could be build in cooperation with
+% Frank Mittelbach and Steven Cochran.
+% It was released in December 2003 and superseded the neglected
+% \package{caption2} package.
+% Main parts were re-written and it provided a complete re-work of
+% the user interface.
+% Furthermore it supported the \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap},
+% \package{listings}, \package{sidecap}, and \package{supertabular} packages
+% additionally.
+Â~2003~ãîäó ÿ âñ¸-òàêè íàø¸ë íåìíîãî âðåìåíè, äëÿ íîâîãî ðåëèçà $3.0$
+ïàêåòà \package{caption}, ñîçäàííîãî ñîâìåñòíî
+ñ~Ôðàíêîì Ìèòòåëüáàõîì (Frank Mittelbach) è~Ñòèâåíîì Êîêðåéíîì (Steven Cochran).
+Ýòà âåðñèÿ áûëà îïóáëèêîâàíà â~äåêàáðå 2003~ãîäà è~ñòàëà çàìåíîé
+ïàêåòà \package{caption2}.
+Îñíîâíûå ÷àñòè áûëè ïåðåïèñàíû, è~áûë ïðåäëîæåí íîâûé ïîëüçîâàòåëüñêèé èíòåðôåéñ.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî ïîÿâèëàñü ïîääåðæêà äðóãèõ ïàêåòîâ \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap},
+\package{listings}, \package{sidecap} è~\package{supertabular}.
+
+% While all the previous versions were designed for usage with the standard
+% \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book},
+% the current version $3.1$ released in 2007 also supports the \AmS,
+% \KOMAScript, \NTG, and \SmF\ document classes, and the \class{beamer} class
+% as well.
+Â~òî âðåìÿ êàê ïðåäûäóùèå âåðñèè áûëè ñîçäàíû äëÿ ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ
+\LaTeX'à: \class{article}, \class{report} è~\class{book},
+òåêóùàÿ âåðñèÿ $3.1$, îïóáëèêîâàííàÿ â~2007~ãîäó ïðåäëàãàåò òàêæå ïîääåðæêó äëÿ ïàêåòîâ \AmS,
+\KOMAScript, {\NTG} è~\SmF, à~òàêæå êëàññà \class{beamer}.
+% Furthermore it was adapted to the \package{frenchb} Babel option,
+% the \package{frenchle} \& \package{frenchpro} packages,
+% and the \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar},
+% \package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable},
+% and \package{wrapfig} packages.
+Ïîìèìî ýòîãî ñîçäàíà ïîääåðæêà ê~îïöèè \package{frenchb} ïàêåòà \package{babel},
+ïàêåòàì \package{frenchle} è~\package{frenchpro},
+à~òàêæå ïàêåòàì \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar},
+\package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable}
+è~\package{wrapfig}.
+% New options and commands were introduced as well, among other things
+% |font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|,
+% |list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|,
+% |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|, and
+% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|.
+Áûëè ïðåäëîæåíû íîâûå êîìàíäû è~êëþ÷è, íàïðèìåð ïîìèìî ïðî÷åãî
+|font+|, |figure|\-|within| è~|table|\-|within|,
+|list| è~|list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| è~|min|\-|margin|,
+|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format| è~%
+|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|.
+% Further benefits are the new compatibility check \see*{\Ref{compatibility}},
+% the new ``hypcap'' feature \see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, and the sub-caption
+% feature \see*{\package{subcaption} package documentation}.
+Â~äàëüíåéøåì áûëè äîáàâëåíû êîíòðîëü ñîâìåñòèìîñòè ñ~êëàññàìè è~ïàêåòàìè
+\see*{\Ref{compatibility}},
+ïîääåðæêà îïöèè |hypcap| \see*{\Ref{hyperref}}
+è~âîçìîæíîñòè ñîçäàíèÿ ïîäïèñåé ÷àñòåé ôëîòîâ
+\see*{äîêóìåíòàöèþ ê~ïàêåòó \package{subcaption}}.
+
+\clearpage
+% \section{Compatibility to older versions}
+\section{Ñîâìåñòèìîñòü ñî ñòàðûìè âåðñèÿìè}
+
+\subsection{Ïàêåò \package{caption} v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}}
+\label{caption1}
+
+% This version of \thispackage\ still supports the old options
+% and commands provided by the version $1.0$ to $1.4$ of this package.
+% So there shouldn't occur any problems compiling old documents, but please
+% don't mix old options and commands with the new ones. This isn't supported
+% and can cause ugly side effects.
+Äàííàÿ âåðñèÿ ïàêåòà ïîääåðæèâàåò ñòàðûå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû
+ñîçäàííûå â~âåðñèÿõ $1.0$--$1.4$ ýòîãî ïàêåòà. Ïîýòîìó íå äîëæíî âîçíèêàòü
+ïðîáëåì â~êîìïèëÿöèè ñòàðûõ äîêóìåíòîâ, íî, ïîæàëóéñòà, íå ñìåøèâàéòå
+ñòàðûå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû ñ~íîâûìè. Ýòî íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ
+è~ìîæåò äàòü íåïðèÿòíûå ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû.
+
+% Here comes a short oversight of the obsolete options and how
+% they have been replaced within this version of \thispackage:
+Çäåñü äàí êðàòêèé îáçîð óñòàðåâøèõ îïöèé è~êîìàíä è~÷åì
+îíè çàìåíåíû â~ñîâðåìåííîé âåðñèè ïàêåòà \package{caption}:
+
+\begin{center}\small
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
+\hline
+%\endhead
+|normal| & |format=plain|\\
+|hang| & |format=hang|\\
+|isu| & |format=hang|\\
+|center| & |justification=centering|\\
+|centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\
+|nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\
+|scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\
+|footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\
+|small| & |font=small|\\
+|normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\
+|large| & |font=large|\\
+|Large| & |font=Large|\\
+|up| & |labelfont=up|\\
+|it| & |labelfont=it|\\
+|sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\
+|sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\
+|md| & |labelfont=md|\\
+|bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\
+|rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\
+|sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\
+|tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+% Beside the options for setting up the desired font there were also
+% the commands |\caption|\-|size| resp.~|\caption|\-|font| and
+% |\caption|\-|label|\-|font| who could be redefined with
+% |\re|\-|new|\-|command| and allowed an alternate and more flexible way to
+% change the font used for captions.
+% This mechanism was replaced by the commands
+Ïîìèìî îïöèé äëÿ íàñòðîåê íóæíîãî øðèôòà áûëè òàêæå êîìàíäû
+|\caption|\-|size|, à~òàêæå |\caption|\-|font| è~|\caption|\-|label|\-|font|
+êîòîðûå ìîãëè áûòü ïåðåîïðåäåëåíû ñ~ïîìîùüþ |\renewcommand| è~ïîçâîëÿëè
+àëüòåðíàòèâíûé è~áîëåå ãèáêèé ñïîñîá èçìåíèòü øðèôò ïîäïèñåé.
+Äàííûé ìåõàíèçì çàìåí¸í íà êîìàíäû
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad è\\
+ |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+\SeeUserDefined
+
+% Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{1.x} with
+Óñòàíîâêè ïîëåé â~âåðñèè \version{1.x} çàäàâàëèñü ñ~ïîìîùüþ
+\begin{quote}
+ |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+% This was replaced by
+Ýòî çàìåíåíî íà
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+% For example the old-style code
+Íàïðèìåð, ñòàðûé êîä
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\
+ |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\
+ |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}|
+\end{quote}
+% will still work fine, but should be written today as
+äî ñèõ ïîð ðàáîòàåò, íî ëó÷øå ïåðåïèñàòü åãî êàê
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
+ | margin=10pt]{caption}|
+\end{quote}
+% or
+èëè
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage{caption}|\\
+ |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
+ | margin=10pt}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% The quite exotic option |ruled| which allowed a partial usage of
+% the caption settings for |ruled| floats defined with the
+% \package{float} package will be emulated by this version of the
+% caption package, too.
+% But using this option is not recommended anymore since this
+% version of \thispackage\ offers a more flexible way
+% for changing the captions of these floating environments:
+Òàêàÿ ýêçîòè÷åñêàÿ îïöèÿ |ruled|, êîòîðàÿ ïîçâîëÿëà ÷àñòè÷íî èñïîëüçîâàòü
+íàñòðîéêè ïîäïèñè äëÿ ôëîòîâ ñ~îôîðìëåíèåì |ruled| èç ïàêåòà
+\package{float}, ýìóëèðóåòñÿ è~äàííûì ïàêåòîì òîæå.
+Íî èñïîëüçîâàíèå ýòîé îïöèè íå ðåêîìåíäóåòñÿ, ïîñêîëüêó äàííàÿ âåðñèÿ ïàêåòà
+ïðåäëàãàåò áîëåå ãèáêèé ñïîñîá äëÿ èçìåíåíèÿ ïîäïèñåé
+òàêèõ îêðóæåíèé ïëàâàþùèõ ôëîòîâ:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}|
+\end{quote}
+% resp.
+è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+\SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup}, è~\Ref{float}]
+
+\subsection{Ïàêåò caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}}
+\label{caption2}
+
+% Although they do very similar stuff, the packages \package{caption} and
+% its experimental and now obsolete variant \package{caption2} have a
+% very different implementation design.
+% Therefore a full compatibility could not be offered.
+% For that reason you will still find a file called |caption2.sty| in
+% this package distribution, so old documents using the \package{caption2}
+% package will still compile fine.
+Õîòÿ èñïîëüçóþòñÿ îäíè è~òå æå íàñòðîéêè è~â~ïàêåòå \package{caption}
+è~â~ýêñïåðèìåíòàëüíîé, íî ñåé÷àñ óñòàðåâøåé âåðñèè"=ïàêåòå
+\package{caption2}, ó~ýòèõ ïàêåòîâ ñîâåðøåííî ðàçíûé ìåõàíèçì èõ çàäàíèÿ.
+Ïîýòîìó ïîëíàÿ ñîâìåñòèìîñòü íåâîçìîæíà.
+Ïî ýòîé ïðè÷èíå äî ñèõ ïîð ñóùåñòâóåò ïàêåò |caption2.sty| â~äàííîì
+äèñòðèáóòèâå, è~ñòàðûå äîêóìåíòû, èñïîëüçóþùèå ïàêåò \package{caption2}
+áóäóò êîìïèëèðîâàòüñÿ.
+
+% Newly created documents should use the actual version of
+% \thispackage\ instead. In most cases it's sufficient to replace the command
+Íîâûå äîêóìåíòû äîëæíû èñïîëüçîâàòü ñîâðåìåííûå âåðñèè ïàêåòà
+\package{caption}. Â~áîëüøèíñòâå ñëó÷àåâ ìîæíî çàìåíèòü ñòðîêó
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[...]{caption2}|
+\end{quote}
+% by
+íà
+\begin{quote}
+ |\usepackage[...]{caption}|\qquad.
+\end{quote}
+% But some options and commands will not be emulated, so you can get
+% error messages afterwards. This section will hopefully help you removing
+% these errors. If you have problems migrating from \package{caption2}
+% to \package{caption} please don't hesitate to send me an e-mail asking
+% for help.
+Íî íåêîòîðûå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû íå ýìóëèðóþòñÿ, è~âû ìîæåòå
+ïîëó÷èòü ñîîáùåíèÿ îá îøèáêàõ. Äàííûé ðàçäåë ïîìîæåò âàì ëèêâèäèðîâàòü
+òàêèå îøèáêè. Åñëè ó~âàñ ïðîáëåìû ïî çàìåíå ïàêåòà \package{caption2}
+íà \package{caption} íå ðàçäóìûâàéòå è~îòïðàâëÿéòå ìíå e-mail.
+
+% In addition to the obsolete options shown in the last section
+% these ones will be emulated, too:
+Ïîìèìî óñòàðåâøèõ îïöèé èç ïðåäûäóùåãî ðàçäåëà
+ñëåäóþùèå òàêæå ýìóëèðóþòñÿ:
+
+\begin{center}\small
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
+\hline
+%\endhead
+|flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\
+|flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\
+|oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+% Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{2.x} with
+Çàäàíèå âòÿæåê (ïîëåé) äëÿ ïîäïèñåé, ñîçäàííûõ â~\version{2.x}
+\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
+ |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| èëè, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî
+ |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+}\end{quote}
+% This was replaced by
+Îíè ìîãóò áûòü çàìåíåíû íà
+\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
+ |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| èëè, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî
+ |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}|\quad.
+}\end{quote}
+\See{\Ref{margins}}
+
+% Setting an indention was done in \version{2.x} with
+Âòÿæêà â~âåðñèè \version{2.x} çàäàâàëàñü êàê
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionstyle{indent}|\\
+ |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+\pagebreak[3]
+% This is now done with
+Ñåé÷àñ ýòî çàäà¸òñÿ êàê
+\nopagebreak[3]
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad.
+\end{quote}
+
+% The so-called single-line-check was controlled by the commands
+% |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (for switching the check off) and
+% |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (for switching the check on).
+% This was replaced by
+Êîíòðîëü êîðîòêîé ïîäïèñè êîíòðîëèðóåòñÿ êîìàíäàìè
+|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (îòêëþ÷àåò êîíòðîëü)
+è~|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (äëÿ âêëþ÷åíèÿ êîíòðîëÿ).
+Ýòî çàìåíåíî íà
+|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
+% resp.
+è, ñîîòâåòñòâåííî
+|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}|.
+\See{\Ref{justification}}
+
+% The commands
+Êîìàíäû
+\begin{quote}
+ |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\
+ |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle|, è~|\renewcaptionstyle|
+\end{quote}
+% do not have a simple replacement and therefore will not be emulated
+% by this version of \thispackage. (So using them will
+% cause error messages.) Rewriting such code is not always easy and
+% straight-ahead, but by conscientious reading of this manual you should
+% be able to find appropriate options and commands instead.
+íå èìåþò ïðîñòîé çàìåíû ïîýòîìó íå ýìóëèðóþòñÿ
+äàííîé âåðñèåé ïàêåòà. (Èõ èñïîëüçîâàíèå âûçîâåò
+ñîîáùåíèå îá îøèáêå.) Çàìåíà ýòîãî êîäà íå âñåãäà ïðîñòà,
+íî äîáðîñîâåñòíî ïðî÷èòàâ äàííîå ðóêîâîäñòâî, âû ñìîæåòå íàéòè
+ïîäõîäÿùèå îïöèè è~êîìàíäû çàìåíû.
+
+\iffalse
+... (some examples)
+\fi
+
+% The \version{2.x} option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| do not have a
+% replacement, too.
+% But in most cases you can simply drop using that option because
+% in this version of \thispackage\ the value of |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|
+% will be ignored anyway (unless you set it to a different value than the
+% default one which is |4in|).
+Îïöèÿ |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| âåðñèè \version{2.x} òîæå íå èìååò çàìåíû.
+Íî â~áîëüøèíñòâå ñëó÷àåâ ýòó îïöèþ ìîæíî îïóñòèòü, ïîòîìó ÷òî â~äàííîé
+âåðñèè ïàêåòà çíà÷åíèå |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|
+áóäåò èãíîðèðîâàòüñÿ â~ëþáîì ñëó÷àå (åñëè òîëüêî âû íå çàäàäèòå çíà÷åíèå,
+îòëè÷íîå îò çàäàííîãî ïî óìîë÷àíèþ |4in|).
+\See{\Ref{longtable}}
+
+\subsection{Ïàêåò caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}}
+\label{caption3}
+
+%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
+% \Thispackage\ \version{3.0} did not support any document classes
+% other than the standard \LaTeX\ ones: \class{article}, \class{report},
+% and \class{book}.
+% Therefore the default settings used to be fixed, but now \thispackage{}
+% supports more classes, therefore they are now set in dependence on the
+% document class used.
+\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} íå ïîääåðæèâàë íèêàêèõ êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ, êðîìå
+ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ \LaTeX'à: \class{article}, \class{report},
+and \class{book}.
+Â~ñòàðûõ íàñòðîéêàõ âåä¸òñÿ ðàáîòà íàä îøèáêàìè, íî~òåïåðü \thispackage{}
+ïîääåðæèâàåò áîëüøå êëàññîâ, ïîýòîìó íàñòðîéêè ïîäïèñåé çàâèñÿò îò èñïîëüçóåìîãî
+êëàññà äîêóìåíòà.
+
+% For example: While in \version{3.0} the default caption
+% |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion| used to be always |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied|,
+% it's now still |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| when using one of the standard document
+% classes, but |ragged|\-|right| will be used as default format when used
+% with the \class{beamer} document class.
+Íàïðèìåð, â~òî âðåìÿ êàê â~âåðñèè $3.0$ çíà÷åíèåì êëþ÷à |justification|
+ïî óìîë÷àíèþ ÿâëÿåòñÿ |justi|\-|fied|, îíî îñòàíåòñÿ |justi|\-|fied| ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè
+ñòàíäàðòíûõ êëàññîâ äîêóìåíòîâ, íî çàìåíÿåòñÿ íà |ragged|\-|right| ïðè èñïîëüçîâàíèè
+êëàññà äîêóìåíòà \class{beamer}.
+
+% %An easy way to select the `old' defaults---if desired---is using the option
+% An easy way to select the `old' defaults is using the option
+% |style=base| when loading \thispackage\ (or later on using |\caption|\-|setup|).
+Ïðîñòîé ïóòü çàäàòü «ñòàðûå» çíà÷åíèÿ ïî óìîë÷àíèþ \cdash--- èñïîëüçîâàòü îïöèþ
+|style=base| ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà (èëè ïîçäíåå, â~êîìàíäå |\caption|\-|setup|).
+
+% Another new feature is the automatic check for compatibility; if an
+% incompatibility will be found, a warning message will be issued and if a strong
+% incompatibility was found some features of \thispackage\ will be disabled.
+Åù¸ îäíîé îñîáåííîñòüþ ñòàëà àâòîìàòè÷åñêàÿ ïðîâåðêà íà ñîâìåñòèìîñòü [êëàññà è~ïàêåòà]; åñëè
+îáíàðóæèâàåòñÿ íåñîâìåñòèìîñòü, âûäà¸òñÿ ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå î~íåñîâìåñòèìîñòè íåêîòîðûõ âîçìîæíîñòåé
+äàííîãî ïàêåòà ñ~êëàññîì äîêóìåíòà.
+% Please note that only this check was added to \thispackage, so if you get
+% such warning message, the previous versions of \thispackage\ were incompatible
+% as well, but did not issued such warning, they were ``only'' having
+% side-effects or causing problems.
+Îáðàòèòå âíèìàíèå, ÷òî òàêîå ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå ïîÿâèëîñü òîëüêî â~òåêóùåé âåðñèè ïàêåòà, ïîýòîìó åñëè
+âû ïîëó÷èëè ýòî ñîîáùåíèå ýòî îçíà÷àåò, ÷òî è~ïðåäûäóùèå âåðñèè áûëè òàêæå íåñîâìåñòèìû,
+è~îíè óæå èìåëè ïîáî÷íûå ýôôåêòû è~ìîãëè ñîçäàâàòü ïðîáëåìû.
+% So these warnings only say that some bad side effects or problems could
+% happen, but not that they actually will happen.
+% Anyway, if you use \thispackage\ in such circumstances,
+% you should use it with care.
+Ýòè ïðåäóïðåæäåíèÿ ãîâîðÿò, ÷òî \emph{ìîãóò} ïîÿâèòüñÿ ïðîáëåìû, íî ýòî íå çíà÷èò, ÷òî îíè
+íåïðåìåííî ïîÿâÿòñÿ.
+Â~ëþáîì ñëó÷àå åñëè âû èñïîëüçóåòå \thispackage\ èãíîðèðóÿ ýòî ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå,
+áóäüòå îñòîðîæíû.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{Note*}
+% \Thispackage\ \version{3.0} offered the option |caption=|\x|false|,
+% which used to be a workaround for not using the whole \package{caption} package
+% (leaving the caption stuff offered by the document class or other packages
+% intact), but keeping the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} working.
+% This mechanism is obsolete and not offered anymore, please pass this option
+% to the \package{subfig} package instead and do not load \thispackage\ anymore.
+% %\par\See{the \package{subfig} package documentation}
+Ïàêåò âåðñèè \version{3.0} ïðåäëàãàë îïöèþ |caption=false|, êîòîðàÿ âêëþ÷àëà ëèøü
+÷àñòè÷íîå èñïîëüçîâàíèå âîçìîæíîñòåé ïàêåòà \package{caption} (ñîõðàíÿÿ
+íàñòðîéêè êëàññà äîêóìåíòà èëè äðóãèõ ïàêåòîâ íåòðîíóòûìè), íî îñòàâëÿëà
+âîçìîæíîñòü ðàáîòû ïàêåòà \package{subfig}.
+Ýòîò ìåõàíèçì òåïåðü óñòàðåâøèé è~áîëüøå íå ïîääåðæèâàåòñÿ,
+ïîýòîìó çàäàâàéòå, ïîæàëóéñòà, ýòó îïöèþ ïðè çàãðóçêå ïàêåòà \package{subfig},
+è~íå çàãðóæàéòå äàííûé ïàêåò âîâñå.
+%\par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
+\end{Note*}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\clearpage
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+\fontencoding{T1}%\fontfamily{ptm}
+\selectfont
+
+ \bibitem{TLC2}
+ Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\
+ \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\
+ \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004.
+
+ \bibitem{beamer}
+ Till Tantau:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/beamer}%
+ {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\
+ March 11, 2007
+
+ \bibitem{KOMAScript}
+ Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}%
+ {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\
+ 2007-01-09
+
+ \bibitem{NTG}
+ Victor Eijkhout:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntgclass}%
+ {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\
+ 3 September 1989
+
+ \bibitem{algorithms}
+ Rog\'erio Brito:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/algorithms}%
+ {\emph{Algorithms}},\\
+ June 2, 2006
+
+\iffalse
+ \bibitem{algorithm2e}
+ Christophe Fiorio:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/algorithm2e}%
+ {\emph{algorithm2e.sty -- package for algorithms}},\\
+ March 11, 2007
+\fi
+
+ \bibitem{float}
+ Anselm Lingnau:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}%
+ {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\
+ 2001/11/08
+
+ \bibitem{floatflt}
+ Mats Dahlgren:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatflt}%
+ {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\
+ 1998/06/05
+
+ \bibitem{floatrow}
+ Olga Lapko:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow}%
+ {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\
+ 2008/03/28
+
+ \bibitem{fltpage}
+ Sebastian Gross:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fltpage}%
+ {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\
+ 1998/11/13
+
+ \bibitem{hyperref}
+ Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}%
+ {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\
+ November 12, 2007
+
+ \bibitem{hypcap}
+ Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hypcap}%
+ {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\
+ 2007/04/09
+
+ \bibitem{listings}
+ Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}%
+ {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
+ 2007/02/22
+
+ \bibitem{longtable}
+ David Carlisle:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}%
+ {\emph{The longtable package}},\\
+ 2004/02/01
+
+ \bibitem{picinpar}
+ Friedhelm Sowa:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picinpar}%
+ {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\
+ July 13, 1993
+
+ \bibitem{picins}
+ Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picins}%
+ {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\
+ September~1992
+
+ \bibitem{rotating}
+ Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}%
+ {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
+ 1997/09/26
+
+ \bibitem{setspace}
+ Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/setspace}%
+ {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\
+ 1 December 2000
+
+ \bibitem{sidecap}
+ Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sidecap}%
+ {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\
+ 2003/06/06
+
+ \bibitem{subfigure}
+ Steven D. Cochran:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfigure}%
+ {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\
+ 2002/07/02
+
+ \bibitem{subfig}
+ Steven D. Cochran:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfig}%
+ {\emph{The subfig package}},\\
+ 2005/07/05
+
+ \bibitem{supertabular}
+ Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/supertabular}%
+ {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\
+ 2002/07/19
+
+ \bibitem{threeparttable}
+ Donald Arseneau:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}%
+ {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\
+ 2003/06/13
+
+ \bibitem{wrapfig}
+ Donald Arseneau:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig}%
+ {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\
+ 2003/01/31
+
+ \bibitem{xtab}
+ Peter Wilson:\\
+ \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xtab}%
+ {\emph{The xtab package}},\\
+ 2004/05/24
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..89abe25309
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,4968 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% This is file `caption.dtx'.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+%
+% \fi
+% \CheckSum{3694}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*driver>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{caption.drv}[2011/08/06 v3.3 Implementation of the caption package]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%\errorcontextlines=3
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+%
+\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC
+%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}}
+\makeatother
+%
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
+ \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
+ \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+\fi
+%
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+%
+\usepackage[debug]{caption}[2013/01/01]
+%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
+ {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
+ {e-TeX}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring
+ {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}%
+ {AMS}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring
+ {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}%
+ {KOMA-Script}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF}
+%
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{caption.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}{#1}}
+% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}{#1}}
+% \newcommand*\purett[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}{#1}}
+% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
+% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett
+%
+% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption} package}
+% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} package}
+%
+% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}}
+%
+% \newcommand*\issue[1]{GitLab~\##1}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{caption.drv}
+% \let\docdate\filedate
+% \GetFileInfo{caption.sty}
+%
+% \title{The Implementation of
+% \texorpdfstring{\thispackage\thanks{%^^A
+% This package has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}}%^^A
+% {the caption package}}
+% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}}
+% \date{\docdate}
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% \Thispackage\ consists of two parts -- the kernel
+% (|caption3.sty|) and the main package (|caption.sty|).
+%
+% \Thispackage\ redefines the \LaTeX\ commands
+% |\caption|, |\@caption|, and |\@makecaption| and maps the latter one to
+% |\caption@@make|, giving the user the possibility to control the look \& feel
+% of the captions from floating environments like |figure| and |table|.
+% Furthermore it does similar to the caption stuff coming from other packages
+% (like the \package{longtable} or \package{supertabular} package):
+% Mapping the appropriate internal commands (like |\LT@makecaption| or
+% |\ST@caption|) to the ones offered by the \package{caption3} kernel.
+% So you can think of \thispackage\ as a layer package, it
+% simply provides adaptation layers between the caption stuff coming from
+% \LaTeXe\ or packages, and the caption stuff offered by the
+% \package{caption3} kernel.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \section*{User manuals}
+%
+% This document is describing the code implementation only. The user
+% documentation can be found in
+% \nopagebreak\begin{quote}
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}%
+% {\texttt{caption-eng.pdf}} & The English documentation \\
+% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.pdf}%
+% {\texttt{caption-rus.pdf}} & The Russian documentation\footnotemark \\
+% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf}%
+% {\texttt{caption-deu.pdf}} & The German documentation \\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \footnotetext{Thanks a lot to Olga Lapko for this translation}
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+% \clearpage
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom}
+% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box}
+% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow}
+% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter}
+% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
+% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
+% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline}
+% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write}
+% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad}
+% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut}
+% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists}
+% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt}
+% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0}{1994/10/27}{First release}
+% \changes{v1.1}{1994/11/03}{New option \texttt{centerlast}}
+% \changes{v1.2}{1994/11/28}{Support of the \package{float} package}
+% \changes{v1.3}{1995/01/09}{Support of \cs{captionlabelfont} in subcaptions}
+% \changes{v1.4}{1995/01/30}{New option \texttt{nooneline}}
+% \changes{v1.4b}{1995/04/05}{Bugfix release}
+% \changes{v3.0}{2003/12/20}{Rewritten; many new commands and features}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/11/28}{Split into two packages:
+% \package{caption} \& \package{caption3}}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \let\subsubsection\subsection
+% \let\subsection\section
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Identification}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2019/09/01 v3.3d Customizing captions (AR)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Loading the kernel}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{caption3}[2019/09/01] % needs v1.8d or newer
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Check against incompatible document classes}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifbool{documentclass}{}{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{%
+ Unsupported document class (or package) detected,\MessageBreak
+ usage of the caption package is not recommended}%
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{\string\@makecaption\space=\space\meaning\@makecaption}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Check against incompatible packages}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/06}{Check against obsolete \package{caption2} package added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{caption2}{%
+ \caption@Error{%
+ You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*\MessageBreak
+ the (current) caption package}%
+ \endinput
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{ftcap} package added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{nonfloat} package added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/18}{Check against incompatible \package{topcapt} package added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{ftcap}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{ftcap}}{}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{nonfloat}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{nonfloat}}{}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{topcapt}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{topcapt}}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@DisablePositionOption}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{\texttt{position=b} added}
+% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/03/29}{%
+% Name changed from \cs{caption@IncompatiblePackage} to \cs{caption@DisablePositionOption};
+% moved from package to kernel; disables the `position' option now instead of issuing a warning}
+% |\caption@DisablePositionOption|\marg{package}\par
+% disables the `position' option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@DisablePositionOption[1]{%
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{%
+ `#1' package detected; setting `position=b' for compatibility reasons}%
+ \caption@setposition b%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{position}{%
+ \caption@Error{Usage of the `position' option is incompatible\MessageBreak
+ to the `#1' package}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@DisablePositionOption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Declaration of options}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Options for figure and table}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/09}{Options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{%
+ \captionsetup*[figure]{position=#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{figureposition}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{%
+ \captionsetup*[table]{position=#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{tableposition}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} re-written}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/18}{Option \opt{name} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{figurename}{\caption@SetName{figure}{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{figurename}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{tablename}{\caption@SetName{table}{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{tablename}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/02/28}{Options \opt{listfigurename} and \opt{listtablename} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{listfigurename}{\caption@SetName{listfigure}{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{listfigurename}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{listtablename}{\caption@SetName{listtable}{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{listtablename}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@SetName}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/18}{After-preamble variant added}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/02/28}{Renamed from \cs{caption@SetFloatName} to \cs{caption@SetName}}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix: Works now without \cs{addto}, too}
+% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package}
+% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/12}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@NewFloat} now}
+% |\caption@SetName|\marg{float}\marg{name}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@SetName[2]{%
+ \caption@NewFloat{\newfloat@setname{#1}{#2}}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@SetName
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{name}{\caption@setname\@captype{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setname}
+% |\caption@setname|\marg{float}\marg{name}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setname[2]{%
+ \@namedef{#1name}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/21}{Options \opt{figurewithin} and \opt{tablewithin} added}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Option \opt{within} added}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{The \opt{within} options are now available within the document, too}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{The global \opt{within} option will now affect user-defined
+% floats declared with \cs{DeclareCaptionType}, too}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@DeclareWithinOption}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{This macro and its usage added}
+% |\caption@DeclareWithinOption|\marg{float}
+% declares the options \meta{float}\texttt{within} and \meta{float}\texttt{without},
+% e.g. \texttt{figurewithin} and \texttt{figurewithout}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@DeclareWithinOption[1]{%
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{#1within}{\caption@Within{#1}{##1}}%
+ \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{#1without}{\caption@Within{#1}{none}}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@DeclareWithinOption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@DeclareWithinOption{figure}
+\caption@DeclareWithinOption{table}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{within}{%
+ \caption@NewFloat{\newfloatsetup{within=#1}}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{without}{%
+ \caption@NewFloat{\newfloatsetup{without}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@Within}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/12/21}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package}
+% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/12}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@NewFloat} now}
+% |\caption@Within|\marg{float}\marg{value}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@Within[2]{%
+ \caption@NewFloat{\newfloat@setwithin{#1}{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@NewFloat}
+% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/12}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@NewFloat|\marg{code}
+% loads the \package{newfloat} package and executes the given code afterwards.
+% Note: Since the \package{newfloat} package uses the crappy \package{keyval}
+% package, too, we need to save \& restore some macros here, otherwise this
+% recursion won't work properly.
+% {\itshape (TODO: Re-write \package{newfloat} so it uses \package{kvoptions} instead.)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@NewFloat[1]{%
+ \let\KV@prefix@ORI\KV@prefix
+ \let\@tempc@ORI\@tempc
+ \caption@ifpackageloaded{newfloat}{#1}{}%
+ \let\@tempc\@tempc@ORI
+ \let\KV@prefix\KV@prefix@ORI}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Miscellaneous options}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption*{config}[caption]{%
+ \InputIfFileExists{#1.cfg}%
+ {\typeout{*** Local configuration file #1.cfg used ***}}%
+ {\caption@Warning{Configuration file #1.cfg not found}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@selectlistentry}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@selectlistentry|\marg{\purett{heading} or \purett{entry}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@selectlistentry[1]{%
+ \caption@ifinlist{#1}{heading}{%
+ \let\caption@iflistheading\@firstoftwo
+ }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{default,list-entry,entry}{%
+ \let\caption@iflistheading\@secondoftwo
+ }{%
+ \caption@Error{Undefined list-entry selection `#1'}%
+ }}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.3}{2012-03-25}{Option \opt{list-entry} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{list-entry}{\caption@selectlistentry{#1}}
+\captionsetup{list-entry=default}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setparboxrestore}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@setparboxrestore|\marg{\purett{partial} or \purett{full}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setparboxrestore[1]{%
+ \caption@ifinlist{#1}{full}{%
+ \caption@setfullparboxrestore
+ }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{default,light,partial}{%
+ \let\caption@parboxrestore\@secondoftwo
+ }{%
+ \caption@Error{Undefined parboxrestore `#1'}%
+ }}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfullparboxrestore}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@setfullparboxrestore|\par
+% This is an abbreviation for |\caption@setparboxrestore{full}|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setfullparboxrestore{%
+ \let\caption@parboxrestore\@firstoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{Option \opt{parboxrestore} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{parboxrestore}{\caption@setparboxrestore{#1}}
+\captionsetup{parboxrestore=default}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Option \opt{@minipage=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{@minipage}{%
+ \caption@ifinlist{#1}{auto,default}%
+ {\let\caption@if@minipage\@gobbletwo}%
+ {\caption@set@bool\caption@if@minipage{#1}}}
+\captionsetup{@minipage=default}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{caption v1.x compatibility options}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/21}{Option `compatibility' added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption v1.x compatibility options revised}
+% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v1.x$ compatibility options}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{compatibility}[1]{\caption@setbool{compatibility}{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{compatibility}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{normal}{%
+ \caption@setformat{plain}%
+ \caption@setjustification{justified}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{isu}{%
+ \caption@setformat{hang}%
+ \caption@setjustification{justified}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{hang}{%
+ \caption@setformat{hang}%
+ \caption@setjustification{justified}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{center}{%
+ \caption@setformat{plain}%
+ \caption@setjustification{centering}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{centerlast}{%
+ \caption@setformat{plain}%
+ \caption@setjustification{centerlast}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{scriptsize}{\def\captionfont{\scriptsize}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{footnotesize}{\def\captionfont{\footnotesize}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{small}{\def\captionfont{\small}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{normalsize}{\def\captionfont{\normalsize}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{large}{\def\captionfont{\large}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{Large}{\def\captionfont{\Large}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{up}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\upshape}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{it}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\itshape}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sl}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\slshape}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sc}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\scshape}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{md}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\mdseries}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{bf}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\bfseries}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{rm}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\rmfamily}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sf}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\sffamily}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{tt}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\ttfamily}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{nooneline}{\caption@setbool{slc}{0}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@setbool{ruled}{0}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{ruled}{\caption@setbool{ruled}{1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{caption2 v2.x compatibility options}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/07/08}{caption2 \version{2.x} compatibility options added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption2 v2.x compatibility options revised}
+% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v2.x$ compatibility options}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{flushleft}{%
+ \caption@setformat{plain}%
+ \caption@setjustification{raggedright}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{flushright}{%
+ \caption@setformat{plain}%
+ \caption@setjustification{raggedleft}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{oneline}{\caption@setbool{slc}{1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{ignoreLTcapwidth}{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Obsolete caption v3.0 options}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{Package option \opt{caption} marked as obsolete,
+% gives error now}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption*{caption}{%
+ \caption@setbool{temp}{#1}%
+ \caption@ifbool{temp}{}{%
+ \caption@Error{%
+ The package option `caption=#1' is obsolete.\MessageBreak
+ Please pass this option to the subfig package instead\MessageBreak
+ and do *not* load the caption package anymore}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{fltpage package support options}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{Options `FPlist' \& `FPref' added}
+% With these options is controlled where the list-of entry and |\ref| resp.
+% |\pageref| or |\autoref| will link to.
+% Defaults are |FPlist=caption| and |FPref=figure| which is inconsistent,
+% but compatible to the usual behaviour of the \package{fltpage} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{FPlist}[1]{\caption@setFPoption{list}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{FPref}[1]{\caption@setFPoption{ref}{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{FPlist}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{FPref}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setFPoption[2]{%
+ \edef\caption@tempa{\@car#2\@nil}%
+ \caption@setbool{FP#1cap}{\if c\caption@tempa 1\else 0\fi}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@setFPoption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\captionsetup{FPlist=caption,FPref=figure}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{hyperref package support options}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/21}{Options `hypcap' \& `hypcapspace' added}
+% With |hypcap=off| one can turn the \package{hypcap} support off
+% (default is |on|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{hypcap}[1]{\caption@setbool{hypcap}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{hypcapspace}{\def\caption@hypcapspace{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\captionsetup{hypcap=1,hypcapspace=.5\baselineskip}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{\AmS{} \& \SmF{} document classes support}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ document classes support added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifamsclass{%
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{AMS or SMF document class}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \setlength\belowcaptionskip{0pt}% set to 12pt by AMS class
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{\KOMAScript{} document classes support}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/18}{Minimum adaptation to \KOMAScript\ added}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options added}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility commands added}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options removed}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/05}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised \& enhanced}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifkomaclass{%
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{KOMA-Script document class}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Here we emulate the caption related commands and take over the caption
+% related settings from the \KOMAScript\ classes.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovetrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovefalse}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovetrue{\captionsetup*[table]{position=t}}
+ \g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovefalse{\captionsetup*[table]{position=b}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \if@tablecaptionabove
+ \@tablecaptionabovetrue
+ \else
+ \@tablecaptionabovefalse
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@figurecaptionabovetrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\@figurecaptionabovefalse}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/02/15}{Support of \cs{@figurecaptionabovetrue} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifundefined\@figurecaptionabovetrue{}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \g@addto@macro\@figurecaptionabovetrue{\captionsetup*[figure]{position=t}}
+ \g@addto@macro\@figurecaptionabovefalse{\captionsetup*[figure]{position=b}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \if@figurecaptionabove
+ \@figurecaptionabovetrue
+ \else
+ \@figurecaptionabovefalse
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionstrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionsfalse}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionstrue{\let\caption@ifslc\@firstoftwo}
+ \g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionsfalse{\let\caption@ifslc\@secondoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifonelinecaptions
+ \onelinecaptionstrue
+ \else
+ \onelinecaptionsfalse
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@captionabovetrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\@captionabovefalse}
+% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/03/21}{Bugfix 06-03-21:
+% \cs{let}\cs{caption@setposition}\cs{@gobble} added}
+% \changes{v3.0n}{2006/03/09}{Accidentally this got broken in \version{3.0m}, fixed}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/31}{We redefine \cs{captionabovetrue/false} now
+% instead of \cs{captionabove/below}}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{\opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} will issue a warning now}
+% Please note that these are stronger than the \opt{position} setting, therefore we
+% override the options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} to typeout a warning.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \g@addto@macro\@captionabovetrue{\let\caption@position\@firstoftwo}
+ \g@addto@macro\@captionabovefalse{\let\caption@position\@secondoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{Option `figureposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak
+ when used with a KOMA script document class}}
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{Option `tableposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak
+ when used with a KOMA script document class}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setcapindent}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@KOMA@setcapindent\@setcapindent
+ \renewcommand*\@setcapindent[1]{%
+ \caption@KOMA@setcapindent{#1}\caption@setcapindent}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@KOMA@@setcapindent\@@setcapindent
+ \renewcommand*\@@setcapindent[1]{%
+ \caption@KOMA@@setcapindent{#1}\caption@setcapindent}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@setcapindent{%
+ \captionsetup{indent=\ifdim\cap@indent<\z@\z@\else\cap@indent\fi}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifundefined\cap@indent{}{\caption@setcapindent}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setcapwidth}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added}
+% \Note{The optional argument of \cs{setcapwidth} if not supported (yet),
+% so we issue a warning if used.
+% (Since this does not seem to have an negative effect when used
+% by the \texttt{captionbeside} environment, we suppress the warning here.)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@setcapwidth
+ \csname\string\setcapwidth\endcsname
+ \@namedef{\string\setcapwidth}[#1]#2{%
+ \caption@KOMA@setcapwidth[{#1}]{#2}\caption@setcapwidth{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@setcapwidth[1]{%
+ \ifx\\#1\\\else
+ \caption@ifundefined\cap@margin{}{%
+ \def\@tempa{captionbeside}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@currenvir\else\caption@Warning{%
+ Ignoring optional argument [#1] of \string\setcapwidth\MessageBreak}%
+ \fi}%
+ \fi
+ \captionsetup{width=\cap@width}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@tempa{\hsize}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\cap@width \else
+ \caption@setcapwidth{?}
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setcapmargin}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@setcapmargin
+ \csname\string\@setcapmargin\endcsname
+ \@namedef{\string\@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{%
+ \caption@KOMA@setcapmargin[{#1}]{#2}\caption@setcapmargin}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@@setcapmargin
+ \csname\string\@@setcapmargin\endcsname
+ \@namedef{\string\@@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{%
+ \caption@KOMA@@setcapmargin[{#1}]{#2}\caption@setcapmargin}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@setcapmargin{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\onelinecaptionsfalse\relax
+ \def\@twoside{0}%
+ \def\if@twoside{\def\@twoside{1}\iffalse}%
+ \cap@margin
+ \def\@tempa{\endgroup}%
+ \ifx\cap@left\hfill\else\ifx\cap@right\hfill\else
+ \def\hspace##1##{\@firstofone}%
+ \edef\@tempa{\endgroup
+ \noexpand\captionsetup{%
+ twoside=\@twoside,slc=0,%
+ margin={\cap@left,\cap@right}}}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\cap@margin\relax \else
+ \caption@setcapmargin
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Processing of options}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Verbose option added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Verbose option removed from package}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/17}{We do not process global options anymore}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@SetupOptions{caption}{\caption@setkeys{#1}{#2}}
+\caption@ProcessOptions*{caption}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{\cs{caption}, \cs{@caption}, and \cs{@makecaption}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifflag}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{This switch added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten (and renamed) so a counter is used instead of a switch}
+% Since we support continued floats and sub-figures it's not an easy task
+% to manage the figure (and table) counter. (Especially since previous versions
+% of the caption package has proven that correcting a counter locally is not a good idea.)
+%
+% These three switches hold the
+% current status: |\caption@if|\-|flag{2}| is set if the caption was already
+% typeset (so the counter doesn't need to be incremented for sub-figures),
+% |\caption@if|\-|flag{4}| is set if there is already content which have
+% incremented the counter (so the counter doesn't need to be incremented
+% for the main caption, further sub-figures, and other stuff), and
+% |\caption@if|\-|flag{1}| is set if |\Continued|\-|Float| was given.
+%
+% In the past three boolean switches were used to store the flags, but since some
+% packages (like the \package{floatrow} and \package{tabu} package) try hard to keep
+% counter changes locally under certain circumstances, it seems a good idea to make
+% these flags a counter value, too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{caption@flags}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifflag[1]{%
+ \@tempcnta\c@caption@flags
+ \divide\@tempcnta #1\relax
+ \ifodd\@tempcnta
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@clrflags}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@clrflag}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten so a counter is used instead of a switch}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setflag}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten so a counter is used instead of a switch}
+% Furthermore we introduce the macros \cs{caption@clrflag} and \cs{caption@setflag}
+% for clearing resp.~setting these flags.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@clrflags{%
+ \setcounter{caption@flags}\z@}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@clrflag[1]{%
+ \caption@ifflag{#1}{\caption@addtoflags{-#1}}{}}
+\newcommand*\caption@setflag[1]{%
+ \caption@ifflag{#1}{}{\caption@addtoflags{#1}}}
+\newcommand*\caption@addtoflags{%
+ \addtocounter{caption@flags}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@caption}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/22}{Bugfix: \cs{ContinuedFloat} added}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/13}{Support of \cs{caption*[]} removed}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/19}{Minimal support of \textsf{combine} package added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore}
+% Here comes our definition of |\caption| and |\caption*|.
+% Beside the support of the starred variant this code was adapted to the
+% various packages we support.
+% We are using |\caption@dblarg| instead of |\@dblarg| so |\caption{}|
+% (with an empty arg.) will produce a list-of entry, but |\caption[]{}|
+% won't.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@caption{%
+ \caption@iftype
+ {\caption@checkgrouplevel\@empty\caption
+ \caption@star
+ {\caption@refstepcounter\@captype}%
+ {\caption@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}}%
+ {\caption@Error{\noexpand\caption outside float}%
+ \caption@gobble}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@star}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@caption} to \cs{caption@star}}
+% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{\cs{global} removed}
+% A helper macro which processes the optional |*| after |\caption|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@star[2]{%
+ \@ifstar{\caption@startrue#2[]}{#1#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@caption}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Bugfix: Handling of \texttt{@minipage} flag added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Support of option \opt{@minipage} added}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Internal: Uses \cs{caption@prepareanchor} now}
+% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/21}{Adapted to the \textsf{memoir} document class}
+% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/14}{Usage of \cs{M@gettitle} moved to \cs{caption@prepareanchor}}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{Adapted to the \textsf{nag} package}
+% As above, our version has been adapted to the packages we support.
+% Additionally our code is nested by |\caption@beginex| \&
+% |\caption@end| instead of |\begingroup| \& |\endgroup|.
+% Furthermore we use |\caption@boxrestore| instead of |\@parboxrestore|
+% so this code also works correctly inside list-based environments
+% like |wide| \& |addmargin|. (This, and the fact that we use
+% |\linewidth| instead of |\hsize| inside |\@makecaption|, solves
+% \href{http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=latex/2472}%^^A
+% {\LaTeX\ PR \texttt{latex/2472}}.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcaption@star \else
+ \caption@prepareanchor{#1}{#2}%
+ \memcaptioninfo{#1}{\csname the#1\endcsname}{#2}{#3}%
+ \@nameuse{nag@hascaptiontrue}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \par
+ \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \caption@setfloatcapt{%
+ \caption@boxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \caption@normalsize
+ \ifcaption@star
+ \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone
+ \fi
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}%
+ {\ignorespaces\caption@makeanchor{#3}}\par
+ \caption@if@minipage\@minipagetrue\@minipagefalse}%
+ \caption@end}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \textsf{memoir} document class stuff:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\M@gettitle[1]{}
+\providecommand\memcaptioninfo[4]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareanchor}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/14}{Usage of \cs{M@gettitle} moved from \cs{caption@@caption}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@prepareanchor[2]{%
+ \caption@makecurrent{#1}{#2}%
+ \caption@ifhypcap\caption@@start\relax
+ \M@gettitle{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecaption}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \cs{caption@rule} added}
+% |\@makecaption|\marg{label}\marg{text}\par
+% We do basically the same as the original code (from the standard
+% \LaTeX\ document classes), but take care of the |position=| setting
+% and use |\caption@@make| from the \package{caption} kernel to finally
+% typeset the caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \caption@make@above
+ \caption@@make{#1}{#2}%
+ \caption@make@below}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@make@above}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@make@below}
+% \changes{v3.3a}{2019/04/02}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@make@above|\\
+% |\caption@make@below|\par
+% Typesets the stuff above resp.~below the caption, depending on |\caption@iftop|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@make@above{%
+ \caption@iftop
+ \caption@belowskip
+ {\caption@rule\caption@aboveskip}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@make@below{%
+ \caption@iftop
+ {\caption@aboveskip\caption@rule}%
+ \caption@belowskip}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@aboveskip}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@belowskip}
+% \changes{v3.3a}{2019/04/02}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@aboveskip|\\
+% |\caption@belowskip|\par
+% Typesets the skip above resp.~below the caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@aboveskip{%
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@belowskip{%
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@redefine}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{This macro added, it contains the patching code now}
+% We only redefine |\caption| and |\@caption| if the current definitions
+% are well known, so documents written in the old (\package{caption}
+% package \version{1.x}) days (where |\caption| \& |\@caption| were not
+% redefined by us) will still compile fine.
+% For example the usage of the (now obsolete) \package{captcont} package,
+% which brings its own definition of |\caption*|, was quite common these days.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@redefine{}
+\g@addto@macro\caption@redefine{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setbool{incompatible}{0}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\caption{%
+ % ltfloat.dtx [2002/10/01 v1.1v LaTeX Kernel (Floats)]
+ \def\caption{%
+ \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+ \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+ \refstepcounter\@captype
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \fi
+ {\@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\caption{%
+ % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty,v 1.53 2007/01/28 20:48:21 tantau
+ \def\caption{
+ \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+ \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside figure or table}\@ehd
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+ \refstepcounter\@captype
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \fi
+ {\@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\caption{%
+ % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty, Joseph Wright committed 4ac715c 2013-09-04
+ \def\caption{%
+ \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+ \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside figure or table}\@ehd
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+ \refstepcounter\@captype
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \fi
+ {\@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\caption{%
+ % float.sty [2001/11/08 v1.3d Float enhancements (AL)]
+ \long\def\caption{%
+ \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+ \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+ \refstepcounter\@captype
+ \let\@tempf\@caption
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@\@captype\endcsname\relax\else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\let
+ \expandafter\@tempf\csname @float@c@\@captype\endcsname
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \@dblarg{\@tempf\@captype}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\caption{%
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/02/27 v6.75t Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/04/09 v6.76a Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/06/12 v6.76h Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ \def\caption{%
+ \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+ \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+ \H@refstepcounter\@captype
+ \@ifundefined{fst@\@captype}{%
+ \let\Hy@tempa\@caption
+ }{%
+ \let\Hy@tempa\Hy@float@caption
+ }%
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \fi
+ {\@dblarg{\Hy@tempa\@captype}}%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\caption{%
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/08/05 v6.76j Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ \def\caption{%
+ \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+ \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+ \H@refstepcounter\@captype
+ \let\Hy@tempa\@caption
+ \@ifundefined{float@caption}{%
+ }{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@\@captype\endcsname\float@caption
+ \let\Hy@tempa\Hy@float@caption
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \fi
+ {\@dblarg{\Hy@tempa\@captype}}%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\caption{%
+ % memhfixc.sty [2010/08/17 v1.15 nameref/hyperref package fixes for memoir class]
+ % \let\m@moldhypcaption\caption
+ \long\def\caption{\donemaincaptiontrue\m@moldhypcaption}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@IfCheckCommand{}{%
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{%
+ Incompatible package detected (regarding \string\caption).\MessageBreak
+ \string\caption\space=\space\meaning\caption}%
+ \caption@setbool{incompatible}{1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % ltfloat.dtx [2002/10/01 v1.1v LaTeX Kernel (Floats)]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \par
+ \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}%
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \normalsize
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+ \endgroup}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty,v 1.53 2007/01/28 20:48:21 tantau
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% second argument ignored
+ \par\nobreak
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \beamer@makecaption{#1}{\ignorespaces #3}\par\nobreak
+ \endgroup}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % memhfixc.sty [2010/08/17 v1.15 nameref/hyperref package fixes for memoir class]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \MNR@old@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}%
+ \def\@currentlabelname{#2}%
+ \M@gettitle{#2}%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % arabicore.sty [2006/01/01 v1.0 Arabi Core switching commands (may still change)]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \par
+ \addtocontents{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{\xstring\select@language{\main@Arabi@language}}%
+ \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces \if@rl{\textRL{#2}}\else\textLR{#2}\fi}}%
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \normalsize
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces \if@rl{\textRL{#3}}\else\textLR{#3}\fi}\par
+ \endgroup}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % rlbabel.def [2005/03/30 v2.3h Right-to-Left support from the babel system Hebrew language support from the babel system]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \par
+ \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ {\ignorespaces #2}}%
+ \def\@fignm{figure}
+ \ifx#1\@fignm\addcontentsline{fol}{#1}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ {\ignorespaces #2}}\fi%
+ \def\@tblnm{table}
+ \ifx#1\@tblnm\addcontentsline{tol}{#1}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ {\ignorespaces #2}}\fi%
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \normalsize
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+ \endgroup}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % magyar.ldf [2005/03/30 v1.4j Magyar support from the babel system]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \csname par\endcsname
+ \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname.}{\ignorespaces #2}}%
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \normalsize
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}%
+ {\ignorespaces #3}\csname par\endcsname
+ \endgroup}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \caption@CheckCommand\float@caption{%
+% % float.sty [2001/11/08 v1.3d Float enhancements (AL)]
+% \long\def\float@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+% \addcontentsline{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{#1}%
+% {\protect\numberline{\@nameuse{the#1}}{\ignorespaces #2}}
+% \global\setbox\@floatcapt\vbox\bgroup\@parboxrestore
+% \normalsize\@fs@capt{\@nameuse{fnum@#1}}{\ignorespaces #3}%
+% \@ifnextchar[{\float@ccon}{\egroup}}%
+% \long\def\float@ccon[#1]{#1\par\egroup}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/02/27 v6.75t Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}%
+ \def\@currentlabelname{#2}%
+ \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ }%
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \normalsize
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{%
+ \ignorespaces
+ \ifHy@nesting
+ \hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{#3}%
+ \else
+ \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{\relax}}#3%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/04/09 v6.76a Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/06/12 v6.76h Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/08/05 v6.76j Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname iftrue\endcsname
+ \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref
+ \else
+ \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}%
+ \fi
+ \def\@currentlabelname{#2}%
+ \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ }%
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \normalsize
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname iftrue\endcsname
+ \global\@capstartfalse
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces#3}%
+ \else
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{%
+ \ignorespaces
+ \ifHy@nesting
+ \hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{#3}%
+ \else
+ \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{\relax}}#3%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % hyperref.sty [2009/11/27 v6.79k Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname iftrue\endcsname
+ \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref
+ \else
+ \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}%
+ \fi
+ \def\@currentlabelname{#2}%
+ \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ }%
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \normalsize
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname iftrue\endcsname
+ \global\@capstartfalse
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces#3}%
+ \else
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{%
+ \ignorespaces
+ \ifHy@nesting
+ \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#3}%
+ \else
+ \Hy@raisedlink{%
+ \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{\relax}%
+ }%
+ #3%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % hyperref.sty [2009/12/09 v6.79m Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ % hyperref.sty [2009/12/28 v6.79z Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname iftrue\endcsname
+ \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref
+ \else
+ \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}%
+ \fi
+ \@ifundefined{NR@gettitle}{%
+ \def\@currentlabelname{#2}%
+ }{%
+ \NR@gettitle{#2}%
+ }%
+ \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ }%
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \normalsize
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname iftrue\endcsname
+ \global\@capstartfalse
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces#3}%
+ \else
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{%
+ \ignorespaces
+ \ifHy@nesting
+ \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#3}%
+ \else
+ \Hy@raisedlink{%
+ \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{%
+ \@currentHref
+ }{\relax}%
+ }%
+ #3%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % nameref.sty [2006/12/27 v2.28 Cross-referencing by name of section]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]{%
+ \def\@currentlabelname{#2}%
+ \NR@@caption{#1}[{#2}]%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % nameref.sty [2009/11/27 v2.32 Cross-referencing by name of section]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]{%
+ \NR@gettitle{#2}%
+ \NR@@caption{#1}[{#2}]%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % subfigure.sty [2002/07/30 v2.1.4 subfigure package]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \@ifundefined{if#1topcap}%
+ {\subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}}%
+ {\@nameuse{if#1topcap}%
+ \@listsubcaptions{#1}%
+ \subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}%
+ \else
+ \subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}%
+ \@listsubcaptions{#1}%
+ \fi}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % subfig.sty [2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package]
+ \def\@caption{\caption@}%
+% \long\def\caption@#1[#2]#3{%
+% \@ifundefined{caption@setfloattype}%
+% \caption@settype
+% \caption@setfloattype
+% \@captype
+% \sf@ifpositiontop{%
+% \@listsubcaptions{#1}%
+% \sf@old@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}%
+% }{%
+% \sf@old@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}%
+% \@listsubcaptions{#1}%
+% }}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % chkfloat.sty [2012/08/19 v0.1 chkfloat: check for moved floats]
+ \def\@caption#1[#2]#3{\chkfloat@caption{#1}[#2]{#3}%
+ \addtocontents{fof}{\protect\chkfloat@{\thepage}{\chkfloat@page}{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname: #2}}%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % chkfloat.sty [20??/??/?? v0.? chkfloat: check for moved floats]
+ \def\@caption#1[#2]#3{\chkfloat@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}%
+ \chkfloat@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@IfCheckCommand{}{%
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{%
+ Incompatible package detected (regarding \string\@caption).\MessageBreak
+ \string\@caption\space=\space\meaning\@caption}%
+ \caption@setbool{incompatible}{1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The option |compatibility=| will override the compatibility mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifundefined\caption@ifcompatibility
+ {\let\caption@ifcompatibility\caption@ifincompatible
+ \let\caption@tempa\caption@WarningNoLine}%
+ {\let\caption@tempa\@gobble}% suppress warning
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifcompatibility{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\caption will not be redefined since it's already\MessageBreak
+ redefined by a document class or package which is\MessageBreak
+ unknown to the caption package}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\caption@redefine{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% |\ContinuedFloat| is not supported in compatibility mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\caption@ContinuedFloatX[1]{%
+ \caption@Error{Not available in compatibility mode}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% |\caption@start| is not supported in compatibility mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@AtBeginDocument*{%
+ \let\caption@start\relax
+ \caption@ifundefined\caption@ORI@capstart{}{%
+ \caption@Debug{%
+ Restore hypcap definition of \string\capstart\@gobble}%
+ \let\capstart\caption@ORI@capstart}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@star}
+% We redefine |\caption@star| here so it does not make any harm.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\caption@star[2]{#1#2}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifincompatible{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{%
+ Forced redefinition of \noexpand\caption since the\MessageBreak
+ unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'\MessageBreak
+ was given}%
+ }{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption}
+% \begin{macro}{\@caption}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\caption@redefine{%
+ \let\caption\caption@caption
+ \let\@caption\caption@@caption}%
+ \caption@redefine
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@AtBeginDocument*{%
+ \let\caption@ORI@capstart\@undefined}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@xfloat}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This re-definition added}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Will now be redefined in compatibility mode, too}
+% We redefine |\@xfloat| so inside floating environments our
+% type-specific options will be used, a \package{hyperref}
+% anchor will be set etc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@xfloat\@xfloat
+ \def\@xfloat#1[#2]{%
+ \caption@ORI@xfloat{#1}[#2]%
+ \caption@settype{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Some packages (like the \package{hyperref} package for example) redefines
+% |\caption| and |\@caption|, too.
+% So we have to use |\AtBeginDocument| here, so we can make sure
+% our definition is the one which will be valid at last.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@redefine}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\phantomcaption}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/31}{Bugfix 10-09-01b: This macro added}
+% |\phantomcaption|\par
+% Use this one for figures with subcaptions but without main caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\phantomcaption{%
+ \caption@iftype
+ {\caption@refstepcounter\@captype}%
+ {\caption@Error{\noexpand\phantomcaption outside float}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{\cs{captionof}}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Option \opt{type=} added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/25}{Option \opt{type*=} added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Option \opt{subtype} \& \opt{subtype*} added}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{Bugfix 10-10-17: Option \opt{type=} uses \cs{setcaptiontype} instead of \cs{caption@settype} now}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{type}{\setcaptiontype{#1}}%
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{type*}{\setcaptiontype*{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{subtype}{\setcaptionsubtype\relax}%
+ \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{subtype*}{\setcaptionsubtype*}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \emph{Important Note:}
+% Like |\captionof| the option |type=| should only be used inside a
+% group, box, or environment and does not check if the argument is a valid
+% floating environment or not.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setcaptiontype}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{This macro added}
+% Like |\captionsetup{type=xxx}|, but also works if \cs{captionsetup} was redefined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\setcaptiontype{%
+ \caption@boxrestore@mini
+ \caption@settype}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionsubtype}
+% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/15}{This macro added}
+% Same, but sets the sub-type.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\setcaptionsubtype{%
+ \caption@iftype
+ \caption@setsubtype
+ {\caption@Error{\noexpand\setcaptionsubtype outside float}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@setsubtype{%
+ \@ifstar
+ {\caption@@settype{sub}*{sub\@captype}}%
+ {\caption@@settype{sub}{sub\@captype}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@settype}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Usage of \cs{caption@xlabel} added}
+% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/23}{Error message for \cs{caption@checkgrouplevel} revised}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{\cs{caption@setsubtype} added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/03}{Crappy \cs{caption@iftypewarning} replaced}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{Usage of \cs{ifcaptionsetup@star} added}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Error message moved from here to \cs{caption@refstepcounter}}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Resetting of \cs{ifcaption@caption} and \cs{ifcaption@subcaption} added}
+% |\caption@settype*|\marg{type}\par
+% sets |\@captype| and executes the options associated with it
+% (using |\caption@set|\-|options|).
+% Furthermore we check |\current|\-|group|\-|level| (if avail),
+% redefine |\@currentlabel| so a |\label| before |\caption| will result
+% in a hint instead of a wrong reference, and
+% use the macro |\caption@|(|sub|)|type|\-|hook| (which will be used by our
+% \package{float} package support).\par
+% The non-starred version sets a \package{hyperref} anchor additionally
+% (if |hypcap=|\-|true| and the \package{hypcap} package is not loaded).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@settype{%
+ \caption@clrflags
+ \caption@set@type}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@set@type{%
+ \caption@@settype{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@settype[1]{%
+ \caption@teststar{\caption@@@settype{#1}}\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@settype[3]{%
+% #1 = "" or "sub"
+% #2 = \@firstoftwo in star form, \@secondoftwo otherwise
+% #3 = <type>, e.g. "figure" or "table"
+ \caption@Debug{#1type=#3}%
+ \caption@checkgrouplevel{#1}{%
+ \captionsetup{#1type#2*\@empty=...}#2{ or
+ \@backslashchar#1captionof}{}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\caption@tempa{#3}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @#1captype\endcsname\caption@tempa \else
+ \ifcaptionsetup@star\else\@nameuse{caption@#1type@warning}\fi
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\let\csname @#1captype\endcsname\caption@tempa
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@nameuse{caption@#1typehook}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setoptions{#3}%
+ \ifx\caption@opt\relax
+ \@nameundef{caption@#1type@warning}%
+ \else
+ \@namedef{caption@#1type@warning}{\caption@Warning{%
+ The #1caption type was already set to
+ `\csname @#1captype\endcsname'\MessageBreak}}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ #2{}{%
+ \let\@currentlabel\caption@undefinedlabel
+% \let\@currentHlabel\@undefined
+ \ifx\caption@x@label\@undefined
+ \let\caption@x@label\label
+ \let\label\caption@xlabel
+ \fi
+ \caption@start}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@typehook}
+% Hook which will be used inside |\caption@set|\-|type|.
+% It will be extended later on, e.g.~by our \package{float} package
+% support.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@typehook{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@iftype}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{This macro and its usage added}
+% Since we often need to check if |\@captype| is defined (means: we
+% are inside a floating environment) this helper macro was introduced.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@iftype{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\@captype\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@checkgrouplevel}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Error changed to warning (compatibility)}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/21}{Uses \cs{caption@ifeTeX} now}
+% Checks if |\captionsetup{type=|\ldots|}| or |\caption| is done
+% inside a group or not -- in the latter case a warning message will
+% be issued. (needs \eTeX)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifeTeX{%
+ \newcommand*\caption@checkgrouplevel[2]{%
+ \@ifundefined{#1caption@grouplevel}{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\caption@grouplevel{\let\caption@grouplevel\z@}{}%
+ \ifnum\currentgrouplevel>\caption@grouplevel\relax
+ \expandafter\edef\csname #1caption@grouplevel\endcsname{%
+ \the\currentgrouplevel}%
+ \else
+ \caption@Warning{\string#2\MessageBreak outside box or environment}%
+ \fi
+ }{}}%
+}{%
+ \let\caption@checkgrouplevel\@gobbletwo
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@undefinedlabel}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Contents changed to \texttt{??}}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Contents changed to \cs{caption@xref}(\ldots)}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{Bugfix 08-12-08: \cs{caption@xref} is robust now}
+% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/13}{Text changed from `before' to `without proper'}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/21}{Text changed from `without proper \cs{caption}' to `without proper reference'}
+% This label will be used for |\currentlabel| inside (floating) environments
+% as default. (see above)
+% \iffalse\Note{All commands used have to be robust here.}\fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@undefinedlabel{%
+ \protect\caption@xref{\caption@labelname}{\on@line}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\caption@xref[2]{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{\noexpand\label without proper reference#2}%
+ \@setref\relax\@undefined{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@labelname{??}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@xlabel}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/11}{Revised}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Bugfix: \cs{pageref} should always work now}
+% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/19}{Works with optional arguments now, too}
+% The new code of |\label| inside floating environments.
+% |\label| will be redefined using |\caption@withoptargs|, so
+% |#1| are the optional arguments (if any), and
+% |#2| is the mandatory argument here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@xlabel{%
+ \caption@withoptargs\caption@@xlabel}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@xlabel[2]{%
+ \caption@@@xlabel
+ \def\caption@labelname{#2}%
+ \caption@x@label#1{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@xlabel{%
+ \global\let\caption@@@xlabel\@empty
+ \@bsphack
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}%
+ {\string\providecommand*\string\caption@xref[2]{%
+ \string\@setref\string\relax\string\@undefined{\string##1}}}%
+ \@esphack}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\captionof}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Uses \cs{caption@settype} instead of \cs{def}\cs{@captype}}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/09/22}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt} removed}
+% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/30}{Better compatibility: Will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} now}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{Bugfix 10-10-17: Uses \cs{setcaptiontype} instead of \cs{caption@settype} now}
+% |\captionof|\marg{type}\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\\
+% |\captionof*|\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\par
+% \Note{This will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} so
+% \cs{usepackage}\csmarg{caption,capt-of} will still work.
+% (Compatibility to \version{1.x})}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \def\captionof{\caption@teststar\caption@of{\caption*}\caption}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@of[2]{\setcaptiontype*{#2}#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{\cs{captionlistentry}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\captionlistentry}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package}
+% |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\\
+% |\captionlistentry*|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\captionlistentry{%
+ \caption@teststar\@captionlistentry\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@captionlistentry[1]{%
+ \@testopt{\caption@listentry{#1}}\@captype}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@listentry#1[#2]#3{%
+ \@bsphack
+ #1{\caption@gettitle{#3}}%
+ {\caption@refstepcounter{#2}%
+ \caption@makecurrent{#2}{#3}}%
+ \caption@addcontentsline{#2}{#3}%
+ \@esphack}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{\cs{captionbox}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\captionbox}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/12/17}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/16}{\cs{captionsetup} replaces with \cs{captionbox@settype} and \cs{caption@setposition}}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2012/04/09}{Adapted to revised version of \cs{caption@withoptargs}}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2017/03/19}{When used with fixed witdh the content will not be hboxed anymore}
+% \changes{v3.3c}{2019/09/01}{Adapted so it could be used by \cs{subfloat} offered by \package{subcaption}}
+% A |\parbox| with contents and caption, separated by an invisible |\hrule|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\captionbox{%
+ \caption@withoptargs{\caption@ibox\@gobble}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@ibox[3]{%
+ \kernel@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\caption@iibox{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
+ {\caption@iibox@{#1}{#2}{#3}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@iibox#1#2#3[#4]{%
+ \@testopt{\caption@iiibox{#1}{#2}{#3}[{#4}]}\captionbox@hj@default}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@iibox@#1#2#3#4{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#4}%
+ \caption@iiibox{#1}{#2}{#3}[\wd\@tempboxa][\captionbox@hj@default]{\unhbox\@tempboxa}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@iiibox#1{%
+ \caption@iiiibox{#1}\vbox\vtop}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@iiiibox#1#2#3#4#5[#6][#7]#8{%
+ \begingroup
+ #1*% set \caption@position
+ \caption@iftop{%
+ \endgroup
+ \parbox[t]{#6}{%
+ #1\relax
+ \caption@setposition t%
+ #2{\caption#4{#5}}%
+ \captionbox@hrule
+ \csname caption@hj@#7\endcsname
+ #8}%
+ }{%
+ \endgroup
+ \parbox[b]{#6}{%
+ #1\relax
+ \caption@setposition b%
+ \csname caption@hj@#7\endcsname
+ #8%
+ \captionbox@hrule
+ #3{\caption#4{#5}}}%
+ }}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\captionbox@hj@default{c}
+\newcommand*\captionbox@hrule{\hrule\@height\z@\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@hj@c{\centering}
+\providecommand*\caption@hj@l{\raggedright}
+\providecommand*\caption@hj@r{\raggedleft}
+\providecommand*\caption@hj@s{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{\cs{ContinuedFloat}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ContinuedFloat}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/12}{Optional argument added}
+% \changes{v3.0g}{2005/06/28}{Bugfix: \cs{newcounter} replaced by \cs{newcount}}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Format of \package{hyperref} extension changed}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/07}{\cs{caption@setoptions} added}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/29}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v3.2f}{2011/12/17}{Undocumented optional argument removed}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Uses \cs{ifcaption@ContinuedFloat} now}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@restorecounters} added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/12/16}{Bugfix: Does not use \cs{caption@ContinuedFloat} anymore since this breaks \cs{ContinuedFloat} offered by the \package{subfig} package}
+% |\ContinuedFloat|\\
+% |\ContinuedFloat*|\par
+% This mainly sets the appropriate flag, increments the
+% continuation counter, and executes the given options.
+% Furthermore we set |\caption@reset|\-|Continued|\-|Float| to |\@gobble| so the
+% continuation counter will not be reset to zero inside |\caption@ref|\-|step|\-|counter|.\par
+% When the \package{hyperref} package is used we have the problem
+% that the usage of |\Continued|\-|Float| will create duplicate
+% hyper links -- |\@current|\-|Href| will be the same for the main float and
+% the continued ones. So we have to make sure unique labels and references
+% will be created each time. We do this by extending |\the|\-|H|\-|figure| and
+% |\the|\-|H|\-|table|, so for continued floats the scheme
+% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}|\alph{|\meta{continued \#}|}|\end{quote}
+% will be used instead of
+% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}\quad\quad.\end{quote}
+% \par{\small(This implementation follows an idea from Steven Douglas Cochran.)}
+% \Note{This does not help if the \package{hyperref} package option
+% \texttt{naturalnames=true} is set.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\ContinuedFloat{%
+ \caption@iftype
+ {\caption@ContinuedFloatX\@captype}%
+ {\caption@Error{\noexpand\ContinuedFloat outside float}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ContinuedFloatX[1]{%
+ \@ifstar
+ {\caption@@refstepcounter\@captype
+ \caption@@ContinuedFloat{#1}}%
+ {\caption@Continued@Float{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@Continued@Float[1]{%
+ \edef\caption@tempa{#1}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@CFtype
+ \caption@restorecounters
+ \caption@@ContinuedFloat{#1}%
+ \else
+ \caption@Error{Continued `#1' after `\caption@CFtype'}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@ContinuedFloat{%
+ \caption@setflag1% ContinuedFloat
+ \caption@@@ContinuedFloat}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@ContinuedFloat{%
+ \stepcounter{ContinuedFloat}%
+ \caption@@@@ContinuedFloat}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@@ContinuedFloat[1]{%
+ \caption@setoptions{ContinuedFloat}%
+ \caption@setoptions{continued#1}%
+ \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname the#1\endcsname\theContinuedFloat
+ \@ifundefined{theH#1}{}{%
+ \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname theH#1\endcsname{%
+ \@alph\c@ContinuedFloat}}%
+ \let\caption@@@@ContinuedFloat\@gobble}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@CFtype{??}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\theContinuedFloat}
+% This one is preset to \cs{@empty}, so usually the continuation counter is not
+% included in the caption label or references.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{ContinuedFloat}
+\let\theContinuedFloat\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ContinuedFloat}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/12/16}{Bugfix: Revised and defined with \cs{def} instead of \cs{newcommand}}
+% |\caption@ContinuedFloat|\marg{type}\par
+% This one is used by \cs{ContinuedFloat} offered by the \package{subfig} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@ContinuedFloat{%
+ \let\caption@resetContinuedFloat\@gobble
+ \caption@@@ContinuedFloat}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetContinuedFloat}
+% \changes{v3.2f}{2011/12/17}{Redefinition of \cs{ContinuedFloat} added}
+% |\caption@resetContinuedFloat|\marg{type}\par
+% If a continuation counter is defined, we reset it.
+% (This one will be called inside |\@caption|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@resetContinuedFloat[1]{%
+ \xdef\caption@CFtype{#1}%
+ \@stpelt{ContinuedFloat}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\donemaincaptionfalse}
+% Since the \class{memoir} document class resets the sub-caption
+% counter at |\@float|, right after |\done|\-|main|\-|caption|\-|false|,
+% we save all sub-caption counters at |\done|\-|main|\-|caption|\-|false|
+% so we can restore them using |\caption@restore|\-|counters|
+% inside |\Continued|\-|Float|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifundefined\donemaincaptionfalse{}{%
+ \g@addto@macro\donemaincaptionfalse\caption@savesubcounters}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Internal helpers}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@refstepcounter}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Error message moved from \cs{caption@@@settype} to here}
+% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/04}{Support of \cs{donemaincaptiontrue} from \textsf{memoir} document class added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Usage of \cs{ifcaption@caption}, \cs{ifcaption@subcaption}, and \cs{ifcaption@ContinuedFloat} added}
+% Increments the float (i.e. |figure| or |table|) counter,
+% resets the continuation counter, and redefines itself to |\@gobble|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@refstepcounter[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{c@#1}%
+ {\caption@Error{No float type '#1' defined}}%
+ {\caption@ref@stepcounter{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set flag if this part of the figure (or table) contains a caption now.
+% (If |\caption@if|\-|top| is not set, |\caption| is at the bottom of this part,
+% therefore ending this part, so we set the flag to |false| in this case.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@fixposition
+ \caption@iftop\caption@setflag\caption@clrflag2% caption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This part does not contain content (like sub-figures) yet,
+% so we set |\if|\-|caption@sub|\-|caption| to |false|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@clrflag4% subcaption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Support of the \textsf{memoir} document class.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@nameuse{donemaincaptiontrue}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ref@stepcounter{%
+ \caption@ifflag1{% ContinuedFloat
+ \let\caption@tempa\caption@@refcounter
+ \caption@clrflag1% ContinuedFloat
+ }{%
+ \let\caption@tempa\caption@@refstepcounter
+ \caption@ifflag2{}{% caption
+ \caption@ifflag4{% subcaption
+% Counter was already incremented by content, so we suppress \stepcounter{#1} here
+ \let\caption@tempa\caption@@refcounter
+ }{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \caption@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@refcounter[1]{%
+ \let\caption@stepcounter@ORI\stepcounter
+ \def\stepcounter##1{%
+ \def\caption@tempa{#1}%
+ \def\caption@tempb{##1}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb \else
+ \caption@stepcounter@ORI{##1}%
+ \fi}%
+ \caption@@@refstepcounter{#1}%
+ \let\stepcounter\caption@stepcounter@ORI}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@refstepcounter[1]{%
+ \caption@prepare@stepcounter{#1}{ref}%
+ \caption@@@refstepcounter{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@stepcounter[1]{%
+ \caption@prepare@stepcounter{#1}{}%
+ \caption@@@stepcounter{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@prepare@stepcounter[2]{%
+ \caption@addsubcontentslines{#2stepcounter}%
+ \caption@resetContinuedFloat{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@refstepcounter{\refstepcounter}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@stepcounter{\stepcounter}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@dblarg}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/05}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/06}{Bugfix 07-12-06: Changed so it works without \cs{kernel@ifnextchar}
+% (which was introduced in \LaTeXe\ 2004/01/23), too}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2012/03/25}{Support of option \opt{list-entry} added}
+% A |\relax| was added compared to |\@dblarg| so |\caption{}| will be
+% expanded to |\caption[\relax]{}| (and not to |\caption[]{}|).
+% Furthermore support for option \opt{list-entry} was added.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{kernel@ifnextchar}{\let\kernel@ifnextchar\@ifnextchar}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@dblarg[1]{%
+ \kernel@ifnextchar[{\caption@ydblarg{#1}}{\caption@xdblarg{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@xdblarg[2]{%
+ #1[{#2\relax}]{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@ydblarg#1[#2]#3{%
+ \caption@iflistheading{#1[{#3}]{#3}}{#1[{#2}]{#3}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@begin}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{caption@settype} changed to \cs{caption@setfloattype}}
+% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/04/12}{Check for default label format added}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Usage of \cs{caption@resetContinuedFloat} added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@setfloattype} \&
+% \cs{caption@resetContinuedFloat} removed}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/29}{Usage of \cs{caption@fixedposition} removed}
+% Our handling of |\caption| will always be surrounded by
+% |\caption@begin| (or |\caption@beginex|) and |\caption@end|.\par
+% |\caption@begin|\marg{type} performs these tasks:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item[1.] Override the |position=| setting, if necessary.
+% (for example if set to |auto| or used inside a |supertabular|)
+% \item[2.] Start a new group.
+% \item[3.] Define |\fnum@|\meta{type} if the caption label format is set
+% to non-default.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@begin[1]{%
+ \caption@fixposition
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@setfnum{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@beginex}
+% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of \opt{listof=} added}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/04}{Takes now 3 args instead of 2, check for empty heading added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/01}{Makes lst-entry now instead of redefining \cs{addcontentsline}}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 09-05-15: Setting of \cs{lst@@caption} added}
+% |\caption@beginex|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\marg{heading}\par
+% performs the same tasks as |\caption@begin| and additionally:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item[4.] Set |\lst@@caption|, so |\fnum@lstlisting| will include a numbering.
+% \item[5.] Make an entry in the list-of-whatever.
+% \item[6.] Set |\caption@ifempty| according argument \meta{heading}.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@beginex[3]{%
+ \caption@begin{#1}%
+ \let\lst@@caption\relax
+ \caption@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}%
+ \caption@ifempty{#3}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@end}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/29}{Usage of \cs{caption@fixedposition} removed}
+% |\caption@end| closes the group.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@end{%
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{%
+% Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} added}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/06}{%
+% Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} removed}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfnum}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@setfnum|\marg{type}\\
+% redefines |\fnum@|\meta{type} according the caption label format
+% set with |labelformat=|. But if |labelformat=default| is set,
+% |\fnum@|\meta{type} will not be overwritten by us.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setfnum[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{fnum@#1}{\iftrue}{\ifx\caption@lfmt\caption@lfmt@default\else}%
+ \@namedef{fnum@#1}{\caption@fnum{#1}}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@boxrestore}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix: Redefinition of CR added}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{Support of option \opt{parboxrestore} added}
+% The original code (from |latex/base/ltboxes.dtx|):
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\@parboxrestore{\@arrayparboxrestore\let\\\@normalcr}
+% \def\@arrayparboxrestore{%
+% \let\if@nobreak\iffalse
+% \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse
+% \let\par\@@par
+% \let\-\@dischyph
+% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii
+% \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip
+% \everypar{}%
+% \linewidth\hsize
+% \@totalleftmargin\z@
+% \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \@rightskip\z@skip
+% \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip
+% \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip
+% \sloppy}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\@parboxrestore|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@boxrestore{%
+ \caption@parboxrestore{\@parboxrestore}{%
+ \let\if@nobreak\iffalse
+ \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse
+ \let\par\@@par
+% \let\-\@dischyph
+% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii
+ \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip
+ \everypar{}%
+% \linewidth\hsize
+% \@totalleftmargin\z@
+ \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \@rightskip\z@skip
+ \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip
+ \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip
+ \sloppy
+ \let\\\@normalcr
+ }}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@boxrestore@mini}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{This macro added}
+% Resets \cs{par} so the very first \cs{par} in \cs{@caption} behaves quite the same as in floating environments.
+% Will be used by \cs{setcaptiontype}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@boxrestore@mini{%
+ \let\par\@@par
+ \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip
+ \sloppy}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@normalsize}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added}
+% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\normalsize|.\par
+% Its code is equivalent to
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\caption@font{normal}%|
+% \end{quote}
+% but executes faster (since the starred form of |\caption@font|
+% does not use |\setkeys| internally).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@normalsize{%
+ \caption@font*{\KV@caption@fnt@normal\@unused}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfloatcapt}
+% Needed for support of the \package{float} package, where the caption will
+% not be typeset directly, but catched in a |\vbox| called |\@floatcapt|
+% instead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecurrent}
+% This one is needed for support of the \package{nameref} and \package{hyperref} package.
+% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/14}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@gettitle} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@makecurrent[1]{\caption@gettitle}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@makeanchor}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@start}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@start}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezeHref}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrostHref}
+% All these are needed for support of the \package{hyperref} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone
+\let\caption@start\relax
+\let\caption@@start\relax
+\let\caption@freezeHref\relax
+\let\caption@defrostHref\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@gettitle}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added}
+% This one is needed for support of the \package{nameref} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@gettitle[1]{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\NR@gettitle
+ {\def\@currentlabelname{#1}}%
+ {\NR@gettitle{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Support for sub-captions}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Support for sub-captions added}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@DeclareSubType}
+% |\caption@DeclareSub| initializes the usage of \cs{caption}
+% in sub-floats.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@DeclareSubType sub#1\@nil{%
+ \caption@Debug{Initializing subtype for `#1'\@gobble}%
+ \@namedef{caption@beginsub#1}{\caption@beginsubfloat{#1}}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@DeclareSubType
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Initialize the sub-captions defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionSubType}\ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@For*{subtypelist}{\caption@DeclareSubType sub#1\@nil}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Initialize the sub-captions defined with \cs{newsubfloat}\cite{subfig}\ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument*{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\sf@counterlist{}{%
+ \@for\sf@temp:=\sf@counterlist\do{%
+ \expandafter\caption@DeclareSubType\sf@temp\@nil}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypehook}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{Redefinition of \cs{caption@setlist} added}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-08-12b: \cs{@makecaption} will now be restored here, too}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2011/06/26}{Uses \cs{caption@@addcontentsline} instead of \cs{addcontentsline} now}
+% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Redefinition of \cs{phantomcaption} added}
+% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Usage of \cs{caption@warmup} added}
+% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/30}{Bugfix 11-09-26: Usage of \cs{if@subfloatrow} added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Bugfix 11-12-16: \cs{caption@l@stepcounter} replaced by \cs{stepcounter}}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2012/03/15}{Usage of \cs{caption@setbox} added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Redefinition of \cs{caption@settype} added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/06/17}{Missing redefinition of \cs{captionlistentry} added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/09/06}{Adapted to the \package{chkfloat} package}
+% Hook, will be used inside \cs{caption@setsubtype}.\par
+% (Note: If we are inside an |sub|\-|float|\-|row| environment we have to keep
+% the |\@make|\-|caption| code of the \package{floatrow} package intact.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@subtypehook{%
+ \ifx\caption\caption@subcaption \else
+ \caption@warmup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifflag2{}{% caption
+% no \caption in this part of the (floating) environment yet
+ \let\caption@add@contentsline\caption@addsubcontentsline
+ \let\caption@addsubcontentslines\@gobble
+ \caption@ifflag4{}{% subcaption
+% no \subcaption in this part of the (floating) environment yet
+ \caption@ifflag1{% ContinuedFloat
+ \caption@clrflag1%
+ }{%
+ \caption@@stepcounter\@captype
+ }%
+ \caption@setflag4% subcaption
+ }%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \c@ContinuedFloat=0\relax
+ \let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone
+ \let\caption@chkfloat\@gobbletwo
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setbox{none}%
+ \caption@clearmargin
+ \caption@iflist{}{\let\caption@setlist\@gobble}%
+ \caption@setoptions{sub}%
+ \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% for subfig-package compatibility
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% redefine \setcaptiontype
+ \def\caption@settype{\caption@withoptargs\caption@sub@settype}%
+ \def\caption@sub@settype##1##2{%
+ \def\caption@tempa{##2}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\@captype
+%%% \caption@setsubtype##1\relax
+ \else
+ \caption@Error{##2 inside \@subcaptype}%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% redefine \caption
+ \let\caption\caption@subcaption
+ \let\phantomcaption\caption@subphantom
+ \let\captionlistentry\caption@sublistentry
+% \let\@captype\@subcaptype
+ \let\caption@refstepcounter\caption@@@refstepcounter
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% restore \@makecaption
+ \if@subfloatrow
+ \caption@Debug{Keeping \string\@makecaption}%
+ \else
+ \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption
+ \fi
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\if@subfloatrow}
+% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/30}{This macro added}
+% This macro tests if we are inside an |sub|\-|float|\-|row| or |sub|\-|float|\-|row*| environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\@subfloatrowtrue
+ {\newif\if@subfloatrow
+ \caption@ifundefined\subfloatrow{}%
+ {\caption@Debug{Patching subfloatrow environment}%
+ \g@addto@macro\capsubrowsettings{\@subfloatrowtrue}%
+ \g@addto@macro\killfloatstyle{%
+ \ifx\c@FRobj\c@FRsobj\@subfloatrowtrue\fi}}}%
+ {\caption@Debug{\string\if@subfloatrow is already defined}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@subcaption}
+% Makes a sub-caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@subcaption{%
+ \caption@checkgrouplevel{sub}\subcaption
+ \caption@star
+ {\caption@refstepcounter\@subcaptype}%
+ {\caption@dblarg{\@caption\@subcaptype}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@subphantom}
+% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{This macro added}
+% Same as |\phantomcaption|, but for sub-captions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@subphantom{%
+ \caption@checkgrouplevel{sub}\phantomsubcaption
+ \caption@refstepcounter\@subcaptype}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@sublistentry}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/06/17}{This macro added}
+% Same as |\captionlistentry|, but for sub-captions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@sublistentry{%
+ \caption@teststar\@subcaptionlistentry\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@subcaptionlistentry[1]{%
+ \@testopt{\caption@listentry{#1}}\@subcaptype}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{caption@clearsubcontentslines}
+% Clear pending sub-caption list entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@clearsubcontentslines{%
+ \global\let\caption@subcontentslines\@empty}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@clearsubcontentslines
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@addsubcontentsline}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix 08-07-28:
+% \cs{label}, \cs{index}, and \cs{glossary} are allowed inside the list entry now}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2011/06/26}{Uses \cs{caption@@addcontentsline} instead of \cs{addcontentsline} now}
+% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/19}{Uses \cs{caption@gobble} instead of \cs{@gobble} now}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2012/01/15}{Debug message added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/03/10}{A single \cs{protect} replaced by \cs{noexpand}}
+% Add a pending sub-caption list entry.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@addsubcontentsline[4]{%
+ \caption@Debug{\string\caption@addsubcontentsline{#1}{#2}}%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\label\caption@gobble
+ \let\index\caption@gobble
+ \let\glossary\caption@gobble
+ \protected@edef\@tempa{\endgroup
+ \noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand\caption@subcontentslines{%
+ \noexpand\@namedef{the#2}{\csname the#2\endcsname}%
+ \ifx\@currentHref\@undefined \else
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@currentHref{\@currentHref}%
+ \fi
+ \noexpand\caption@@@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}%
+ \@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\flushsubcaptionlistentries}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2012/01/15}{Renamed from \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} to \cs{flushsubcaptionlistentries}}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/03/10}{Bugfix: Missing redefinition of \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} added}
+% Writes pending sub-caption list entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\flushsubcaptionlistentries{%
+ \caption@addsubcontentslines{user}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*\caption@addsubcontentslines[1]{%
+ \caption@Debug{\string\flushsubcaptionlistentries (#1)}%
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@subcontentslines
+ \endgroup
+ \caption@clearsubcontentslines}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We need to patch \cs{chapter} otherwise a vertical gap will be inserted into
+% the list prior pending sub-caption list entries.
+% We do this |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document| so packages like \package{newfloat}
+% will not complain about an unknown document class.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifundefined\chapter{}{%
+ \let\caption@chapter@ORI\chapter
+ \def\chapter{%
+ \caption@addsubcontentslines{chapter}\caption@chapter@ORI}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Same for \cs{appendix}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifundefined\appendix{}{%
+ \let\caption@appendix@ORI\appendix
+ \def\appendix{%
+ \caption@addsubcontentslines{appendix}\caption@appendix@ORI}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Flush the list of pending sub-caption list entries at the end of the document.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtEndDocument{%
+ \caption@addsubcontentslines{AtEndDocument}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Document class \& Babel package support}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The \AmS{} \& \SmF{} classes}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ classes support added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifundefined\smf@makecaption{}{\let\smf@makecaption\@makecaption}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The beamer class}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{beamer class support added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifclassloaded{beamer}{%
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{beamer document class}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\figure}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added}
+% \changes{v3.3d}{2019/09/01}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class revised}
+% We redefine |figure| so our type-specific options will be used etc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@figure\figure
+ \def\figure{\caption@settype{figure}\caption@ORI@figure}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\table}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added}
+% \changes{v3.3d}{2019/09/01}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class revised}
+% We redefine |table| so our type-specific options will be used etc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@table\figure
+ \def\table{\caption@settype{table}\caption@ORI@table}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The \KOMAScript{} classes}
+%
+% \KOMAScript\ contains the code
+% |\AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}|
+% so we need to update |\scr@caption| here, too.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifundefined\scr@caption{}{%
+ \caption@AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The frenchb Babel option}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/14}{Adaptation to \package{frenchb} added}
+%
+% Suppress
+% ``Package |frenchb.ldf| Warning: The definition of |\@makecaption| has been
+% changed, frenchb will NOT customize it.''
+% (but only if we emulate this customization)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@nameuse{caption@frenchb}\@nameundef{caption@frenchb}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The frenchle/pro package}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/03}{Adaptation to \package{frenchle/pro} added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifundefined\frenchTeXmods{}{%
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{frenchle/pro package is loaded}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\captionfont@ORI\captionfont
+ \let\captionlabelfont@ORI\captionlabelfont
+ \let\@makecaption@ORI\@makecaption
+% \end{macrocode}
+
+% If |\GOfrench| is defined as |\relax| all the re-definitions regarding
+% captions have already been done, so we can do our patches immediately.
+% Otherwise we must add our stuff to |\GOfrench|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifundefined\GOfrench
+ {\let\caption@tempa\@firstofone}%
+ {\def\caption@tempa{\g@addto@macro\GOfrench}}%
+ \caption@tempa{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\captionfont\captionfont@ORI
+ \let\captionfont@ORI\@undefined
+ \let\captionlabelfont\captionlabelfont@ORI
+ \let\captionlabelfont@ORI\@undefined
+ \let\@makecaption\@makecaption@ORI
+ \let\@makecaption@ORI\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@cnORI}
+% We update the definition of |\@cnORI| so it actually reflects
+% our definition of |\caption|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@cnORI\caption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@tablescaption}
+% The \package{frenchle/pro} package sets |\caption| to |\@tablescaption| at
+% |\begin{table}| for special treatment of footnotes.
+% Therefore we have to patch |\@tablescaption| so |\caption*| will work
+% inside the |table| environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@tcORI\@tablescaption
+ \def\@tablescaption{\caption@star\relax\caption@tcORI}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\f@ffrench}
+% \begin{macro}{\f@tfrench}
+% |\f@ffrench| and |\f@tfrench| reflect |\fnum@figure| and |\fnum@table|
+% when used in French mode. These contain additional code which typesets
+% the caption separator |\captionseparator| instead of the usual colon.
+% Because this breaks with our |\@makecaption| code we have to remove
+% this additional code here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@eatDP\@undefined
+ \let\caption@tempa\@empty
+ \ifx\f@ffrench\fnum@figure
+ \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@figure\f@ffrench}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\f@tfrench\fnum@table
+ \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@table\f@tfrench}%
+ \fi
+ \def\f@ffrench{\ifx\listoffigures\relax\else\figurename~\thefigure\fi}%
+ \def\f@tfrench{\ifx\listoftables\relax\else\tablename~\thetable\fi}%
+ \caption@tempa
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }%
+}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The hungarian and magyar Babel option}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} package support added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{\package{magyar} package support revised}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@tempa#1{%
+ \@ifpackagewith{babel}{#1}{%
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{#1 babel option is loaded}%
+ \expandafter\addto\csname extras#1\endcsname{%
+ % reverse changes made by magyar.ldf
+ \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption
+ \babel@save\@makecaption
+ \caption@redefine
+ \babel@save\@caption}%
+ }{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@tempa{hungarian}%
+\caption@tempa{magyar}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Package support}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{Package options `float', `longtable' etc.
+% are not supported anymore, removed}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfPackageLoaded}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/29}{3rd argument \meta{code} added,
+% so no extra check is needed}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-written \& renamed from \cs{caption@ifpackage}
+% to \cs{caption@IfPackageLoaded}}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added}
+% |\caption@IfPackageLoaded|\marg{package}\oarg{version}\marg{true}\marg{false}\par
+% Some kind of combination of |\@ifpackageloaded| and |\@ifpackagelater|.
+% If the \meta{package} is not loaded yet, the check will be (re-)done
+% |\AtBeginDocument|, so the \meta{package} could be loaded later on, too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@IfPackageLoaded[1]{%
+ \@testopt{\caption@@IfPackageLoaded{#1}}{}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@IfPackageLoaded
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@@IfPackageLoaded#1[#2]#3#4{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{#1}\@firstofone{%
+ \caption@Debug{#1 package is not loaded (yet)\@gobble}%
+ \caption@AtBeginDocument}{%
+ \caption@If@Package@Loaded{#1}[{#2}]{#3}{#4}}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@@IfPackageLoaded
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@If@Package@Loaded#1[#2]{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{#1}{%
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{#1 package is loaded}%
+ \@ifpackagelater{#1}{#2}\@firstoftwo{%
+ \caption@Error{%
+ For a successful cooperation we need at least version\MessageBreak
+ `#2' of package #1,\MessageBreak
+ but only version\MessageBreak
+ `\csname ver@#1.\@pkgextension\endcsname'\MessageBreak
+ is available}%
+ \@secondoftwo}%
+ }{\@secondoftwo}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@If@Package@Loaded
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@clearmargin}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added}
+% This macro will be used by some package support stuff where the usual
+% margin setting is not welcome, e.g. in the \package{sidecap} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@clearmargin{%
+ \setcaptionmargin\z@
+ \let\caption@minmargin\@undefined}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@setbool{needfreeze}{0}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument*{%
+ \caption@ifneedfreeze{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezetype}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@freezetype|\marg{type}\par
+% Used by the \package{fltpage} \& \package{sidecap} package support.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@freezetype[1]{%
+ \caption@settype*{#1}%
+ \captionsetup*[sub]{hypcap=true}% Note: This is just a (q&d) workaround!
+ \caption@freeze}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@freeze}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{\cs{caption} \& \cs{@caption} revised for enhanced compatibility}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: Made \cs{@caption} long}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Uses `space hack' instead of \cs{ignorespaces} now}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/29}{Starred variants of \cs{ContinuedFloat} and \cs{captionsetup} added}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 10-09-01a: Uses \cs{ignorespaces} instead of `space hack' again}
+% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Starred variant of \cs{caption@freeze} removed}
+% \changes{v3.2b}{2011/08/18}{Redefines \cs{caption@setup} instead of \cs{captionsetup} now}
+% \changes{v3.2b}{2011/08/18}{Redefinition of \cs{label} revised}
+% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{Revised}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{Adapted to new switch \cs{caption@caption} etc.}
+% |\caption@freeze|\par
+% Used by the \package{bicaption} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@freeze{%
+ \let\caption@frozen@ContinuedFloat\ContinuedFloat
+ \def\ContinuedFloat{%
+ \caption@@freeze{\caption@@@@ContinuedFloat\@captype}%
+ \caption@frozen@ContinuedFloat}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@frozen@setup\caption@setup
+ \def\caption@setup##1{%
+ \caption@@freeze{\caption@setup{##1}}%
+ \caption@frozen@setup{##1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@frozen@caption\caption
+ \def\caption{%
+ \def\caption{%
+ \caption@Error{%
+ Only one \noexpand\caption can be placed in this environment}%
+ \caption@gobble}%
+ \@ifstar
+ {\caption@SC@caption*}%
+ {\let\@currentlabel\caption@SClabel
+ \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@caption}}%
+ \long\def\caption@SC@caption##1##2{%
+ \caption@@freeze{\caption##1{##2}}%
+ \ignorespaces}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@frozen@label\label
+ \def\label{%
+ \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@label}%
+ \def\caption@SC@label##1##2{%
+ \ifx\@currentlabel\caption@SClabel
+ \@bsphack
+ \caption@freeze@label{##1}{##2}%
+ \@esphack
+ \else
+ \caption@frozen@label##1{##2}%
+ \fi}%
+ \def\caption@SClabel{\caption@undefinedlabel}%
+ \def\caption@freeze@label##1##2{%
+ \caption@@freeze{\label##1{##2}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\let\caption@frozen@content\@empty
+ \long\def\caption@@freeze{%
+ \g@addto@macro\caption@frozen@content}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@warmup{%
+ \let\ContinuedFloat\caption@frozen@ContinuedFloat
+ \let\caption@setup\caption@frozen@setup
+ \let\caption\caption@frozen@caption
+ \let\label\caption@frozen@label}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepare@defrost}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{This macro added}
+% Prevent resetting the caption flags
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@prepare@defrost{%
+ \let\caption@settype\caption@set@type}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrost}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/30}{\cs{caption@defrost@setup} added}
+% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{Adapted to changes of \cs{caption@freeze}}
+% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{\cs{caption@defrost@setup} removed}
+% |\caption@defrost|
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@defrost{%
+ \ifx\caption@frozen@caption\@undefined
+ \caption@frozen@content
+ \else
+ \caption@Error{Internal Error:\MessageBreak
+ \noexpand\caption@defrost in same group as \string\caption@freeze}%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }{}%
+ \caption@undefbool{needfreeze}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@warmup}
+% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@warmup|
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@warmup\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The chkfloat package}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/09/06}{Support of the \package{chkfloat} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{chkfloat}[2012/08/19 v0.1]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@chkfloat}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/09/06}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifundefined\chkfloat@addcontentsline{%
+ \renewcommand\caption@chkfloat[2]{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\chkfloat@page{}{%
+ \addtocontents{fof}{\protect\chkfloat@{\thepage}{\chkfloat@page}{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname: #2}}}}%
+ }{%
+ \renewcommand\caption@chkfloat{\chkfloat@addcontentsline}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The float package}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/31}{\package{float} package support rewritten and improved}
+% \iffalse
+% (This is a more straight-ahead implementation, but it only works with v1.3
+% now, so v1.2 is no longer supported. The old code including documentation
+% can be found in caption-30f-050530.zip)
+% \fi
+%
+% The \package{float} package usually do not use the \LaTeX\ kernel command
+% |\@caption| to typeset the caption but |\float@caption| instead.
+% (|\@caption| will only be used if the float is re-styled with
+% |\restylefloat*|.)
+%
+% The main two things |\float@caption| is doing different are:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item The caption will be typeset inside a |\savebox| called |\@floatcapt|
+% so it can be placed above or below the float contents afterwards.
+% \item |\@makecaption| will not be used to finally typeset the caption.
+% Instead |\@fs@capt| will be used which definition is part of the float
+% style.
+% (Note that |\@fs@capt| will not typeset any vertical space above or below
+% the caption; instead this space will be typeset by the float style code
+% itself.)
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{float}[2001/11/08 v1.3d]{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{floatrow}{%
+ \caption@If@Package@Loaded{floatrow}[2007/08/24 v0.2a]{}{}%
+ }{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@float@setevery}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-12-05: \cs{color@begin/endgroup} added
+% to redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt}}
+% |\@float@setevery|\marg{float type} is provided by the \package{float}
+% package; it's called every time a floating environment defined with
+% |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat| begins.
+% We use this hook to do some adaptations and to setup the proper caption
+% style (if defined) and additional settings declared with
+% |\captionsetup|\oarg{float style}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@float@setevery\@float@setevery
+ \def\@float@setevery#1{%
+ \float@ifcaption{#1}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% First of all we set the caption position to it's proper value by
+% converting |\@fs@iftopcapt| (which is part of a float style and
+% controls where the caption will be typeset, above or below the float
+% contents) to our |position=| setting.
+% Since the spacing above and below the caption will be done by the float
+% style and \emph{not} by us this sounds quite useless. But in fact it isn't,
+% since some packages based on \thispackage\ (like the \package{subfig}
+% package) could have an interest for this information and therefore use the
+% |\caption@iftop| macro we provide in our kernel. Furthermore we need this
+% information for ourself in |\captionof| which uses |\@makecaption| to
+% finally typeset the caption with skips.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setposition{\@fs@iftopcapt t\else b\fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Afterward we redefine |\caption@setfloatcapt| (which will be used inside
+% |\@caption|) so the caption will be set inside the box |\@floatcapt|,
+% without extra vertical space.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand\caption@setfloatcapt[1]{%
+ \let\@makecaption\caption@@make
+ \global\setbox\@floatcapt\vbox{%
+ \color@begingroup ##1\color@endgroup}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% To allow different caption styles for different float styles we also
+% determine the current float style (e.g. `ruled') and select
+% a caption style (and additional settings) with the same name, if defined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \float@getstyle\float@style{#1}%
+ \caption@setstyle*\float@style
+ \caption@setoptions\float@style
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }{}%
+ \caption@freezeHref % will be defrosted in \float@makebox
+ \caption@ORI@float@setevery{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@makebox}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{Corrects wrong load order hyperref-float now}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/02/03}{Correction of wrong load order hyperref-float revised}
+% Redefine |\float@makebox| (only if we are not operating in compatibility mode).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifcompatibility{}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If it was redefined by the \package{hyperref} package,
+% we need to build on the original definition (and not on the redefined one).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifundefined\HyOrg@float@makebox
+ {\let\caption@ORI@float@makebox\float@makebox}%
+ {\let\caption@ORI@float@makebox\HyOrg@float@makebox}%
+ \renewcommand\float@makebox[1]{%
+ \caption@ORI@float@makebox{#1\relax \caption@defrostHref}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@typehook}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/08}{float package hook added}
+% \LaTeX\ and almost every other packages use
+% |\|\meta{type}|name|
+% to provide a macro for the type resp.~environment name -- for example
+% the command |\figurename| will usually contain the name of the floating
+% environment |figure|:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\newcommand\figurename{Figure}|
+% \end{quote}
+% But the \package{float} package doesn't follow this common naming
+% convention:
+% For floats defined with |\newfloat| it uses |\fname@|\meta{type} instead,
+% which breaks with our code (and with |\autoref| and some other things as
+% well).
+% So we have to map the \package{float} package name to the common one here.\par
+% \Note{If the float was not defined with \cs{newfloat} but with
+% \cs{restylefloat} instead, \cs{fname@}\meta{type} is not defined.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \g@addto@macro\caption@typehook{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname #1name\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\let\csname #1name\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname fname@#1\endcsname
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/26}{Skips of \env{plaintop} and \env{boxed} floats corrected}
+% \begin{macro}{\fs@plaintop}
+% \begin{macro}{\fs@boxed}
+% Since the float styles |plaintop| and |boxed| don't use |\abovecaptionskip|
+% which could be set with |skip=| (|plaintop| uses |\belowcaptionskip| instead of
+% |\abovecaptionskip|, and |boxed| uses a fixed space of |2pt|)
+% we patch the according float style macros here to change this.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \g@addto@macro\fs@plaintop{\def\@fs@mid{\vspace\abovecaptionskip\relax}}%
+ \g@addto@macro\fs@boxed{\def\@fs@mid{\kern\abovecaptionskip\relax}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@getstyle}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added}
+% |\float@getstyle|\marg{cmd}\marg{type}\par
+% Determining the float style is not so easy because the only hint
+% provided by the \package{float} package is the macro
+% |\fst@|\meta{float type} which points to the macro which represents the
+% float style. So for example after
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\floatstyle{ruled}|\\
+% |\newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}|
+% \end{quote}
+% |\fst@Program| will be defined as
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\def\fst@Program{\fs@ruled}|\quad.
+% \end{quote}\par
+% So here is what we do: We make the first level expansion of
+% |\fst@|\meta{float type} a string so we can gobble the first four tokens
+% (= |\fs@|), so only the the name of the float style is left.\par
+% \emph{TODO:} We need to convert the catcodes here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\float@getstyle[2]{%
+ \edef#1{%
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gobblefour\noexpand\string
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname fst@#2\endcsname}%
+ \edef#1{#1}%
+ \caption@Debug{floatstyle{#2} = `#1'}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@ifcaption}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/23}{This macro added}
+% |\float@ifcaption|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par
+% Here we determine if the user has used |\newfloat| resp.~|\restylefloat|,
+% or |\restylefloat*|.
+% This is quite easy: If |\@float@c@|\meta{captype} is the same as
+% |\float@caption|, the user has used |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat|,
+% otherwise we assume he has used |\restylefloat*|.
+% (This test will fail if some package re-defines |\float@caption|,
+% so we have to assume that there is no one.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@#1\endcsname\float@caption
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}}{%
+ \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{\@secondoftwo}%
+% \clearcaptionsetup{boxed}% used by the floatrow package?
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The skip between `boxed' floats and their caption defaults to |2pt|.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt} % do not issue a warning when not used
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/26}{\opt{strut=0} added to caption style \opt{ruled}}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/27}{Option \opt{ruled} fixed}
+% To emulate the `ruled' definition of |\@fs@capt| we provide a caption style
+% `ruled' with appropriate options. But if the package option |ruled| was
+% specified, we setup some caption parameters to emulate the behavior
+% of \thispackage\ \version{1.x} option |ruled| instead, i.e.,
+% the current caption settings will be used, but without margin and without
+% `single-line-check'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifbool{ruled}{%
+ \captionsetup[ruled]{margin=0pt,minmargin=0,slc=0}%
+}{%
+ \DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=0}%
+}
+\caption@undefbool{ruled}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The floatflt package}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{Support of the \package{floatflt} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{floatflt}[1996/02/27 v1.3]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\floatingfigure}
+% We patch |\floatingfigure| so |\caption@floatflt| will be used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@floatingfigure\floatingfigure
+ \def\floatingfigure{%
+ \caption@floatflt{figure}%
+ \caption@ORI@floatingfigure}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\floatingtable}
+% Same with |\floatingtable|\ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@floatingtable\floatingtable
+ \def\floatingtable{%
+ \caption@floatflt{table}%
+% \caption@setautoposition b%
+ \caption@ORI@floatingtable}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@floatflt}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} added}
+% Here we do two things:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item We use |\caption@set|\-|options{|\-|floating|\meta{type}|}| so
+% |\caption|\-|setup[|\-|floating|\meta{type}|]{|\ldots|}| is supported.
+% \item |\line|\-|width| must be set correctly.
+% Usually this is done by |\@par|\-|box|\-|restore| inside |\@caption|,
+% but since we use |\@caption@box|\-|restore| we have to map this to
+% |\@par|\-|box|\-|restore| instead.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@floatflt[1]{%
+ \caption@settype{#1}%
+ \caption@clearmargin
+ \caption@setfullparboxrestore
+ \caption@setoptions{floating#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The fltpage package}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{Support of the \package{fltpage} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{fltpage}[1998/10/29 v.0.3]{%
+ \caption@setbool{needfreeze}{1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\FP@positionLabel}
+% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/28}{This redefinition added}
+% Original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \newcommand{\FP@positionLabel}{%
+% FP\@captype-\number\value{FP@\@captype C}-pos}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand\FP@positionLabel{%
+ FP\FP@captype-\number\value{FP@\FP@captype C}-pos}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\FP@helpNote}
+% Original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \newcommand{\FP@helpNote}[2]{%
+% \typeout{FP#1 is inserted on page \pageref{#2}!}}%
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand\FP@helpNote[2]{%
+ \begingroup % save \caption@thepage
+ \caption@pageref{#2}%
+ \typeout{FP#1 is inserted on page \caption@thepage!}%
+ \endgroup}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\FP@floatBegin}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Uses `space hack' instead of \cs{ignorespaces} now}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-09-11: Missing \cs{ignorespaces} added}
+% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/28}{Adapted to current version of \cs{caption@freeze}}
+% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/02/19}{Bugfix 12-02-16: \texttt{minipage} environment added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@freeze} replaced by \cs{caption@freezetype}}
+% Original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \newcommand{\FP@floatBegin}[1]{%
+% \gdef\@captype{#1}%
+% \global\let\FP@savedCaptionCommand\caption%
+% \global\let\FP@savedLabelCommand\label%
+% \ifthenelse{\equal{\@captype}{figure}}
+% {\global\let\old@Fnum\fnum@figure}%
+% {\global\let\old@Fnum\fnum@table}%
+% \let\FP@LabelText\@empty%
+% \let\FP@CaptionText\@empty%
+% \let\FP@optionalCaptionText\@empty%
+% \renewcommand\label[1]{\gdef\FP@LabelText{##1}}%
+% \renewcommand\caption[2][]{%
+% \gdef\FP@optionalCaptionText{##1}\gdef\FP@CaptionText{##2}}%
+% \begin{lrbox}{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}%
+% }%
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\FP@floatBegin[1]{%
+ \def\FP@captype{#1}%
+ \begin{lrbox}{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}%
+ \minipage\hsize % changes from LR mode to vertical mode
+ \caption@freezetype{#1}%
+ \ignorespaces}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\FP@floatEnd}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/30}{Some minor bugfixes}
+% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/28}{Adapted to current version of \cs{caption@freeze}}
+% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/02/19}{Bugfix 12-02-16: \texttt{minipage} environment added}
+% Original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \newcommand{\FP@floatEnd}{%
+% \end{lrbox}%
+% \global\setbox\FP@floatCorpusBOX=\box\FP@floatCorpusBOX
+% \stepcounter{FP@\@captype C}%
+% \FP@savedLabelCommand{\FP@positionLabel}%
+% \FP@helpNote{\@captype}{\FP@positionLabel}%
+% \FP@float
+% {\FP@positionLabel}% location label test
+% {\begin{\@captype}[p!]
+% \usebox{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}%
+% \refstepcounter{\@captype}%
+% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@LabelText}{\@empty}}
+% {}{\FP@savedLabelCommand{\expandafter\protect\FP@LabelText}}%
+% \end{\@captype}}
+% {\addtocounter{\@captype}{-1}}
+% {\begin{\@captype}[b!]%
+% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@guide}{\@empty}}%
+% {}{\ifthenelse{\equal{\@captype}{figure}}%
+% {\renewcommand{\fnum@figure}{\old@Fnum\ {\FP@guide}}}%
+% {\renewcommand{\fnum@table}{\old@Fnum\ {\FP@guide}}}}%
+% \setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{2pt plus2pt minus 1pt} % length above caption
+% \setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{2pt plus2pt minus 1pt} % length above caption
+% \FP@separatorCaption%
+% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@optionalCaptionText}{\@empty}}%
+% {\FP@savedCaptionCommand{\expandafter\protect\FP@CaptionText}}%
+% {\FP@savedCaptionCommand[\expandafter\protect\FP@optionalCaptionText]%
+% {\expandafter\protect\FP@CaptionText}}%
+% \end{\@captype}}%
+% }%
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\FP@floatEnd{%
+ \endminipage
+ \end{lrbox}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \stepcounter{FP@\FP@captype C}%
+ \caption@label\FP@positionLabel
+ \FP@helpNote\FP@captype\FP@positionLabel
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \FP@float
+ {\FP@positionLabel}% location label test
+ {\caption@prepare@defrost
+ \begin\FP@captype[p!]%
+ \usebox\FP@floatCorpusBOX
+ \end\FP@captype}%
+ {\@ifundefined{theH\FP@captype}{}{%
+ \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname theH\FP@captype\endcsname{.FP}}}%
+ {\caption@prepare@defrost
+ \begin\FP@captype[b!]%
+ \let\FP@savedSetfnumCommand\caption@setfnum
+ \def\caption@setfnum##1{%
+ \FP@savedSetfnumCommand{##1}%
+ \ifx\FP@guide\@empty \else
+ \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname fnum@##1\endcsname{\ {\FP@guide}}%
+ \fi}%
+ \setlength\abovecaptionskip{2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}% length above caption
+ \setlength\belowcaptionskip{2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}% length below caption
+ \caption@setoptions{FP\@captype}%
+ \FP@separatorCaption
+ \caption@defrost
+ \end\FP@captype}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{%
+ \let\caption@ifFPlistcap\@undefined
+ \let\caption@ifFPrefcap\@undefined
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The hyperref package}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Support of the \package{hyperref} package added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/09}{Usage of \cs{hyper@makecurrent} instead of
+% \cs{theHfigure} as indicator for \package{hyperref} package}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2011/07/30}{Test if \package{hyperref} has stopped early revised}
+% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/24}{Test if \package{hyperref} has stopped early adapted to current version of \package{hyperref} package: Usage of \cs{IfHyperBoolean} added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{hyperref}[2003/11/30 v6.74m]{%
+ % Test if hyperref has stopped early
+ \caption@ifundefined\IfHyperBoolean{%
+ \caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly0%
+ \caption@ifundefined\H@refstepcounter
+ {\caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly1}{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\hyper@makecurrent
+ {\caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly1}{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\measuring@true
+ {\caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly1}{}}}%
+ }{%
+ \def\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly{\IfHyperBoolean{stoppedearly}}%
+ }%
+ \caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly{% hyperref has stopped early
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{%
+ Hyperref support is turned off\MessageBreak
+ because hyperref has stopped early}%
+ }{%
+ \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{\measuring@true}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@refstepcounter}
+% We redefine |\caption@@refstepcounter| so |\H@refstepcounter| will be used
+% instead of |\refstepcounter| inside |\caption| \& |\captionlistentry|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\caption@@@refstepcounter{\H@refstepcounter}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecurrent}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package}
+% We redefine |\caption@makecurrent| so a \package{hyperref} label
+% will be defined inside |\@caption|.
+% \Note{Will be redefined by \cs{caption@start}.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\caption@makecurrent[2]{%
+ \caption@makecurrentHref{#1}%
+ \caption@Debug{hyperref current=\@currentHref}%
+ \caption@gettitle{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@makecurrentHref{\hyper@makecurrent}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@makeanchor}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to the current hyperref package}
+% We redefine |\caption@makeanchor| so a \package{hyperref} anchor
+% will be set inside |\@caption|.
+% \Note{Will be redefined by \cs{caption@start}.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand\caption@makeanchor[1]{%
+ \caption@Debug{hyperref anchor: \@currentHref}%
+ % If we cannot have nesting, the anchor is empty.
+ \ifHy@nesting
+ \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#1}%
+ \else
+ \Hy@raisedlink{%
+ \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{\relax}%
+ }#1%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{\let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \paragraph{The hypcap option}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\if@capstart}
+% Like the \package{hypcap} package we define the switch |\if@capstart|, too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newif\if@capstart
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@start}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{%
+% \cs{caption@currentHref} renamed to \cs{hc@currentHref}}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/21}{%
+% This macro renamed from \cs{capstart} to \cs{caption@start} and revised}
+% While the \package{hypcap} package defines a macro called |\capstart|
+% our variant is called |\caption@start| and is controlled by the option
+% |hypcap=||false|/|true|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@start{\caption@ifhypcap\caption@start@\relax}%
+ \def\caption@start@{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Generate the \package{hyperref} label and set the \package{hyperref} anchor,
+% usually (if |hypcap=false|) both is done inside |\@caption|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@makestart\@captype
+ \caption@startanchor\@currentHref
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Prevent |\@caption| from generating a new \package{hyperref} label,
+% use the label we save in |\hc@currentHref| instead.
+% (We also support the |@capstart| flag from the \package{hypcap} package.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\@capstarttrue
+ \let\hc@currentHref\@currentHref
+ \def\caption@makecurrentHref##1{%
+ \global\@capstartfalse
+ \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Prevent |\@caption| from generating a \package{hyperref} anchor since this
+% has already been done.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@makestart}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/09/30}{\cs{@currentHref} will be extended by \texttt{caption}
+% instead of \texttt{xxx} now}
+% |\caption@makestart|\marg{type}
+% defines a \package{hyperref} anchor inside |\caption@start|.\par
+% Since we offer |\ContinuedFloat| the float counter can change between
+% `now' and |\caption|, i.e., we simply don't know the figure or table counter
+% yet and therefore we are not able to generate the `right' \package{hyperref}
+% label.
+% Two different solutions of this problem came into my mind:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item I could use the aux file for this purpose.\par
+% -or-
+% \item I set |hypertexnames=false| locally.
+% Furthermore I use |#1.caption.|\meta{counter} (instead of |#1.|\meta{counter})
+% as naming scheme for |\@currentHref| to avoid conflicts with other hyper
+% links which are generated with |hypertexnames=true|.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% The first idea has the advantage that the `right' anchor name will be
+% generated, but one needs an additional \LaTeX\ run if figures or tables
+% will be inserted or removed.\par
+% The second idea has the advantage that it's very easy to implement, but
+% has some side-effects, e.g. the anchor names don't follow the figure or
+% table label names anymore.\par
+% Since I'm lazy I implemented the second idea, maybe I will revise this
+% later on.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@makestart[1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \Hy@hypertexnamesfalse
+% \gdef\@currentHlabel{}%
+ \hyper@makecurrent{#1.caption}%
+ \endgroup
+ \caption@Debug{hypcap start=\@currentHref}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@startanchor}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix 06-09-17: We use \cs{caption@anchor} instead of \cs{hyper@@anchor}}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Warning about TeX mode replaced with debug info}
+% |\caption@startanchor|\marg{Href}
+% sets a \package{hyperref} anchor inside |\caption@start|.\par
+% This code was taken from the \package{hypcap} package\cite{hypcap} and adapted.
+% \Note{Since \cs{hyper@@anchor}\marg{Href}\csmarg{\string\relax} can cause
+% a change from vertical mode to horizontal mode (design flaw in
+% \package{hyperref} package!?), and since the workaround
+% \cs{let}\cs{leavevmode}\cs{relax} which can be found in the
+% \package{hypcap} package is not always sufficient
+% (for example with ``Direct pdfmark support'' and \texttt{breaklinks=true}),
+% we use \cs{caption@anchor} instead of \cs{hyper@@anchor} here.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@startanchor[1]{%
+ \ifvmode\begingroup
+ \caption@Debug{hypcap anchor: #1 (vertical mode)}%
+ \@tempdima\prevdepth
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \vspace*{-\caption@hypcapspace}%
+ \caption@anchor{#1}%
+ \vspace*{\caption@hypcapspace}%
+ \prevdepth\@tempdima
+ \endgroup\else
+ \caption@Debug{hypcap anchor: #1 (horizontal mode)}%
+ \caption@anchor{#1}%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@anchor}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/17}{Workaround 07-10-17: We use \cs{caption@raisedlink} instead of \cs{Hy@raisedlink} now}
+% |\caption@anchor|\marg{Href} sets a \package{hyperref} anchor.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@anchor[1]{%
+ \ifmeasuring@ \else
+ \caption@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{#1}\hyper@anchorend}%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \Note{Since \cs{Hy@raisedlink} change \cs{@tempdima} we surrounded it by \cs{ifvmode},
+% suppressing ``\texttt{LaTeX Warning: Float too large for page by 1.0pt}'' in \texttt{sideways} floats.
+% (This is not necessary since \package{hyperref} \version{6.77}.)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\HyperRaiseLinkLength\@tempdima
+ \def\caption@raisedlink#1{\ifvmode#1\else\Hy@raisedlink{#1}\fi}%
+ \else
+ \let\caption@raisedlink\Hy@raisedlink
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@start}
+% Will be used by |\caption@freezeHref|. Apart from that we issue a warning
+% if we expect a saved \package{hyperref} label coming from |\caption@start|,
+% but there isn't any.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@@start{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\hc@currentHref{%
+ \caption@Warning{%
+ The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this\MessageBreak
+ particular \string\caption}}{}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezeHref}
+% Suppress |\caption@start| from generating a \package{hyperref} label and
+% setting a \package{hyperref} anchor. Instead if |\@caption| generates a
+% \package{hyperref} label, it will be stored in |\caption@currentHref|.
+% Furthermore we need to redefine |\caption@setfloatcapt| so no
+% \package{hyperref} anchor will be placed in |\@caption|.
+% \iffalse
+% (Since |\caption@setfloatcapt| will be set to |\@firstofone| inside
+% |\subcaption| there is no need to add its restauration to
+% |\caption@subtypehook|.)
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@freezeHref{%
+ \let\caption@ORI@start\caption@start
+ \def\caption@start{\let\caption@start\caption@ORI@start}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \let\caption@ORI@@start\caption@@start
+% \l@addto@macro\caption@subtypehook{%
+% \let\caption@@start\caption@ORI@@start}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\let\caption@currentHref\@undefined
+ \def\caption@@start{\global\let\caption@currentHref\@currentHref}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@setfloatcapt\caption@setfloatcapt
+ \renewcommand*\caption@setfloatcapt{%
+ \ifx\caption@currentHref\@undefined \else
+ \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone
+ \fi
+ \caption@ORI@setfloatcapt}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrostHref}
+% If there is a freezed |\@currentHref|, we set the \package{hyperref}
+% anchor here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@defrostHref{%
+ \ifx\caption@currentHref\@undefined \else
+ \caption@startanchor\caption@currentHref
+ \global\let\caption@currentHref\@undefined
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The hypcap package}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/22}{Support of the \package{hypcap} package added}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{Adapted to \package{hypcap} \version{1.6}}
+% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/11/04}{\package{hypcap} support adapted to \package{hyperref} \version{6.77}}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{hypcap}{% v1.0
+ \ifx\caption@start\relax \else % hyperref hasn't stopped early
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If the \package{hypcap} package was loaded, we give up our own
+% hyperlink placement algorithm and give the control over the placement
+% to the \package{hypcap} package instead.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\capstart}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Support of \cs{ifcapstart} (\package{hypcap} package \version{1.10}) added}
+% We do this simply by mapping |\capstart| to |\caption@start@|,
+% although our code does not behave exactly like the original one:
+% The original |\capstart| has an effect on the next |\caption|
+% only but our version affects \emph{all} |\caption|s in the same
+% environment, at least unless a new |\capstart| will be placed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@capstart\capstart % save for compatibility mode
+ \caption@ifundefined\capstarttrue % check for v1.10 of hypcap package
+ {\def\capstart{\caption@start@}}%
+ {\def\capstart{\ifcapstart\caption@start@\fi}}%
+ \let\caption@start\relax
+ \let\caption@@start\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@hypcapspace}
+% Furthermore we map our |\caption@hypcapspace| to |\hypcapspace|
+% offered by the \package{hypcap} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@set@bool\caption@ifhypcap 1%
+ \renewcommand*\caption@hypcapspace{\hypcapspace}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fi}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The listings package}
+% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of the \package{listings} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{listings}[2004/02/13 v1.2]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\lst@MakeCaption}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Bugfix: Skips are handled correctly now}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2008/03/29}{Bugfix 08-10-16-dctt: \texttt{rule=0} added}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 10-07-20a: Set \cs{hsize} to \cs{linewidth}, if necessary}
+% To support the \package{listings} package we need to redefine
+% |\lst@MakeCaption| so the original stuff is nested with
+% |\caption@begin| and |\caption@end| etc.
+% \Note{This macro is always called twice (with `t' resp. `b' as
+% parameter), therefore we need an extra group here.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@lst@MakeCaption\lst@MakeCaption
+ \def\lst@MakeCaption#1{% #1 is `t' or `b'
+ \begingroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Workaround for bug in \package{listings} package:
+% If |\hsize| seems not to be set correctly, we set it to |\linewidth|.
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/04/30}{Bugfix from Ulrike Fischer applied, see also \url{https://github.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption/issues/1}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@tempdima\linewidth
+ \advance\@tempdima\lst@xleftmargin
+ \advance\@tempdima\lst@xrightmargin
+ \ifdim\hsize>\@tempdima
+ \hsize\@tempdima
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First of all, we set |position=#1| and if it was set to `top',
+% we swap the skips so the default behavior of the \package{listings} package
+% will not be changed. (Note that the \package{listings} package has set its
+% own |\abovecaptionskip| \& |\belowcaptionskip| values prior to calling
+% \cs{lst@MakeCaption}.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setposition{#1}%
+ \caption@iftop{%
+ \@tempdima\belowcaptionskip
+ \belowcaptionskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \abovecaptionskip\@tempdima}{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Workaround for issue with wrong skips (FIXME: should be examined further)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setup{rule=0}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Afterwards we set the local `lstlisting' options.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setoptions{lstlisting}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the |position=| is now set to |auto|, we take over the |captionpos=|
+% setting from the \package{listings} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setautoposition{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% At the end we do similar stuff as in our \cs{@caption} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@begin{lstlisting}%
+ \caption@ORI@lst@MakeCaption{#1}%
+ \caption@end
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \endgroup}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\lst@makecaption}
+% \begin{macro}{\lst@maketitle}
+% Wrapper macros for typesetting the |caption=| resp. |title=| value.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\lst@makecaption{\caption@starfalse\@makecaption}%
+ \def\lst@maketitle{\caption@startrue\@makecaption\@empty}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ext@lstlisting}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro added}
+% Since the \package{listings} package do not define |\ext@lstlisting|
+% but we needed it when |\captionof{lstlisting}| will be done by the end user,
+% we define it here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\ext@lstlisting{lol}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/07/13}{Bugfix 07-09-13: \cs{lst@@caption} will not be re-defined anymore}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The longtable package}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LTcaptype}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/06}{This macro and its support added}
+% |\LTcaptype| is preset to |table|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\LTcaptype{table}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{longtable}[1995/05/24 v3.14]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \RequirePackage{ltcaption}[2018/08/26]%
+ \let\LT@@makecaption\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LT@array}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This redefinition added}
+% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/14}{Bugfix 07-09-14: Redefinition of \cs{@captionabovetrue} \& \cs{@captionabovefalse} added}
+% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/16}{Bugfix: This redefinition will always be done \cs{AtBeginDocument}}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Bugfix in \cs{captionlistentry}: Table counter will not be incremented anymore, \cs{nameref} works}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2016/01/31}{Support for \cs{bicaption} added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/05}{Definition of \cs{captionlistentry} fixed}
+% We redefine |\LT@array| here to get |\captionsetup|\marg{options}
+% working inside |longtable|s.
+% \Note{Since the \package{hyperref} package patches \cs{LT@array} as well
+% and since this only works with the original definition of \cs{LT@array},
+% we have to do this after the \package{hyperref} package,
+% i.e.~\cs{AtBeginDocument}.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \let\caption@ORI@LT@array\LT@array
+ \renewcommand*\LT@array{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\captionsetup| for longtable:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\@undefined
+ \def\captionsetup{%
+ \noalign\bgroup
+ \@ifstar\@captionsetup\@captionsetup}% gobble *
+ \def\@captionsetup##1{\LT@captionsetup{##1}\egroup}%
+ \def\LT@captionsetup##1{%
+ \captionsetup@startrue\caption@setup@options[@longtable]{##1}%
+ \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\caption@opt@@longtable}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\captionabove| \& |\captionbelow| for longtable: (\KOMAScript\ document class)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\@captionabovetrue{\LT@captionsetup{position=t}}%
+ \def\@captionabovefalse{\LT@captionsetup{position=b}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\captionlistentry| for longtable:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\captionlistentry{%
+ \noalign\bgroup
+ \@ifstar{\egroup\LT@listentry\LTcaptype}% gobble *
+ {\egroup\LT@listentry\LTcaptype}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\ContinuedFloat| for longtable:\\
+% {\small(Commented out, since it's not deeply tested and quite useless anyway)}
+% \Note{\package{hyperref} versions $<$ v6.76j uses $2\times$ \cs{hyper@makecurrent}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \caption@ifhypcap{%
+% \let\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent\hyper@makecurrent
+% \def\hyper@makecurrent##1{%
+% \let\hyper@makecurrent\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent
+% \caption@makestart{##1}%
+%% \let\Hy@LT@currentHlabel\@currentHlabel
+% \let\Hy@LT@currentHref\@currentHref
+% \def\hyper@makecurrent####1{%
+%% \let\@currentHlabel\Hy@LT@currentHlabel
+% \let\@currentHref\Hy@LT@currentHref}}%
+% \let\caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat\ContinuedFloat
+% \def\ContinuedFloat{\noalign{%
+% \gdef\caption@setContinuedFloat{%
+% \let\caption@resetContinuedFloat\@gobble}%
+% \def\caption@setoptions####1{%
+% \g@addto@macro\caption@setContinuedFloat{%
+% \caption@setoptions{####1}}}%
+% \let\@captype\LTcaptype
+% \caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat}}%
+% }{%
+% \def\ContinuedFloat{\noalign{%
+% \caption@Error{%
+% \noexpand\ContinuedFloat inside longtables\MessageBreak
+% is only available with `hypcap=true'}}}%
+% }%
+% \global\let\caption@setContinuedFloat\@empty
+ \def\ContinuedFloat{\noalign{%
+ \caption@Error{\noexpand\ContinuedFloat outside float}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\bicaption| for longtable:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\bicaption\LT@bicaption
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ORI@LT@array}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LT@capti@n}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/01}{This re-definition added}
+% The original implementation:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\LT@capti@n{%
+% \@ifstar
+% {\egroup\LT@c@ption\@gobble[]}%
+% {\egroup\@xdblarg{\LT@c@ption\@firstofone}}}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% Our implementation uses |\caption@xdblarg| instead of |\@xdblarg|:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\LT@capti@n{%
+ \@ifstar
+ {\egroup\LT@c@ption\@gobble[]}%
+ {\egroup\caption@xdblarg{\LT@c@ption\@firstofone}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LT@makecaption}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/10}{%
+% Bugfix 04-08-04: \cs{abovecaptionskip} \& \cs{belowcaptionskip} will be used now}
+% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{%
+% Bugfix: \cs{captionsetup[longtable]} overrides \cs{LTcapwidth} now}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/07}{\cs{caption@LT@make} introduced}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/01}{Support for \cs{bicaption} via \cs{caption@LT@setup} added}
+% \changes{v3.3a}{2019/04/02}{Work-around for problem with \package{floatrow} added}
+% |\LT@makecaption|\marg{cmd}\marg{label}\marg{text}\par
+% \smallskip
+% The original definition:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\LT@makecaption#1#2#3{%
+% \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\LTcapwidth{%
+% % Based on article class "\@makecaption", "#1" is "\@gobble" in star
+% % form, and "\@firstofone" otherwise.
+% \sbox\@tempboxa{#1{#2: }#3}%
+% \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\hsize
+% #1{#2: }#3%
+% \else
+% \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+% \fi
+% \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}%
+% \hss}}}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% Our definition:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand\LT@makecaption[3]{%
+ \caption@LT@make{%
+ \caption@LT@settype\LTcaptype
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% |\caption@LT@setup| is re-defined inside the \package{bicaption} package
+% and contains the preparation of typesetting of the bilingual caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@LT@setup
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% The default |position=| setting for longtables is |top|.
+% (This emulates the standard behavior of the \package{longtable} package
+% which has no skip above the caption but a skip below it.)
+% \fi
+%
+% |position=auto| is a bad idea for longtables, but we do our very best.
+% This works quite well for captions inside the longtable contents, but
+% not for captions inside the longtable (end)foot.
+% \Note{This should be `top' if unclear!}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setautoposition{\ifcase\LT@rows t\else b\fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% We set |\ifcaption@star| according the 1st argument.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@startrue#1\caption@starfalse
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@prepare@stepcounter\LTcaptype{LT}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{\cs{caption@normalsize} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@begin\LTcaptype
+ \caption@normalsize
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The following skip has the purpose to correct the height of the
+% |\parbox[t]|. Usually it's the height of the very first line, but
+% because of our extra skips (|\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip|)
+% it's always |0pt|.\par
+% (A different idea would be typesetting the first skip outside the longtable
+% column with |\noalign{\vskip|\ldots|}|, but this means we have to move
+% |\caption@begin| to some other place because it does not work in tabular
+% mode. And at the moment I have no idea on how to do this in an elegant
+% way\ldots)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \vskip-\ht\strutbox
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Work-around for problem with \package{floatrow}:
+% The |\belowcaptionskip| disturbs the environment in which the caption is actually typeset (by creating extra, unwanted space),
+% so we supress this skip if the \package{floatrow} package is loaded.
+% (This fixes \issue{50})
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifundefined\FBifcaptop{}{%
+ \let\caption@belowskip\@empty}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The following code should look familiar. We do our skips and use
+% |\caption@@make| to typeset the caption itself.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@make@above
+ \caption@@make{#2}{#3}\endgraf
+ \caption@make@below
+ \caption@end}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LT@listentry}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/05}{Bugfix: \cs{ignorespaces} added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\LT@listentry[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@LT@settype{#1}%
+ \caption@listentry\@firstoftwo[{#1}]{#2}%
+ \endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@LT@settype}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/05}{Uses argument no. 1 instead of \cs{LTcaptype}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@LT@settype[1]{%
+ \caption@settype*{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If |\LTcapwidth| is not set to its default value |4in| we assume
+% that it shall overwrite our own setting.
+% (But |\captionsetup[longtable]{width=|\ldots|}| will overwrite |\LTcapwidth|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifdim\LTcapwidth=4in \else
+ \setcaptionwidth\LTcapwidth
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setoptions{longtable}%
+% \caption@setContinuedFloat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Finally set options applied by |\captionsetup| inside the longtable.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setoptions{@longtable}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@LT@setup}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/01}{This macro added}
+% Hook for stuff which prepares the typesetting of the \package{longtable} caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@LT@setup{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The picinpar package}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/13}{Support of the \package{picinpar} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{picinpar}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\figwindow}
+% \begin{macro}{\tabwindow}
+% The \package{picinpar} package comes with its own caption code
+% (|\wincaption|, |\@wincaption|, |\@makewincaption|, \ldots)
+% so we redefine |\figwindow| \& |\tabwindow| to use |\caption| instead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\figwindow[#1,#2,#3,#4] {%
+ \caption@window{figure}%
+ \caption@setoptions{figwindow}%
+ \begin{window}[#1,#2,{#3},\caption@wincaption{#4}] }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\tabwindow[#1,#2,#3,#4] {%
+ \caption@window{table}%
+ \caption@setoptions{tabwindow}%
+ \begin{window}[#1,#2,{#3},\caption@wincaption{#4}] }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@window}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} added}
+% Beside calling |\caption@settype| we redefine |\caption@boxrestore|
+% (as in \package{floatflt} \& \package{picins} package support)
+% and |\@makecaption| (as in \package{float} package support) here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@window[1]{%
+ \let\@makecaption\caption@@make
+ \caption@setautoposition b%
+ \caption@settype{#1}%
+ \caption@clearmargin
+ \caption@setfullparboxrestore}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@wincaption}
+% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/25}{Missing \% added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{\cs{caption@ContinuedFloattrue} added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/06}{\cs{caption@ContinuedFloattrue} replaced by \cs{caption@setflag1}}
+% This one finally typesets the caption using |\caption|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand\caption@wincaption[1]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This will be done twice for every |figwindow| \& |tabwindow| caption --
+% on the first run |\picwd| is |0pt|, on the second run |\picwd| is |\hsize|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifdim\picwd=\z@
+ \let\caption@makecurrent\@gobbletwo
+ \let\caption@@start\relax
+ \caption@prepareslc
+ \else
+ \caption@setflag1%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The argument |#1| could contain simply the caption text
+% (e.g.~|A figure caption|), but it could also contain an optional argument,
+% the \meta{lst\_entry}
+% (e.g.~|[An| |entry| |to| |the| |LOF]||{A| |figure| |caption}|).
+% Therefore we have to test if |#1| begins with~|[| or not; furthermore we
+% support a starred variant -- as in |\caption*| -- so we test for~|*|, too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\@car#1\@nil}%
+ \if\@tempa*%
+ \let\@tempa\@firstofone
+ \else\if\@tempa[%]
+ \let\@tempa\@firstofone
+ \else
+ \let\@tempa\@empty
+ \fi\fi
+ \expandafter\caption\@tempa{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The picins package}
+% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/01/26}{Support of the \package{picins} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\piccaptiontype}
+% |\piccaptiontype|\marg{type}\par
+% We offer this macro for changing the \meta{type} of the caption, so the user
+% doesn't have to redefine |\@captype|, as proposed in the \package{picins}
+% documentation.
+% \Note{We define this macro here so it can be used in the
+% preamble of the document, even when \thispackage\ was loaded prior to the
+% \package{picins} package.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\piccaptiontype[1]{\def\@piccaptype{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{picins}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Initial set |\@piccaptype| and undefine |\@captype| which was set to
+% |figure| by the \package{picins} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifundefined\@piccaptype{%
+ \caption@iftype{%
+ \let\@piccaptype\@captype
+ }{%
+ \def\@piccaptype{figure}%
+ }%
+ }{}%
+ \let\@captype\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\piccaption}
+% The original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\piccaption{\@ifnextchar [{\@piccaption}{\@piccaption[]}}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% Our code uses |\caption@star| so |\piccaption*| works,
+% and |\caption@dblarg| so |\piccaption{}| works correctly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\piccaption{\caption@star\relax{\caption@dblarg\@piccaption}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\make@piccaption}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/12/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} will always be used now}
+% The original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\make@piccaption{%
+% [...]
+% \setbox\@TEXT=\vbox{\hsize\hsiz@\caption[\sh@rtf@rm]{\capti@nt@xt}}%
+% }
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% In our code we have to correct several things:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item |\@captype| must be defined, since we have removed the global
+% definition.
+% \item We use |\caption@setoptions{parpic}| so
+% |\captionsetup[parpic]{|\ldots|}| is supported.
+% \item |\linewidth| must be set correctly.
+% Usually this is done by |\@parboxrestore| inside |\@caption|,
+% but since we use |\@caption@boxrestore| we have to map this to
+% |\@parboxrestore| instead.
+% \item The two arguments of |\caption| (|\sh@rtf@rm| \& |\capti@nt@xt|)
+% should be expanded on first level so |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| and
+% |\caption[|\ldots|]{}| work correctly.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@make@piccaption\make@piccaption
+ \def\make@piccaption{%
+ \let\caption@ORI\caption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\caption[##1]##2{%
+ \caption@freezeHref % will be defrosted in \ivparpic
+ \caption@settype\@piccaptype
+% \ifnum\c@piccaptionpos>2\relax
+ \caption@clearmargin
+% \else
+% \captionwidth\z@ % do not use "width=" setting
+% \fi
+ \caption@setfullparboxrestore
+ \caption@setoptions{parpic}%
+ \caption@setautoposition b%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption@ORI
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter[%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter##1\expandafter}\expandafter]\expandafter{##2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% {\footnotesize\begin{quote}
+% \leavevmode\llap{-or-\quad}%^^A
+% |\begingroup|\\
+% | \toks0\expandafter{##1}| |\toks2\expandafter{##2}|\\
+% | \edef\x{\endgroup|\\
+% | \noexpand\caption@ORI[{\the\toks0}]{\the\toks2}}|\\
+% | \x|
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{quote}
+% \leavevmode\llap{-or-\quad}%^^A
+% |\edef\x{%|\\
+% | \noexpand\caption@ORI[{\unexpanded\expandafter{##1}}]%|\\
+% | {\unexpanded\expandafter{##2}}}|\\
+% |\-|
+% \end{quote}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ORI@make@piccaption
+ \let\caption\caption@ORI}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+
+% \begin{macro}{\ivparpic}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added}
+% We need to set our \package{hyperref} anchor here.
+% Not bullet-proof since we have to redefine |\noindent| here!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@ivparpic\ivparpic
+ \def\ivparpic(#1,#2)(#3,#4)[#5][#6]#7{%
+ \let\caption@ORI@noindent\noindent
+ \def\noindent{%
+ \caption@defrostHref
+ \let\noindent\caption@ORI@noindent
+ \noindent}%
+ \caption@ORI@ivparpic(#1,#2)(#3,#4)[{#5}][{#6}]{#7}%
+ \let\noindent\caption@ORI@noindent}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{%
+ \let\piccaptiontype\@undefined
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The rotating package}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{rotating}[1995/08/22 v2.10]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\rotcaption}
+% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix: Check for \cs{caption@star} removed}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{Rewritten, works with \package{hyperref} now}
+% Make |\rotcaption*| work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\rotcaption{\let\@makecaption\@makerotcaption\caption}%
+% \let\@rotcaption\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\rotcaptionof}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{New}
+% Make |\rotcaptionof(*)| work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\rotcaptionof{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@of{\rotcaption*}\rotcaption}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@makerotcaption}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/06}{Rewritten, should finally work proper now}
+% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Uses \cs{caption@parbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox} now}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2012/12/26}{Rewritten (again)}
+% Original (bugfixed) code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{%
+% \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1: #2}%
+% \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa > .8\vsize
+% \rotatebox{90}{%
+% \begin{minipage}{.8\textheight}#1: #2\end{minipage}%
+% }%\par % <== \par removed (AR)
+% \else%
+% \rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}%
+% \fi
+% \nobreak\hspace{12pt}% <== \nobreak added (AR)
+% }
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% Our version emulates this behavior, but if |width=| is set,
+% the rotated caption is always typeset as |\parbox|.
+% (Note that |margin=| is not supported here.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{%
+ \rotatebox{90}{%
+ \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@
+ \setcaptionwidth{.8\vsize}%
+ \l@addto@macro\caption@singleline{%
+ \caption@setup{parbox=none}}%
+ \fi
+ \let\caption@calcmargin\relax
+ \caption@@make{#1}{#2}}%
+ \nobreak\hspace{12pt}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The sidecap package}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{sidecap}[2003/06/06 v1.6f]{%
+ \caption@setbool{needfreeze}{1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SC@zfloat}
+% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Local definition of \cs{captionsetup} added}
+% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix 04-07-15: Check for \cs{caption@star} removed}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{\cs{caption} will be saved \& restored now}
+% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@freeze} instead of \cs{caption@freeze*} now}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@freeze} replaced by \cs{caption@freezetype}}
+% This macro will be called at the start of the environment, here is a good
+% opportunity to do some adaptations to |\caption| and |\captionsetup|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@SC@zfloat\SC@zfloat
+ \def\SC@zfloat#1#2#3[#4]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First we use the original definition, but restore \cs{caption} and \cs{label}
+% so \cs{caption@freeze} and \cs{caption@warmup} will work correctly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ORI@SC@zfloat{#1}{#2}{#3}[#4]%
+ \SC@RestoreCommands
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Since the sidecap package uses our |\caption| code outside the
+% environment the regular |\captionsetup| will not work.
+% So we need a special version here which saves the given argument list
+% which will be executed later on.
+% Furthermore we need to make |\caption*| work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@freezetype{#2}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The sidecap package uses |\ifx\label\SC@label| to test if it is just inside a
+% |SC|\-|figure| or not. So we redefine |\SC@label| here so this test will still work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\SC@label\label}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\SC@RestoreCommands{%
+ \let\caption=\SC@orig@caption \let\label=\SC@orig@label}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\endSC@FLOAT}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/12}{\cs{@listdepth}\cs{z@} added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Call of \cs{caption@setoptions}\arg{SCfloat} added}
+% This macro will be called at the end of the environment, here we need to
+% setup our stuff before the \package{sidecap} package actually typesets
+% its caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@endSC@FLOAT\endSC@FLOAT
+ \def\endSC@FLOAT{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Before we can typeset the caption we need to set the margin to zero
+% because any extra margin would only be disturbing here.\par
+% (We don't need to take care about the caption position because
+% the sidecap package set both |\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip|
+% to a skip of zero anyway.)\par
+% Furthermore |\SC@justify| will override the caption justification, if set.
+% The usage of |\SC@justify| differs from version to version of the
+% \package{sidecap} package:\par
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% Version 1.4: & |\SC@justify| is not defined\\
+% Version 1.5: & |\SC@justify| is |\relax| when not set\\
+% Version 1.6: & |\SC@justify| is |\@empty| when not set\\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@setSC@justify{%
+ \caption@clearmargin
+ \ifx\SC@justify\@empty \else
+ \let\caption@hj\SC@justify
+ \let\SC@justify\@empty
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Make the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT| to use our caption
+% stuff instead of its own.
+% \Note{At this point the \package{sidecap} definition of \cs{caption} is valid,
+% not the regular one!}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption\SC@orig@caption
+ \def\SC@orig@caption[##1]##2{%
+ \caption@setSC@justify
+%%% \caption@setoptions{SC}%
+ \caption@setoptions{SC\@captype}%
+ \caption@defrost}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Finally we call the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setSC@justify % for compatibility mode
+ \caption@prepare@defrost
+ \caption@ORI@endSC@FLOAT}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The subfigure package}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/06}{subfigure package support added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{subfigure}[2002/01/23 v2.1]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sf@ifpositiontop}
+% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/15}{Bugfix 07-09-15: Check for \cs{@captype} added}
+% If the \package{subfigure} package is loaded, we map |\sf@ifpositiontop|
+% to |\iffiguretopcap| resp. |\iftabletopcap|, so the \package{subfigure}
+% \version{2.1} options \opt{figbotcap} etc. will still work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\sf@ifpositiontop{%
+ \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+ \expandafter\@gobbletwo
+ \else\ifx\@captype\relax
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobbletwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\sf@if@position@top
+ \fi\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\sf@if@position@top{%
+ \@ifundefined{if\@captype topcap}%
+ {\@gobbletwo}%
+ {\@nameuse{if\@captype topcap}%
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The supertabular and xtab packages}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{supertabular}[2002/07/19 v4.1e]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption}
+% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Made \cs{topcaption*} and \cs{bottomcaption*} work}
+% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Bugfix: Star variant does not increment table counter anymore}
+% Make |\topcaption*| and |\bottomcaption*| work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\tablecaption{%
+ \caption@star
+ {\refstepcounter{table}}%
+ {\caption@dblarg{\@xtablecaption}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@xtablecaption}
+% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Made \cs{nameref} \& \cs{autoref} work}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added}
+% Make |\nameref| and |\autoref| work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@xtablecaption\@xtablecaption
+ \long\def\@xtablecaption[#1]#2{%
+ \caption@gettitle{#2}%
+ \caption@ORI@xtablecaption[{#1}]{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ST@caption}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix: Missing \cs{par} added}
+% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Bugfix: \cs{@currentlabelname} will be set now}
+% The original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par%
+% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}%
+% {\protect\numberline{%
+% \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}
+% \begingroup
+% \@parboxrestore
+% \normalsize
+% \if@topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi
+% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+% \if@topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi
+% \endgroup}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par%
+ \caption@settype*{#1}%
+ \caption@setoptions{supertabular}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The |position=| setting will be overwritten by the
+% \package{supertabular} package: If |\topcaption| was used,
+% the position will be |top| automatically, |bottom| otherwise.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@fixposition{%
+ \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \caption@boxrestore
+ \caption@normalsize
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+ \caption@end}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Support of the xtab package added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{xtab}[2000/04/09 v2.3]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption}
+% Make |\topcaption*| and |\bottomcaption*| work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\tablecaption{%
+ \caption@star
+ {\refstepcounter{table}}%
+ {\caption@dblarg{\@xtablecaption}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@xtablecaption}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added}
+% Make |\nameref| and |\autoref| work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@xtablecaption\@xtablecaption
+ \long\def\@xtablecaption[#1]#2{%
+ \caption@gettitle{#2}%
+ \caption@ORI@xtablecaption[{#1}]{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ST@caption}
+% The original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par%
+% \@initisotab
+% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}%
+% {\protect\numberline{%
+% \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}%
+% \begingroup
+% \@parboxrestore
+% \normalsize
+% %% \if@topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi
+% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+% %% \if@topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi
+% \endgroup
+% \global\advance\ST@pageleft -\PWSTcapht
+% \ST@trace\tw@{Added caption. Space left for xtabular: \the\ST@pageleft}}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par%
+ \caption@settype*{#1}%
+ \caption@setoptions{xtabular}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@fixposition{%
+ \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@initisotab
+ \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \caption@boxrestore
+ \caption@normalsize
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+ \caption@end
+ \global\advance\ST@pageleft -\PWSTcapht
+ \ST@trace\tw@{Added caption. Space left for xtabular: \the\ST@pageleft}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The threeparttable package}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/08}{Support of the \package{threeparttable} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{threeparttable}[2003/06/13 v3.0]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\threeparttable}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2016/01/31}{Bugfix: \cs{@captype} will be used if already defined}
+% Unfortunately |\@captype| is not set when |\TPT@common| will be used,
+% so we have to redefine |\threeparttable| and |\measuredfigure| instead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@threeparttable\threeparttable
+ \renewcommand*\threeparttable{%
+ \caption@settype{\@ifundefined{@captype}{table}{\@captype}}%
+%%% \caption@setposition a% ?
+ \caption@clearmargin
+ \caption@setoptions{threeparttable}%
+ \caption@ORI@threeparttable}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\measuredfigure}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2016/01/31}{Bugfix: \cs{@captype} will be used if already defined}
+% Same here\ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@measuredfigure\measuredfigure
+ \renewcommand*\measuredfigure{%
+ \caption@settype{\@ifundefined{@captype}{figure}{\@captype}}%
+%%% \caption@setposition a% ?
+ \caption@clearmargin
+ \caption@setoptions{measuredfigure}%
+ \caption@ORI@measuredfigure}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TPT@caption}
+% The original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\TPT@caption#1[#2]#3{\gdef\TPT@docapt
+% {\par\global\let\TPT@docapt\@undefined \TPT@LA@caption{#1}[{#2}]%
+% {\strut\ignorespaces#3\ifhmode\unskip\@finalstrut\strutbox\fi}}%
+% \ifx\TPT@hsize\@empty \let\label\TPT@gatherlabel \abovecaptionskip\z@skip
+% \else \TPT@docapt \fi \ignorespaces}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\TPT@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \gdef\TPT@docapt{%
+ \global\let\TPT@docapt\@undefined
+ \caption@setautoposition\caption@TPT@position
+ \TPT@LA@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}}%
+ \ifx\TPT@hsize\@empty
+ \let\label\TPT@gatherlabel % Bug: does not work for measuredfigures
+ \gdef\caption@TPT@position{t}%
+ \g@addto@macro\TPT@docapt\caption@TPT@eatvskip
+ \else
+ \def\caption@TPT@position{b}%
+ \TPT@docapt
+ \fi
+ \ignorespaces}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ %\newcommand*\caption@TPT@eatvskip{\vskip-.2\baselineskip}%
+ \def\caption@TPT@eatvskip#1\vskip{#1\@tempdima=}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The wrapfig package}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package added}
+% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package rewritten}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{wrapfig}[2003/01/31 v3.6]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\wrapfloat}
+% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Redefinition of this macro added}
+% First of all we make the \package{wrapfig} package independent from the package
+% load order regarding the \package{float} package.
+% Since the usage of |\@float@set|\-|every| is missing in the code of the \package{wrapfig}
+% package (it should be in the redefinition of |\float@re|\-|style|, right after
+% |\@nameuse{fst@#1}|), we don't use it here, too,
+% especially since |\wrap|\-|float| will usually not be used when used with re-styled floats.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\wrapfloat[1]{%
+ \def\@captype{#1}%
+ \@ifundefined{fst@#1}{}{%
+ \@nameuse{fst@#1}%
+% \@float@setevery{#1}%
+ \def\WF@floatstyhook{\let\@currbox\WF@box
+ \global\setbox\WF@box\float@makebox{\wd\WF@box}}}%
+ \@ifnextchar[\WF@wr{\WF@wr[]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\WF@rapt}
+% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Usage of \cs{WF@captionstyhook} added}
+% Original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width,
+% \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known
+% \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}%
+% \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else
+% \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption
+% \ignorespaces \fi}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% Our code has |\WF@captionstyhook| in addition:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width,
+ \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known
+ \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}%
+ \expandafter\WF@captionstyhook\expandafter{\@captype}% <= new
+ \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else
+ \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption
+ \ignorespaces \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\WF@captionstyhook}
+% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.2e}{2011/11/10}{Bugfix 11-11-09: float package support fixed}
+% We place our \package{hyperref} anchor here, apply the `wrap' options etc.
+% Since the usage of |\@float@set|\-|every| is missing in the \package{wrapfig}
+% package we will catch it up here for making the necessary adaptions to the
+% \package{float} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\WF@captionstyhook#1{%
+ \let\@captype\@undefined
+ \@ifundefined{fst@#1}{}{\@float@setevery{#1}}%
+ \caption@settype{#1}%
+ \caption@clearmargin
+%%% \caption@setoptions{wrap}%
+ \caption@setoptions{wrap#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%</package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \begin{thebibliography}{99}
+% \bibitem{beamer}
+% Till Tantau:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/beamer}%
+% {\emph{The beamer class, User Guide for version 3.25}},\\
+% December 26, 2012
+%
+% \bibitem{KOMAScript}
+% Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}%
+% {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\
+% 2012-07-22
+%
+% \bibitem{NTG}
+% Victor Eijkhout:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntgclass}%
+% {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\
+% 3 September 1989
+%
+% \bibitem{float}
+% Anselm Lingnau:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}%
+% {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\
+% 2001/11/08
+%
+% \bibitem{floatflt}
+% Mats Dahlgren:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatflt}%
+% {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\
+% 1998/06/05
+%
+% \bibitem{floatrow}
+% Olga Lapko:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow}%
+% {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\
+% 2009/08/02
+%
+% \bibitem{fltpage}
+% Sebastian Gross:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fltpage}%
+% {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\
+% 1998/11/13
+%
+% \bibitem{hyperref}
+% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}%
+% {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX: a manual for hyperref}},\\
+% November 2012
+%
+% \bibitem{hypcap}
+% Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/oberdiek}%
+% {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\
+% 2011/02/16
+%
+% \bibitem{listings}
+% Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}%
+% {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
+% 2007/02/22
+%
+% \bibitem{longtable}
+% David Carlisle:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}%
+% {\emph{The longtable package}},\\
+% 2004/02/01
+%
+% \bibitem{picinpar}
+% Friedhelm Sowa:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picinpar}%
+% {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\
+% July 13, 1993
+%
+% \bibitem{picins}
+% Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picins}%
+% {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\
+% September~1992
+%
+% \bibitem{rotating}
+% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}%
+% {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
+% 1997/09/26
+%
+% \bibitem{sidecap}
+% Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sidecap}%
+% {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\
+% 2003/06/06
+%
+% \bibitem{subfigure}
+% Steven D. Cochran:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfigure}%
+% {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\
+% 2005/03/15
+%
+% \bibitem{subfig}
+% Steven D. Cochran:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfig}%
+% {\emph{The subfig package}},\\
+% 2005/07/05
+%
+% \bibitem{supertabular}
+% Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/supertabular}%
+% {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\
+% 2004/02/20
+%
+% \bibitem{threeparttable}
+% Donald Arseneau:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}%
+% {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\
+% March 5, 2010
+%
+% \bibitem{wrapfig}
+% Donald Arseneau:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig}%
+% {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\
+% Jan 31, 2003
+%
+% \bibitem{xtab}
+% Peter Wilson:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xtab}%
+% {\emph{The xtab package}},\\
+% 2011/07/31
+% \end{thebibliography}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \Finale
+%
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.ins
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21368b1850
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+\def\batchfile{caption.ins}
+\input docstrip
+
+\askforoverwritefalse
+\keepsilent
+
+\preamble
+
+Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+
+https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+version 2003/12/01 or later.
+
+This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+
+This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+
+This work consists of the files
+ CHANGELOG, README, SUMMARY, caption.ins,
+ caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx,
+ bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx,
+ newfloat.dtx, and totalcount.dtx
+the derived files
+ caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+ bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
+ newfloat.sty, and totalcount.sty
+and the user manuals
+ caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{\file{caption.sty}{\from{caption.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{caption2.sty}{\from{caption2.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{caption3.sty}{\from{caption3.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{bicaption.sty}{\from{bicaption.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{ltcaption.sty}{\from{ltcaption.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{subcaption.sty}{\from{subcaption.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{newfloat.sty}{\from{newfloat.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{totalcount.sty}{\from{totalcount.dtx}{package}}}
+
+\Msg{***********************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the files}
+\Msg{* `caption.sty', `caption2.sty', 'caption3.sty',}
+\Msg{* `bicaption.sty', `ltcaption.sty', `subcaption.sty',}
+\Msg{* `newfloat.sty', and `totalcount.sty'}
+\Msg{* into a directory searched by TeX.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file}
+\Msg{* `caption-eng.tex' (English version) or `caption-rus.tex'}
+\Msg{* (Russian version) or `caption-deu.tex' (German version)}
+\Msg{* through LaTeX.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***********************************************************}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption2.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption2.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..345fff610c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption2.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,1384 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% This is file `caption2.dtx'.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1994-2015 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+%
+% \fi
+% \CheckSum{853}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*driver>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{caption2.drv}%
+ [2007/11/28 v2.2 Documentated code of the (obsolete) caption2 package]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%\errorcontextlines=3
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+%
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
+ \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
+% \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+\fi
+%
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption2},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+%
+\usepackage{caption2}[2008/07/01]
+%
+%<+driver>\OnlyDescription
+%
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{caption2.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \newcommand*{\purerm}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+% \newcommand*{\puresf}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+% \newcommand*{\purett}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
+% \let\package\puresf\def\thispackage{\package{caption2}}
+% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{caption2.drv}
+% \let\docdate\filedate
+% \let\docversion\fileversion
+% \GetFileInfo{caption2.sty}
+%
+% \title{The (obsolete) \texorpdfstring{\package{caption2} package\thanks{%^^A
+% This package has version number \docversion.}}%^^A
+% {caption2 package}}
+% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}}
+% \date{\docdate}
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \changes{v2.0}{1995/10/09}{New experimental version: Many new commands and features}
+% \changes{v2.0}{1995/10/09}{Support of the longtable package added}
+% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/26}{Adapted to version 2.1 of the subfigure package}
+% \changes{v2.1a}{2003/11/12}{Some minor bug fixes and improved compatibility to v2.0}
+% \changes{v2.1b}{2004/04/16}{Some minor bug fixes and improved compatibility to v2.0}
+% \changes{v2.1c}{2004/05/10}{Some minor bug fixes and improved compatibility to v2.0}
+% \changes{v2.1d}{2005/10/03}{Some superfluous brackets removed; warning added}
+% \changes{v2.2}{2007/04/06}{Uses the caption3 kernel now}
+%
+% \providecommand\LaTeXcomp{The \LaTeX{} Companion}
+%
+% \section*{THIS PACKAGE IS OBSOLETE!}
+%
+% The \package{caption2} package used to be an experimental side-version of
+% the regular \package{caption} package. It was made public as beta test version
+% without documentation in 1995 because of the strong demand for new features and
+% adaptations to other packages like the \package{longtable} and
+% \package{subfigure} one.
+%
+% But within the next years I found no time to reintegrate some of the
+% well-tried features into the regular \package{caption} package. So I
+% decided to release a version $2.1$ of the \package{caption2} package in 2002
+% instead, which included some minor bug fixes and adaptations to the new
+% version $2.1$ of the \package{subfigure} package. Furthermore I started
+% to write a documentation for this package, but unfortunately did not get
+% very far with this\ldots
+%
+% In 2003 I finally found some (more) time, so a new regular release $3.0$
+% of the \package{caption} package could be build in cooperation with
+% Frank Mittelbach and Steven Cochran.
+% It was released in December 2003 and superseded the neglected
+% \package{caption2} package.
+%
+% {\small (In parallel, Steven Cochran released the \package{subfig} package which
+% superseded the \package{subfigure} package.)}
+%
+% So please don't use this package for new documents. It's old, it's obsolete
+% and it starts to begin smell bad!
+% Please ignore all hints in books or other documents which try to tell you
+% that the \package{caption2} package should be used instead of the
+% \package{caption} package -- these hints are outdated since December 2003.
+%
+% \vfill
+% \bigskip
+% \pagebreak[4]
+%
+% \section*{How to migrate to the regular \package{caption} package?}
+%
+% Usually replacing \package{caption2} by \package{caption} is sufficient
+% because the \package{caption} package emulates most of the options and
+% commands offered by the \package{caption2} package.
+% If you get some errors or wired results afterwards, please take a closer
+% look at the \package{caption} package documentation which will hopefully
+% help you clearing these problems. You will also find a section called
+% `Compatibility to older versions' there which should help you with the
+% migration process.
+% If all this should fail you can write me an e-mail asking for help.
+%
+% \section*{What will happen to this package?}
+%
+% The \package{caption2} package is still some kind of supported, that means
+% it will be part of future releases of the \package{caption} package bundle,
+% and bugs will still be fixed so existing documents using this package will
+% still compile.
+% But it will \emph{not} be enhanced in the future.
+%
+% This means migrating to the actual \package{caption} package should not be
+% necessary for old documents -- they should still compile fine as they are.
+% If not, please don't hesitate to write me an e-mail asking for
+% maintainance.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifnextchar,\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setpar}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempb,\@tempc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance}
+% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\bgroup,\box}
+% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow}
+% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\egroup,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter}
+% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
+% \DoNotIndex{\if,\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
+% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
+% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline}
+% \DoNotIndex{\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\providecommand}
+% \DoNotIndex{\quad}
+% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut}
+% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\undefined,\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists}
+% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage}
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \section{The Implementation}
+% \iffalse
+%<*package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Identificaton}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{caption2}[2015/09/15 v2.2d Customising captions (AR)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v2.2b}{2007/06/15}{Made obsolete warning even more annoying}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\PackageWarning{caption2}{%
+ ****************************************************\MessageBreak
+ THIS PACKAGE IS OBSOLETE:\MessageBreak
+ This package attempts to provide an `caption2'\MessageBreak
+ package v2.0/2.1 author environment so that OLD\MessageBreak
+ documents can be successfully processed. It should\MessageBreak
+ NOT be used for NEW documents! New documents should\MessageBreak
+ use the regular `caption' package v3.x instead.\MessageBreak
+ ****************************************************\@gobbletwo}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Loading the caption3 kernel}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{caption3}[2007/09/01] % needs v3.1 or newer
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Check against the regular caption package}
+% \changes{v2.2}{2007/04/06}{Check against regular \package{caption} package added}
+% \changes{v2.2a}{2007/04/11}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@error} replaced by \cs{PackageError}}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{caption}{%
+ \PackageError{caption2}{%
+ You can't use both, the (current) caption *and*\MessageBreak
+ the (obsolete) caption2 package}\caption@eh
+ \endinput
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Preliminary declarations}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\captionlabeldelim}
+% \begin{macro}{\captionlabelsep}
+% \cs{captionlabeldelim} \& \cs{captionlabelsep} will hold the iterim
+% space between caption label and text.
+% (\cs{captionlabeldelim} will be typeset within \cs{captionlabelfont},
+% \cs{captionlabelsep} not.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\captionlabeldelim{}
+\newcommand*\captionlabelsep{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ifcaptionwidth}
+% Either \cs{captionmargin} (with specifies an extra margin) or \cs{captionwidth}
+% (with specifies an explicit width) can be set, therefore we need the flag \cs{ifcaptionwidth}
+% to determine with parameter we should pay attention to.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\ifcaptionwidth{\ifdim\captionwidth>\z@}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\captionindent}
+% \changes{v2.2b}{2007/08/12}{Re-added since the \package{caption3} kernel uses \cs{caption@indent} now}
+% \cs{captionindent} will be used in caption style \texttt{indent} and specifies the indention
+% after the first line.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\captionindent\caption@indent
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/20}{New ifs \cs{ifcaptionlabel} and \cs{ifignoreLTcapwidth}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ifcaptionlabel}
+% If \cs{ifcaptionlabel} is not set the caption label should be suppressed;
+% we need this flag to support the \cs{caption*} command.
+% \changes{v2.2}{2007/04/06}{New definition, based on \cs{ifcaption@star}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\ifcaptionlabel{%
+ \ifcaption@star
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \else
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \fi
+ \if@tempswa}
+\def\captionlabeltrue{\caption@starfalse}
+\def\captionlabelfalse{\caption@startrue}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ifonelinecaptions}
+% If \cs{ifonelinecaptions} is set we support the \LaTeX\ base style 'one line captions',
+% that means the caption will be typeset centered if it fits to one line.
+% \changes{v2.2}{2007/04/06}{New definition, based on \cs{caption@ifslc}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\ifonelinecaptions{%
+ \caption@ifslc{\@tempswatrue}{\@tempswafalse}%
+ \if@tempswa}
+\def\onelinecaptionstrue{\caption@setbool{slc}{1}}
+\def\onelinecaptionsfalse{\caption@setbool{slc}{0}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ifignoreLTcapwidth}
+% If \cs{ifignoreLTcapwidth} is set we ignore the \cs{LTcapwidth} of \textsf{longtable}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifignoreLTcapwidth
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\normalcaptionparams}
+% \cs{normalcaptionparams} resets all caption related parameters to it's normal default values.
+% \cs{captionfont} will be set to \cs{captionsize} so setting the obsolete \cs{captionsize} will still work.
+% Same story with \cs{captiondelim} and the obsolete \cs{captionlabeldelim}.
+% \changes{v2.1}{2002/01/29}{New command \cs{normalcaptionparams}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\normalcaptionparams{%
+ \let\captionsize\@empty
+ \renewcommand*\captionfont{\captionsize}%
+ \let\captionlabelfont\@empty
+ \renewcommand*\captionlabeldelim{:}%
+ \renewcommand*\captionlabelsep{\space}%
+ \setcaptionmargin\z@
+ \setlength\captionindent\z@
+ \onelinecaptionstrue}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\defcaptionstyle}
+% \begin{macro}{\newcaptionstyle}
+% \begin{macro}{\renewcaptionstyle}
+% These macros will define a new caption style. \cs{newcaptionstyle} and \cs{renewcaptionstyle}
+% will additionally check if the caption style already exists or not.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\defcaptionstyle[1]{%
+ \@namedef{caption@@#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newcaptionstyle[1]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\defcaptionstyle
+ \else
+ \PackageError{caption2}{Caption style `#1' already defined}{\caption@eh}%
+ \expandafter\@gobbletwo
+ \fi
+ {#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\renewcaptionstyle[1]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \PackageError{caption2}{Caption style `#1' undefined}{\caption@eh}%
+ \expandafter\@gobbletwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\defcaptionstyle
+ \fi
+ {#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\dummycaptionstyle}
+% This macro will also define a new caption style, but a one which is based on the
+% actual set caption style. Therefore you can't set a caption style made with this
+% command with \cs{captionstyle} -- we check this to avoid an endless recursion.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\dummycaptionstyle[2]{%
+ \defcaptionstyle{#1}{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@\caption@style\expandafter\endcsname%
+ \csname caption@@#1\endcsname
+ \PackageError{caption2}{You can't use the caption style `#1' directy}{%
+ The caption style `#1' is only a dummy and does not really exists.%
+ \MessageBreak You have to redefine it (with \protect\renewcaptionstyle)
+ before you can select\MessageBreak it with \protect\captionstyle.
+ \space\caption@eh}%
+ \else
+ #2\usecaptionstyle\caption@style
+ \fi}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\captionstyle}
+% \cs{captionstyle} sets the actual caption style. It includes a check if the given caption
+% style is defined or not.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\captionstyle[1]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \PackageError{caption2}{Undefined caption style `#1'}{\caption@eh}%
+ \else
+ \def\caption@style{#1}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{style `normal'}
+% \begin{macro}{style `center'}
+% \begin{macro}{style `centerlast'}
+% \begin{macro}{style `flushleft'}
+% \begin{macro}{style `flushright'}
+% \begin{macro}{style `hang'}
+% \begin{macro}{style `indent'}
+% The predefined caption styles `normal', `center', `flushleft', `flushright', `centerlast',
+% `hang', `hang+X', and `indent'. Because they are quite similar they all are based on the macro
+% \cs{caption@make}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcaptionstyle{normal}{\caption@make{normal}}
+\newcaptionstyle{center}{\caption@make{center}}
+\newcaptionstyle{centerlast}{\caption@make{centerlast}}
+\newcaptionstyle{flushleft}{\caption@make{flushleft}}
+\newcaptionstyle{flushright}{\caption@make{flushright}}
+\newcaptionstyle{hang}{\caption@make{hang}}
+\newcaptionstyle{hang+center}{\caption@make{hang@center}}
+\newcaptionstyle{hang+centerlast}{\caption@make{hang@centerlast}}
+\newcaptionstyle{hang+flushleft}{\caption@make{hang@flushleft}}
+\newcaptionstyle{indent}{\caption@make{indent}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecaption}
+% Our predefined caption styles. \cs{caption@makecaption} takes the style
+% name as parameter, it does the common stuff and calls a macro
+% (build out of the style name) to do the uncommon stuff if neccessary.
+% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/26}{Renamed from \cs{caption@make} to \cs{caption@makecaption}}
+% \changes{v2.1b}{2004/04/16}{We offer and use \cs{caption@make}, again}
+% \changes{v2.1c}{2004/05/10}{Bugfix: Extra \cs{par} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@makecaption[1]{%
+ \usecaptionmargin
+ \ifcaptionlabel
+ \def\caption@label{%
+ {\captionlabelfont\captionlabel\captionlabeldelim}\captionlabelsep}%
+ \else
+ \let\caption@label\@empty
+ \fi
+ \captionfont
+ \onelinecaption
+ {\caption@label\captiontext}%
+ {\parbox[b]\captionlinewidth{\strut\@nameuse{caption@@@#1}\par}\par}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/26}{Removed all extra parboxes from caption styles}
+% \changes{v2.1a}{2003/11/12}{\ldots and put the parbox into \cs{caption@makecaption} instead}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@normal}
+% The `normal' caption style. Just typeset caption (label \& text) as paragraph.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@normal{%
+ \caption@label\captiontext}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@center}
+% The `center' caption style. Typeset the caption centered within a parbox.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@center{%
+ \centering\caption@label\captiontext}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@centerlast}
+% The `centerlast' caption style.
+% The idea how to do this was taken from Br\"uggemann-Klein\cite{Anne},
+% it is also mentioned in Kopka\cite[p227]{Kopka-E}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@centerlast{%
+ \centerlast\caption@label\captiontext}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@flushleft}
+% The `flushleft' caption style. Typeset the caption raggedright within a parbox.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@flushleft{%
+ \raggedright\caption@label\captiontext}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@flushright}
+% The `flushright' caption style. Typeset the caption raggedleft within a parbox.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@flushright{%
+ \raggedleft\caption@label\captiontext}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@hang}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@hangplus}
+% The `hang' caption style.
+% This code was taken from \LaTeXcomp\cite[p155]{A-W:GMS94} and modified.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@hang{%
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{\caption@label}%
+ \hangindent\wd\@tempboxa\noindent
+ \usebox\@tempboxa\caption@hangplus\captiontext}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@hangplus{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@hang@center}
+% The `hang+flushleft' caption style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@hang@center{%
+ \let\caption@hangplus\centering\caption@@@hang}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@hang@centerlast}
+% The `hang+flushleft' caption style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@hang@centerlast{%
+ \let\caption@hangplus\centerlast\caption@@@hang}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@hang@flushleft}
+% The `hang+flushleft' caption style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@hang@flushleft{%
+ \let\caption@hangplus\raggedright\caption@@@hang}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@indent}
+% The `indent' caption style. Is is quite like the `hang' style but the
+% indention is given as \cs{captionindent}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@indent{%
+ \hangindent\captionindent\noindent
+ \caption@label\captiontext}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Declaration of options}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{normal}
+% \begin{macro}{center}
+% \begin{macro}{centerlast,anne}
+% \begin{macro}{flushleft}
+% \begin{macro}{flushright}
+% \begin{macro}{hang,isu}
+% \begin{macro}{indent}
+% These options will set the caption style.
+% (`normal' is the default one.)
+%
+% The options `anne' and `isu' are for
+% backward compatibility only.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{normal}{\captionstyle{normal}}
+\DeclareOption{center}{\captionstyle{center}}
+\DeclareOption{centerlast}{\captionstyle{centerlast}}
+\DeclareOption{flushleft}{\captionstyle{flushleft}}
+\DeclareOption{flushright}{\captionstyle{flushright}}
+\DeclareOption{anne}{\ExecuteOptions{centerlast}}
+\DeclareOption{hang}{\captionstyle{hang}}
+\DeclareOption{hang+center}{\captionstyle{hang+center}}
+\DeclareOption{hang+centerlast}{\captionstyle{hang+centerlast}}
+\DeclareOption{hang+flushleft}{\captionstyle{hang+flushleft}}
+\DeclareOption{isu}{\ExecuteOptions{hang}}
+\DeclareOption{indent}{\captionstyle{indent}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{scriptsize}
+% \begin{macro}{footnotesize}
+% \begin{macro}{small}
+% \begin{macro}{normalsize}
+% \begin{macro}{large,Large}
+% These options will set the caption size. We use \cs{g@addto@macro} so more that one
+% option can be set.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{scriptsize}{\g@addto@macro\captionsize\scriptsize}
+\DeclareOption{footnotesize}{\g@addto@macro\captionsize\footnotesize}
+\DeclareOption{small}{\g@addto@macro\captionsize\small}
+\DeclareOption{normalsize}{\g@addto@macro\captionsize\normalsize}
+\DeclareOption{large}{\g@addto@macro\captionsize\large}
+\DeclareOption{Large}{\g@addto@macro\captionsize\Large}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{up,it,sl,sc}
+% \begin{macro}{md,bf}
+% \begin{macro}{rm,sf,tt}
+% These options will set the caption label.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{up}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\upshape}
+\DeclareOption{it}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\itshape}
+\DeclareOption{sl}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\slshape}
+\DeclareOption{sc}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\scshape}
+\DeclareOption{md}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\mdseries}
+\DeclareOption{bf}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\bfseries}
+\DeclareOption{rm}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\rmfamily}
+\DeclareOption{sf}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\sffamily}
+\DeclareOption{tt}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\ttfamily}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{oneline}
+% \begin{macro}{nooneline}
+% These options will set the `oneline' flag.
+% (`oneline' is the default.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{oneline}{\onelinecaptionstrue}
+\DeclareOption{nooneline}{\onelinecaptionsfalse}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setpackage}
+% A helper macro, a value of 1 within parameter \#2 will activate the support
+% of the package given in parameter \#1, a value of 0 will deactivate it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setpackage[1]{\@namedef{caption@pkt@#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{float}
+% \begin{macro}{longtable}
+% \begin{macro}{subfigure}
+% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/19}{New options for interaction with other packages}
+% These options will enable or suppress the support of the packages
+% \textsf{float}, \textsf{longtable}, and \textsf{subfigure}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{float}{%
+ \caption@twozerofalse\caption@setpackage{float}{1}}
+\DeclareOption{longtable}{%
+ \caption@twozerofalse\caption@setpackage{longtable}{1}}
+\DeclareOption{subfigure}{%
+ \caption@twozerofalse\caption@setpackage{subfigure}{1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{none}
+% \begin{macro}{all}
+% These options will enable or suppress the support of all the above packages.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{none}{\caption@twozerofalse
+ \caption@setpackage{float}{0}\caption@setpackage{longtable}{0}%
+ \caption@setpackage{subfigure}{0}}
+\DeclareOption{all}{\ExecuteOptions{float,longtable,subfigure}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{ruled}
+% \begin{macro}{boxed}
+% The option `ruled' introduced in \textsf{caption} v1.2 is obsolete now, but
+% we will still support it. The option `boxed' was introduced in version 2.0
+% and is obsolete now, too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifcaption@ruled
+\DeclareOption{ruled}{\caption@ruledtrue}
+\DeclareOption{boxed}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{ignoreLTcapwidth}
+% This option will make the caption code ignore the setting of \cs{LTcapwidth}
+% and use the setting of \cs{setcaptionmargin} or \cs{setcaptionwidth} instead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{ignoreLTcapwidth}{\ignoreLTcapwidthtrue}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{debug}
+% This option will put additional debug information in the log file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{debug}{\captionsetup{debug}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Execution of options}
+%
+% Now we set the default values and start processing the options.
+% (If \cs{caption@twozero} is set to true (default) we will emulate the package
+% load algorithm of \textsf{caption} v2.0: If the package is already loaded
+% patch it, otherwise do nothing.)
+% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/19}{\cs{ProcessOptions} changed to \cs{ProcessOptions*}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifcaption@twozero
+\normalcaptionparams
+\ExecuteOptions{none,normal}
+\caption@twozerotrue
+\ProcessOptions*
+\ifcaption@twozero
+ \PackageInfo{caption2}{Running in caption2 v2.0 compatibility mode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{More declarations}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\captionof}
+% \begin{macro}{\captionof*}
+% \cs{captionof} resp.\ \cs{captionof*} will just set \cs{@captype} and do the normal
+% \cs{caption} resp.\ \cs{caption*}, so we can also typeset captions outside floating
+% environments.
+% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/19}{New commands \cs{captionof} and \cs{captionof*}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\captionof{\@ifstar{\caption@of{\caption*}}{\caption@of\caption}}
+\newcommand*\caption@of[2]{\def\@captype{#2}#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\abovecaptionskip}
+% \begin{macro}{\belowcaptionskip}
+% Not all document classes define \cs{abovecaptionskip} and \cs{belowcaptionskip}
+% (like \textsf{ucthesis}), so we do it here if not already done.
+% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/19}{\cs{abovecaptionskip} and \cs{belowcaptionskip} will be defined if neccessary}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifundefined\abovecaptionskip{%
+ \newlength\abovecaptionskip\setlength\abovecaptionskip{10\p@}}{}
+\caption@ifundefined\belowcaptionskip{%
+ \newlength\belowcaptionskip\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0\p@}}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\captionlinewidth}
+% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/26}{Renamed from \cs{realcaptionwidth} to \cs{captionlinewidth}}
+% \changes{v2.1a}{2003/11/12}{We offer \cs{realcaptionwidth}, again}
+% \begin{macro}{\captionlabel}
+% \begin{macro}{\captiontext}
+% These values are only set and used within the caption code itself.
+% \cs{captionlinewidth} will be set to the given vertical space for the caption,
+% normally this is \cs{linewidth}. (This value was called \cs{realcaptionwidth}
+% within \thispackage\ \mbox{2.0}, so we will offer this, too.)
+%
+% \cs{captionlabel} and \cs{captiontext} will be set to the caption label
+% resp.\ the caption text.
+% (Because \cs{captionlabel} and \cs{captiontext} will be locally defined with
+% \cs{def} we do not need to define them here.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newdimen\captionlinewidth
+\newdimen\realcaptionwidth
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\usecaptionmargin}
+% A helper macro for caption style authors:
+% It calculates \cs{leftskip} and \cs{rightskip} out of
+% \cs{captionlinewidth} and \cs{captionmargin} resp.\ \cs{captionwidth}.
+% Also \cs{captionlinewidth} will be corrected to the appropriate value.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\usecaptionmargin{%
+ \ifcaptionwidth
+ \leftskip\captionlinewidth
+ \advance\leftskip by -\captionwidth
+ \divide\leftskip by 2
+ \rightskip\leftskip
+ \captionlinewidth\captionwidth
+ \else
+ \leftskip\captionmargin
+ \rightskip\captionmargin
+ \advance\captionlinewidth by -2\captionmargin
+ \fi
+ \realcaptionwidth\captionlinewidth}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaption}
+% This macro definition helps setting captions the \LaTeX\ base classes way:
+% If \cs{ifonelinecaptions} is set and the 1st argument fits within \cs{captionlinewidth},
+% we typeset it centered -- otherway we typeset the 2nd argument.
+% (We use the savebox \cs{@tempboxa} as helper for this.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\onelinecaption[1]{%
+ \let\next\@firstofone
+ \ifonelinecaptions
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{#1}%
+ \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa >\captionlinewidth
+ \else
+ \def\next{{\centering\usebox\@tempboxa\par}\@gobble}%
+ \fi
+ \fi\next}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\usecaptionstyle}
+% First we check if we are inside a caption -- if \cs{captiontext} is undefined we are not.
+% If we are we call the appropriate caption definition.
+%
+% \changes{v2.1b}{2004/04/16}{Missing percent added (and extra space removed)}
+% \changes{v2.2}{2007/04/06}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@make}\cs{caption@makecaption} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\usecaptionstyle[1]{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\captiontext{%
+ \PackageError{caption2}{You can't use \protect#1
+ in normal text}{The usage of \protect#1 is only
+ allowed inside code declared with\MessageBreak \protect\defcaptionstyle,
+ \protect\newcaptionstyle \space or \protect\renewcaptionstyle.
+ \space\caption@eh}
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@@#1}%
+ {\PackageError{caption2}{Caption style `#1' undefined}{\caption@eh}}%
+ {\let\caption@make\caption@makecaption
+ \@nameuse{caption@@#1}}%
+ }}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption}
+% This is the heart of the \thispackage\ package -- the redefinition of the
+% core caption code. It was taken from the \LaTeXe\ standard classes and modified.
+% It's very easy -- apart from using \cs{abovecaptionskip} and \cs{belowcaptionskip}
+% we just set \cs{captionlinewidth}, \cs{captionlabel} and \cs{captiontext}
+% to its appropriate values and using the code of the actual caption style via
+% \cs{usecaptionstyle}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand\@makecaption[2]{%
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \captionlinewidth\hsize
+ \realcaptionwidth\hsize
+ \def\captionlabel{#1}%
+ \def\captiontext{#2}%
+ \usecaptionstyle\caption@style
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Support of other packages}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifpackage}
+% This macro will execute the code needed to support the package
+% named within argument \#1. The parameter \#2 is the command
+% which shows if the package is loaded -- it is defined, it is
+% already loaded, otherwise not. The parameter \#3 contains code
+% which will be executed if no support is required -- this is for
+% cleanup purposes. The final parameter \#4 contains the code itself.
+% \changes{v2.1c}{2004/05/09}{Compatibility warning removed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifpackage[3]{%
+ \if1\@nameuse{caption@pkt@#1}%
+ \@ifundefined{#2}%
+ {\let\next\AtBeginDocument}%
+ {\let\next\@firstofone}%
+ \else\ifcaption@twozero
+ \@ifundefined{#2}%
+ {#3\let\next\@gobble}%
+ {\let\next\@firstofone}%
+ \else
+ #3\let\next\@gobble
+ \fi\fi
+ \expandafter\let\csname caption@pkt@#1\endcsname\undefined
+ \caption@ifdebug{%
+ \ifx\next\@gobble\PackageInfo{caption2}{#1 => gobble}%
+ \else\ifx\next\@firstofone\PackageInfo{caption2}{#1 => firstofone}%
+ \else\ifx\next\AtBeginDocument\PackageInfo{caption2}{#1 => AtBeginDocument}%
+ \fi\fi\fi}{}%
+ \next}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Support of the float package}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifpackage{float}{floatc@plain}{}{%
+ \ifx\floatc@plain\relax
+ \PackageWarning{caption2}{%
+ Option `float' was set but there is no float package loaded}
+ \else
+ \PackageInfo{caption2}{float package v1.2 (or newer) detected}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@floatc}
+% First we define a helper macro to typeset the caption via \cs{usecaptionstyle},
+% the 1st parameter is the caption style name,
+% the 2nd and 3rd are the caption label and text.
+%
+% \textsf{caption2} has the goal not to modify the output just by
+% loading it (without options), therefore we have to be tricky here to
+% support \cs{@fs@cfont} which is in fact the same as our \cs{captionlabelfont}.
+% So we test if a \cs{captionlabelfont} has been set by the user -- if not
+% \cs{@fs@cfont} will be used, otherwise \cs{captionlabelfont}.
+%
+% \changes{v2.1b}{2004/03/19}{\cs{realcaptionwidth}$=$\cs{hsize} was missing here}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand\caption@floatc[3]{%
+ \ifx\captionlabelfont\@empty
+ \let\captionlabelfont\@fs@cfont
+ \fi
+ \captionlinewidth\hsize
+ \realcaptionwidth\hsize
+ \def\captionlabel{#2}%
+ \def\captiontext{#3}%
+ \usecaptionstyle{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\floatc@plain}
+% Now we can redefine the caption code of the \textsf{float} package.
+% Here we redefine \cs{floatc@plain} to use our caption code, so
+% \texttt{plain} and \texttt{boxed} float types will use the actual
+% caption style set by the user.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\floatc@plain{\caption@floatc{\caption@style}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\floatc@ruled}
+% The support of the \texttt{ruled} float type is a little
+% more complex. First we define a caption style `ruled' so the end-user
+% can change this caption style afterwards. If the (obsolete) option
+% `ruled' is set, we define it in a \textsf{caption} v1.x compatible way,
+% otherwise we define it in a \textsf{float} compatible way.
+%
+% Then we redefine \cs{floatc@ruled} so the caption style `ruled' will
+% be used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcaption@ruled
+ \dummycaptionstyle{ruled}{\onelinecaptionsfalse\setcaptionmargin{\z@}}%
+ \else
+ \newcaptionstyle{ruled}{%
+ \ifcaptionlabel
+ {\@fs@cfont\captionlabel}\space%
+ \fi\captiontext\par}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\floatc@ruled{\caption@floatc{ruled}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@of}
+% Typesetting captions outside floats is not so easy with redefined floats,
+% because
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item The caption code of the \textsf{float} package needs not only
+% \cs{@captype} defined, but \cs{@fs@capt} (the command which will typeset the
+% caption itself) either.
+% \item The caption is only saved within a \cs{vbox}, so the \textsf{float}
+% package can typeset the caption later at it's float style specific place
+% (that means at top or at the bottom of the float).
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% Here is the new code: First we check if it's a restyled float by checking if
+% \cs{fst@<floattype>} is defined. If yes, we use this command (it will define
+% \cs{@fs@capt}).
+% Then we execute \cs{@float@setevery}, if it exists (that means we are
+% dealing with the \textsf{float} package 1.3 or newer here).
+% Now comes the basic trick:
+% We redefine the caption typesetting command \cs{@fs@capt}, so it will close
+% the \cs{vbox}, typeset the caption outside the vbox and finally start the
+% group again so the original \cs{@fs@capt} is happy with closing the group.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\caption@of[2]{\def\@captype{#2}%
+ \@ifundefined{fst@#2}{}{%
+ \@nameuse{fst@#2}%
+ \caption@ifundefined\@float@setevery{}{\@float@setevery{#2}}%
+ \let\caption@fs@capt\@fs@capt
+ \let\@fs@capt\caption@of@float}%
+ #1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand\caption@of@float[2]{\egroup
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \normalsize\caption@fs@capt{#1}{#2}%
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip
+ \bgroup}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Support of the longtable package}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifpackage{longtable}{LT@makecaption}{}{%
+ \ifx\LT@makecaption\relax
+ \PackageWarning{caption2}{%
+ Option `longtable' was set but there is no longtable package loaded}
+ \else
+ \PackageInfo{caption2}{longtable package v3.15 (or newer) detected}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LT@makecaption}
+% David Carlisle was so kind to introduce a macro called
+% \cs{LT@makecaption} in version 3.15 of the \textsf{longtable}
+% package which typeset the caption and can be easily redefined.
+%
+% This is the original definition:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\def\LT@makecaption#1#2#3{%|\\
+% | \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\LTcapwidth{%|\\
+% | |$\langle$\textit{typeset} |#1{#2: }#3| \textit{as caption}$\rangle$\\
+% | \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}%|\\
+% | \hss}}}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% So we do here:
+% First we define a new (dummy) caption style `longtable',
+% than we redefine \cs{LT@makecaption} so this style will be used.
+% (Remember: |#1| is |\@gobble| in star form of |\caption|,
+% and |\@firstofone| otherwise.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \dummycaptionstyle{longtable}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand\LT@makecaption[3]{%
+ \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\hsize{%
+ \ifignoreLTcapwidth
+ \else
+ \setcaptionwidth\LTcapwidth
+ \fi
+ \captionlinewidth\hsize
+ \realcaptionwidth\hsize
+ \captionlabelfalse#1\captionlabeltrue
+ \def\captionlabel{#2}%
+ \def\captiontext{#3}%
+ \usecaptionstyle{longtable}%
+ \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}%
+ \hss}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Support of the subfigure package}
+%
+% Some of the following code will not work within \cs{if},
+% because of the (yet) undefined \cs{if}\textit{xxx}s. So we simply define
+% the critical code within the helper commands \cs{setsubcapstyle}
+% and \cs{caption@makesubcaption} already here.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setsubcapstyle}
+% This sets the subcaptionstyle to a appropriate value.
+%
+% If \cs{ifsubcapraggedright} is undefined (it was introduced
+% into v2.1 of the \textsf{subfigure} package) we define it first.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\setsubcapstyle{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\subcapraggedrightfalse{%
+ \newif\ifsubcapraggedright}{}%
+ \ifsubcaphang
+ \ifsubcapcenter
+ \subcapstyle{hang+center}%
+ \else\ifsubcapcenterlast
+ \subcapstyle{hang+centerlast}%
+ \else\ifsubcapraggedright
+ \subcapstyle{hang+flushleft}%
+ \else
+ \subcapstyle{hang}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ \else\ifsubcapcenter
+ \subcapstyle{center}%
+ \else\ifsubcapcenterlast
+ \subcapstyle{centerlast}%
+ \else\ifsubcapraggedright
+ \subcapstyle{flushleft}%
+ \else
+ \subcapstyle{normal}%
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@makesubcaption}
+% \changes{v2.2c}{2008/07/01}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{ifcaptionwidth} removed}
+% This will typeset the subcaption.
+% We just set all our \cs{caption}\textit{xxx} values to
+% the values of \cs{subcap}\textit{xxx} and typeset the
+% caption like \textsf{subfigure} within a \cs{hbox},
+% but with the help of \cs{usecaptionstyle}.
+%
+% But this is not as easy as it seems. We typeset the caption like this:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionfont|\\
+% | {\capionlabelfont\captionlabel\captionlabeldelim}%|\\
+% |\captionlabelsep\captiontext|
+% \end{quote}
+% Within \textsf{subfigure} 2.0 the caption will be set quite similar to:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\subcapsize|\\
+% | {\subcaplabelfont\captionlabel}%|\\
+% |\space\captiontext|
+% \end{quote}
+% But within \textsf{subfigure} 2.1 this has changed to:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\subcapsize|\\
+% | {\subcaplabelfont\captionlabel}%|\\
+% |\hskip\subfiglabelskip|\\
+% | {\subcapfont\captiontext}}|
+% \end{quote}
+% So we have to be tricky here: We set \cs{captionlabelfont} to \cs{normalfont} plus
+% \cs{subcapsize} \& \cs{subcaplabelfont}, so the font setting in \cs{captionfont}
+% will not affect the caption label in subfigure captions.
+%
+% Note that \cs{hfil} has changed to \cs{hss} from subfigure 2.0 to 2.1,
+% so we use \cs{caption@subfig@hss} instead. (We will define this later on.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@makesubcaption[2]{%
+ \renewcommand*\captionfont{\subcapsize\subcapfont}%
+ \renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\normalfont\subcapsize\subcaplabelfont}%
+ \let\captionlabeldelim\subcaplabeldelim
+ \let\captionlabelsep\subcaplabelsep
+ \ifsubfigcapwidth
+ \setcaptionwidth\subfigcapwidth
+ \else
+ \setcaptionmargin\subfigcapmargin
+ \fi
+ \setlength\captionmargin\subfigcapmargin
+ \setlength\captionwidth\subfigcapwidth
+ \captionindent\subcapindent
+ \ifsubcapnooneline
+ \onelinecaptionsfalse
+ \else
+ \onelinecaptionstrue
+ \fi
+ \hbox to\@tempdima{%
+ \caption@subfig@hss\parbox[t]\@tempdima{%
+ \captionlinewidth\@tempdima
+ \realcaptionwidth\@tempdima
+ \captionlabeltrue
+ \def\captionlabel{#1}%
+ \def\captiontext{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \usecaptionstyle\caption@substyle}%
+ \caption@subfig@hss}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% If the subfigure support is not needed, we throw
+% the helper macros in the garbage can.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifpackage{subfigure}{@makesubfigurecaption}{%
+ \let\setsubcapstyle\undefined
+ \let\caption@makesubcaption\undefined}{%
+ \ifx\@makesubfigurecaption\relax
+ \PackageWarning{caption2}{%
+ Option `subfigure' was set but there is no subfigure package loaded}
+ \let\setsubcapstyle\undefined
+ \let\caption@makesubcaption\undefined
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Some stuff has changed from version 2.0 to 2.1 of the
+% \textsf{subfigure} package, so we make a branch here.
+% If \cs{subcapfont} is undefined we assume v2.0,
+% otherwise we assume v2.1 or newer.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\subcapfont\undefined
+ \PackageInfo{caption2}{subfigure package v2.0 detected}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\subcapfont}
+% We define \cs{subcapfont} here so we can use it later
+% in common code for \textsf{subfigure} v2.0 and v2.1 (or newer).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\subcapfont\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\subfigcapwidth}
+% \begin{macro}{\setsubcapmargin}
+% \begin{macro}{\setsubcapwidth}
+% Analogous to \cs{captionwidth}, \cs{setcaptionmargin}, and
+% \cs{setcaptionwidth} we define \cs{subfigcapwidth},
+% \cs{setsubcapmargin}, and \cs{setsubcapwidth}.
+%
+% Note: \cs{subfigcapmargin} is a command in v2.0 of \textsf{subfigure}.
+% So we make \cs{subfigcapwidth} a command, too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\subfigcapwidth{\z@}
+ \newcommand*\setsubcapmargin{%
+ \subfigcapwidthfalse
+ \renewcommand*\subfigcapmargin}
+ \newcommand*\setsubcapwidth{%
+ \subfigcapwidthtrue
+ \renewcommand*\subfigcapwidth}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\subcaplabelsep}
+% Analogous to \cs{captionlabelsep} we define \cs{subcaplabelsep}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\subcaplabelsep{\space}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@subfig@hss}
+% This will be uses within the caption code itself.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@subfig@hss\hfil
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \else
+ \PackageInfo{caption2}{subfigure package v2.1 (or newer) detected}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\subfigcapwidth}
+% \begin{macro}{\setsubcapmargin}
+% \begin{macro}{\setsubcapwidth}
+% Analogous to \cs{captionwidth}, \cs{setcaptionmargin}, and
+% \cs{setcaptionwidth} we define \cs{subfigcapwidth},
+% \cs{setsubcapmargin}, and \cs{setsubcapwidth}.
+%
+% Note: \cs{subfigcapmargin} is a length in v2.1 of \textsf{subfigure}.
+% So we make \cs{subfigcapwidth} a length, too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newdimen\subfigcapwidth
+ \newcommand*\setsubcapmargin{%
+ \subfigcapwidthfalse
+ \setlength\subfigcapmargin}
+ \newcommand*\setsubcapwidth{%
+ \subfigcapwidthtrue
+ \setlength\subfigcapwidth}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\subcaplabelsep}
+% Analogous to \cs{captionlabelsep} we define \cs{subcaplabelsep}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\subcaplabelsep{\hskip\subfiglabelskip}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@subfig@hss}
+% This will be uses within the caption code itself.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@subfig@hss\hss
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Here starts the common code for \textsf{subfigure} v2.0 and v2.1.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ifsubfigcapwidth}
+% \begin{macro}{\subcapindent}
+% \begin{macro}{\subcaplabeldelim}
+% Analogous to \cs{ifcaptionwidth}, \cs{captionindent} \& \cs{captionlabeldelim}
+% we define \cs{ifsubfigcapwidth}, \cs{subcapindent} \& \cs{subcaplabeldelim}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newif\ifsubfigcapwidth
+ \newdimen\subcapindent
+ \newcommand*\subcaplabeldelim{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\subcapstyle}
+% Analogous to \cs{captionstyle} we define \cs{subcapstyle}
+% and set it (via \cs{setsubcapstyle}) to a appropriate value.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\subcapstyle[1]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \PackageError{caption2}{Undefined caption style `#1'}{\caption@eh}%
+ \else
+ \def\caption@substyle{#1}%
+ \fi}
+ \setsubcapstyle
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@thesubfigure}
+% \begin{macro}{\@thesubtable}
+% The \textsf{subfigure} package makes use of \cs{subcaplabelfont} and
+% \cs{subfiglabelskip} within its \cs{@thesub}\textit{xxx} macros.
+% This is totally in contrast to the way the \textsf{caption2} package
+% handle these settings. So we redefine the \cs{@thesub}\textit{xxx}
+% to be just the plain label and nothing else.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\@thesubfigure{\thesubfigure}
+ \renewcommand*\@thesubtable{\thesubtable}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@makesubfigurecaption}
+% \begin{macro}{\@makesubtablecaption}
+% Now we are ready to redefine \cs{@makesubfigurecaption}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@makesubfigurecaption\caption@makesubcaption
+ \let\@makesubtablecaption\caption@makesubcaption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% That's all folks!
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@ifpackage\undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%</package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \begin{thebibliography}{9}
+% \bibitem{float}
+% Anselm Lingnau:
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}%
+% {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},
+% 2001/11/08
+%
+% \bibitem{longtable}
+% David Carlisle:
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}%
+% {\emph{The longtable package}},
+% 2000/10/22
+%
+% \bibitem{rotating}
+% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}%
+% {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
+% 1997/09/26
+%
+% \bibitem{subfigure}
+% Steven D. Cochran:
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfigure}%
+% {\emph{The subfigure package}},
+% 2002/02/14
+%
+% \bibitem{A-W:GMS94}
+% Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
+% \newblock \textsl{The {\LaTeX} Companion},
+% \newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1994.
+%
+% \bibitem{Anne}
+% Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein:
+% \textsl{Einf\"uhrung in die Dokumentverarbeitung},
+% B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1989
+%
+% \bibitem{Kopka-E}
+% Helmut Kopka:
+% \textsl{\LaTeX -- Erweiterungsm\"oglichkeiten},
+% 3. \"uberarbeitete Auf\/lage, Addison-Wesley, Bonn, 1991
+% \end{thebibliography}
+%
+% \Finale
+%
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption3.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption3.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bdffdcc66a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption3.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,4176 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% This is file `caption3.dtx'.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+%
+% \fi
+% \CheckSum{3961}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*driver>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{caption3.drv}[2015/09/15 v1.8 Implementation of the caption kernel]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%\errorcontextlines=3
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+%
+%\let\ORIsubsection\subsection
+%\def\subsection{\clearpage\ORIsubsection}
+%
+\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC
+%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}}
+\makeatother
+%
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
+ \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
+ \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+\fi
+%
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+%
+\usepackage[debug]{caption3}[2018/05/01]
+%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
+ {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
+ {e-TeX}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring
+ {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}%
+ {AMS}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring
+ {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}%
+ {KOMA-Script}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF}
+%
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{caption3.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+% \newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
+% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
+% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett
+%
+% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption} kernel}
+% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} kernel}
+%
+% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{caption3.drv}
+% \let\docdate\filedate
+% \GetFileInfo{caption3.sty}
+%
+% \title{The Implementation of
+% \texorpdfstring{\thispackage\thanks{%^^A
+% This package has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}}%^^A
+% {the caption kernel}}
+% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}}
+% \date{\docdate}
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% \Thispackage\ consists of two parts -- the kernel
+% (|caption3.sty|) and the main package (|caption.sty|).
+%
+% The kernel provides all the user commands and internal macros which are
+% necessary for typesetting captions and setting parameters regarding these.
+% While the standard \LaTeX\ document classes provide an internal command
+% called |\@makecaption| and no options to control its behavior (except the
+% vertical skips above and below the caption itself), we provide similar
+% commands called |\caption@make| and |\caption@@make|, but with a lot of
+% options which can be selected with |\captionsetup|.
+% Loading the kernel part do not change the output of a \LaTeX\ document
+% -- it just provides functionality which can be used by \LaTeXe\ packages
+% which typesets captions, for example the \package{caption} and
+% \package{subfig} packages.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+% \clearpage
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom}
+% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box}
+% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow}
+% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter}
+% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
+% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
+% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline}
+% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write}
+% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad}
+% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut}
+% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists}
+% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt}
+% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0}{2003/12/20}{Rewritten; many new commands and features}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2004/11/28}{Split into two packages:
+% \package{caption} \& \package{caption3}}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \let\subsubsection\subsection
+% \let\subsection\section
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Identification}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2019/09/01 v1.8d caption3 kernel (AR)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Workaround for bug in package \package{arabtex}}
+% \package{arabtex} re-defines \cs{@gobble} as not-long so the packages of the
+% \package{caption} package bundle are doomed to fail.
+% Since this fatal bug won't be fixed in \package{arabtex} but we are dependent on a
+% proper definition of \cs{@gobble}, \cs{@firstofone}, \cs{@firstoftwo}, \cs{@secondoftwo}
+% and so on we fix this here. (Sigh!)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\caption@FixArabTeX{%
+ \def\caption@tempa##1{}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\@gobble
+ \PackageInfo{caption3}{Fixing ArabTeX}%
+ \long\def\@gobble##1{}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Do the fix now and at |\begin{document}|, in case \package{arabtex} will be loaded after \package{caption}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@FixArabTeX
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \caption@FixArabTeX
+ \let\caption@FixArabTeX\@undefined}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Generic helpers}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@nameundef}
+% This is the opposite to |\@namedef| which is offered by the \LaTeX\ kernel.
+% We use it to remove the definition of some commands and keyval options after
+% |\begin{document}| (to save \TeX\ memory) and to remove caption options defined
+% with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\@nameundef[1]{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname\@undefined}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l@addto@macro}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/26}{Revised}
+% The \LaTeXe\ kernel offers the internal helper macro |\g@addto@macro| which
+% globally adds tokens to existing macros, like in |\AtBeginDocument|.
+% This is the same but it works local, not global.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
+\expandafter\ifx\csname currentgrouplevel\endcsname\relax
+ \PackageInfo{caption3}{TeX engine: TeX}
+ \let\caption@ifeTeX\@secondoftwo
+ \providecommand\l@addto@macro[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \toks@\expandafter{#1#2}%
+ \xdef\caption@addto@temp{\the\toks@}%
+ \endgroup
+ \let#1\caption@addto@temp}
+\else
+ \PackageInfo{caption3}{TeX engine: e-TeX}
+ \let\caption@ifeTeX\@firstoftwo
+ \providecommand\l@addto@macro[2]{%
+ \edef#1{\unexpanded\expandafter{#1#2}}}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bothIfFirst}
+% \begin{macro}{\bothIfSecond}
+% |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument is not empty, |\bothIfSecond|
+% tests if the second argument is not empty. If yes both arguments get
+% typeset, otherwise none of them.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\bothIfFirst#1#2{%
+ \protected@edef\caption@tempa{#1}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty \else
+ #1#2%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\bothIfSecond#1#2{%
+ \protected@edef\caption@tempa{#2}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty \else
+ #1#2%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifundefined}
+% \changes{v1.3a}{2011/08/12}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.3b}{2011/08/18}{Made expandable}
+% Similar to \cs{@ifundefined} offered by the \LaTeX kernel, but does
+% not define the undefined macro as \cs{relax}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifundefined[1]{%
+ \ifx#1\@undefined
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else\ifx#1\relax
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifinlist}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Rewritten}
+% This helper macro checks if the first argument is in the comma separated
+% list which is offered as second argument. So for example
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\caption@ifinlist{frank}{axel,frank,olga,steven}{yes}{no}|
+% \end{quote}
+% would expand to |yes|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifinlist{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\caption@@ifinlist}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@ifinlist[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@tempa##1,#1,##2\@nil{%
+ \endgroup
+ \ifx\relax##2\relax
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi}%
+ \@tempa,#2,#1,\@nil}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifin@list}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@ifin@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}\marg{yes}\marg{no}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifin@list[2]{%
+ \caption@ifempty@list#1%
+ {\@secondoftwo}%
+ {\@expandtwoargs\caption@@ifinlist{#2}{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@g@addto@list}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@g@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@g@addto@list[2]{%
+ \caption@ifempty@list#1{\gdef#1{#2}}{\g@addto@macro#1{,#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@l@addto@list}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@l@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@l@addto@list[2]{%
+ \caption@ifempty@list#1{\def#1{#2}}{\l@addto@macro#1{,#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@g@removefrom@list}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@g@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@g@removefrom@list[2]{%
+ \caption@l@removefrom@list#1{#2}%
+ \global\let#1#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@l@removefrom@list}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@l@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}\par
+% \Note[Caveat]{\meta{cmd} will be expanded during this process since
+% \cs{@removeelement} is using \cs{edef} to build the new list!}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@l@removefrom@list[2]{%
+ \caption@ifempty@list#1{}{\@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{#2}#1#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@for@list}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@for@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{code with \#1}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@for@list[2]{%
+ \caption@ifempty@list#1{}{%
+ \def\caption@tempb##1{#2}%
+ \@for\caption@tempa:=#1\do{%
+ \expandafter\caption@tempb\expandafter{\caption@tempa}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty@list}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@ifempty@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{true}\marg{false}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifempty@list[1]{%
+ \ifx#1\@undefined
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else\ifx#1\relax
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else\ifx#1\@empty
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi\fi\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setbool}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@set@bool}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/05}{\cs{caption@set@bool}\marg{cmd}\marg{value} added}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbool}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@undefbool}
+% For setting and testing boolean options we offer these three helper macros:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\caption@setbool|\marg{name}\marg{value}\\
+% | |(with |value = false/true/no/yes/off/on/0/1|)\\
+% |\caption@ifbool|\marg{name}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\\
+% |\caption@undefbool|\marg{name}
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setbool[1]{%
+ \expandafter\caption@set@bool\csname caption@if#1\endcsname}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@set@bool[2]{%
+ \caption@ifinlist{#2}{1,true,yes,on}{%
+ \let#1\@firstoftwo
+ }{\caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{%
+ \let#1\@secondoftwo
+ }{%
+ \caption@Error{Undefined boolean value `#2'}%
+ }}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifbool[1]{\@nameuse{caption@if#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@undefbool[1]{\@nameundef{caption@if#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@teststar}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{\cs{caption@teststar@} added}
+% |\caption@teststar|\marg{cmd}\marg{star arg}\marg{non-star arg}\\
+% |\caption@teststar@|\marg{cmd}\marg{star arg}\marg{non-star arg}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@teststar[3]{\@ifstar{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@teststar@[3]{%
+ \@ifstar{#1{#2}}{\caption@ifatletter{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}}}
+\AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@teststar@\caption@teststar}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifatletter{%
+ \ifnum\the\catcode`\@=11
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}
+\AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@ifatletter\@secondoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@withoptargs}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2012/04/09}{This macro revised}
+% |\caption@withoptargs|\marg{cmd}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@withoptargs[1]{%
+ \@ifstar
+ {\def\caption@tempa{*}\caption@@withoptargs{#1}}%
+ {\def\caption@tempa{}\caption@@withoptargs{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@@withoptargs#1{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\caption@@@withoptargs{#1}}%
+ {\caption@@@@withoptargs{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@@@withoptargs#1[#2]{%
+ \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{[{#2}]}%
+ \caption@@withoptargs{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@@@@withoptargs#1{%
+ \def\caption@tempb{#1}%
+ \expandafter\caption@tempb\expandafter{\caption@tempa}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@gobble}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/19}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@gobble*|\oarg{arg}\oarg{\ldots}\marg{arg}\par
+% Same as |\@gobble|, but gobbles optional arguments as well.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\caption@gobble{%
+ \caption@withoptargs\@gobbletwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@CheckCommand}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/10}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfCheckCommand}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/10}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Revised so \cs{next} is no longer used}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2012/08/25}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@tempa} instead of \cs{@tempa}}
+% |\caption@CheckCommand|\marg{macro}\marg{definition of macro}\par
+% checks if a command already exists, with the same definition.
+% It can be used more-than-once to check if one of multiple definitions will
+% finally match.
+% (It redefines itself later on to |\@gobbletwo| if the two commands match
+% fine, making further checks harmless.)\par
+% |\caption@IfCheckCommand|\marg{true}\marg{false}\par
+% will execute the \meta{true} code if one match was finally given,
+% the \meta{false} code otherwise.
+% (It simply checks if |\caption@CheckCommand| is |\@gobbletwo| and
+% restores the starting definition of |\caption@CheckCommand|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@DoCheckCommand[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\caption@tempa#1%
+ #2%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa#1%
+ \endgroup
+ \let\caption@CheckCommand\@gobbletwo
+ \else
+ \endgroup
+ \fi}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@DoCheckCommand
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@CheckCommand\caption@DoCheckCommand
+\@onlypreamble\caption@CheckCommand
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@IfCheckCommand{%
+ \ifx\caption@CheckCommand\@gobbletwo
+ \let\caption@CheckCommand\caption@DoCheckCommand
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@IfCheckCommand
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@AtBeginDocument}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/13}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to the combine document class}
+% |\caption@AtBeginDocument*|\marg{code}\\
+% Same as |\AtBeginDocument| but the execution of code
+% will be surrounded by two |\PackageInfo|s.
+% The starred variant causes the code to be executed after all code
+% specified using the non-starred variant.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@begindocumenthook\@empty
+\let\caption@@begindocumenthook\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \caption@teststar\g@addto@macro
+ \caption@@begindocumenthook\caption@begindocumenthook}
+%\@onlypreamble\caption@AtBeginDocument
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{Begin \noexpand\AtBeginDocument code}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@ifstar{\g@addto@macro\caption@@begindocumenthook}\@firstofone}%
+ \caption@begindocumenthook
+ \let\caption@begindocumenthook\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@ifstar\@firstofone\@firstofone}%
+ \caption@@begindocumenthook
+ \let\caption@@begindocumenthook\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{End \noexpand\AtBeginDocument code}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Information, Warnings, and Errors}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@Info}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/25}{Moved from package to kernel}
+% |\caption@Info|\marg{message}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@Info[1]{%
+ \PackageInfo{caption}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@InfoNoLine}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/25}{Moved from package to kernel}
+% |\caption@InfoNoLine|\marg{message}\\
+% \Note{The \cs{@gobble} at the end of the 2nd argument of
+% \cs{PackageInfo} suppresses the line number info.
+% See TLC2\cite{TLC2}, A.4.7, p885 for details.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@InfoNoLine[1]{%
+ \caption@Info{#1\@gobble}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@Warning}
+% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings}
+% |\caption@Warning|\marg{message}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@Warning[1]{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{#1\on@line}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@WarningNoLine}
+% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings}
+% |\caption@WarningNoLine|\marg{message}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@WarningNoLine[1]{%
+ \PackageWarning{caption}{#1.^^J\caption@wh\@gobbletwo}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@wh{%
+ See the caption package documentation for explanation.}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@Error}
+% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/20}{This macro added, will now be used for errors}
+% \changes{v1.0o}{2007/04/11}{Renamed from \cs{caption@error} to \cs{caption@Error}}
+% \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@Package} removed}
+% |\caption@Error|\marg{message}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@Error[1]{%
+ \PackageError{caption}{#1}\caption@eh}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@eh{%
+ If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak
+ at the documentation of the `caption' package, especially the\MessageBreak
+ section about errors.\MessageBreak\@ehc}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@KV@err}
+% \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@KV@err\caption@Error
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Using the keyval package}
+%
+% We need the \package{keyval} package for option handling, so we load it here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\undefine@key}
+% |\undefine@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\par
+% This helper macro is the opposite of |\define@key|, it removes a keyval
+% definition.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\undefine@key[2]{%
+ \@nameundef{KV@#1@#2}\@nameundef{KV@#1@#2@default}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@onlypreamble@key}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/11/01}{\cs{KV@err} will be used now instead of \cs{@notprerr}}
+% |\onlypreamble@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\par
+% Analogous to |\@onlypreamble| from \LaTeXe.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\@preamble@keys{}
+\providecommand*\@onlypreamble@key[2]{\@cons\@preamble@keys{{#1}{#2}}}
+\@onlypreamble\@onlypreamble@key
+\@onlypreamble\@preamble@keys
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\@notprerr@key[1]{\KV@err{Can be used only in preamble}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument*{%
+ \def\@elt#1#2{\expandafter\let\csname KV@#1@#2\endcsname\@notprerr@key}%
+ \@preamble@keys
+ \let\@elt\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOption}
+% |\DeclareCaptionOption|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionOption*|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\par
+% We declare our options using these commands (instead of using
+% |\DeclareOption| offered by \LaTeXe), so the keyval package is used.
+% The starred form makes the option available during the lifetime of the
+% current package only, so they can be used with |\usepackage|, but
+% \emph{not} with |\captionsetup| later on.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOption{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionOption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@declareoption[2]{%
+ #1{\undefine@key{caption}{#2}}\caption@declare@option{#2}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@declareoption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@declare@option{%
+ \define@key{caption}}
+%% no \@onlypreamble\caption@declare@option, will be used by \captionsetup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue}
+% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/06}{This macro added}
+% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue|\marg{option}\marg{code}\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*|\marg{option}\marg{code}\par
+% Same as \cs{DeclareCaptionOption} but issues an error if a value is given.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption@novalue\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@declareoption@novalue[3]{%
+ \caption@declareoption{#1}{#2}[\KV@err]{%
+ \caption@option@novalue{#2}{##1}{#3}}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@declareoption@novalue
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@option@novalue[2]{%
+ \ifx\KV@err#2%
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \else
+ \KV@err{No value allowed for #1}%
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ifcaptionsetup@star}
+% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{This macro added}
+% If the starred form of |\captionsetup| is used, this will be set to |true|.
+% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@setkeys|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifcaptionsetup@star
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\captionsetup}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Bugfix: Missing \% added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{Starred-variant added}
+% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/07/27}{Inside packages the starred variant will be used automatically}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added}
+% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{\cs{ifcaptionsetup@star} will be set now}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2012/04/09}{Support of multiple optional arguments added}
+% |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}\ldots\marg{keyval-list of options}\\
+% |\captionsetup*|\oarg{type}\ldots\marg{keyval-list of options}\par
+% If the optional argument `type' is specified, we simply save or append
+% the option list, otherwise we `execute' it with |\setkeys|.
+% (The non-starred variant issues a warning if \meta{keyval-list of options}
+% is not used later on.)
+% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\captionsetup{%
+ \caption@teststar@\@captionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@captionsetup[1]{%
+ \captionsetup@startrue#1\captionsetup@starfalse
+ \@ifnextchar[\caption@setup@options\caption@setup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setup{\caption@setkeys{caption}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@setup@options[#1]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%
+ {\caption@stepthecounter
+ \caption@withoptargs{\@expandtwoargs
+ \caption@setup@options@i{#1}{@\caption@thecounter}}}%
+ {\caption@setup@options@{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setup@options@i[4]{%
+ \caption@setup@options@{#1}{#2}%
+ \caption@declare@option{#2}[]{\captionsetup#3{#4}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setup@options@[2]{%
+ \@bsphack
+ \ifcaptionsetup@star\captionsetup@starfalse\else\caption@addtooptlist{#1}\fi
+ \expandafter\caption@l@addto@list\csname caption@opt@#1\endcsname{#2}%
+ \@esphack}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\clearcaptionsetup}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Optional argument added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/17}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/07/27}{Inside packages the starred variant will be used automatically}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added}
+% |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\\
+% |\clearcaptionsetup*|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\par
+% This removes the saved option list associated with \meta{type}.
+% If \meta{option} is given, only this option will be removed from the list.
+% (The starred variant does not issue warnings.)
+% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\clearcaptionsetup{%
+ \caption@teststar@\@clearcaptionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@clearcaptionsetup[1]{%
+ \let\caption@tempa#1%
+ \@testopt\@@clearcaptionsetup{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@clearcaptionsetup[#1]#2{%
+ \@bsphack
+ \expandafter\caption@ifempty@list\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname
+ {\caption@tempa{\caption@Warning{Option list `#2' undefined}}}%
+ {\ifx,#1,%
+ \caption@clearsetup{#2}%
+ \else
+ \caption@@removefromsetup{#1}{#2}%
+ \fi}%
+ \@esphack}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@clearsetup[1]{%
+ \caption@removefromoptlist{#1}%
+ \@nameundef{caption@opt@#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@removefromsetup{%
+ \let\caption@tempa\@gobble
+ \caption@@removefromsetup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@removefromsetup[2]{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname\@undefined
+ \def\@tempb##1=##2\@nil{##1}%
+ \edef\@tempc{#1}%
+ \@for\@tempa:=\@tempa\do{%
+ \edef\@tempd{\expandafter\@tempb\@tempa=\@nil}%
+ \ifx\@tempd\@tempc
+ \let\caption@tempa\@gobble
+ \else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption@l@addto@list
+ \expandafter\csname caption@opt@#2\expandafter\endcsname
+ \expandafter{\@tempa}%
+ \fi}%
+ \expandafter\caption@ifempty@list\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname
+ {\caption@removefromoptlist{#2}}{}%
+ \caption@tempa{\caption@Warning{%
+ Option `#1' was not in list `#2'}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\showcaptionsetup}
+% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/03}{Optimized for memory usage}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Bugfix: Does not expand option list anymore}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added}
+% |\showcaptionsetup|\oarg{package}\marg{type}\par
+% This comes for debugging issues: It shows the saved option list which
+% is associated with \meta{type}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\showcaptionsetup[2][\@firstofone]{%
+ \@bsphack
+ \GenericWarning{}{%
+ #1 Caption Info: Option list on `#2'\MessageBreak
+ #1 Caption Data: \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#2}{%
+ -none-%
+ }{%
+ {\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\strip@prefix
+ \expandafter\meaning\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname}%
+ }}%
+ \@esphack}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/02}{Option \opt{options=} added}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/05}{Option \opt{options*=} added}
+% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{Option \opt{options*=} removed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{options}{\caption@setoptions{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setoptions}
+% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Optional argument added}
+% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/01/26}{Revised}
+% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument removed}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/11}{Usage of \cs{clearcaptionsetup} added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/09}{Renamed from \cs{caption@settype} to \cs{caption@setoptions}}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/05}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{Starred variant removed}
+% |\caption@setoptions|\marg{type or environment or\ldots}\par
+% Caption options which have been saved with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type} can
+% be executed by using this command.
+% It simply executes the saved option list (and clears it afterwards),
+% if there is any.
+% \iffalse
+% (The starred variant do not clear the option list.)
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setoptions[1]{%
+ \caption@Debug{options=#1}%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@opt\csname caption@opt@#1\endcsname
+ \ifx\caption@opt\relax \else
+ \caption@xsetup\caption@opt
+ \caption@clearsetup{#1}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@xsetup[1]{\expandafter\caption@setup\expandafter{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtooptlist}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@removefromoptlist}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.2c}{2008/08/24}{Fatal typo corrected}
+% |\caption@addtooptlist|\marg{type}\\
+% |\caption@removefromoptlist|\marg{type}\par
+% Adds or removes an \meta{type} to the list of unused caption options.
+% Note that the catcodes of \meta{type} are sanitized here so removing
+% \meta{type} from the list do not fail when the \package{float} package
+% is used (since |\float@getstyle| gives a result which tokens have catcode
+% 12 $=$ ``other'').
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@addtooptlist[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#1@lineno}{%
+ \caption@dooptlist\caption@g@addto@list{#1}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname{\the\inputlineno}%
+ }{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@removefromoptlist[1]{%
+ \caption@dooptlist\caption@g@removefrom@list{#1}%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname\@undefined}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@dooptlist[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \edef\@tempa{#2}\@onelevel@sanitize\@tempa
+ \expandafter#1\expandafter\caption@optlist\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtEndDocument{%
+ \caption@for@list\caption@optlist{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{%
+ Unused \string\captionsetup[#1]
+ on input line \csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setkeys}
+% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/20}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@keydepth} added}
+% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument added}
+% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/08}{\cs{caption@keydepth} is now a command instead of a counter}
+% \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@Package} removed, we use \cs{caption@KV@err} instead}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added}
+% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{\cs{captionsetup@starfalse} added}
+% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/09/30}{Bugfix 09-09-29: Missing error handler will be defined automatically}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/24}{Redefinition of \cs{XKV@err} added}
+% |\caption@setkeys|\oarg{package}\marg{family}\marg{key-values}\par
+% This one simply calls |\setkeys|\marg{family}\marg{key-values}
+% but lets the error messages not refer to the \package{keyval} package,
+% but to the \meta{package} package instead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setkeys{\@dblarg\caption@@setkeys}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@@setkeys[#1]#2#3{%
+ \@bsphack
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\let\csname ORI@KV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname\KV@err
+ \expandafter\let\csname ORI@KV@errx\caption@keydepth\endcsname\KV@errx
+ \expandafter\let\csname ORI@XKV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname\XKV@err
+ \edef\caption@keydepth{\caption@keydepth i}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@err\csname #1@KV@err\endcsname
+ \ifx\KV@err\relax
+ \def\KV@err##1{\PackageError{#1}{##1}{%
+ See the #1 package documentation for explanation.}}%
+ \fi
+ \def\KV@errx{\KV@err}%
+ \def\XKV@err{\let\@tempa\XKV@tkey\KV@err}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@Debug{\protect\setkeys{#2}{#3}}%
+ \setkeys{#2}{#3}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\caption@keydepth{\expandafter\@gobble\caption@keydepth}%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@err\csname ORI@KV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@errx\csname ORI@KV@errx\caption@keydepth\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\XKV@err\csname ORI@XKV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\caption@keydepth\@empty \captionsetup@starfalse \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@esphack}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@keydepth\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ExecuteOptions}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Depends on package now}
+% |\caption@ExecuteOptions|\marg{package}\marg{key-values}\par
+% We execute our options using the keyval interface, so we use this one
+% instead of |\ExecuteOptions| offered by \LaTeXe.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ExecuteOptions[2]{%
+ \expandafter\@expandtwoargs\csname caption@setkeys@#1\endcsname{#1}{#2}}%
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ExecuteOptions
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ProcessOptions}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix, see
+% \purett{news:400D360C.9678329F@gmx.net} for details}
+% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Improvement, uses \cs{caption@setkeys}
+% instead of \cs{setkeys}}
+% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/02/23}{Bugfix, now processes only those global
+% options which have a default value}
+% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{\cs{ProcessOptionsWithKV} renamed to
+% \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} and moved from the package to the kernel}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/17}{Star variant added}
+% |\caption@ProcessOptions*|\marg{package}\par
+% We process our options using the keyval package, so we use this one
+% instead of |\ProcessOptions| offered by \LaTeXe.
+% The starred variant do not process the global options.
+% (This code was taken from the \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref}
+% \version{6.74} and improved.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ProcessOptions{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@@ProcessOptions\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ProcessOptions
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@@ProcessOptions[2]{%
+ \let\@tempc\relax
+ \let\caption@tempa\@empty
+ #1{% \@firstofone -or- \@gobble
+ \@for\CurrentOption:=\@classoptionslist\do{%
+ \@ifundefined{KV@#2@\CurrentOption}{}{%
+ \@ifundefined{KV@#2@\CurrentOption @default}{%
+ \PackageInfo{#2}{Global option `\CurrentOption' ignored}%
+ }{%
+ \PackageInfo{#2}{Global option `\CurrentOption' processed}%
+ \edef\caption@tempa{\caption@tempa\CurrentOption,}%
+ \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement\CurrentOption
+ \@unusedoptionlist\@unusedoptionlist
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\CurrentOption\@empty
+ }%
+ \caption@ExecuteOptions{#2}{\caption@tempa\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}%
+ \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@@ProcessOptions
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@SetupOptions}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@SetupOptions|\marg{package}\marg{code}\par
+% After calling this macro |\caption@ExecuteOptions| and
+% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}\marg{package}
+% will both be mapped to \meta{code} with \meta{package} and \meta{options}
+% as arguments |#1| and |#2|. (This helps avoiding ``Option clash'' errors.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@packagelist{}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@packagelist
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@SetupOptions[2]{%
+ \@namedef{caption@setkeys@#1}##1##2{#2}%
+ \expandafter\@onlypreamble\csname caption@setkeys@#1\endcsname
+ \@cons\caption@packagelist{{#1}}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@SetupOptions
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@onefilewithoptions\@onefilewithoptions
+\def\@onefilewithoptions#1[#2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@tempa{%
+ \endgroup
+ \caption@onefilewithoptions{#1}[{#2}]}%
+ \def\@tempb{#1}%
+ \def\@elt##1{%
+ \def\@tempc{##1}%
+ \ifx\@tempb\@tempc
+ \def\@tempa{%
+ \endgroup
+ \caption@ExecuteOptions{#1}{#2}%
+ \caption@onefilewithoptions{#1}[]}%
+ \fi}
+ \caption@packagelist
+ \@tempa}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@onefilewithoptions
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Margin resp. width}
+% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/01}{\cs{captionmarginx} renamed to \cs{captionmargin@}}
+% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{Option `twoside' added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{Options `margin*', `minmargin', and `maxmargin' added}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/10}{Option `oneside' added}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\captionmargin}
+% \begin{macro}{\captionwidth}
+% |\captionmargin| and |\captionwidth| contain the extra margin
+% resp. the total width used for captions. Please never set these values in
+% a direct way, they are just accessible in user documents to provide
+% compatibility to \version{1.x}.\par
+% Note that we can only set one value at a time, `margin' \emph{or} `width'.
+% If |\captionwidth| is not zero we will take this value afterwards,
+% otherwise |\captionmargin| and |\captionmargin@|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newdimen\captionmargin
+\newdimen\captionmargin@
+\newdimen\captionwidth
+\newdimen\caption@tempdima
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{margin}{\setcaptionmargin{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{margin*}{\setcaptionmargin*{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{width}{\setcaptionwidth{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{width*}{\setcaptionwidth*{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{calcmargin}{\caption@setcalcmargin{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{calcmargin*}{\caption@setcalcmargin*{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{calcwidth}{\caption@setcalcwidth{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{calcwidth*}{\caption@setcalcwidth*{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{twoside}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{oneside}{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{minmargin}{\caption@setoptcmd\caption@minmargin{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{maxmargin}{\caption@setoptcmd\caption@maxmargin{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionmargin}
+% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setmargin} to \cs{setcaptionmargin}}
+% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{\cs{setcaptionmargin} enhanced so it can take
+% left+right margin}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{\cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin} \&
+% \cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin@} swapped so
+% `\texttt{margin*=}\cs{captionmargin}' works in singleline options}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Support for option \opt{calcmargin} added}
+% |\setcaptionmargin|\marg{amount}\\
+% |\setcaptionmargin*|\marg{amount}\par
+% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to
+% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\setcaptionmargin{%
+ \caption@resetcalcmargin
+ \caption@setmargin}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setmargin{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@@setmargin\@gobble\@firstofone}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@setmargin[2]{%
+ #1{\captionwidth\z@}%
+ \caption@@@setmargin#2,#2,\@nil}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@@@setmargin#1,#2,#3\@nil{%
+ \setlength\captionmargin@{#2}%
+ \setlength\captionmargin{#1}%
+ \addtolength\captionmargin@{-\captionmargin}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionwidth}
+% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setwidth} to \cs{setcaptionwidth}}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Support for option \opt{calcwidth} added}
+% |\setcaptionwidth|\marg{amount}\\
+% |\setcaptionwidth*|\marg{amount}\par
+% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to
+% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\setcaptionwidth{%
+ \caption@resetcalcmargin
+ \caption@setwidth}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setwidth{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@@setwidth\@gobble\@firstofone}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@setwidth[2]{%
+ #1{\captionmargin\z@\captionmargin@\z@}%
+ \setlength\captionwidth{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetcalcmargin}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@resetcalcmargin{%
+ \let\caption@calcmargin@hook\@empty}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setcalcmargin}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setcalcmargin{%
+ \caption@teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption@setmargin}%
+ \@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@setcalcmargin[3]{%
+ #2{\caption@resetcalcmargin
+ \l@addto@macro\caption@calcmargin@hook{#1{#3}}}%
+ {\l@addto@macro\caption@calcmargin@hook{#1*{#3}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setcalcwidth}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setcalcwidth{%
+ \caption@teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption@setwidth}%
+ \@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@counter}
+% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This counter added}
+% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{Renamed to \cs{caption@thecounter}; \cs{caption@stepcounter} added}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2012/04/09}{\cs{caption@stepcounter} renamed to \cs{caption@stepthecounter}}
+% Internal counter. At the moment it will be used inside
+% |\caption@ifoddpage| only.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@thecounter{0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@stepthecounter{%
+ \@tempcnta\caption@thecounter
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \xdef\caption@thecounter{\the\@tempcnta}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@newlabel}
+% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added}
+% This command is a modified version of |\newlabel| from \LaTeX2e.
+% It will be written to the \texttt{.aux} file to
+% pass label information from one run to another.
+% (We use it inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\caption@ragged|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@newlabel{\@newl@bel{caption@r}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@thepage}
+% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added}
+% This command is a modified version of |\thepage| from \LaTeX2e.
+% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| only.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@thepage{\the\c@page}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@label}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@newlabel} in AUX file added}
+% This command is a modified version of |\label| from \LaTeX2e.
+% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\FP@helpNote|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@label[1]{%
+ \caption@@label
+ \protected@write\@auxout{\let\caption@thepage\relax}%
+ {\string\caption@newlabel{#1}{\caption@thepage}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@label{%
+ \global\let\caption@@label\relax
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}%
+ {\string\providecommand*\string\caption@newlabel[2]{}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@pageref}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{Uses \cs{@latex@warning} instead of \cs{caption@Warning} now}
+% This command is a modified version of |\pageref| from \LaTeX2e.
+% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\FP@helpNote|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@pageref[1]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@r@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \G@refundefinedtrue % => 'There are undefined references.'
+ \@latex@warning{Reference `#1' on page \thepage \space undefined}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@thepage\csname caption@r@#1\endcsname
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifoddpage}
+% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{Incrementation of counter moved to \cs{caption@@make}}
+% At the moment this macro uses an own label\ldots ref mechanism,
+% but an alternative implementation method would be using the
+% \package{refcount} package\cite{refcount} and |\ifodd\getpagerefnumber{|\ldots|}|.
+% \Note{This macro re-defines itself so the \texttt{.aux} file will
+% only be used once per group.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifoddpage{%
+ \caption@iftwoside{%
+ \caption@label\caption@thecounter
+ \caption@pageref\caption@thecounter
+ \ifodd\caption@thepage
+ \let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \let\caption@ifoddpage\@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+ }{\let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifoddpage}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setoptcmd}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@setoptcmd|\marg{cmd}\marg{off -or- value}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setoptcmd[2]{%
+ \caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{\let#1\@undefined}{\def#1{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Indentions}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@indent}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Renamed from \cs{captionindent} to \cs{caption@indent}}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@parindent}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@hangindent}
+% These are the indentions we support.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newdimen\caption@indent
+\newdimen\caption@parindent
+\newdimen\caption@hangindent
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Defaults added for options \opt{parindent=}
+% and \opt{hangindent=}}
+% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Option \opt{parskip=}: \cs{AtBeginCaption}
+% replaced by \cs{caption@@par}}
+% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Undocumented defaults for \opt{parindent=},
+% \opt{hangindent=}, and \opt{parskip=} removed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{indent}[\leftmargini]{% obsolete!
+ \setlength\caption@indent{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{indention}[\leftmargini]{%
+ \setlength\caption@indent{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}{%
+ \setlength\caption@parindent{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{hangindent}{%
+ \setlength\caption@hangindent{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}{%
+ \l@addto@macro\caption@@par{\setlength\parskip{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Increased compatibility to KOMA-Script:
+% A special version of options `parindent' and `parskip' added}
+% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Bugfix 06-01-03: KOMA-Script variants of
+% `parskip' and `parindent' options revised and moved into caption kernel}
+% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/02/23}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and
+% `parindent' are obsolete now, removed}
+% \changes{v1.0m}{2007/03/30}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and
+% `parindent' re-added, since they still collide with the current
+% version of the subfig package (Sigh!)}
+%
+% There is an option clash between the \KOMAScript\ document classes
+% and the \package{caption} kernel, both define the options |parindent| and
+% |parskip| but with different meaning.
+% Furthermore the ones defined by the \package{caption} kernel take a
+% value as parameter but the \KOMAScript\ ones do not.
+% So we need special versions of the options |parindent| and |parskip| here
+% which determine if a value is given (and therefore should be treated as
+% our option) or not (and therefore should be ignored by us).\footnote{%^^A
+% This problem was completely solved due a change of \cs{caption@ProcessOptions}
+% in \thispackage\ \version{1.0h}, but we still need this workaround since
+% these options would otherwise still collide with the current version $1.3$
+% of the \package{subfig} package (Sigh!)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@ifkomaclass{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\scr@caption\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ifkomaclass
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifkomaclass{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@KV@parindent\KV@caption@parindent
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}[]{%
+ \ifx,#1,%
+ \caption@Debug{Option `parindent' ignored}%
+ \else
+ \caption@KV@parindent{#1}%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@KV@parskip\KV@caption@parskip
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}[]{%
+ \ifx,#1,%
+ \caption@Debug{Option `parskip' ignored}%
+ \else
+ \caption@KV@parskip{#1}%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Styles}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionStyle}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces
+% between arguments do make any harm}
+% |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{single-line-list-of-KV}\marg{list-of-KV}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionStyle[1]{%
+ \@testopt{\caption@declarestyle{#1}}{}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionStyle
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@declarestyle#1[#2]#3{%
+ \global\@namedef{caption@sls@#1}{#2}%
+ \global\@namedef{caption@sty@#1}{#3}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@declarestyle
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/20}{Option \opt{style*=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{style}{\caption@setstyle{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{style*}{\caption@setstyle*{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setstyle}
+% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/06/01}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Recursive style definitions should work now}
+% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed}
+% |\caption@setstyle|\marg{name}\\
+% |\caption@setstyle*|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a caption style means saving the additional
+% \meta{single-line-list-of-KV} (this will be done by |\caption@sls|),
+% resetting the caption options to the base ones (this will be done using
+% |\caption@resetstyle|) and executing the \meta{list-of-KV} options
+% (this will be done using |\caption@setup|).\par
+% The starred version will give no error message if the given style is not
+% defined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setstyle{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@@setstyle\@gobble\@firstofone}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@setstyle[2]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@sty@#2}%
+ {#1{\caption@Error{Undefined style `#2'}}}%
+ {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@sty\csname caption@sty@#2\endcsname
+ \ifx\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined
+ \let\caption@setstyle@flag\relax
+ \caption@resetstyle
+ \caption@xsetup\caption@sty
+ \let\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined
+ \else
+ \caption@xsetup\caption@sty
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@sls\csname caption@sls@#2\endcsname
+ \expandafter\caption@l@addto@list\expandafter\caption@opt@singleline
+ \expandafter{\caption@sls}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetstyle}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/02/04}{%
+% This macro renamed from \cs{caption@setdefault} to \cs{caption@resetstyle}}
+% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Usage of \opt{size=} added}
+% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \opt{rule} added}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{\opt{box=parbox} added}
+% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{\opt{box=none} added, \opt{box=parbox} changed to \opt{parbox=parbox}}
+% This resets (nearly) all caption options to the base ones.
+% \emph{Note that this does not touch the skips and the positioning!}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@resetstyle{%
+ \caption@setup{%
+ box=none,boxcolor=white,parbox=parbox,%
+ format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,textformat=simple,%
+ justification=justified,font=,size=,labelfont=,textfont=,%
+ margin=0pt,minmargin=0,maxmargin=0,%
+ indent=0pt,parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,%
+ slc,rule,strut}%
+ \caption@clearsetup{singleline}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{\opt{indent=0pt} added to caption style \opt{default}}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/02/04}{Caption style `default' renamed to `base', and a new `default' added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/31}{\opt{format=plain} added to caption style \opt{default}}
+% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{\opt{format=plain} removed from caption style \opt{default}}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{\opt{box=default} added to caption style \opt{default}}
+% Currently there are two pre-defined styles, called `base' \& `default'.
+% The first one is a perfect match to the behavior of |\@makecaption| offered
+% by the standard \LaTeX\ document classes (and was called `default' in
+% \thispackage\ \version{1.0}), the second one matches the document
+% class actually used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{}
+\DeclareCaptionStyle{default}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{%
+ box=default,format=default,labelsep=default,textformat=default,%
+ justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,textfont=default}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Option \opt{slc=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{singlelinecheck}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifslc{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{slc}[1]{\KV@caption@singlelinecheck{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Boxes}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionBox}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{This macro added}
+% |\DeclareCaptionBox|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionBox[2]{%
+ \global\long\@namedef{caption@box@#1}##1##2{#2}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionBox
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{Option \opt{box=} added}
+% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{Option \opt{parbox=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{box}{\caption@setbox{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{parbox}{\caption@set@box\caption@parbox{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setbox}
+% |\caption@setbox|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a caption box simply means saving the code (in |\caption@box|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setbox{%
+ \caption@set@box\caption@box}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@set@box[2]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@box@#2}%
+ {\caption@Error{Undefined box `#2'}}%
+ {\expandafter\let\expandafter#1\csname caption@box@#2\endcsname}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% There are four pre-defined boxes, called `empty', `none',
+% `parbox', and `colorbox'.
+% \changes{v1.0i}{2006/05/13}{We define \cs{captionbox} instead of
+% \cs{caption@start/endbox}}
+% \changes{v1.0l}{2006/03/09}{Bugfix 07-03-09: \cs{captionbox} changed from
+% \cs{parbox-t} to \cs{parbox-b}}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/11}{\cs{captionbox} renamed to \cs{caption@parbox}}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{\cs{caption@parbox} adapted to \cs{DeclareCaptionBox}}
+% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/02}{Option \opt{boxsep=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionBox{empty}{}
+\DeclareCaptionBox{none}{#2}
+\DeclareCaptionBox{parbox}{\parbox[b]{#1}{#2}}
+%\DeclareCaptionBox{colorbox}{%
+% \colorbox{\caption@boxcolor}{\caption@box@parbox{\dimexpr #1-2\fboxsep}{#2}}}
+\DeclareCaptionBox{colorbox}{\colorbox{\caption@boxcolor}{%
+ \setlength\caption@tempdima{#1}%
+ \addtolength\caption@tempdima{-2\fboxsep}%
+ \linewidth=\caption@tempdima\hsize=\caption@tempdima
+ #2}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{boxcolor}{\def\caption@boxcolor{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{boxsep}{\setlength\fboxsep{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% `default' usually maps to `none`.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@box@default{\caption@box@none}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Formats}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFormat}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces
+% between arguments do make any harm}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/15}{Optional argument added}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat*|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\par
+% The starred form causes the code being typeset in vertical (instead of
+% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFormat{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@declareformat\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFormat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@declareformat[2]{%
+ \@dblarg{\caption@@declareformat#1{#2}}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@declareformat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@@declareformat#1#2[#3]#4{%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@ifh@#2\endcsname#1%
+ \global\long\@namedef{caption@slfmt@#2}##1##2##3{#3}%
+ \global\long\@namedef{caption@fmt@#2}##1##2##3{#4}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@@declareformat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{format}{\caption@setformat{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setformat}
+% |\caption@setformat|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a caption format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@fmt|)
+% and if the code should be used in horizontal or vertical mode (|\caption@ifh|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setformat[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@fmt@#1}%
+ {\caption@Error{Undefined format `#1'}}%
+ {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@ifh\csname caption@ifh@#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@slfmt\csname caption@slfmt@#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fmt\csname caption@fmt@#1\endcsname}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat}
+% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat[1]{%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@fmt@default\expandafter
+ {\csname caption@fmt@#1\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@slfmt@default\expandafter
+ {\csname caption@slfmt@#1\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@ifh@default\expandafter
+ {\csname caption@ifh@#1\endcsname}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{%
+% Caption format \opt{default} renamed to \opt{normal}}
+% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/05/12}{%
+% Caption format \opt{normal} renamed to \opt{@normal}}
+% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{%
+% Caption format \opt{@normal} renamed to \opt{plain} and documented}
+% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{%
+% Single-line variant of caption format \opt{hang} added}
+% There are two pre-defined formats, called `plain' and `hang'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{hang}[#1#2#3\par]{%
+ \caption@ifin@list\caption@lsepcrlist\caption@lsepname
+ {\caption@Error{%
+ The option `labelsep=\caption@lsepname' does not work\MessageBreak
+ with `format=hang'}}%
+ {\@hangfrom{#1#2}%
+ \advance\caption@parindent\hangindent
+ \advance\caption@hangindent\hangindent
+ \caption@@par#3\par}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Caption format \opt{default} linked to \opt{plain}}
+% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/04/28}{Bugfix 05-04-28: Missing \cs{caption@ifh@default} added}
+% `default' usually maps to `plain'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat{plain}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Label formats}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{%
+% Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat[2]{%
+ \global\@namedef{caption@lfmt@#1}##1##2{#2}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{labelformat}{\caption@setlabelformat{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelformat}
+% |\caption@setlabelformat|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a caption label format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lfmt|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setlabelformat[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@lfmt@#1}%
+ {\caption@Error{Undefined label format `#1'}}%
+ {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lfmt\csname caption@lfmt@#1\endcsname}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/16}{Caption label format \opt{brace} added}
+% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{Caption label format \opt{autodot} added}
+% \changes{v1.7}{2016/05/22}{Caption label format \opt{autodot} fixed}
+% \changes{v1.8}{2016/05/22}{Caption label format \opt{unnumbered} added}
+% There are six pre-defined label formats, called `empty', `simple',
+% `parens', `brace', `autodot', and `unnumbered'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{empty}{}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{parens}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}(#2)}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{brace}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2)}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{autodot}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2\autodot}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{unnumbered}{#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% `default' usually maps to `simple'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@lfmt@default{\caption@lfmt@simple}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Label separators}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces
+% between arguments do make any harm}
+% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/13}{Test for CR added}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{Test for CR revised}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*|\marg{name}\marg{code}\par
+% The starred form causes the label separator to be typeset \emph{without} using |\captionlabelfont|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@declarelabelseparator\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@declarelabelseparator[3]{%
+ \global\@namedef{caption@iflf@#2}{#1}%
+ \global\long\@namedef{caption@lsep@#2}{#3}%
+ \caption@@declarelabelseparator{#2}#3\\\@nil}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@declarelabelseparator
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@@declarelabelseparator#1#2\\#3\@nil{%
+ \def\@tempa{#3}\ifx\@tempa\@empty \else
+ \caption@g@addto@list\caption@lsepcrlist{#1}%
+ \fi}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@@declarelabelseparator
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{labelsep}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{labelseparator}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelseparator}
+% |\caption@setlabelseparator|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a caption label separator simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lsep|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setlabelseparator[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@lsep@#1}%
+ {\caption@Error{Undefined label separator `#1'}}%
+ {\edef\caption@lsepname{#1}%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@iflf\csname caption@iflf@#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lsep\csname caption@lsep@#1\endcsname}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/06/11}{Bugfix 05-03-23: Caption label separator
+% \opt{newline} implementation changed from \cs{newline} to \cs{\textbackslash}}
+% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Caption label separator \opt{endash} added}
+% There are seven pre-defined label separators, called `none', `colon', `period', `space',
+% `quad', `newline', and `endash'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{none}{}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{period}{. }
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{space}{ }
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{quad}{\quad}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{newline}{\\}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{endash}{\space\textendash\space}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefaultlabelsep}
+% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/03/29}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setdefaultlabelsep[1]{%
+ \ifx\caption@lsep\caption@lsep@default
+ \caption@set@default@labelsep{#1}%
+ \caption@setlabelseparator{default}%
+ \else
+ \caption@set@default@labelsep{#1}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@set@default@labelsep[1]{%
+ \def\caption@lsep@default{\@nameuse{caption@lsep@#1}}%
+ \def\caption@iflf@default{\@nameuse{caption@iflf@#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% `default' usually maps to `colon'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@set@default@labelsep{colon}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Text formats}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionTextFormat}
+% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{This macro added}
+% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionTextFormat[2]{%
+ \global\long\@namedef{caption@tfmt@#1}##1{#2}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionTextFormat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{strut=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{textformat}{\caption@settextformat{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{strut}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifstrut{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@settextformat}
+% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@settextformat|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a caption text format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@tfmt|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@settextformat[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@tfmt@#1}%
+ {\caption@Error{Undefined text format `#1'}}%
+ {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@tfmt\csname caption@tfmt@#1\endcsname}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% There are three pre-defined text formats, called `empty', `simple' and `period'.
+% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/05}{Pre-defined text format `empty' added}
+% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{The text format `empty' now takes care of the \cs{label}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{empty}{%
+ \caption@get@label#1\caption@makeanchor{}\@nil
+ \caption@thelabel
+ \global\let\caption@thelabel\relax}
+\long\def\caption@get@label#1\caption@makeanchor#2#3\@nil{%
+ \def\caption@tempa{#2}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty
+ \caption@getlabel#1\label{}\@nil
+ \else
+ \caption@getlabel#2\label{}\@nil
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{simple}{#1}
+\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{period}{#1.}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% `default' usually maps to `simple'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@tfmt@default{\caption@tfmt@simple}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@getlabel}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2011/09/03}{\cs{label} can have optional arguments now}
+% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{Moved from \package{bicaption} package to \package{caption3}}
+% \changes{v1.8d}{2019/09/01}{Bugfix: Global definition of \cs{caption@thelabel} added}
+% Gets the label command out of the (first) caption text and stores it to |\caption@thelabel|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@getlabel#1\label#2#3\@nil{%
+ \def\@tempa{#2}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty
+ \let\caption@thelabel\relax
+ \else
+ \def\@tempb{*}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \def\caption@thelabel{\label*}%
+ \caption@@getlabel#3\@nil
+ \else
+ \def\caption@thelabel{\label}%
+ \caption@@getlabel{#2}#3\@nil
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@@getlabel#1#2\@nil{%
+ \def\@tempa{#1}%
+ \def\@tempb{[}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \caption@@@getlabel#1#2\@nil
+ \else
+ \l@addto@macro\caption@thelabel{{#1}}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@@@getlabel[#1]#2\@nil{%
+ \l@addto@macro\caption@thelabel{[{#1}]}%
+ \caption@@getlabel#2\@nil}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@thelabel\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Fonts}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFont}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/22}{%
+% Bugfix: Multi token arguments are allowed now}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{%
+% Internal: Uses \cs{caption@fnt} instead of \cs{caption@temp} now}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFont[2]{%
+ \define@key{caption@fnt}{#1}[]{\l@addto@macro\caption@fnt{#2}}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFont
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionFont} to \cs{DeclareCaptionDefaultFont}}
+% |\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont[2]{%
+ \global\@namedef{caption#1@default}{#2}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{font}{\caption@setfont{font}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{font+}{\caption@addtofont{font}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont}{\caption@setfont{labelfont}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont+}{\caption@addtofont{labelfont}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{textfont}{\caption@setfont{textfont}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{textfont+}{\caption@addtofont{textfont}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfont}
+% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Usage of \cs{caption@setkeys} with optional argument}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{Support of \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionFont} added}
+% |\caption@setfont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\par
+% Selecting a caption font means saving all the code snippets
+% in |\caption|\meta{name}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setfont[1]{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\@empty
+ \caption@addtofont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtofont}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@addtofont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\par
+% Like |\caption@setfont|, but adds the code snippets to |\caption|\meta{name}.\par
+% Because we use |\setkeys| recursive here we need to do this inside an
+% extra group.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@addtofont[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fnt\csname caption#1\endcsname
+ \define@key{caption@fnt}{default}[]{%
+ \l@addto@macro\caption@fnt{\csname caption#1@default\endcsname}}%
+ \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@fnt}{#2}%
+ \global\let\caption@tempa\caption@fnt
+ \endgroup
+ \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\caption@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@font}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@font|\marg{keyval-list of names}\\
+% |\caption@font*|\marg{keyval-code}\par
+% Sets the given font, e.g.~|\caption@font{small,it}|
+% is equivalent to |\small\itshape|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@font{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@@font\@firstofone
+ {\caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@fnt}}}
+\newcommand*\caption@@font[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\caption@fnt{\endgroup}%
+ #1{#2}%
+ \caption@fnt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% These are the pre-defined font code snippets.
+%
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{Color font support added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{normalcolor}{\normalcolor}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{normalfont}{\normalfont}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{up}{\upshape}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{it}{\itshape}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{sl}{\slshape}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{sc}{\scshape}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{md}{\mdseries}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{rm}{\rmfamily}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{sf}{\sffamily}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{tt}{\ttfamily}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v1.7}{2018/05/01}{Missing font sizes \texttt{tiny}, \texttt{LARGE}, \texttt{huge}, and \texttt{Huge} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{tiny}{\tiny}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{scriptsize}{\scriptsize}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{footnotesize}{\footnotesize}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{normalsize}{\normalsize}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{large}{\large}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{Large}{\Large}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{LARGE}{\LARGE}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{huge}{\huge}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{Huge}{\Huge}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/01}{Font size \texttt{smaller} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@smaller{%
+ \ifx\@currsize\tiny
+ \relax
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\scriptsize
+ \tiny
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\footnotesize
+ \scriptsize
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\small
+ \footnotesize
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\normalsize
+ \small
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\large
+ \normalsize
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\Large
+ \large
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\LARGE
+ \Large
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\huge
+ \LARGE
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\Huge
+ \huge
+ \else
+ \caption@Warning{%
+ Cannot determine current font size.\MessageBreak
+ Try setting it with `size=' explicitly}%
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{smaller}{\caption@smaller}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/02}{Font size \texttt{larger} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@larger{%
+ \ifx\@currsize\tiny
+ \scriptsize
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\scriptsize
+ \footnotesize
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\footnotesize
+ \small
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\small
+ \normalsize
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\normalsize
+ \large
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\large
+ \Large
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\Large
+ \LARGE
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\LARGE
+ \huge
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\huge
+ \Huge
+ \else\ifx\@currsize\Huge
+ \relax
+ \else
+ \caption@Warning{%
+ Cannot determine current font size.\MessageBreak
+ Try setting it with `size=' explicitly}%
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{larger}{\caption@larger}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v1.3}{2011/01/01}{\package{sansmath} package support added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{sansmath}{\sansmath}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/02}{\package{setspace} package support added}
+% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-05-18: \package{setspace} package support revised}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\setspace@singlespace{}{%
+ \setstretch\setspace@singlespace}}% normally 1
+\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{stretch}{\setstretch{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{%
+% \caption@font{normalcolor,normalfont,normalsize,singlespacing}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{%
+ \caption@font*{%
+ \KV@caption@fnt@normalcolor\@unused
+ \KV@caption@fnt@normalfont\@unused
+ \KV@caption@fnt@normalsize\@unused
+ \KV@caption@fnt@singlespacing\@unused}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Option \opt{size=} now sets \cs{captionsize} instead of \cs{captionfont}}
+% The old versions \version{1.x} of \thispackage\ offered this
+% command to setup the font size used for captions. We still do
+% so old documents will work fine.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{size}{\caption@setfont{size}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{size}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Justifications}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionJustification}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces
+% between arguments do make any harm}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{Mapped to \cs{DeclareCaptionFont}}
+% |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionJustification[2]{%
+ \global\@namedef{caption@hj@#1}{#2}% for compatibility to v1.0
+ \DeclareCaptionFont{#1}{#2}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionJustification
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionJustification} to \cs{DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification}}
+% |\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification|\marg{code}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification[1]{%
+ \global\@namedef{caption@hj@default}{#1}% for compatibility to v1.0
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{@hj}{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{justification}{\caption@setjustification{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setjustification}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{Mapped to \cs{caption@setfont}}
+% |\caption@setjustification|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a caption justification simply means saving the code (in |\caption@hj|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setjustification{\caption@setfont{@hj}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% These are the pre-defined justification code snippets.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{justified}{}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{centering}{\centering}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerfirst}{\centerfirst}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerlast}{\centerlast}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedleft}{\raggedleft}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\centerfirst}
+% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)}
+% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerfirst} to \cs{centerfirst}}
+% Please blame Frank Mittelbach for the code of |\centerfirst| |:-)|
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\centerfirst{%
+ \let\\\@centercr
+ \edef\caption@normaladjust{%
+ \leftskip\the\leftskip
+ \rightskip\the\rightskip
+ \parfillskip\the\parfillskip\relax}%
+ \leftskip\z@\@plus -1fil%
+ \rightskip\z@\@plus 1fil%
+ \parfillskip\z@skip
+ \noindent\hskip\z@\@plus 2fil%
+ \@setpar{\@@par\@restorepar\caption@normaladjust}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\centerlast}
+% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)}
+% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerlast} to \cs{centerlast}}
+% This is based on code from Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein\cite{Anne}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\centerlast{%
+ \let\\\@centercr
+ \leftskip\z@\@plus 1fil%
+ \rightskip\z@\@plus -1fil%
+ \parfillskip\z@\@plus 2fil\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The ragged2e package}
+% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Improved \package{ragged2e} package support}
+%
+% We also support the upper-case commands offered by the \package{ragged2e}
+% package.
+% Note that these just map to their lower-case variants if the
+% \package{ragged2e} package is not available.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{Centering}{%
+ \caption@ragged\Centering\centering}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{RaggedLeft}{%
+ \caption@ragged\RaggedLeft\raggedleft}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{RaggedRight}{%
+ \caption@ragged\RaggedRight\raggedright}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ragged}
+% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/07}{The `ragged2e' package will now only been
+% loaded when needed}
+% \changes{v1.0o}{2007/04/11}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@Info} replaced
+% by \cs{caption@Debug}}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/16}{A different warning will be given on first \LaTeX\ run}
+% \changes{v1.4f}{2012/01/12}{Uses \cs{caption@IfPackageLoaded} now}
+% |\caption@ragged|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}
+% executes the \meta{yes-code} if the \package{ragged2e} package is loaded
+% and \meta{no-code} if not. Additionally it tries to load the \package{ragged2e}
+% package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ragged{\caption@ifpackageloaded{ragged2e}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifpackageloaded}
+% \changes{v1.4f}{2012/01/12}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@ifpackageloaded|\marg{package}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}
+% executes the \meta{yes-code} if the given package is loaded
+% and \meta{no-code} if not. Additionally it tries to load the package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifpackageloaded[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@ifpkg@#1}%
+ {\caption@RequirePackage{#1}%
+ \caption@pkg@true{#1}}%
+ {}%
+ \caption@ifpkg{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand*\caption@ifpackageloaded[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@ifpkg@#1}%
+ {\caption@addto@pkg@list{#1}%
+ \caption@pkg@false{#1}%
+ \caption@Warning{%
+ `#1' support has been changed.\MessageBreak
+ Rerun to get captions right}}%
+ {}%
+ \caption@ifpkg{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifpkg[1]{%
+ \csname caption@ifpkg@#1\endcsname}
+\newcommand*\caption@pkg@true[1]{%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@ifpkg@#1\endcsname\@firstoftwo}
+\newcommand*\caption@pkg@false[1]{%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@ifpkg@#1\endcsname\@secondoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@pkg@list{}
+\newcommand*\caption@addto@pkg@list[1]{%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
+ \string\@cons\string\caption@pkg@list{{#1}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \def\caption@tempa{\endgroup}%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@elt#1{%
+ \g@addto@macro\caption@tempa{%
+ \caption@RequirePackage{#1}%
+ \@namedef{caption@ifpkg@#1}{%
+ \caption@addto@pkg@list{#1}%
+ \caption@pkg@true{#1}%
+ \caption@ifpkg{#1}}}}%
+ \caption@pkg@list
+ \caption@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@RequirePackage[1]{%
+ \caption@Info{We need package `#1'}%
+ \RequirePackage{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@RequirePackage
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Vertical spaces before and after captions}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\abovecaptionskip}
+% \begin{macro}{\belowcaptionskip}
+% Usually these skips are defined within the document class, but some
+% document classes don't do so.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifundefined\abovecaptionskip{%
+ \newlength\abovecaptionskip\setlength\abovecaptionskip{10\p@}}{}
+\caption@ifundefined\belowcaptionskip{%
+ \newlength\belowcaptionskip\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0\p@}}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{skip=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{aboveskip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{belowskip}{\setlength\belowcaptionskip{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{skip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@rule}
+% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@rule|\par
+% Draws an invisible rule to adjust the ``skip'' setting.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@rule{\caption@ifrule\caption@hrule\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@hrule{\hrule\@height\z@}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Option \opt{rule=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{rule}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifrule{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Positioning}
+%
+% These macros handle the right position of the caption.
+% Note that the position is actually \emph{not} controlled by the
+% \package{caption3} kernel options, but by the user (or a specific package
+% like the \package{float} package) instead.
+% The user can put the |\caption| command wherever he likes! So this stuff
+% is only to give us a \emph{hint} where to put the right skips, the user
+% usually has to take care for himself that this hint actually matches the
+% right position.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{position}{\caption@setposition{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setposition}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/22}{Now the positions \opt{t}, \opt{above}, \opt{b},
+% \opt{below}, and \opt{a} are allowed, too}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2004/08/10}{Usage of \cs{caption@defaultpos} added}
+% |\caption@setposition|\marg{position}\par
+% Selecting the caption position means that we put |\caption@position| to
+% the right value. \emph{Please do \textbf{not} use the internal macro
+% \cs{caption@position} in your own package or document, but use the wrapper
+% macro \cs{caption@iftop} instead.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setposition[1]{%
+ \caption@ifinlist{#1}{d,default}{%
+ \let\caption@position\caption@defaultpos
+ }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{t,top,above}{%
+ \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo
+ }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{b,bottom,below}{%
+ \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo
+ }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{a,auto}{%
+ \let\caption@position\@undefined
+ }{%
+ \caption@Error{Undefined position `#1'}%
+ }}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@defaultpos}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{Default position changed from `bottom' to `auto'}
+% The default `position' is `auto', this means that \thispackage\ will try
+% to guess the current position of the caption.
+% (But in many cases, for example in |longtable|s, this is doomed to fail!)\par
+% The setting `bottom' correspondents to the |\@makecaption| implementation
+% in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes, but `auto' should give better
+% results in most cases.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%\caption@setdefaultpos{a}% default = auto
+\let\caption@defaultpos\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@iftop}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Split into \cs{caption@iftop} \& \cs{caption@fixposition}}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Adapted to \cs{caption@defaultpos}}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{Position will be fixed to `bottom' if `auto'}
+% |\caption@iftop|\marg{true-code}\marg{false-code}\par
+% (If the |position=| is set to |auto| we assume a |bottom| position here.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@iftop{%
+ \ifx\caption@position\@undefined
+ \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo
+% = \caption@setposition b%
+ \fi
+ \caption@position}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@fixposition}
+% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{%
+% Split into \cs{caption@fixposition} & \cs{caption@autoposition}}
+% |\caption@fixposition|\par
+% This macro checks if the `position' is set to `auto'.
+% If yes, |\caption@autoposition| will be called to
+% set |\caption@position| to a proper value we can actually use.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@fixposition{%
+ \ifx\caption@position\@undefined
+ \caption@autoposition
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@autoposition}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{ifvmode} added}
+% |\caption@autoposition|\par
+% We guess the current position of the caption by checking |\prevdepth|.\par
+% A different solution would be setting the |\spacefactor| to something
+% not much less than 1000 (for example 994) in |\caption@start| and
+% checking this value here by |\ifnum\spacefactor=994|.
+% (It's implemented in the \package{threeparttable}
+% package\cite{threeparttable} this way.)\par
+% Another idea would be checking |\@ifminipage|, but since some packages
+% typeset the caption within a simple |\vbox| this does not seem to be a
+% good one.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@autoposition{%
+ \ifvmode
+ \edef\caption@tempa{\the\prevdepth}%
+ \caption@Debug{\protect\prevdepth=\caption@tempa}%
+ \ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@
+ \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo
+ \fi
+% = \caption@setposition{\ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@ b\else t\fi}%
+ \else
+ \caption@Debug{no \protect\prevdepth}%
+ \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo
+% = \caption@setposition b%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setautoposition}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@setautoposition|\marg{position}\par
+% replaces the above algorithm by a different one (or a fixed position setting).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setautoposition[1]{%
+ \def\caption@autoposition{\caption@setposition{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Hooks}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginCaption}
+% \begin{macro}{\AtEndCaption}
+% |\AtBeginCaption| \marg{code}\\
+% |\AtEndCaption| \marg{code}\par
+% These hooks can be used analogous to |\AtBeginDocument| and |\AtEndDocument|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@beginhook{}
+\newcommand*\caption@endhook{}
+\newcommand*\AtBeginCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@beginhook}
+\newcommand*\AtEndCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@endhook}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Lists}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Option \opt{listof=} added}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Option \opt{list=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{list}[1]{\caption@setlist{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{listof}[1]{\caption@setlist{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlist}
+% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/03/20}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@setlist|\marg{boolean}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setlist{\caption@set@bool\caption@iflist}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Option \opt{listtype=} added}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Option \opt{listtype+=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{listtype}{\caption@setlisttype{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{listtype+}{\caption@setlisttype@ext{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlisttype}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@setlisttype|\marg{type}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setlisttype{%
+ \caption@setlisttype@ext{}%
+ \caption@@setlisttype\caption@listtype}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@setlisttype[2]{%
+ \edef#1{#2}%
+ \ifx#1\@empty \let#1\@undefined \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlisttype@ext}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@setlisttype@ext|\marg{type extension}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setlisttype@ext{%
+ \caption@@setlisttype\caption@listtype@ext}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionListFormat}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2004/07/15}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareCaptionListOfFormat} to \cs{DeclareCaptionListFormat}}
+% |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionListFormat[2]{%
+ \global\@namedef{caption@lstfmt@#1}##1##2{#2}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionListFormat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/15}{Option \opt{listofformat=} added}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Option \opt{listofformat=} renamed to \opt{listformat=}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{listformat}{\caption@setlistformat{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlistformat}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2004/07/15}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setlistofformat} to \cs{caption@setlistformat}}
+% |\caption@setlistformat|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a caption list format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lstfmt|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setlistformat[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@lstfmt@#1}%
+ {\caption@Error{Undefined list format `#1'}}%
+ {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lstfmt
+ \csname caption@lstfmt@#1\endcsname}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% There are five pre-defined list formats, taken from the \package{subfig} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionListFormat{empty}{}
+\DeclareCaptionListFormat{simple}{#1#2}
+\DeclareCaptionListFormat{parens}{#1(#2)}
+\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subsimple}{#2}
+\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subparens}{(#2)}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefaultlistformat}
+% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/03/29}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setdefaultlistformat[1]{%
+ \ifx\caption@lstfmt\caption@lstfmt@default
+ \caption@set@default@listformat{#1}%
+ \caption@setlistformat{default}%
+ \else
+ \caption@set@default@listformat{#1}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@set@default@listformat[1]{%
+ \def\caption@lstfmt@default{\@nameuse{caption@lstfmt@#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% `default' usually maps to `subsimple'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@set@default@listformat{subsimple}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Debug option}
+% \changes{v1.0k}{2007/03/04}{Debug option added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{debug}[1]{%
+ \caption@set@bool\caption@ifdebug{#1}%
+ \caption@ifdebug
+ {\let\caption@Debug\caption@Info}%
+ {\let\caption@Debug\@gobble}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{debug}{\setkeys{caption}{debug}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\setkeys{caption}{debug=0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Document classes \& Babel support}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The standard \texorpdfstring{\LaTeX{}}{LaTeX} classes}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % article|report|book [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class]
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ #1: #2\par
+ \else
+ \global \@minipagefalse
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The elsarticle classes}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2013/01/06}{elsarticle class support added}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifelsarticleclass}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@ifelsarticleclass{%
+ \@ifclassloaded{elsarticle}\@firstofone\@gobble}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ifelsarticleclass
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifelsarticleclass{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % elsarticle.cls,v 1.20 2008-10-13 04:24:12 cvr Exp
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip\footnotesize
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ #1: #2\par
+ \else
+ \global \@minipagefalse
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\footnotesize}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The \AmS{} \& \SmF{} classes}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ classes support added}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifamsclass}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@ifamsclass{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\@captionheadfont\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ifamsclass
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifamsclass{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % amsart|amsproc|amsbook [2004/08/06 v2.20]
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\color@setgroup
+ \advance\hsize-2\captionindent\noindent
+ \@captionfont\@captionheadfont#1\@xp\@ifnotempty\@xp
+ {\@cdr#2\@nil}{.\@captionfont\upshape\enspace#2}%
+ \unskip\kern-2\captionindent\par
+ \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox\color@endgroup}%
+ \ifhbox\@ne % the normal case
+ \setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\@ne\unskip\unskip\unpenalty\unkern}%
+ \fi
+ \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ % this means caption will fit on one line
+ \setbox\@ne\hbox to\columnwidth{\hss\kern-2\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}%
+ \else % tempboxa contained more than one line
+ \setbox\@ne\vbox{\unvbox\@tempboxa\parskip\z@skip
+ \noindent\unhbox\@ne\advance\hsize-2\captionindent\par}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta<64 % if the float IS a figure...
+ \addvspace\abovecaptionskip
+ \hbox to\hsize{\kern\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}%
+ \else % if the float IS NOT a figure...
+ \hbox to\hsize{\kern\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}%
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip
+ \fi
+ \relax
+ }}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % smfart|smfbook [1999/11/15 v1.2f Classe LaTeX pour les articles publies par la SMF]
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \ifdim\captionindent>.1\hsize \captionindent.1\hsize \fi
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\color@setgroup
+ \advance\hsize-2\captionindent\noindent
+ \@captionfont\@captionheadfont#1\@xp\@ifnotempty\@xp
+ {\@cdr#2\@nil}{\@addpunct{.}\@captionfont\upshape\enspace#2}%
+ \unskip\kern-2\captionindent\par
+ \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox\color@endgroup}%
+ \ifhbox\@ne % the normal case
+ \setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\@ne\unskip\unskip\unpenalty\unkern}%
+ \fi
+ \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ % this means caption will fit on one line
+ \setbox\@ne\hbox to\columnwidth{\hss\kern-2\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}%
+ \@tempdima\wd\@ne\advance\@tempdima-\captionindent
+ \wd\@ne\@tempdima
+ \else % tempboxa contained more than one line
+ \setbox\@ne\vbox{\rightskip=0pt plus\captionindent\relax
+ \unvbox\@tempboxa\parskip\z@skip
+ \noindent\unhbox\@ne\advance\hsize-2\captionindent\par}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta<64 % if the float IS a figure...
+ \addvspace\abovecaptionskip
+ \noindent\kern\captionindent\box\@ne
+ \else % if the float IS NOT a figure...
+ \noindent\kern\captionindent\box\@ne
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip
+ \fi
+ \relax
+ }}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\captionmargin\captionindent % set to 3pc by AMS class
+ \begingroup\edef\@tempa{\endgroup
+ \noexpand\caption@g@addto@list\noexpand\caption@sty@default
+ {margin=\the\captionmargin
+ \caption@ifundefined\smf@makecaption{}{,maxmargin=.1\linewidth}}}
+ \@tempa
+ \caption@g@addto@list\caption@sls@default{margin*=.5\captionmargin}
+ \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{.\enspace}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\@captionfont}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\@captionheadfont}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\@captionfont\upshape}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{position=b}
+ \captionsetup[table]{position=t}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The beamer class (Part one)}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/10}{\package{beamer} class support added}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{\package{beamer} class support revised}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/27}{The \package{beamer} template \texttt{caption label separator} will be used now}
+% \changes{v1.7}{2016/05/22}{Re-definition of label format \texttt{simpleMagyar} added to \package{beamer} class support}
+% \changes{v1.7}{2018/04/15}{Re-definition of label format \texttt{simpleMagyar} revised}
+% \changes{v1.7}{2018/05/01}{Definition of \package{beamer} default label font revised}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbeamerclass}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@ifbeamerclass{%
+ \@ifclassloaded{beamer}\@firstofone\@gobble}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ifbeamerclass
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifbeamerclass{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\beamer@makecaption{%
+ % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty,v 1.53 2007/01/28 20:48:21 tantau
+ \long\def\beamer@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \def\insertcaptionname{\csname#1name\endcsname}%
+ \def\insertcaptionnumber{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ \def\insertcaption{#2}%
+ \nobreak\vskip\abovecaptionskip\nobreak
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{\usebeamertemplate**{caption}}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ \usebeamertemplate**{caption}\par
+ \else
+ \global \@minipagefalse
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \nobreak\vskip\belowcaptionskip\nobreak}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbeamertemplate}
+% |\caption@ifbeamertemplate|\marg{caption template name}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\
+% tests if the given beamer caption template was selected by the user (or not).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@ifbeamertemplate[1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\beamer@@tmpl@caption@ORI\beamer@@tmpl@caption
+ \@nameuse{beamer@@tmpop@caption@#1}%
+ \ifx\beamer@@tmpl@caption@ORI\beamer@@tmpl@caption
+ \endgroup\expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \endgroup\expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{default}{%
+ \caption@ifbeamertemplate{numbered}%
+ \caption@lfmt@simple
+ \caption@lfmt@unnumbered
+ {#1}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The \package{magyar} babel package redefines the current label format to a one called |simple|\-|Magyar|,
+% defined within |\@@magyar@caption|\-|fix| which will be executed |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{default@magyar}{%
+ \caption@ifbeamertemplate{numbered}%
+ \caption@lfmt@simple@magyar
+ \caption@lfmt@unnumbered
+ {#1}{#2}}
+ \@ifundefined{@@magyar@captionfix}\AtBeginDocument\@firstofone{%
+ \@ifundefined{@@magyar@captionfix}{}{%
+ \g@addto@macro\@@magyar@captionfix{%
+ \let\caption@lfmt@simple@magyar\caption@lfmt@simpleMagyar
+ \let\caption@lfmt@simpleMagyar\caption@lfmt@default@magyar}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@declarelabelseparator
+ {\caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}\@gobble\@firstofone}
+ {default}
+ {\caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}{\\}%
+ {\usebeamertemplate{caption label separator}}}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{%
+ \usebeamerfont*{caption}%
+ \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption}}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{%
+ \setbeamercolor*{caption}{}% avoid setting "caption" color additionally
+ \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption name}%
+ \setbeamerfont*{caption}{}% avoid setting "caption" font additionally
+ \usebeamerfont{caption name}}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification{\raggedright}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareOption{beamerclass}{%
+ \renewcommand\caption@ifslc{%
+ \caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo}
+ % Since the beamer class do not offer a `list of figures' we switch this support off.
+ \captionsetup{list=0}}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{beamerclass}{caption3}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If the \package{beamer} document class is used, we offer a beamer
+% template called `caption3' which can be used with option `beamer' or
+% |\setbeamertemplate{caption}[caption3]|.\par
+% (Note that this is of no use when the \package{caption} package is used, too.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \defbeamertemplate{caption}{caption3}{%
+ \caption@make\insertcaptionname\insertcaptionnumber\insertcaption}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareOption{beamer}{%
+ % \usebeamertemplate**{caption} will set font
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{}%
+ \setbeamertemplate{caption}[caption3]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode]
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The KOMA-Script classes}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/31}{\KOMAScript\ classes support added}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifkomaclass}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@ifkomaclass{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\scr@caption\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ifkomaclass
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifkomaclass{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % scrartcl|scrreprt|scrbook [2007/03/07 v2.97a KOMA-Script document class]
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \if@captionabove
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip
+ \else
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \fi
+ \@@makecaption\@firstofone{#1}{#2}%
+ \if@captionabove
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \else
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip
+ \fi}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionFormat{default}[#1#2#3\par]{%
+ \ifdofullc@p
+ \caption@ifin@list\caption@lsepcrlist\caption@lsepname
+ {\caption@Error{%
+ The option `labelsep=\caption@lsepname' does not work\MessageBreak
+ with \noexpand\setcaphanging (which is set by default)}}%
+ {\caption@fmt@hang{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
+ \else
+ #1#2%
+ \ifdim\cap@indent<\z@
+ \par
+ \noindent\hspace*{-\cap@indent}%
+ \else\if@capbreak
+ \par
+ \fi\fi
+ #3\par
+ \fi}
+ \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\captionformat}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\scr@fnt@caption}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\scr@fnt@captionlabel}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The \NTG{} Dutch classes}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/06}{NTG classes support added}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifntgclass}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@ifntgclass{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\CaptionFonts\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ifntgclass
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifntgclass{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % artikel|rapport|boek [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class]
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{{\CaptionLabelFont#1:} \CaptionTextFont#2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ {\CaptionLabelFont#1:} \CaptionTextFont#2\par
+ \else
+ \global \@minipagefalse
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\CaptionLabelFont}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\CaptionTextFont}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The thesis class}
+% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{thesis class support added}
+% \changes{v1.2e}{2009/11/15}{Bugfix 09-11-14: thesis class support revised}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifthesisclass}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@ifthesisclass{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\cph@font
+ {\@gobble}%
+ {\caption@ifundefined\cpb@font\@gobble\@firstofone}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifthesisclass{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % thesis.cls 1996/25/01 1.0g LaTeX document class (wm).
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\cph@font #1:} {\cpb@font #2}}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ \@hangfrom{\cph@font #1: }{\cpb@font #2\par}%
+ \else
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat{hang}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\cph@font}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\cpb@font}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The arabic Babel option}
+% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/20}{\package{arabic} babel package support added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifundefined\ArabiCoreLoaded{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@rl}
+% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/20}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@rl\@firstofone
+}{%
+ \newcommand\caption@rl[1]{\if@rl\textRL{#1}\else\textLR{#1}\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\fnum@figure{\figurename\nobreakspace\thefigure}%
+ \def\fnum@table{\tablename\nobreakspace\thetable}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{arabi}{ : }
+ \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{%
+ \if@rl\caption@lsep@arabi\else\caption@lsep@colon\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % arabicore.sty [2006/01/01 v1.0 Arabi Core switching commands (may still change)]
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}%
+ \sbox\@Arabitempboxa{\textRL{#2} : #1}%
+ \if@rl{
+ \ifdim \wd\@Arabitempboxa >\hsize
+ \textRL{#2} : #1\par
+ \else
+ \global \@minipagefalse
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@Arabitempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi}\else{
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ #1: #2\par
+ \else
+ \global \@minipagefalse
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi}\fi
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The frenchb Babel option}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchb} babel package support added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifundefined\FB@makecaption{}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % frenchb.ldf [2005/02/06 v1.6g French support from the babel system]
+ % frenchb.ldf [2007/10/05 v2.0e French support from the babel system]
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{#1\CaptionSeparator #2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ #1\CaptionSeparator #2\par
+ \else
+ \global \@minipagefalse
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\@makecaption\STD@makecaption
+ \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\CaptionSeparator}
+ \def\caption@frenchb{% supress frenchb warning
+ \let\STD@makecaption\@makecaption
+ \let\FB@makecaption\@makecaption}
+ \else
+ \ifx\@makecaption\@undefined\else
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{%
+ The definition of \protect\@makecaption\space
+ has been changed,\MessageBreak
+ frenchb will NOT customize it}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The frenchle/pro package}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifundefined\frenchTeXmods{}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % french(le).sty [2006/10/03 The french(le) package /V5,9991/]
+ % french(le).sty [2007/06/28 The french(le) package /V5,9994/]
+ \def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \ifFTY%
+ \def\@secondofmany##1##2\void{##2}%
+ \def\@tempa{\@secondofmany#2\void}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\empty%
+ \let\captionseparator\empty%
+ \fi%
+ \@mcORI{#1}{\relax\captionfont{#2}}%
+ \else
+ \@mcORI{#1}{#2}%
+ \fi}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % french(le).sty [2007/02/11 The french(le) package /V5,9993/]
+ \def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \ifFTY%
+ \def\@secondofmany##1##2\void{##2}%
+ \protected@edef\@tempa{\@secondofmany#2\void}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\empty%
+ \let\captionseparator\empty%
+ \fi%
+ \@mcORI{#1}{\relax\captionfont{#2}}%
+ \else
+ \@mcORI{#1}{#2}%
+ \fi}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\itshape}%
+ \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\captionseparator\space}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The hebrew Babel option}
+% \changes{v1.8}{2018/08/26}{\package{hebrew} package support added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % rlbabel.def [2005/03/30 v2.3h Right-to-Left support from the babel system Hebrew language support from the babel system]
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip%
+ \begin{center}%
+ #1: #2%
+ \end{center} \par%
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The hungarian and magyar Babel option}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} package support added}
+% \changes{v1.3a}{2011/08/12}{\package{magyar} package support revised}
+% \changes{v1.8b}{2018/08/26}{\package{magyar} package support revised}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subperiod}{#2.}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifundefined\hunnewlabel{}{%
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % magyar.ldf [2005/03/30 v1.4j Magyar support from the babel system]
+ \def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{#1. #2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ {#1. #2\csname par\endcsname}
+ \else
+ \global \@minipagefalse
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@tempa#1{%
+ \@ifpackagewith{babel}{#1}{%
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{#1 babel option is loaded}%
+ \expandafter\addto\csname extras#1\endcsname{%
+ % change default labelsep and listformat
+ \caption@setdefaultlabelsep{period}%
+ \caption@setdefaultlistformat{subperiod}}%
+ \expandafter\addto\csname noextras#1\endcsname{%
+ % change default labelsep and listformat
+ \caption@setdefaultlabelsep{colon}%
+ \caption@setdefaultlistformat{subsimple}}%
+ }{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@tempa{hungarian}
+\caption@tempa{magyar}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% TODO: babel-latvian/latvian.ldf
+%
+% \subsubsection{Unknown document class (or package)}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/10}{Check of document class added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfCheckCommand{%
+ \caption@setbool{documentclass}{1}%
+}{%
+ \caption@setbool{documentclass}{0}%
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{%
+ Unknown document class (or package),\MessageBreak
+ standard defaults will be used}%
+ \caption@Debug{\string\@makecaption\space=\space\meaning\@makecaption\@gobble}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Execution of options}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\captionsetup{style=default,position=default,%
+ list,listformat=default,twoside=\if@twoside 1\else 0\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProcessOptions*
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Making an `List of' entry}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@addcontentsline}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/01}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/26}{Error check added}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2011/06/24}{Split into two macros}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/19}{Split into three macros}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Support for option \opt{listtype=} added}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2012/01/15}{Usage of \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} added}
+% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/15}{Argument \#3 which holds the environment name added to \cs{caption@lstfmt}}
+% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/20}{Unfortunately \package{subfig} defines and uses \cs{caption@lstfmt} as well, so I replaced the third argument with \cs{captionlisttype}}
+% \changes{v1.8}{2018/09/06}{Adapted to the \package{chkfloat} package}
+% |\caption@addcontentsline|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\par
+% Makes an entry in the list-of-whatever, if requested,
+% i.e.~the argument \meta{list entry} is not empty and
+% |listof=| was set to |true|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@addcontentsline[2]{%
+ \caption@ifcontentsline{#2}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\@tempa\@gobble
+ \caption@ifundefined\caption@listtype
+ {\edef\caption@listtype{#1}}%
+ {\let\@tempa\@firstofone}%
+ \caption@ifundefined\caption@listtype@ext
+ {}%
+ {\edef\caption@listtype{\caption@listtype\caption@listtype@ext}%
+ \let\@tempa\@firstofone}%
+ \@tempa
+ {\caption@Debug{addcontentsline: #1 => \caption@listtype}%
+% \caption@setoptions\caption@listtype
+ \@namedef{the\caption@listtype}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}%
+ \expandafter\caption@@addcontentsline\expandafter{\caption@listtype}{#2}%
+ \endgroup}%
+ \caption@addsubcontentslines{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@@addcontentsline[2]{%
+ {\let\\\space
+ \@ifundefined{ext@#1}%
+ {\caption@Error{No float type '#1' defined}}%
+ {\def\captionlisttype{#1}%
+ \caption@add@contentsline
+ {\csname ext@#1\endcsname}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\caption@lstfmt{\@nameuse{p@#1}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}%
+ {\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \caption@chkfloat{#1}{#2}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@add@contentsline{%
+ \caption@@@addcontentsline}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@addcontentsline[4]{%
+% \caption@ifundefined\main@Arabi@language{}%
+% {\addtocontents{#1}{\xstring\select@language{\main@Arabi@language}}}%
+ \addcontentsline{#1}{#2}{\protect\numberline{#3}{#4}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@chkfloat\@gobbletwo
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@ifcontentsline[1]{%
+ \caption@iflist
+ {\def\@tempa{#1}}%
+ {\let\@tempa\@empty}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@addsubcontentslines[1]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Typesetting the caption}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ifcaption@star}
+% If the starred form of |\caption| is used, this will be set to |true|.
+% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@@make|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifcaption@star
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@fnum}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/21}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@fnum|\marg{float type}\par
+% Typesets the caption label; as replacement for |\fnum@|\meta{float type}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@fnum[1]{\caption@lfmt{\@nameuse{#1name}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@make}
+% |\caption@make|\marg{float name}\marg{ref.\ number}\marg{text}\par
+% Typesets the caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@make[2]{\caption@@make{\caption@lfmt{#1}{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@make}
+% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-05: \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionindent=}\cs{z@} added}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-10-26: Use \cs{@tempdima} instead of
+% \cs{captionmargin} resp. \cs{captionwidth}; check for \cs{z@} added}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{hskip}\cs{captionmargin} to the end
+% of caption added}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{strut} moved from here to \cs{caption@@@make}}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Single-line-check moved up so it can affect margins now}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Improvement: \cs{caption@ifh} added}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Bugfix: \cs{leavevmode} added}
+% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Uses \cs{sbox} instead of \cs{setbox} in single-line-check}
+% \changes{v1.0g}{2005/12/04}{Uses \cs{caption@slc} now}
+% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@calcmargin} inside
+% single-line-check replaced by \cs{relax}}
+% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@startbox} will always be
+% typeset in horizontal mode}
+% \changes{v1.0i}{2006/05/13}{Uses \cs{caption@parbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox}}
+% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/04}{Oops, bugfix 04-05-05 got lost in v1.0h, re-added}
+% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{Usage of \cs{caption@ifoddpage} added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@calcmargin} moved below single-line-check}
+% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{\cs{caption@stepcounter} added}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{Uses \cs{caption@tempdima} instead of \cs{@tempdima}}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2012/12/26}{max-margin stuff moved to \cs{caption@calcmargin}}
+% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@box} added}
+% \changes{v1.7}{2016/01/31}{Adapted to the \package{bicaption} package}
+% |\caption@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@@make[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@@make@{#1}{#2}%
+ \endgroup
+ \caption@@make@epilogue}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@@make@[2]{%
+ \caption@stepthecounter
+ \caption@beginhook
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Typeset the outer box |\caption@box|
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@box\linewidth{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Special single-line treatment (option |singlelinecheck=|)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifslc{\caption@slc{#1}{#2}\caption@singleline\relax}{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Typeset the left margin (option |margin=|)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@calcmargin
+ \caption@tempdima\captionmargin
+ \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else
+ \caption@ifoddpage{}{\advance\caption@tempdima\captionmargin@}%
+ \fi
+ \caption@ifh{\advance\caption@tempdima\caption@indent}%
+ \hspace\caption@tempdima
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% We actually use a |\vbox| of width |\captionwidth - \caption@indent|
+% to typeset the caption.
+% \Note{\cs{captionindent} is \emph{not} supported if the caption format
+% was defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionFormat*}.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@tempdima\captionwidth
+ \caption@ifh{\advance\caption@tempdima-\caption@indent}%
+ \caption@parbox\caption@tempdima{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Typeset the indention (option |indention=|)\\
+% {\small Bugfix 04-05-05:
+% |\hskip-\caption@indent| replaced by |\ifdim\caption@indent=\z@|\ldots}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifh{%
+ \ifdim\caption@indent=\z@
+ \leavevmode
+ \else
+ \hskip-\caption@indent
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Typeset the caption itself and close the |\caption@parbox|
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Typeset the right margin (option |margin=|)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@tempdima\captionmargin
+ \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else
+ \caption@ifoddpage{\advance\caption@tempdima\captionmargin@}{}%
+ \fi
+ \hspace\caption@tempdima
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Close the outer box |\caption@box|
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@endhook}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@@make@epilogue{%
+ \global\caption@starfalse}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@calcmargin}
+% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Internal: \cs{ifcaption@width} replaced by
+% \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionwidth=}\cs{z@}}
+% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/12}{Improvement: Takes care of list environment now}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/13}{Check of \cs{@listdepth} removed (not necessary anymore),
+% use \cs{linewidth} instead of \cs{hsize}}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2012/12/26}{max-margin stuff moved from \cs{caption@@make} to here}
+% |\caption@calcmargin|\par
+% Calculate |\captionmargin| \& |\captionwidth|, so both contain valid
+% values.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@calcmargin{%
+ \caption@calcmargin@hook
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Check margin, if |\caption@minmargin| or |\caption@maxmargin| is set
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\caption@maxmargin\@undefined \else
+ \ifdim\captionmargin>\caption@maxmargin\relax
+ \captionmargin\caption@maxmargin\relax
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifx\caption@minmargin\@undefined \else
+ \ifdim\captionmargin<\caption@minmargin\relax
+ \captionmargin\caption@minmargin\relax
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@
+ \captionwidth\linewidth
+ \advance\captionwidth by -2\captionmargin
+ \advance\captionwidth by -\captionmargin@
+ \else
+ \captionmargin\linewidth
+ \advance\captionmargin by -\captionwidth
+ \divide\captionmargin by 2
+ \captionmargin@\z@
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@Debug{%
+ \string\hsize=\the\hsize,
+ \string\linewidth=\the\linewidth,\MessageBreak
+ \string\leftmargin=\the\leftmargin,
+ \string\rightmargin=\the\rightmargin,\MessageBreak
+ \string\margin=\the\captionmargin,
+ \string\margin@=\the\captionmargin@,
+ \string\width=\the\captionwidth}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@slc}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@setup}\cs{caption@sls} added after \cs{begingroup}}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@calcmargin} added}
+% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{Support of \cs{caption@slfmt} added}
+% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Split into \cs{caption@slc} and \cs{caption@@slc}}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2012/12/26}{Merged into a single macro again}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/14}{Definition and usage of \cs{ifsinglelinecaption} added}
+% |\caption@slc|\marg{label}\marg{text}\marg{single-line-code}\marg{multi-line-code}\par
+% This one does the single-line-check.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@slc[4]{%
+ \caption@Debug{Begin SLC}%
+ \singlelinecaptiontrue
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@singleline
+ \let\caption@hj\@empty
+ \caption@calcmargin % calculate \captionwidth
+ \caption@prepareslc
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{\caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}%
+ \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\captionwidth
+ \endgroup
+ \singlelinecaptionfalse
+ #4%
+ \else
+ \endgroup
+ #3%
+ \fi
+ \caption@Debug{End SLC}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifsinglelinecaption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@singleline{%
+ \caption@xsetup\caption@opt@singleline
+ \let\caption@fmt\caption@slfmt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareslc}
+% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{label} \& \cs{@footnotetext} added}
+% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Redefine \cs{stepcounter} instead of \cs{footnote(mark)}}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} added}
+% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/07/09}{Support of \package{endnotes} package added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} moved to \cs{caption@slc}}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{Redefinition of \cs{(H@)refstepcounter} added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{Redefinition of \cs{label} improved}
+% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/06}{Definition of \cs{caption@l@stepcounter} added}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2011/07/07}{Bugfix 11-07-06: Redefinition of \cs{footnote} and \cs{footnotemark} added, redefinition of \cs{stepcounter} and \cs{refstepcounter} dropped}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/21}{Redefinition of \cs{pagenote} from \textsf{memoir} document class added}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/22}{Redefinition of \cs{footnote} revised}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/13}{Redefinition os \cs{glsunset} added}
+% \changes{v1.8}{2018/01/21}{Redefinition of \cs{endnote} added (thanks to Markus Kohm)}
+% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/16}{Redefinition of \cs{acused} added}
+% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/26}{Definition method changed so it can be pre-defined by other packages}
+% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/27}{Redefinition of \cs{hypertarget} added}
+% |\caption@prepareslc|\par
+% Re-define anything which would disturb the single-line-check.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{caption@prepareslc}\def\g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{%
+ \let\label\caption@gobble
+ \let\hypertarget\@gobbletwo
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@footnotemark@ORI\footnotemark
+ \def\footnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnote}%
+ \def\footnotemark{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnotemark}%
+ \let\@footnotetext\caption@gobble
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@endnotemark@ORI\endnotemark
+ \def\endnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@endnote}%
+ \def\endnotemark{\caption@withoptargs\caption@endnotemark}%
+ \let\@endnotetext\caption@gobble
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\pagenote\caption@gobble
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Adaption to the \package{acronym} package.\par
+% See also \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/428788}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\acused\@gobble
+ \let\AC@placelabel\@gobble
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Adaption to the \package{glossaries} package.\par
+% Please note that while this adaption is usually sufficient
+% it could give incorrect measuring results if \cs{gls} is both used
+% for the very first time and more than once (for a particular acronym).
+% The alternative would be using internal macros of the
+% \package{glossaries} package which I would like to avoid.\par
+% See also \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/108368}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\glsunset\@gobble
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@footnote[2]{%
+ \caption@footnotemark{#1}}
+\newcommand\caption@footnotemark[1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter
+ \caption@footnotemark@ORI#1%
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@endnote[2]{%
+ \caption@endnotemark{#1}}
+\newcommand\caption@endnotemark[1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter
+ \caption@endnotemark@ORI#1
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@l@stepcounter[1]{%
+ \advance\csname c@#1\endcsname\@ne\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@applyfont}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@applyfont|\par
+% This macro executes the font relevant macros, i.e. by default
+% the options set by |justification=|, |font=|, and |size=|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@applyfont{%
+ \caption@hj\captionfont\captionsize}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@make}
+% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-06: \cs{allowhyphens} added}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-12-16: Use some kind of
+% \cs{@startstrut}\cs{strutbox} instead of \cs{strut}}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 05-01-23: \cs{@finalstrut}\cs{strutbox} added}
+% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{Use \cs{caption@ifempty};
+% \cs{let}\cs{caption@ifstrut}\cs{@secondoftwo} added}
+% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{Bugfix: Handling of \cs{ifcaption@star} changed}
+% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Check for empty label added}
+% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{\cs{caption@iflf} added}
+% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@tfmt} added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{Bugfix: \cs{ifhmode} added to \cs{@finalstrut}}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Made option \opt{size=} stronger than \opt{font=}}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Uses \cs{caption@applyfont} now}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/01}{Bugfix: If the caption text is empty, the text format will be set to \opt{simple} now}
+% \changes{v1.7}{2016/02/01}{Bugfix: \cs{relax} added before \cs{caption@lsep} so the label separator
+% will not be gobbled if the label font command ignores spaces, e.g. by usage of \cs{color}}
+% \changes{v1.8}{2018/09/12}{\cs{par} replaced by \cs{captiontextend}}
+% |\caption@@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text}\par
+% This one finally typesets the caption paragraph, without margin and indention.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@@@make[2]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If the label is empty, we use no caption label separator.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{#1}%
+ \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@
+ \let\caption@lsep\relax
+% \@capbreakfalse
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If the text is empty, we use no caption label separator, too.
+% (And no text format either.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifempty{#2}{%
+ \let\caption@lsep\@empty
+ \let\caption@tfmt\@firstofone
+% \@capbreakfalse
+% \let\caption@ifstrut\@secondoftwo
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Take care that |\caption@parindent| and |\caption@hangindent| will be used
+% to typeset the paragraph.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@setpar{\@@par\caption@@par}\caption@@par
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Finally typeset the caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@applyfont
+ \caption@fmt
+ {\ifcaption@star\else
+ \begingroup
+ \captionlabelfont
+ #1%
+ \endgroup
+ \fi}%
+ {\ifcaption@star\else
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@iflf\captionlabelfont
+ \relax\caption@lsep
+ \endgroup
+ \fi}%
+ {{\captiontextfont
+ \captiontextstart
+ \caption@ifstrut
+ {\vrule\@height\ht\strutbox\@width\z@}%
+ {}%
+ \nobreak\hskip\z@skip % enable hyphenation
+ \caption@tfmt{#2}%
+% \caption@ifstrut{\vrule\@height\z@\@depth\dp\strutbox\@width\z@}{}%
+ \caption@ifstrut
+ {\ifhmode\@finalstrut\strutbox\fi}%
+ {}%
+ \captiontextend}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\captiontextstart{}
+\newcommand*\captiontextend{\par}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty}
+% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-defines itself now}
+% \changes{v1.2a}{2007/01/22}{Revised so \cs{label} will be detected, too}
+% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Revised so \cs{index} and \cs{glossary} will be detected, too}
+% |\caption@ifempty|\marg{text}\marg{true} (\emph{no} \meta{false})\par
+% This one tests if the \meta{text} is actually empty.
+% \Note{This will be done without expanding the text,
+% therefore this is far away from being bullet-proof.}
+% \Note{This macro is re-defining itself so only
+% the first test (in a group) will actually be done.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@ifempty[1]{%
+ \caption@if@empty{#1}%
+ \caption@ifempty\@unused}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@if@empty[1]{%
+ \def\caption@tempa{#1}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty
+ \let\caption@ifempty\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@tempa\expandafter{%
+ \caption@car#1\caption@if@empty\caption@nil}%
+ \def\caption@tempb{\caption@if@empty}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb
+ \let\caption@ifempty\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \def\caption@tempb{\ignorespaces}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb
+ \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobble#1}%
+ \else
+ \def\caption@tempb{\label}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb
+ \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}%
+ \else
+ \def\caption@tempb{\index}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb
+ \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}%
+ \else
+ \def\caption@tempb{\glossary}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb
+ \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}%
+ \else
+ \let\caption@ifempty\@gobbletwo
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@car#1#2\caption@nil{#1}% same as \@car, but \long
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@par}
+% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Made this definition global}
+% |\caption@@par|\par
+% This command will be executed with every |\par| inside the caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@par{%
+ \parindent\caption@parindent\hangindent\caption@hangindent}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Types \& sub-types}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionType}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.1a}{2007/09/07}{Three optional arguments added}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/06}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} to \cs{DeclareCaptionType}}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{Optional argument revised, uses key-value syntax now}
+% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/04/13}{Uses \cs{caption@within@default} now}
+% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Support of \cs{float@exts} and \cs{float@addtolists} added}
+% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@DeclareWithinOption} added}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{Definition of \cs{listofXXXes} added}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced as \package{newfloat} package}
+% |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionType{%
+ \RequirePackage{newfloat}%
+ \DeclareFloatingEnvironment}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionType
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ForEachType}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@ForEachType|\marg{code}
+% will execute the given code for all (known) floating environments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@ForEachType[1]{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\ForEachFloatingEnvironment
+ {\def\@elt##1{#1}%
+ \caption@ifundefined\c@figure\@gobble\@elt{figure}%
+ \caption@ifundefined\c@table\@gobble\@elt{table}%
+ \let\@elt\relax
+ \newfloat@addtohook{#1}}%
+ {\ForEachFloatingEnvironment{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\newfloat@addtohook[1]{%
+ \toks@=\expandafter{\newfloat@hook{##1}#1}%
+ \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\newfloat@hook####1{\the\toks@}}%
+ \@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\newfloat@hook[1]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionSubType}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/03/11}{Bugfix: \cs{subfigurename} will be defined now}
+% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-10-01: Usage of \cs{caption@addtoreset} added}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2011/01/01}{\cs{@dottedlofline} will be defined \& used now}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/09}{Support of the titletoc package added}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2011/12/29}{Usage of \cs{caption@addtoreset} replaced by \cs{@addtoreset}}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2013/01/10}{Bugfix: Definition of autoref string corrected}
+% \changes{v1.6}{2013/06/17}{Bugfix: \cs{c@tocdepth} will be set (locally) now}
+% |\DeclareCaptionSubType|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionSubType*|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\par
+% The starred variant provides the numbering format
+% \meta{type}|.|\meta{subtype} while the non-starred variant simply
+% uses \meta{subtype}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionSubType{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@declaresubtype\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionSubType
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@declaresubtype[1]{%
+ \@testopt{\caption@@declaresubtype{#1}}{alph}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@declaresubtype
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@@declaresubtype#1[#2]#3{%
+ \@ifundefined{c@#3}%
+ {\caption@Error{No float type '#3' defined}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {\@ifundefined{c@sub#3}%
+ {\caption@Debug{New subtype `sub#3'}%
+ \newcounter{sub#3}%
+ \@addtoreset{sub#3}{#3}%
+ \@namedef{ext@sub#3}{\csname ext@#3\endcsname}%
+ \caption@declaresublistentry{#3}%
+ \@cons\caption@subtypelist{{#3}}}%
+ {\caption@Debug{Modify caption `sub#3'}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Support of \package{titletoc} package
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifundefined\contentsuse{}{%
+ \contentsuse{sub#3}{\csname ext@sub#3\endcsname}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@namedef{sub#3name}{}%
+ \@namedef{sub#3autorefname}{\csname #3autorefname\endcsname}%
+ #1% is \@firstoftwo in star form, and \@secondoftwo otherwise
+ {\@namedef{p@sub#3}{}%
+ \@namedef{thesub#3}{\csname the#3\endcsname.\@nameuse{#2}{sub#3}}}%
+ {\@namedef{p@sub#3}{\csname the#3\endcsname}%
+ \@namedef{thesub#3}{\@nameuse{#2}{sub#3}}}%
+ \@namedef{theHsub#3}{\csname theH#3\endcsname.\arabic{sub#3}}%
+ }}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@@declaresubtype
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@declaresublistentry{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\l@chapter
+ {\caption@@declaresublistentry\l@subsubsection}%
+ {\caption@@declaresublistentry\l@subsection}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@declaresublistentry
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@declaresublistentry[2]{%
+ \ifx#1\@undefined
+ \caption@@@declaresublistentry\relax\@dottedtocline\caption@nil{#2}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\caption@@@declaresublistentry#1{}{}\@dottedtocline\caption@nil{#2}%
+ \fi}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@@declaresublistentry
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@@@declaresublistentry#1\@dottedtocline#2\caption@nil#3{%
+ \def\@tempa{#1}%
+% Does \l@(sub)subsection start with \@dottedtocline?
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty
+% Yes
+ \caption@@@@declaresublistentry{#3}#2\caption@nil
+ \else
+% No
+ \caption@@@@declaresublistentry{#3}@{3.8em}{3.2em}\caption@nil
+ \fi}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@@@declaresublistentry
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@@@@declaresublistentry#1#2#3#4#5\caption@nil{%
+ \expandafter\caption@@@@@declaresublistentry\expandafter
+ {\csname @dotted\csname ext@#1\endcsname line\endcsname}{#1}{#3}{#4}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@@@@declaresublistentry
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@@@declaresublistentry[4]{%
+ \@namedef{l@sub#2}{#1{2}{#3}{#4}}%
+ \expandafter\caption@@@@@@declaresublistentry
+ \expandafter#1\expandafter{\csname ext@#2\endcsname depth}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@@@@@declaresublistentry
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@@@@declaresublistentry[2]{
+ \ifx#1\relax
+ \def#1##1{%
+ \def\next{\@dottedtocline{##1}}%
+ \@ifundefined{c@#2}{}{%
+ \ifnum ##1>\@nameuse{c@#2}\relax
+ \let\next\@gobblefour
+ \else
+ \c@tocdepth=\@nameuse{c@#2}\relax
+ \fi}%
+ \next}%
+ \fi}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@@@@@@declaresublistentry
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypelist}
+% An \cs{@elt}-list containing the subtypes defined
+% with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@subtypelist{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Unfortunately the \class{memoir} document class resets the
+% \texttt{subfigure} resp.~\texttt{subtable} counter at the begin
+% of floating environments, i.e.~at |\@float|.
+% As a side-effect |\Continued|\-|Float| does not work correctly.
+% For that reason we need to introduce macros to save and restore
+% all sub-caption counters here.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@restorecounters}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2013/05/01}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@restore|\-|counters| restores all counters saved with
+% |\caption@save|\-|counter|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@restorecounters{%
+ \caption@restore@counters
+ \global\let\caption@restore@counters\@empty}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@restore@counters{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@savesubcounters}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2013/05/01}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@save|\-|sub|\-|counters| saves all sub-caption counters,
+% so they can be restored with |\caption@restore|\-|counters| later on.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@savesubcounters{%
+ \def\@elt##1{\caption@savecounter{sub##1}}%
+ \caption@subtypelist
+ \let\@elt\relax}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@savecounter[1]{%
+ \edef\caption@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\l@addto@macro\noexpand\caption@restore@counters
+ {\noexpand\setcounter{#1}{\number\value{#1}}}}%
+ \caption@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@For}
+% \changes{v1.1a}{2007/09/07}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Renamed from \cs{ForFloatingEnvironments} to \cs{caption@For}}
+% |\caption@For|\marg{elt-list}\marg{code with \#1}\\
+% |\caption@For*|\marg{elt-list}\marg{code with \#1}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@For{\caption@withoptargs\caption@@For}
+%\@onlypreamble\caption@For
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@@For[3]{%
+ \caption@AtBeginDocument#1{%
+ \def\@elt##1{#3}%
+ \@nameuse{caption@#2}%
+ \let\@elt\relax}}%
+%\@onlypreamble\caption@@For
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{subfig package adaptions}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/07}{Several adaptions to the \package{subfig} package added}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/11/01}{Bugfix 11-11-01: Test for the \package{subfig} package revised}
+%
+% Since the \package{subfig} package is not maintained anymore,
+% we have to make several adaptions to \thispackage~\version{1.1} here.
+% Please note that we only support the version $1.3$ of the \package{subfig} package here.
+% So older versions do not work with this version of \thispackage, and newer
+% versions are expected to be adapted.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \def\@tempa{2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@subfig.sty\endcsname\@tempa
+ \caption@InfoNoLine{subfig package v1.3 is loaded}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@setfloattype\@gobble
+ \let\@dottedxxxline\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline
+ \let\sf@subfloat\sf@NEW@subfloat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fi
+ \let\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline\@undefined
+ \let\sf@NEW@subfloat\@undefined}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@dottedxxxline}
+% New version of |\@dottedxxxline|
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@setfloattype{#1}%
+ \caption@setoptions{subfloat}%
+ \caption@setoptions{sub#1}%
+ \ifnum #3>\@nameuse{c@#2depth}\else
+ \@dottedtocline{\z@}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sf@subfloat}
+% \changes{v1.4b}{2011/12/29}{Bugfix 11-12-23: Usage of \cs{caption@warmup} added}
+% New version of |\sf@subfloat|
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\sf@NEW@subfloat{%
+ \begingroup
+ \@nameuse{caption@warmup}%
+ \caption@setfloattype\@captype
+ \sf@ifpositiontop{%
+ \maincaptiontoptrue
+ }{%
+ \maincaptiontopfalse
+ }%
+ \caption@setoptions{subfloat}%
+ \caption@setoptions{sub\@captype}%
+ \let\sf@oldlabel=\label
+ \let\label=\subfloat@label
+ \ifmaincaptiontop\else
+ \advance\@nameuse{c@\@captype}\@ne
+ \fi
+ \refstepcounter{sub\@captype}%
+ \setcounter{sub\@captype @save}{\value{sub\@captype}}%
+ \@ifnextchar [% %] match left bracket
+ {\sf@@subfloat}%
+ {\sf@@subfloat[\@empty]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%</package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \begin{thebibliography}{99}
+% \bibitem{TLC2}
+% Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\
+% \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\
+% \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004.
+%
+% \bibitem{Anne}
+% Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein:\\
+% \emph{Einf\"uhrung in die Dokumentverarbeitung},\\
+% B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1989
+%
+% \bibitem{hyperref}
+% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}%
+% {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\
+% November 12, 2007
+%
+% \bibitem{refcount}
+% Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/refcount}%
+% {\emph{The refcount package}},\\
+% 2006/02/20
+%
+% \bibitem{threeparttable}
+% Donald Arseneau:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}%
+% {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\
+% 2003/06/13
+% \end{thebibliography}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \Finale
+%
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/cat.eps b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/cat.eps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0042ea088f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/cat.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0
+%%BoundingBox: 44 527 80 559
+%%Creator: COREL DRAW
+%%Title: CAT.TMP
+%%CreationDate: Sat Jan 18 17:29:05 1992
+
+%%DocumentFonts:
+%%EndComments
+%%BeginProlog
+% -------------- POSTSCRIPT PROLOG FOR CORELDRAW 2.X ------
+% Copyright Corel Systems Corporation 1990
+/AutoFlatness 0 def/wCorelDict 300 dict def
+wCorelDict begin/bd{bind def}bind def/ld{load def}bd
+/xd{exch def}bd/_ null def/$c 0 def/$m 0 def
+/$y 0 def/$k 0 def/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$o 0 def
+/$fil 0 def/$C 0 def/$M 0 def/$Y 0 def/$K 0 def
+/$T 1 def/$N _ def/$O 0 def/$PF false def
+/$pan 0 def/$h false def/$al 0 def/$tr 0 def
+/$le 0 def/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def
+/$ptm matrix def/$ttm matrix def/$stm matrix def
+/$skm matrix def/$fst 128 def/$pad 0 def/$rox 0 def
+/$roy 0 def currentscreen/@dsp xd/$dsp/@dsp def
+/$dsa xd/$dsf xd/$sdf false def/$SDF false def
+/$Scra 0.0 def statusdict/pageparams known{statusdict begin
+pageparams end 1 ne{/$Scra -90.0 def}if pop pop pop}if
+/$sv 0 def/@cp/closepath ld/@gs/gsave ld/@gr/grestore ld
+/@np/newpath ld/@sv{/$sv save def}bd/@rs{$sv restore}bd
+/@ss{load setscreen}bd AutoFlatness 1 eq{/$cpx ([Error: PathTooComplex; OffendingCommand: AnyPaintingOperator;\n) def
+/@err1{$cpx print flush newpath}bd/@ifl{currentflat dup 10 gt{pop @err1 exit}if 2 add setflat}bd
+/@fill/fill ld/fill{currentflat{{@fill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@eofill/eofill ld/eofill{currentflat{{@eofill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@clip/clip ld/clip{currentflat{{@clip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@eoclip/eoclip ld/eoclip{currentflat{{@eoclip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@stroke/stroke ld/stroke{currentflat{{@stroke}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+}if/InRange{3 -1 roll 2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse
+2 copy ge{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd/wDstChck{2 1 roll dup 3 -1 roll
+eq{1 add}if}bd/@dot{dup mul exch dup mul add 1 exch sub 2 div}bd
+/@lin{exch pop abs 1 exch sub}bd/@MN{2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd
+/setcmykcolor where{pop}{/setcmykcolor{4 1 roll
+3{3 index add 1 @MN 1 exch sub 3 1 roll}repeat
+setrgbcolor pop}bd}ifelse/colorimage where{pop}{/colorimage{/$ncl xd
+pop pop pop pop{currentfile $dat readhexstring pop}repeat
+pop}bd}ifelse/@tc{dup 1 ge{pop}{4{dup 6 -1 roll
+mul exch}repeat pop}ifelse}bd/@spc{7 2 roll
+ColorSeparationMode 1 eq{6 index @tc 0 4 $ink sub index
+exch pop}{5 index dup _ eq{pop 0 4 $ink sub index
+exch pop}{CurrentInkName eq{6 index}{0}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse
+5 1 roll 8 -2 roll 6{pop}repeat 1 exch sub dup setgray
+1 eq exch 1 eq and not}bd/@scc{$ink -1 eq
+{$c $m $y $k $t @tc setcmykcolor true}{$o $c $m $y $k $t $n @spc
+}ifelse}bd/@SCC{$ink -1 eq{$C $M $Y $K $T @tc setcmykcolor true}{
+$O $C $M $Y $K $T $N @spc}ifelse}bd/@sft{
+/$tx $tllx $pxf add dup $tllx gt{$pwid sub}if def
+/$ty $tury $pyf sub dup $tury lt{$phei add}if def}bd
+/@stb{pathbbox/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd}bd
+/@ep{{cvx exec}forall}bd/@tp{@sv/$in true def
+2 copy dup $lly le{/$in false def}if $phei sub $ury ge{/$in false def}if
+dup $urx ge{/$in false def}if $pwid add $llx le{/$in false def}if
+$in{@np 2 copy moveto $pwid 0 rlineto 0 $phei neg rlineto
+$pwid neg 0 rlineto 0 $phei rlineto clip @np
+$pn cvlit load aload pop 7 -1 roll 5 index sub
+7 -1 roll 3 index sub translate/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def
+@ep pop pop pop pop}{pop pop}ifelse @rs}bd/@th{@sft
+0 1 $tly 1 sub{dup $psx mul $tx add{dup $llx gt{$pwid sub}{exit}ifelse
+}loop exch $phei mul $ty exch sub 0 1 $tlx 1 sub{$pwid mul
+3 copy 3 -1 roll add exch @tp pop}for pop pop}for}bd
+/@tv{@sft 0 1 $tlx 1 sub{dup $pwid mul $tx add
+exch $psy mul $ty exch sub{dup $ury lt{$phei add}{exit}ifelse}loop
+0 1 $tly 1 sub{$phei mul 3 copy sub @tp pop}for
+pop pop}for}bd/@pf{@gs $ctm setmatrix $pm concat
+@stb @gs ColorSeparationMode 0 eq{1 setgray eofill}{
+$o 0 0 0 0 0 (Black) @spc{eofill}if}ifelse
+@gr eoclip Bburx Bbury $pm itransform/$tury xd/$turx xd
+Bbllx Bblly $pm itransform/$tlly xd/$tllx xd
+/$wid $turx $tllx sub def/$hei $tury $tlly sub def
+$wid 0 gt $hei 0 gt and{$pn cvlit load aload pop
+/$pd xd 3 -1 roll sub/$phei xd exch sub/$pwid xd
+/$tlx $wid $pwid div ceiling 1 add def/$tly $hei $phei div ceiling 1 add def
+$psx 0 eq{@tv}{@th}ifelse}if @gr @np}bd/@dlt{ColorSeparationMode 0 eq{
+/$dc $toc $tot mul $frc $frt mul dup/$c xd sub $fst 1 sub div def
+/$dm $tom $tot mul $frm $frt mul dup/$m xd sub $fst 1 sub div def
+/$dy $toy $tot mul $fry $frt mul dup/$y xd sub $fst 1 sub div def
+/$dk $tok $tot mul $frk $frt mul dup/$k xd sub $fst 1 sub div def
+true}{$o $frc $frm $fry $frk $frt $frn @spc
+dup{/$frk 1 currentgray sub def}{/$frk 0 def}ifelse
+$o $toc $tom $toy $tok $tot $ton @spc dup{/$tok 1 currentgray sub def}
+{/$tok 0 def}ifelse or dup{/$c 0 def/$m 0 def/$y 0 def/$k $frk def
+/$dc 0 def/$dm 0 def/$dy 0 def/$dk $tok $frk sub $fst 1 sub div def}if
+}ifelse}bd/@ftl{1 index 4 index sub dup $pad mul dup/$pdw xd
+2 mul sub $fst div/$wid xd 2 index sub/$hei xd
+pop translate $c $m $y $k 4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne
+{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse
+0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $pdw $hei lineto $pdw 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill
+$pdw 0 translate $fst{4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne
+{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse
+0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $wid $hei lineto $wid 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill
+$wid 0 translate $dk add 4 1 roll $dy add 4 1 roll
+$dm add 4 1 roll $dc add 4 1 roll}repeat $dk sub 4 1 roll
+$dy sub 4 1 roll $dm sub 4 1 roll $dc sub 4 1 roll
+ColorSeparationMode 0 ne{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}
+{setcmykcolor}ifelse 0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $pdw $hei lineto $pdw 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill
+}bd/@ftr{1 index 4 index sub dup $rox mul/$row xd
+2 div 1 index 4 index sub dup $roy mul/$roh xd
+2 div 2 copy dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt
+$row dup mul $roh dup mul add sqrt add dup/$hei xd $fst div/$wid xd
+4 index add $roh add exch 5 index add $row add
+exch translate pop pop pop pop currentflat 5 mul setflat
+$c $m $y $k 4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne
+{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse
+$wid 0 moveto 0 0 $hei 0 360 arc fill 1.0 $pad 2 mul sub dup scale
+$fst{4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}
+{setcmykcolor}ifelse $wid 0 moveto 0 0 $hei 0 360 arc fill
+/$hei $hei $wid sub def $dk add 4 1 roll $dy add 4 1 roll
+$dm add 4 1 roll $dc add 4 1 roll}repeat pop pop pop pop}bd
+/@ff{@gs @dlt{$ctm setmatrix eoclip newpath Bbllx Bblly moveto
+Bbllx Bbury lineto Bburx Bbury lineto Bburx Bblly lineto
+$fan rotate pathbbox newpath $fty 1 eq{@ftr}{@ftl}ifelse}if
+@gr @np}bd/@Pf{@sv ColorSeparationMode 0 eq $ink 3 eq or{$ctm setmatrix
+72 1000 div dup matrix scale dup concat dup Bburx exch Bbury exch itransform
+ceiling cvi/Bbury xd ceiling cvi/Bburx xd Bbllx exch Bblly exch itransform
+floor cvi/Bblly xd floor cvi/Bbllx xd $Prm aload pop
+$Psn load exec}{1 setgray eofill}ifelse @rs
+@np}bd/@ftx{{(0) dup 3 -1 roll 0 exch put
+@gs true charpath currentpoint $ctm setmatrix
+@@txt @gr @np moveto $tr 0 rmoveto}forall pop}bd
+/@sm{/$ctm $ctm currentmatrix def}bd/@lorg{$lx $ly moveto
+/$ly $ly $le sub def}bd/@ft{matrix currentmatrix 3 1 roll
+$sdf{$scf $sca $scp @ss}if $fil 1 eq{/@@txt/@pf ld @ftx}{$fil 2 eq
+{/@@txt/@ff ld @ftx}{$fil 3 eq{/@@txt/@Pf ld @ftx}{@scc
+{dup $tr exch 0 exch ashow}if pop pop}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse
+$sdf{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if setmatrix}bd/@st{
+matrix currentmatrix 3 1 roll $SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if
+@SCC{{(0) dup 3 -1 roll 0 exch put @gs true charpath currentpoint
+$ctm setmatrix $ptm concat stroke @gr moveto $tr 0 rmoveto}forall
+pop}{pop pop}ifelse $SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if
+setmatrix}bd/@pt{dup length exch}bd/@te{@pt
+@lorg @ft cleartomark [}bd/@tr{@pt @lorg @st cleartomark [}bd
+/@ta{@pt @lorg 2 copy @gs @ft @gr @st cleartomark [}bd
+/@t@a{@pt @lorg 2 copy @gs @st @gr @ft cleartomark [}bd
+/g{1 exch sub/$k xd/$c 0 def/$m 0 def/$y 0 def/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$fil 0 def
+}bd/G{1 exch sub/$K xd/$C 0 def/$M 0 def/$Y 0 def/$T 1 def/$N _ def}bd
+/k{/$k xd/$y xd/$m xd/$c xd/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$fil 0 def}bd
+/K{/$K xd/$Y xd/$M xd/$C xd/$T 1 def/$N _ def}bd
+/x{1 exch sub/$t xd/$n xd/$k xd/$y xd/$m xd/$c xd/$fil 0 def}bd
+/X{1 exch sub/$T xd/$N xd/$K xd/$Y xd/$M xd/$C xd}bd
+/d/setdash ld/i{dup 0 ne{setflat}{pop}ifelse}bd
+/j/setlinejoin ld/J/setlinecap ld/M/setmiterlimit ld
+/w/setlinewidth ld/O{/$o xd}bd/R{/$O xd}bd
+/c/curveto ld/C/c ld/v{4 -2 roll 2 copy 6 -2 roll curveto}bd
+/V/v ld/y{2 copy curveto}bd/Y/y ld/l/lineto ld
+/L/l ld/m/moveto ld/n/newpath ld/N/newpath ld
+/F{matrix currentmatrix $sdf{$scf $sca $scp @ss}if
+$fil 1 eq{@pf}{$fil 2 eq{@ff}{$fil 3 eq{@Pf}{@scc{eofill}{@np}ifelse
+}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse $sdf{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if
+setmatrix}bd/f{@cp F}bd/S{matrix currentmatrix
+$ctm setmatrix $SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if @SCC{$skm currentmatrix
+$ptm concat stroke setmatrix}{@np}ifelse $SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if
+setmatrix}bd/s{@cp S}bd/B{@gs F @gr S}bd/b{@cp B}bd
+/W{eoclip}bd/p{/$pm xd 7{pop}repeat/$pyf xd/$pxf xd
+/$pn xd/$fil 1 def}bd/P{11{pop}repeat}bd/z{/$al xd
+/$tr xd/$le xd exch findfont exch scalefont setfont}bd
+/Z{dup type 0 type eq{/$bDir xd}if findfont
+dup maxlength 1 add dict exch dup{1 index/FID ne{3 index
+3 1 roll put}{pop pop}ifelse}forall pop dup dup/Encoding get
+256 array copy dup/$fe xd/Encoding exch put
+dup/Fontname 3 index put 3 -1 roll dup length 0 ne{0 exch{
+dup type 0 type eq{exch pop}{$fe exch 2 index exch put
+1 add}ifelse}forall pop}if definefont pop}bd
+/e{@sm concat [/t{@te}def}bd/r{@sm concat [/t{@tr}def}bd
+/o{@sm concat [/t{pop}def}bd/a{@sm concat [/t{@ta}def}bd
+/t{@te}def/T{cleartomark @np/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def
+$ctm setmatrix/$ttm matrix def}bd/u{}bd/U{}bd
+/A{pop}bd/H{/$h true def}bd/h{@cp H}bd/q/@gs ld
+/Q/@gr ld/E{5 array astore exch cvlit exch def}bd
+/`{}bd/~{}bd/@{}bd/&{}bd/CorelDrawRencodeVect [
+16#80/grave/circumflex/tilde/dotlessi/florin/quotedblleft/quotedblright/guilsinglleft
+16#88/guilsinglright/fi/fl/dagger/daggerdbl/endash/periodcentered/breve
+16#90/quotedblbase/ellipsis/perthousand/trademark/Pt/fractionbar
+16#98/divide 16#a1/exclamdown/cent/sterling/currency/yen/bar/section
+16#a8/dieresis/copyright/ordfeminine/guillemotleft/logicalnot/emdash/registered/overbar
+16#b0/ring/plusminus/twosuperior/threesuperior/acute/mu/paragraph/bullet
+16#b8/cedilla/onesuperior/ordmasculine/guillemotright/onequarter/onehalf/threequarters/questiondown
+16#c0/Agrave/Aacute/Acircumflex/Atilde/Adieresis/Aring/AE/Ccedilla
+16#c8/Egrave/Eacute/Ecircumflex/Edieresis/Igrave/Iacute/Icircumflex/Idieresis
+16#d0/Eth/Ntilde/Ograve/Oacute/Ocircumflex/Otilde/Odieresis/OE
+16#d8/Oslash/Ugrave/Uacute/Ucircumflex/Udieresis/Yacute/Thorn/germandbls
+16#e0/agrave/aacute/acircumflex/atilde/adieresis/aring/ae/ccedilla
+16#e8/egrave/eacute/ecircumflex/edieresis/igrave/iacute/icircumflex/idieresis
+16#f0/eth/ntilde/ograve/oacute/ocircumflex/otilde/odieresis/oe
+16#f8/oslash/ugrave/uacute/ucircumflex/udieresis/yacute/thorn/ydieresis
+] def/@cc{currentfile $dat readhexstring pop}bd
+/@ii{concat 3 index 3 index m 3 index 1 index l
+2 copy l 1 index 3 index l 3 index 3 index l
+clip pop pop pop pop}bd/@E{/Bbury xd/Bburx xd
+/Bblly xd/Bbllx xd}bd/@c{@cp}bd/@p{/$fil 1 def
+/$pm xd/$psy xd/$psx xd/$pyf xd/$pxf xd/$pn xd}bd
+/@P{/$fil 3 def/$Psn xd array astore/$Prm xd}bd
+/@k{/$fil 2 def/$roy xd/$rox xd/$pad xd/$fty xd/$fan xd
+$fty 1 eq{/$fan 0 def}if/$tok xd/$toy xd/$tom xd/$toc xd
+/$frk xd/$fry xd/$frm xd/$frc xd/$frn _ def/$frt 1 def/$ton _ def/$tot 1 def
+}bd/@x{/$fil 2 def/$roy xd/$rox xd/$pad xd
+/$fty xd/$fan xd 1 exch sub/$tot xd/$ton xd/$tok xd/$toy xd/$tom xd/$toc xd
+1 exch sub/$frt xd/$frn xd/$frk xd/$fry xd/$frm xd/$frc xd}bd
+/@i{@sm @gs @ii 5 index 1 ne{@gs 1 g F @gr}if
+1 eq 5 index 1 eq and{@gs $ctm setmatrix F @gr}if
+@np/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd/$bts xd
+/$hei xd/$wid xd/$dat $wid $bts mul 8 div ceiling cvi string def
+$bts 1 eq{@SCC/$frg xd}{1 G @SCC/$frg xd}ifelse
+$frg{$SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if $llx $lly translate
+$urx $llx sub $ury $lly sub scale $wid $hei abs
+$bts 1 eq{false}{$bts}ifelse [ $wid 0 0 $hei neg 0
+$hei 0 gt{$hei}{0}ifelse]/@cc load $bts 1 eq{imagemask}{image}ifelse
+$SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if}{$hei{@cc pop}repeat}ifelse
+@gr $ctm setmatrix}def/@M {@sv}bd/@N{/@cc{}def
+12 -1 roll neg 12 1 roll @i @rs}bd/@I{@sm @gs
+@ii @np/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd/$ncl xd
+/$bts xd/$hei xd/$wid xd/$dat $wid $bts mul $ncl mul 8 div ceiling cvi string def
+$llx $lly translate $urx $llx sub $ury $lly sub scale
+$wid $hei $bts [ $wid 0 0 $hei neg 0 $hei]/@cc load
+false $ncl colorimage @gr $ctm setmatrix}bd
+/@t{/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def/$stm $stm currentmatrix def
+3 1 roll translate $ttm concat 1 exch t $stm setmatrix}def
+/@n{/$ttm exch matrix rotate def}bd/@z{ exch findfont exch scalefont setfont
+}bd/@s{}bd/@l{}bd/@B{@gs S @gr F}bd/@b{@cp @B}bd
+/@a{@sm concat [/t{@t@a}def}bd/@w{5 2 roll dup/$pan xd
+matrix rotate/$ptm xd matrix scale $ptm dup concatmatrix/$ptm xd
+1 eq{$ptm exch dup concatmatrix/$ptm xd}{pop}ifelse
+1 w}bd/@g{1 eq dup/$sdf xd{/$scp xd/$sca xd
+/$scf xd}if}bd/@G{1 eq dup/$SDF xd{/$SCP xd
+/$SCA xd/$SCF xd}if}bd/@D{3 copy @ss/$dsp xd
+/$dsa xd/$dsf xd}bd/@j{@sv @np}bind def/@J{@rs}bind def
+/@sep{/ColorSeparationMode where{pop}{/ColorSeparationMode 0 def
+/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}ifelse ColorSeparationMode 0 eq
+{/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}if/CurrentInkName where{pop}{
+/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}ifelse CurrentInkName (Composite) eq{/$ink -1 def}
+{CurrentInkName (Cyan) eq{/$ink 0 def} {CurrentInkName (Magenta) eq{/$ink 1 def}
+{CurrentInkName (Yellow) eq{/$ink 2 def} {CurrentInkName (Black) eq{/$ink 3 def}
+{/$ink 4 def}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}bd
+@sep/@whi{@gs -72000 dup moveto -72000 72000 lineto
+72000 dup lineto 72000 -72000 lineto closepath 1 setgray fill
+@gr}bd/@neg{ [{1 exch sub}/exec cvx currenttransfer/exec cvx] cvx settransfer
+@whi}bd/@reg{[] 0 d 0 setgray .3 setlinewidth
+2 copy 5.4 0 360 arc closepath 2 copy moveto 9 0 rlineto
+2 copy moveto -9 0 rlineto 2 copy moveto 0 9 rlineto
+moveto 0 -9 rlineto stroke}bd/leftbracket{(\050)}def
+/rightbracket{(\051)}def
+
+%%EndProlog
+%%BeginSetup
+11.4737 setmiterlimit
+1.00 setflat
+/$fst 128 def
+
+%%EndSetup
+@sv
+/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def
+u
+%%Note: Object
+45.22 528.19 78.98 558.14 @E
+0 J 0 j [] 0 d 0 R 0 @G
+0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 K
+1.01 1.01 0.00 [1.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1.00000 0.00000 0.00000] 0 @w
+%%CURV 106
+73.30 539.78 m
+73.08 538.42 72.22 537.26 71.78 536.33 C
+72.79 534.67 73.73 531.43 74.81 530.64 C
+74.59 530.64 77.04 528.84 73.87 529.06 C
+73.08 529.34 73.08 530.93 70.20 533.81 C
+69.70 533.74 70.56 530.57 71.50 529.63 c
+73.15 528.19 70.27 528.55 70.13 528.62 C
+68.98 529.34 68.62 534.60 67.03 536.26 c
+66.24 537.19 65.16 536.98 64.30 536.90 C
+63.22 536.62 60.62 537.19 60.55 534.02 C
+60.62 532.66 62.14 530.21 62.86 529.78 c
+65.30 528.41 62.06 528.34 61.70 528.77 C
+61.13 529.34 60.19 530.64 59.26 531.65 C
+57.74 532.44 56.38 533.66 56.02 534.96 C
+54.94 534.74 53.86 534.17 53.64 533.23 C
+53.42 532.22 53.86 531.58 54.86 530.14 C
+56.02 529.85 56.38 529.27 56.02 528.98 c
+55.87 528.84 53.71 528.62 53.57 528.91 C
+52.70 529.49 51.70 531.86 51.19 533.16 c
+50.90 533.88 49.97 535.82 51.55 537.77 C
+51.98 538.49 51.91 539.86 51.77 540.65 c
+51.55 541.94 51.55 542.74 52.42 544.46 C
+49.75 546.77 45.22 551.23 49.61 557.14 C
+50.11 557.64 51.55 558.14 50.76 556.27 C
+49.82 553.68 46.66 551.45 53.42 546.19 C
+54.50 546.91 58.97 546.48 60.48 546.19 c
+64.66 545.33 65.52 545.33 68.40 546.05 C
+68.76 546.19 68.83 547.99 70.34 549.22 C
+70.06 550.15 72.00 551.45 72.22 552.53 C
+72.65 553.39 73.66 550.73 73.66 550.66 C
+73.58 551.23 74.66 552.31 74.81 552.96 C
+75.74 553.25 75.10 550.94 75.89 549.50 c
+76.32 548.93 76.68 549.07 77.11 547.70 C
+77.47 546.34 78.98 545.18 76.54 543.89 c
+75.17 543.17 74.59 543.31 73.58 542.88 C
+73.58 542.23 73.51 540.79 73.30 539.78 c
+@c
+S
+U
+@rs
+%%Trailer
+ end
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/elephant.eps b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/elephant.eps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a38bfcb75d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/elephant.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,639 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-1.2
+%%Creator:Adobe Illustrator(TM) 1.1 0000000000
+%%For:
+%%Title:elephant.ps
+%%CreationDate:25/4/88 7:57 pm
+%%DocumentProcSets:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0
+%%DocumentSuppliedProcSets:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0
+%%DocumentFonts:Courier
+%%BoundingBox: 40 -505 507 -87
+%%TemplateBox:0 -720 576 0
+%%EndComments
+%%BeginProcSet:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0
+% Copyright (C) 1987 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
+% All Rights Reserved.
+% Adobe Illustrator is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
+/Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 dup 100 dict def load begin
+/Version 0 def
+/Revision 0 def
+% definition operators
+/bdef {bind def} bind def
+/ldef {load def} bdef
+/xdef {exch def} bdef
+% graphic state operators
+/_K {3 index add neg dup 0 lt {pop 0} if 3 1 roll} bdef
+/_k /setcmybcolor where
+{/setcmybcolor get} {{1 sub 4 1 roll _K _K _K setrgbcolor pop} bind} ifelse def
+/g {/_b xdef /p {_b setgray} def} bdef
+/G {/_B xdef /P {_B setgray} def} bdef
+/k {/_b xdef /_y xdef /_m xdef /_c xdef /p {_c _m _y _b _k} def} bdef
+/K {/_B xdef /_Y xdef /_M xdef /_C xdef /P {_C _M _Y _B _k} def} bdef
+/d /setdash ldef
+/_i currentflat def
+/i {dup 0 eq {pop _i} if setflat} bdef
+/j /setlinejoin ldef
+/J /setlinecap ldef
+/M /setmiterlimit ldef
+/w /setlinewidth ldef
+% path construction operators
+/_R {.25 sub round .25 add} bdef
+/_r {transform _R exch _R exch itransform} bdef
+/c {_r curveto} bdef
+/C /c ldef
+/v {currentpoint 6 2 roll _r curveto} bdef
+/V /v ldef
+/y {_r 2 copy curveto} bdef
+/Y /y ldef
+/l {_r lineto} bdef
+/L /l ldef
+/m {_r moveto} bdef
+% error operators
+/_e [] def
+/_E {_e length 0 ne {gsave 0 g 0 G 0 i 0 J 0 j 1 w 10 M [] 0 d
+/Courier 20 0 0 1 z [0.966 0.259 -0.259 0.966
+_e 0 get _e 2 get add 2 div _e 1 get _e 3 get add 2 div] e _f t T grestore} if} bdef
+/_fill {{fill} stopped
+{/_e [pathbbox] def /_f (ERROR: can't fill, increase flatness) def n _E} if} bdef
+/_stroke {{stroke} stopped
+{/_e [pathbbox] def /_f (ERROR: can't stroke, increase flatness) def n _E} if} bdef
+% path painting operators
+/n /newpath ldef
+/N /n ldef
+/F {p _fill} bdef
+/f {closepath F} bdef
+/S {P _stroke} bdef
+/s {closepath S} bdef
+/B {gsave F grestore S} bdef
+/b {closepath B} bdef
+% text block construction and painting operators
+/_s /ashow ldef
+/_S {(?) exch {2 copy 0 exch put pop dup false charpath currentpoint _g setmatrix
+_stroke _G setmatrix moveto 3 copy pop rmoveto} forall pop pop pop n} bdef
+/_A {_a moveto _t exch 0 exch} bdef
+/_L {0 _l neg translate _G currentmatrix pop} bdef
+/_w {dup stringwidth exch 3 -1 roll length 1 sub _t mul add exch} bdef
+/_z [{0 0} bind {dup _w exch neg 2 div exch neg 2 div} bind {dup _w exch neg exch neg} bind] def
+/z {_z exch get /_a xdef /_t xdef /_l xdef exch findfont exch scalefont setfont} bdef
+/_g matrix def
+/_G matrix def
+/_D {_g currentmatrix pop gsave concat _G currentmatrix pop} bdef
+/e {_D p /t {_A _s _L} def} bdef
+/r {_D P /t {_A _S _L} def} bdef
+/a {_D /t {dup p _A _s P _A _S _L} def} bdef
+/o {_D /t {pop _L} def} bdef
+/T {grestore} bdef
+% group construction operators
+/u {} bdef
+/U {} bdef
+% font construction operators
+/Z {findfont begin currentdict dup length dict begin
+{1 index /FID ne {def} {pop pop} ifelse} forall /FontName exch def dup length 0 ne
+{/Encoding Encoding 256 array copy def 0 exch {dup type /nametype eq
+{Encoding 2 index 2 index put pop 1 add} {exch pop} ifelse} forall} if pop
+currentdict dup end end /FontName get exch definefont pop} bdef
+end
+%%EndProcSet
+%%EndProlog
+%%BeginSetup
+Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 begin
+n
+%%EndSetup
+0 g
+0 G
+1 i
+0 J
+0 j
+0.7 w
+10 M
+[]0 d
+%%Note:
+90.632 -245.419 m
+86.134 -229.425 95.131 -228.926 96.63 -221.429 c
+98.129 -213.932 107.126 -212.932 109.125 -202.936 c
+111.124 -192.94 119.121 -183.944 125.618 -176.947 c
+132.116 -169.949 146.61 -163.952 156.106 -168.45 c
+165.602 -172.948 169.102 -174.947 178.598 -176.447 c
+188.094 -177.946 195.591 -179.945 208.086 -176.947 c
+220.581 -173.948 226.578 -171.949 237.074 -172.948 c
+247.569 -173.948 277.557 -172.948 290.052 -171.949 c
+302.547 -170.949 335.034 -171.449 345.53 -171.449 c
+356.026 -171.449 374.019 -177.446 388.012 -182.444 c
+402.006 -187.442 426.996 -197.438 439.491 -204.435 c
+451.986 -211.433 469.979 -230.425 479.476 -238.422 c
+488.972 -246.418 497.969 -243.42 499.968 -278.905 c
+501.967 -314.39 499.968 -334.882 498.968 -346.377 c
+497.969 -357.872 492.971 -371.367 491.971 -382.862 c
+490.971 -394.358 490.971 -399.356 490.971 -410.851 c
+490.971 -422.346 490.971 -433.342 492.471 -442.338 c
+493.97 -451.336 494.47 -457.333 494.97 -461.332 c
+495.47 -465.33 491.971 -464.83 489.472 -465.83 c
+486.973 -466.829 483.474 -462.331 481.975 -458.333 c
+480.476 -454.334 481.475 -444.837 481.475 -441.339 c
+481.475 -437.84 483.474 -434.841 483.974 -427.844 c
+484.474 -420.847 485.474 -386.861 482.975 -378.364 c
+480.476 -369.868 484.974 -364.37 485.973 -354.374 c
+486.973 -344.378 491.971 -311.391 489.972 -308.392 c
+487.973 -305.394 484.474 -327.885 478.475 -333.882 c
+472.478 -339.88 471.478 -346.377 471.478 -351.875 c
+471.478 -357.373 467.48 -363.37 464.981 -365.869 c
+462.482 -368.368 461.982 -374.366 457.984 -380.863 c
+453.985 -387.36 450.987 -394.857 450.487 -402.854 c
+449.987 -410.851 451.486 -436.341 450.487 -440.839 c
+449.487 -445.337 447.988 -447.836 446.988 -448.836 c
+445.989 -449.835 451.486 -448.336 451.486 -453.835 c
+451.486 -459.332 449.987 -459.832 449.487 -468.329 c
+448.987 -476.825 447.488 -479.324 447.488 -484.322 c
+447.488 -489.32 447.488 -495.318 445.489 -495.818 c
+443.49 -496.317 437.492 -498.317 433.494 -498.816 c
+429.495 -499.316 420.999 -499.816 419.999 -499.316 c
+419 -498.816 419.499 -495.318 420.999 -494.318 c
+422.498 -493.319 424.746 -490.011 y
+417.5 -495.818 415.501 -496.817 v
+413.502 -497.817 410.003 -499.816 407.004 -499.316 c
+404.006 -498.816 402.506 -498.317 401.507 -496.817 c
+400.507 -495.318 397.508 -496.817 394.509 -494.818 c
+391.511 -492.819 392.01 -490.82 393.01 -489.32 c
+394.01 -487.821 399.507 -482.323 y
+394.01 -483.323 392.51 -483.323 v
+391.011 -483.323 377.017 -484.322 374.019 -484.322 c
+371.02 -484.322 364.023 -485.322 363.023 -484.822 c
+362.024 -484.322 361.024 -483.323 361.024 -482.823 c
+361.024 -482.323 356.526 -482.823 356.026 -482.823 c
+355.526 -482.823 353.027 -480.324 353.527 -479.324 c
+354.027 -478.325 357.525 -473.327 359.525 -471.827 c
+361.524 -470.328 365.022 -466.329 368.021 -465.33 c
+371.02 -464.33 371.52 -459.832 373.019 -457.333 c
+374.518 -454.834 375.018 -451.336 375.518 -447.836 c
+376.018 -444.337 377.017 -433.342 377.017 -427.844 c
+377.017 -422.346 379.516 -406.353 382.015 -399.356 c
+384.514 -392.358 386.514 -386.861 385.514 -381.363 c
+384.514 -375.865 381.016 -368.368 381.016 -366.369 c
+381.016 -364.37 381.016 -358.872 y
+377.517 -358.872 371.02 -361.371 v
+364.523 -363.87 348.529 -368.368 342.531 -367.369 c
+336.534 -366.369 308.044 -365.369 306.545 -362.371 c
+305.046 -359.372 289.552 -353.374 289.052 -352.874 c
+288.552 -352.375 288.052 -359.872 289.552 -367.369 c
+291.051 -374.866 292.551 -382.362 294.55 -389.36 c
+296.549 -396.357 298.548 -425.345 300.048 -433.842 c
+301.547 -442.338 307.545 -449.335 310.044 -453.335 c
+312.542 -457.333 313.542 -460.332 313.042 -464.83 c
+312.542 -469.328 311.043 -475.326 310.543 -477.825 c
+310.044 -480.324 306.045 -484.322 303.046 -483.822 c
+300.048 -483.323 291.051 -480.824 289.552 -481.323 c
+288.052 -481.823 285.054 -485.322 284.054 -485.822 c
+283.055 -486.321 277.557 -486.321 274.558 -487.321 c
+271.559 -488.321 263.063 -489.82 261.563 -488.321 c
+260.064 -486.821 262.063 -493.319 249.568 -491.319 c
+246.078 -490.761 239.072 -491.819 235.075 -492.819 c
+231.077 -493.818 224.579 -492.319 224.079 -492.319 c
+223.58 -492.319 215.583 -491.819 214.083 -490.82 c
+212.584 -489.82 204.087 -489.82 204.087 -487.321 c
+204.087 -484.822 208.586 -482.823 211.085 -480.324 c
+213.584 -477.825 220.581 -472.827 221.081 -470.328 c
+221.58 -467.829 221.081 -461.332 221.081 -458.333 c
+221.081 -455.334 219.081 -449.335 217.082 -445.337 c
+215.083 -441.339 213.584 -427.344 213.084 -424.845 c
+212.584 -422.346 214.583 -415.349 213.584 -413.35 c
+212.584 -411.351 210.085 -398.356 209.085 -395.357 c
+208.086 -392.358 206.087 -385.361 205.587 -379.364 c
+205.087 -373.366 202.088 -354.874 201.089 -351.875 c
+200.089 -348.876 198.59 -335.881 199.089 -331.883 c
+199.589 -327.885 192.092 -314.89 191.592 -312.391 c
+191.093 -309.892 188.594 -305.394 188.594 -300.895 c
+188.594 -296.397 184.096 -294.898 181.597 -294.898 c
+179.098 -294.898 170.101 -291.899 169.102 -290.899 c
+168.102 -289.9 159.105 -293.398 155.606 -293.898 c
+152.107 -294.398 140.112 -296.897 139.613 -296.397 c
+139.113 -295.897 135.114 -303.894 134.615 -306.393 c
+134.115 -308.892 132.615 -313.39 131.116 -313.89 c
+129.617 -314.39 126.118 -318.888 126.118 -320.388 c
+126.118 -321.887 122.12 -317.889 y
+122.12 -312.391 121.62 -308.392 v
+121.12 -304.394 124.619 -300.895 125.118 -298.396 c
+125.618 -295.897 131.116 -287.901 130.616 -286.401 c
+130.116 -284.902 128.131 -286.36 125.118 -288.4 c
+121.244 -291.026 118.121 -310.392 115.622 -313.39 c
+113.123 -316.389 106.626 -331.383 105.126 -333.882 c
+103.627 -336.381 103.127 -363.87 102.128 -372.866 c
+101.128 -381.863 103.127 -397.356 104.627 -401.355 c
+106.126 -405.353 107.625 -409.352 106.626 -409.851 c
+105.626 -410.351 112.623 -403.354 118.121 -403.854 c
+123.619 -404.354 130.616 -408.352 131.616 -413.85 c
+132.615 -419.348 131.116 -428.844 127.617 -431.343 c
+124.119 -433.842 110.624 -436.341 108.125 -433.842 c
+105.626 -431.343 94.631 -427.844 90.632 -418.848 c
+89.333 -415.924 80.137 -391.859 79.637 -384.861 c
+79.202 -378.776 76.514 -369.619 76.638 -367.868 c
+76.673 -367.37 64.143 -379.364 61.644 -380.863 c
+59.145 -382.362 50.149 -389.859 48.15 -387.86 c
+46.15 -385.861 50.649 -383.362 52.148 -381.363 c
+53.647 -379.364 61.144 -372.866 63.143 -371.367 c
+65.143 -369.868 55.147 -374.866 51.148 -375.365 c
+47.15 -375.865 45.151 -373.866 46.15 -373.366 c
+47.15 -372.866 57.146 -368.368 62.144 -364.87 c
+67.142 -361.371 74.139 -355.873 74.639 -353.374 c
+75.139 -350.875 74.139 -326.885 73.139 -319.888 c
+72.14 -312.891 77.138 -296.397 77.638 -287.401 c
+78.137 -278.405 82.136 -267.91 84.135 -262.412 c
+86.134 -256.914 90.824 -246.099 90.632 -245.419 c
+s
+262.063 -478.325 m
+263.562 -474.326 271.059 -469.828 272.559 -467.829 c
+274.058 -465.83 274.558 -460.332 272.559 -457.833 c
+270.56 -455.334 267.561 -446.836 266.561 -444.837 c
+265.562 -442.838 264.562 -437.34 263.562 -433.842 c
+262.563 -430.343 262.063 -423.846 261.063 -421.347 c
+260.064 -418.848 257.065 -412.35 256.565 -411.351 c
+256.065 -410.351 254.066 -418.848 254.066 -422.346 c
+254.066 -425.845 257.565 -430.343 257.565 -433.842 c
+257.565 -437.34 258.065 -439.839 257.065 -443.338 c
+256.065 -446.836 254.566 -450.836 255.066 -455.334 c
+255.566 -459.832 256.565 -465.33 258.065 -468.828 c
+259.564 -472.327 261.814 -478.986 262.063 -478.325 c
+s
+114.374 -421.846 m
+114.123 -422.846 117.122 -422.597 118.621 -421.846 c
+120.12 -421.098 121.371 -418.848 119.871 -417.348 c
+118.372 -415.849 117.405 -416.194 116.122 -416.6 c
+113.748 -417.348 114.509 -421.305 114.374 -421.846 c
+s
+121.871 -294.148 m
+119.372 -291.65 119.121 -289.4 y
+108.789 -290.299 108.625 -293.898 v
+107.625 -315.889 64.143 -370.867 63.143 -371.367 c
+S
+76.638 -367.868 m
+83.635 -362.371 105.126 -333.382 105.126 -333.882 c
+S
+164.602 -189.442 m
+172.1 -193.44 172.6 -194.939 178.098 -194.939 c
+183.596 -194.939 186.595 -191.441 191.592 -197.438 c
+196.59 -203.436 198.59 -210.433 199.589 -217.43 c
+200.589 -224.427 198.59 -229.425 194.591 -232.924 c
+190.593 -236.422 194.091 -240.921 192.592 -242.42 c
+191.093 -243.919 190.593 -248.418 190.593 -250.417 c
+190.593 -252.416 182.845 -253.666 181.346 -254.665 c
+179.846 -255.665 174.635 -263.779 173.849 -263.162 c
+166.852 -257.664 168.351 -252.416 165.853 -250.417 c
+163.354 -248.418 158.605 -239.921 157.105 -238.921 c
+155.606 -237.922 148.021 -233.866 148.021 -231.367 c
+148.021 -228.868 149.109 -219.166 148.609 -216.667 c
+148.109 -214.168 152.107 -209.433 152.107 -208.434 c
+S
+159.781 -179.035 m
+164.485 -180.211 169.189 -181.975 172.717 -182.563 c
+176.245 -183.151 185.653 -186.091 188.593 -187.267 c
+191.533 -188.443 198.001 -193.735 199.765 -197.263 c
+201.529 -200.791 202.117 -206.671 202.705 -209.023 c
+203.293 -211.375 203.293 -219.607 202.117 -221.371 c
+200.941 -223.135 197.413 -231.955 196.237 -232.543 c
+S
+108.097 -233.86 m
+112.167 -236.446 116.296 -237.525 120.179 -236.971 c
+125.831 -236.166 128.942 -227.524 129.27 -225.841 c
+S
+109.73 -237.489 m
+111.163 -238.845 115.233 -241.43 117.92 -241.079 c
+120.607 -240.727 123.178 -240.834 125.479 -238.64 c
+127.339 -236.869 130.379 -228.116 130.528 -226.81 c
+S
+108.46 -230.129 m
+110.117 -226.085 113.633 -223.711 115.101 -223.019 c
+120.739 -220.367 127.21 -223.619 127.234 -224.548 c
+S
+108.8 -230.633 m
+111.01 -231.549 112.29 -232.49 113.598 -232.64 c
+116.814 -233.01 120.042 -233.379 122.149 -230.779 c
+123.23 -229.447 123.643 -229.297 125.175 -227.488 c
+126.707 -225.678 126.557 -225.264 127.234 -224.548 c
+S
+u
+117.144 -223.904 m
+118.708 -223.335 120.422 -224.096 120.972 -225.607 c
+121.522 -227.117 120.699 -228.804 119.135 -229.373 c
+117.57 -229.943 115.856 -229.179 115.307 -227.669 c
+114.757 -226.159 115.58 -224.472 117.144 -223.904 c
+f
+118.14 -226.638 m
+F
+U
+129.952 -224.71 m
+130.389 -223.353 131.426 -223.641 129.289 -222.158 c
+128.199 -221.4 122.082 -217.838 119.797 -218.137 c
+117.44 -218.445 114.876 -219.824 113.16 -222.044 c
+S
+109.974 -231.066 m
+110.638 -229.885 111.271 -230.044 110.638 -229.885 c
+110.188 -229.77 109.038 -229.138 y
+S
+125.118 -288.4 m
+132.615 -282.903 135.114 -282.903 138.113 -276.906 c
+141.112 -270.909 139.613 -259.413 137.613 -255.915 c
+135.614 -252.416 133.615 -244.919 y
+S
+128.971 -242.98 m
+126.971 -247.478 124.472 -253.975 120.973 -255.475 c
+117.474 -256.974 111.477 -257.974 109.478 -258.473 c
+S
+129.823 -220.573 m
+126.834 -218.203 123.007 -214.64 121.267 -214.609 c
+119.528 -214.578 116.234 -213.677 113.623 -215.785 c
+111.96 -217.128 108.602 -222.181 107.962 -223.343 c
+S
+73.139 -317.889 m
+82.136 -309.392 94.631 -316.389 y
+S
+74.139 -305.394 m
+77.638 -301.395 78.137 -298.396 85.135 -299.396 c
+92.132 -300.396 97.13 -303.894 97.63 -303.894 c
+S
+74.139 -331.883 m
+77.138 -329.384 83.635 -327.385 85.135 -327.885 c
+86.634 -328.384 92.632 -329.884 y
+S
+74.639 -345.877 m
+76.638 -343.878 83.635 -343.878 y
+S
+77.138 -371.367 m
+80.137 -369.368 86.01 -366.119 90.008 -366.869 c
+92.204 -367.28 99.629 -370.867 y
+S
+79.512 -382.114 m
+82.011 -380.614 89.633 -374.866 96.63 -380.863 c
+S
+83.635 -399.356 m
+92.383 -389.611 99.129 -397.356 y
+S
+86.885 -408.603 m
+93.131 -400.355 101.628 -407.352 y
+S
+89.384 -414.6 m
+94.631 -407.852 104.127 -413.35 y
+S
+93.631 -423.597 m
+94.631 -420.598 104.378 -417.848 104.627 -417.848 c
+S
+106.877 -420.347 m
+103.127 -423.097 102.128 -429.594 y
+S
+117.872 -422.097 m
+116.873 -431.343 124.869 -432.093 y
+S
+112.375 -420.847 m
+106.877 -427.844 114.374 -434.841 y
+S
+120.371 -419.348 m
+125.118 -425.596 131.616 -419.099 y
+S
+119.871 -417.348 m
+127.118 -416.6 124.619 -406.104 y
+S
+118.372 -416.349 m
+123.119 -408.603 114.374 -404.354 y
+S
+116.122 -416.6 m
+114.874 -409.103 106.126 -410.351 106.626 -409.851 c
+106.877 -409.602 103.878 -416.849 105.377 -420.347 c
+108.125 -413.85 114.374 -421.846 v
+114.528 -422.044 109.876 -419.598 105.377 -420.347 c
+S
+114.623 -418.848 m
+111.875 -411.851 104.878 -415.1 105.126 -415.1 c
+S
+74.639 -356.373 m
+74.763 -354.498 74.639 -353.374 v
+S
+81.012 -390.235 m
+83.511 -388.735 91.132 -382.987 98.129 -388.984 c
+S
+95.506 -346.127 m
+95.881 -346.127 99.629 -347.377 y
+S
+77.388 -352.75 m
+76.388 -352.125 74.639 -352.874 74.639 -352.75 c
+S
+89.384 -353.998 m
+91.507 -353.75 97.88 -356.249 y
+S
+78.137 -279.904 m
+84.135 -277.405 89.133 -276.406 94.131 -277.905 c
+99.129 -279.405 107.126 -285.402 y
+S
+83.635 -265.411 m
+88.133 -262.412 95.131 -262.912 99.629 -263.412 c
+104.127 -263.911 113.623 -270.909 y
+121.62 -276.406 l
+S
+77.388 -352.75 m
+S
+74.639 -352.75 m
+S
+256.565 -411.351 m
+262.563 -398.856 259.564 -384.362 261.563 -374.866 c
+263.562 -365.369 263.063 -354.374 267.561 -348.376 c
+272.059 -342.379 281.555 -321.387 283.554 -314.89 c
+285.553 -308.392 276.057 -271.908 273.059 -264.911 c
+270.06 -257.914 265.562 -248.917 264.562 -244.419 c
+263.562 -239.921 261.563 -225.927 263.562 -221.928 c
+S
+1 w
+291.198 -93.775 m
+S
+0.7 w
+289.052 -352.874 m
+284.554 -343.878 266.561 -350.875 y
+S
+242.394 -491.555 m
+242.394 -488.056 239.469 -483.145 238.221 -482.896 c
+236.972 -482.645 231.474 -483.645 231.474 -483.896 c
+231.474 -484.145 228.225 -480.897 226.976 -479.898 c
+225.726 -478.898 221.727 -480.146 220.728 -480.646 c
+219.728 -481.146 217.229 -479.398 216.729 -478.898 c
+216.23 -478.398 212.951 -478.957 212.701 -479.207 c
+S
+219.728 -480.397 m
+220.479 -483.896 212.701 -490.085 y
+S
+231.474 -483.896 m
+231.723 -486.395 224.079 -492.319 y
+S
+261.872 -477.736 m
+264.621 -485.233 260.622 -487.483 y
+S
+284.054 -485.822 m
+280.556 -485.572 268.369 -482.734 267.869 -481.485 c
+267.37 -480.235 262.622 -480.486 y
+S
+288.552 -482.073 m
+285.054 -478.075 279.806 -473.826 278.057 -473.826 c
+276.307 -473.826 268.854 -481.809 268.854 -481.559 c
+S
+269.06 -470.828 m
+272.559 -470.328 275.807 -475.076 y
+S
+358.525 -473.327 m
+362.272 -472.577 366.271 -474.326 367.27 -475.576 c
+368.27 -476.825 361.524 -482.823 361.024 -482.823 c
+S
+367.374 -474.988 m
+369.623 -474.237 372.622 -474.988 374.371 -476.236 c
+376.121 -477.487 379.869 -483.484 y
+S
+390.275 -261.943 m
+380.278 -279.436 357.347 -332.502 384.015 -355.373 c
+398.54 -367.832 399.507 -387.86 404.505 -393.358 c
+409.503 -398.856 405.005 -410.351 406.005 -416.849 c
+407.004 -423.346 410.003 -429.843 410.003 -439.839 c
+410.003 -449.835 408.004 -460.832 408.504 -465.33 c
+409.004 -469.828 405.005 -475.826 404.006 -477.825 c
+403.006 -479.824 398.008 -483.323 y
+403.506 -482.823 407.504 -486.821 407.755 -487.071 c
+408.004 -487.321 401.007 -496.067 y
+S
+407.269 -487.071 m
+415.017 -483.821 423.513 -490.319 y
+432.259 -485.321 441.006 -497.067 y
+S
+381.016 -358.872 m
+382.337 -358.961 385.277 -357.197 y
+S
+489.972 -308.392 m
+491.998 -302.514 496.114 -294.87 496.114 -293.106 c
+S
+490.234 -445.397 m
+490.234 -453.629 493.762 -464.213 y
+S
+487.882 -446.573 m
+487.882 -450.101 489.299 -465.683 489.472 -465.83 c
+S
+484.942 -443.045 m
+483.178 -447.749 484.354 -461.273 y
+S
+421.439 -452.453 m
+431.435 -455.981 446.668 -448.747 446.988 -448.836 c
+S
+376.163 -444.221 m
+383.219 -451.277 401.447 -451.277 y
+S
+377.927 -423.641 m
+382.043 -426.581 397.331 -425.993 y
+S
+406.739 -407.765 m
+417.323 -418.349 438.491 -410.117 y
+S
+370.871 -461.861 m
+376.163 -468.917 397.331 -471.857 y
+S
+409.679 -434.225 m
+416.735 -440.693 439.079 -431.285 y
+S
+406.739 -396.593 m
+414.383 -398.945 433.787 -391.301 y
+S
+448.487 -477.737 m
+430.847 -486.557 412.031 -479.501 y
+S
+312.072 -455.981 m
+306.78 -462.449 281.496 -464.213 y
+S
+300.048 -433.842 m
+295.608 -439.517 276.792 -439.517 y
+S
+295.608 -395.417 m
+290.904 -392.477 263.856 -397.769 y
+S
+297.96 -413.057 m
+293.844 -417.173 268.56 -420.113 y
+S
+291.492 -374.249 m
+287.376 -372.485 261.623 -374.307 261.563 -374.866 c
+S
+250.92 -424.229 m
+247.392 -444.221 217.993 -435.401 y
+S
+253.272 -430.109 m
+250.92 -448.337 223.285 -454.217 y
+S
+256.8 -461.861 m
+245.04 -473.033 225.637 -468.329 y
+S
+213.584 -413.35 m
+220.933 -420.701 239.16 -413.645 y
+S
+236.809 -380.129 m
+232.693 -386.597 205.645 -383.657 y
+S
+238.572 -389.537 m
+245.04 -387.185 260.328 -394.829 y
+S
+237.985 -371.897 m
+240.924 -370.133 261.504 -378.365 y
+S
+237.985 -358.961 m
+235.045 -362.489 202.705 -361.901 y
+S
+199.177 -335.442 m
+215.641 -344.262 248.568 -327.21 y
+S
+192.709 -314.274 m
+201.529 -306.63 238.572 -311.334 y
+S
+149.785 -246.655 m
+158.605 -263.707 138.025 -287.814 y
+S
+160.957 -258.415 m
+166.837 -267.823 146.257 -288.402 y
+S
+174.481 -270.763 m
+178.597 -277.818 167.425 -290.166 y
+S
+191.533 -259.591 m
+200.353 -270.175 183.889 -294.87 y
+S
+206.233 -247.243 m
+212.113 -269.587 187.418 -299.865 188.594 -300.895 c
+S
+159.193 -201.379 m
+162.133 -207.259 161.545 -215.491 161.545 -217.255 c
+161.545 -219.019 153.313 -227.251 153.901 -230.779 c
+S
+237.985 -176.095 m
+244.452 -180.799 251.508 -187.855 254.448 -192.559 c
+257.388 -197.263 253.861 -213.37 253.566 -214.431 c
+251.359 -222.372 242.571 -252.416 244.57 -262.412 c
+246.569 -272.408 251.567 -282.403 252.567 -295.398 c
+253.566 -308.392 253.566 -320.388 246.569 -331.383 c
+239.572 -342.379 236.574 -357.373 237.574 -368.368 c
+238.572 -379.364 235.575 -404.354 245.57 -422.346 c
+S
+457.895 -360.725 m
+464.951 -348.378 464.363 -327.798 469.067 -315.45 c
+473.77 -303.102 477.886 -295.458 477.298 -278.994 c
+476.71 -262.531 473.77 -263.119 y
+S
+410.267 -370.133 m
+402.035 -357.197 396.155 -340.734 394.979 -328.974 c
+394.151 -320.699 409.091 -287.814 y
+S
+u
+116.786 -223.328 m
+119.079 -222.493 121.637 -223.74 122.502 -226.115 c
+123.365 -228.487 122.208 -231.089 119.915 -231.922 c
+117.621 -232.757 115.064 -231.51 114.199 -229.135 c
+113.335 -226.763 114.493 -224.163 116.786 -223.328 c
+s
+118.351 -227.626 m
+S
+U
+118.294 -232.651 m
+116.002 -233.016 113.653 -232.151 112.636 -230.643 c
+111.618 -229.137 111.9 -227.548 112.377 -226.28 c
+112.854 -225.01 114.424 -223.735 114.926 -223.396 c
+115.428 -223.057 118.062 -222.269 119.178 -222.397 c
+122.279 -222.753 123.831 -224.223 124.232 -225.328 c
+124.635 -226.433 124.862 -227.915 124.723 -227.965 c
+S
+%%Trailer
+_E end
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/ltcaption.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/ltcaption.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1365f2ecc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/ltcaption.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,907 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% This is file `ltcaption.dtx'.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+%
+% \fi
+% \CheckSum{378}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*driver>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{ltcaption.drv}%
+ [2013/06/01 v1.4 This package fixes caption problems with
+ other-than-centered aligned longtables]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=48pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+%
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
+ \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
+% \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+\fi
+%
+\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{longtable}
+\makeatletter\let\LT@makecaption@ORI\LT@makecaption\makeatother
+%
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, ltcaption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+%
+\usepackage{ltcaption}[2007/09/01]
+%\usepackage[LTcapwidthtotable]{fr-longtable}
+%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\KOMAScript}{\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em%
+ M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}
+%
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{ltcaption.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+% \newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
+% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
+% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett
+%
+% \def\thispackage{the \package{ltcaption} package}
+% \def\Thispackage{The \package{ltcaption} package}
+% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{ltcaption.drv}
+% \let\docdate\filedate
+% \let\docversion\fileversion
+% \GetFileInfo{ltcaption.sty}
+%
+% \title{\texorpdfstring{\Thispackage\thanks{%^^A
+% This package has version number \docversion.}}%^^A
+% {The ltcaption package}}
+% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}}
+% \date{\docdate}
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% \centering
+% \mbox{This package fixes caption problems with other-than-centered aligned longtables.}\\
+% (solves \href{http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=tools/3387}%^^A
+% {\LaTeX\ PR \texttt{tools/3387}})
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{The user interface}
+%
+% The content of \cs{caption} in longtables is usually centered to the content of the
+% longtable itself.
+% This is sufficient for centered longtables, but for left or right aligned longtables
+% this results in captions moved into the left or right page margin.
+%
+% To solve this problem just include this package \emph{after} the \package{longtable}
+% package\cite{longtable}, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage{longtable,ltcaption}|
+% \end{quote}
+% Afterwards the captions of all longtables should be aligned as expected,
+% even for not-centered longtables.
+%
+% \subsection{Further justification}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\LTcapskip}
+% This length is controlling the skip between the caption and the contents
+% below the caption (which is usually the longtable contents if you place
+% the caption above the longtable), and it can be altered with
+% |\setlength\LTcapskip{|\ldots|}|.
+% When \thispackage\ is loaded it will be set to |\abovecaptionskip| which
+% usually represents the skip between caption and contents in floating
+% environments.
+% (Without this package, the \package{longtable} package uses |\baselineskip| here.)
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\LTcapleft}
+% \DescribeMacro{\LTcapright}
+% You can alter the centering of the caption box (of width |\LTcapwidth|)
+% by setting the lengths |\LTcapleft| \& |\LTcapright| to appropriate values.
+% These are set to |\fill| by default, just like the values |\LTleft| \& |\LTright|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\LTcapmarginsfalse}
+% Another option is the usage of the command |\LTcapmarginsfalse| which makes
+% \thispackage\ using the values |\LTleft| \& |\LTright| instead of
+% |\LTcapleft| \& |\LTcapright|.
+%
+% \emph{Note:}
+% If \thispackage\ will be used with one of the \package{NTG} document
+% classes\cite{NTGclasses}, |\CaptionLabelFont| \& |\CaptionTextFont| will
+% not only be used for |figure| \& |table| captions, but for |longtable|
+% captions as well.
+%
+% \emph{Note:}
+% These lengths \& commands do not work when \thispackage\ is used with one
+% of the \KOMAScript\ document classes \class{scrartcl}, \class{scrreprt}, or \class{scrbook}~\cite{KOMAScript},
+% or used with the \class{memoir} document class~\cite{memoir}.
+% The \KOMAScript\ resp.~\class{memoir} settings for captions are used instead.
+% Same with the \package{caption} package which also uses its own options
+% and settings.
+%
+% \subsection{Bonus features}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\LTcaptype}
+% As a bonus feature this package patches the \package{longtable} package
+% so |\LTcaptype| will be used internally instead of the fixed caption type
+% `table'. So for example this code snipped:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\renewcommand\LTcaptype{figure}|\\
+% |\begin{longtable}{ll}|\\
+% |\caption{An example longtable}\\|\\
+% | A & B \\|\\
+% |\end{longtable}|
+% \end{quote}
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% will result in a longtable like this:
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \setcounter{figure}{6}
+% \begingroup
+% \renewcommand\LTcaptype{figure}
+% \begin{longtable}{l}
+% \caption{An example longtable}\\
+% \ldots \\
+% \end{longtable}
+% \endgroup
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{longtable*}
+% Another bonus feature is the addition of the environment |longtable*| which
+% does not increment the |table| counter. (As a consequence, |\caption| is not
+% available for such longtables, but |\caption*| still is.)
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{Spot the difference}
+%
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% Without \thispackage:
+% \makeatletter
+% \let\LT@makecaption\LT@makecaption@ORI
+% \makeatother
+%
+% \iffalse show textwidth \fi
+% \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+%
+% \begin{longtable}[l]{l}
+% \caption{Left aligned longtable left aligned longtable left aligned
+% longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \begin{longtable}[r]{l}
+% \caption{Right aligned longtable right aligned longtable right aligned
+% longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \begin{longtable}[c]{l}
+% \caption{Centered longtable centered longtable centered longtable
+% centered longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% With \thispackage\ (and the default value of |\LTcapwidth|):
+%
+% \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+%
+% \begin{longtable}[l]{l}
+% \caption{Left aligned longtable left aligned longtable left aligned
+% longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \begin{longtable}[r]{l}
+% \caption{Right aligned longtable right aligned longtable right aligned
+% longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \begin{longtable}[c]{l}
+% \caption{Centered longtable centered longtable centered longtable
+% centered longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% With \thispackage\ and |\LTcapwidth=\linewidth|:
+% \LTcapwidth=\linewidth
+%
+% \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+%
+% \begin{longtable}[l]{l}
+% \caption{Left aligned longtable left aligned longtable
+% left aligned longtable left aligned longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \begin{longtable}[r]{l}
+% \caption{Right aligned longtable right aligned longtable
+% right aligned longtable right aligned longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \begin{longtable}[c]{l}
+% \caption{Centered longtable centered longtable centered longtable
+% centered longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% With \thispackage\ and |\LTcapleft=0pt|
+% resp. |\LTcapright=0pt|:
+%
+% \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+%
+% \LTcapleft=0pt\relax
+% \LTcapright=\fill
+% \begin{longtable}[l]{l}
+% \caption{Left aligned longtable left aligned longtable left aligned
+% longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \LTcapleft=\fill
+% \LTcapright=0pt\relax
+% \begin{longtable}[r]{l}
+% \caption{Right aligned longtable right aligned longtable right aligned
+% longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% With \thispackage\ and |\LTcapleft=\tabcolsep|\\
+% resp. |\LTcapright=\tabcolsep|:
+%
+% \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+%
+% \LTcapleft=\tabcolsep
+% \LTcapright=\tabcolsep plus 1fill
+% \begin{longtable}[l]{l}
+% \caption{Left aligned longtable left aligned longtable left aligned
+% longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \LTcapleft=\tabcolsep plus 1fill
+% \LTcapright=\tabcolsep
+% \begin{longtable}[r]{l}
+% \caption{Right aligned longtable right aligned longtable right aligned
+% longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% With \thispackage\ and |\LTcapmarginsfalse|:
+% \LTcapmarginsfalse
+%
+% \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+%
+% \begin{longtable}[l]{l}
+% \caption{Left aligned longtable left aligned longtable left aligned
+% longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \begin{longtable}[r]{l}
+% \caption{Right aligned longtable right aligned longtable right aligned
+% longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \begin{longtable}[c]{l}
+% \caption{Centered longtable centered longtable centered longtable
+% centered longtable}\\
+% This is only a test\\
+% \end{longtable}
+%
+% \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \StopEventually{%^^A
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \begin{thebibliography}{9}
+% \bibitem{longtable}
+% David Carlisle:
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}%
+% {\emph{The longtable package}},
+% 2004/02/01
+%
+% \bibitem{NTGclasses}
+% Victor Eijkhout:
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntgclass}%
+% {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},
+% \mbox{3~September~1989}
+%
+% \bibitem{KOMAScript}
+% Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}%
+% {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},
+% 2012-07-22
+%
+% \bibitem{memoir}
+% Peter Wilson, maintained by Lars Madsen:
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}%
+% {\emph{The Memoir Class for Configurable Typesetting}},
+% 2013-05-30
+%
+% \bibitem{floatrow}
+% Olga Lapko:
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow}%
+% {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},
+% 2007/08/24
+% \end{thebibliography}
+% }
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@namedef,\@nameuse}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setpar}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box}
+% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow}
+% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter}
+% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
+% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
+% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline}
+% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write}
+% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad}
+% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut}
+% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists}
+% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2007/04/15}{First release}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/06}{Support of \cs{LTcaptype} added}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{The Implementation}
+% \iffalse
+%<*package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Identification}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{ltcaption}[2018/08/26 v1.4a longtable captions (AR)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{longtable}{}{%
+ \PackageError{ltcaption}{longtable package not loaded, aborting}{RTFM}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{User interface}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LTcaptype}
+% |\LTcaptype| is preset to |table|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\LTcaptype{table}
+\providecommand*\ext@table{lot}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ext@lstlisting}
+% Since the \package{listings} package do not define |\ext@lstlisting|,
+% but we needed it when |\renewcommand\LTcaptype{lstlisting}| was done
+% by the end user, we define it here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{caption@AtBeginDocument}\AtBeginDocument\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{listings}{%
+ \providecommand*\ext@lstlisting{lol}}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% To save \TeX\ memory some stuff will not be defined if the
+% \package{caption} package is loaded.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{caption}{}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/20}{The skips will not be defined if the
+% \package{caption} package is loaded}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LTcapskip}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/03/28}{This skip added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newskip\LTcapskip \LTcapskip=\abovecaptionskip
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LTcapleft}
+% \begin{macro}{\LTcapright}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifLTcapmargins}
+% Our skips and the flag belonging to them.\\
+% (Default: Use these skips (and not |\LTleft| \& |\LTright|.)\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newskip\LTcapleft \LTcapleft=\fill
+ \newskip\LTcapright \LTcapright=\fill
+ \newif\ifLTcapmargins \LTcapmarginstrue
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/05}{Usage of \cs{CaptionLabelFont} \&
+% \cs{CaptionTextFont} added}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\CaptionLabelFont}
+% \begin{macro}{\CaptionTextFont}
+% These commands are provided by the \package{NTG} document classes.
+% To make this package work with other document classes as well,
+% we need to define |\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| \& |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\CaptionLabelFont{}
+ \providecommand*\CaptionTextFont{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\CaptionLabelSeparator}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2011/09/12}{This macro added}
+% Additionally, we define |\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator| which is predefined as colon.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\CaptionLabelSeparator{:}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{The longtable patch}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LT@array}
+% \changes{v1.1a}{2008/03/21}{Improved redefinition of \cs{refstepcounter} etc.}
+% We insert our stuff into the definition of |\LT@array| here.
+% Since the \package{hyperref} package patches |\LT@array| as well
+% and since this only works with the original definition of |\LT@array|,
+% we have to do this after the \package{hyperref} package,
+% i.e. |\AtBeginDocument|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{caption@AtBeginDocument}\AtBeginDocument\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \let\ltcaption@ORI@LT@array\LT@array
+ \renewcommand*\LT@array{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We modify |\ref|\-|step|\-|counter| resp.~|\H@ref|\-|step|\-|counter| and
+% |\hyper@make|\-|current|, so |\LT|\-|cap|\-|type| is used instead of |table|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@LT@refstepcounter\refstepcounter
+ \def\refstepcounter{%
+ \caption@LTtype\caption@LT@refstepcounter}%
+ \let\caption@LT@Hrefstepcounter\H@refstepcounter
+ \def\H@refstepcounter{%
+ \caption@LTtype\caption@LT@Hrefstepcounter}%
+ \let\caption@LT@makecurrent\hyper@makecurrent
+ \def\hyper@makecurrent{%
+ \caption@LTtype\caption@LT@makecurrent}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We redefine |\lst@@caption| so |\thelstlisting| will
+% printout its counter, too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\lst@@caption{\relax}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ltcaption@ORI@LT@array}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@LTtype[2]{%
+ \edef\caption@LT@tempa{#2}%
+ \ifx\caption@LT@tempa\caption@LT@table
+ \caption@LT@type#1%
+ \else
+ #1{#2}%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@LT@type[1]{%
+ \expandafter#1\expandafter{\LTcaptype}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@LT@table{table}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LT@c@ption}
+% \changes{v1.1a}{2008/01/22}{Bugfix: Made it \cs{long}}
+% \changes{v1.2a}{2011/01/01}{Bugfix: \cs{ignorespaces} added}
+% The original implementation:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\LT@c@ption#1[#2]#3{%
+% \LT@makecaption#1\fnum@table{#3}%
+% \def\@tempa{#2}%
+% \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
+% {\let\\\space
+% \addcontentsline{lot}{table}{\protect\numberline{\thetable}{#2}}}%
+% \fi}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% Our implementation simply uses |\LTcaptype| instead of |{table}|:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\LT@c@ption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \LT@makecaption#1{\csname fnum@\LTcaptype\endcsname}{#3}%
+ \LT@listentry\LTcaptype{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LT@makecaption}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/20}{\cs{LT@@makecaption} added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/27}{Adapted to the \package{floatrow} package by Olga Lapko}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2007/03/28}{Uses \cs{LTcapskip} instead of \cs{baselineskip} now}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2011/09/12}{Usage of \cs{CaptionLabelSeparator} added}
+% |\LT@makecaption|\marg{cmd}\marg{label}\marg{text}\par
+% \smallskip
+% Original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\LT@makecaption#1#2#3{%
+% \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\LTcapwidth{%
+% % Based on article class "\@makecaption", "#1" is "\@gobble" in star
+% % form, and "\@firstofone" otherwise.
+% \sbox\@tempboxa{#1{#2: }#3}%
+% \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\hsize
+% #1{#2: }#3%
+% \else
+% \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+% \fi
+% \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}%
+% \hss}}}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% Our code:\footnote{Adapted to the \package{floatrow} package by Olga Lapko}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand\LT@makecaption[3]{%
+ \LT@@makecaption{%
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{%
+ #1{{\CaptionLabelFont#2\CaptionLabelSeparator} }\CaptionTextFont#3}%
+ \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\hsize
+ #1{{\CaptionLabelFont#2\CaptionLabelSeparator} }\CaptionTextFont#3%
+ \else
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \endgraf\vskip\LTcapskip}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\LT@@makecaption[1]{%
+ \caption@LT@make{\hb@xt@\hsize{%
+ \ifLTcapmargins
+ \hspace\LTcapleft
+ \FBifLTcapwidth{\advance\LTcapwidth-\LTcapleft}%
+ \else
+ \hspace\LTleft
+ \FBifLTcapwidth{\advance\LTcapwidth-\LTleft}%
+ \fi
+ \FBifLTcapwidth{\advance\LTcapwidth-%
+ \ifLTcapmargins\LTcapright\else\LTright\fi}%
+ \parbox[t]\LTcapwidth{#1}%
+ \ifLTcapmargins
+ \hskip\LTcapright
+ \else
+ \hskip\LTright
+ \fi}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This one will be usually defined by the \package{fr-longtable} package,
+% which is part of the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\providecommand*\FBifLTcapwidth[1]{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@LT@make}
+% Typesets the caption as |\multicolumn|\ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@LT@make[1]{%
+ \noalign{\caption@LT@config}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Note: If used with the \package{array} package |\caption@LTfmt| needs
+% to be expanded, therefore we need some |\expandafter| here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\LT@mcol\expandafter\LT@cols\expandafter{\caption@LTfmt}{%
+ \hb@xt@\z@{%
+ \hspace\caption@LTleft
+ \parbox[t]\linewidth{#1}%
+ \hspace\caption@LTright}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@LT@config}
+% |\caption@LT@config| analyses |\LTleft| \& |\LTright|
+% and set |\caption@LTleft| \& |\caption@LTright| accordingly
+% to the `opposite' values, e.g., |\LTleft=1cm| will result to
+% |\caption@LTleft=-1cm| and |\LTleft=0pt plus 1fill|
+% will result to |\caption@LTleft=0pt minus 1fill|.
+% Furthermore |\caption@LTfmt| is set to the according
+% multicolumn format; this is far away from being bulletproof
+% (e.g., a stretch or shrink will always be treated as `fill')
+% but will hopefully cover all `real' cases.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@LT@config{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@LT@parse\LTleft\caption@LTleft\caption@ifLTleft
+ \caption@LT@parse\LTright\caption@LTright\caption@ifLTright
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \xdef\caption@LTfmt{%
+ @{}\caption@ifLTleft{\caption@ifLTright{c}{r}}{l}@{}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% \def\@defplusminus#1 #2 #3 #4 #5\@nil{%
+% \def\@plus{#2}\def\@minus{#4}}
+% \@tempskipa=1pt plus 1pt minus 1pt\relax
+% \expandafter\@defplusminus\the\@tempskipa\@nil
+% \fi
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@LT@parse}
+% Parsing of the skip, we collect a |\@fixpart|, a |@pluspart|,
+% and a |\@minuspart| and make our definitions based on that.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@LT@parse[3]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@pluspart\@undefined
+ \let\@minuspart\@undefined
+ \expandafter\caption@LT@parse@\expandafter\@fixpart\the#1 x %
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \xdef#2{-\@fixpart
+ \ifx\@minuspart\@undefined\else
+ \space\@plus\space\@minuspart
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@pluspart\@undefined\else
+ \space\@minus\space\@pluspart
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/17}{Made it 5 token shorter}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let#3\@firstoftwo
+ \ifx\@pluspart\@undefined
+ \ifx\@minuspart\@undefined
+ \let#3\@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@LT@parse@#1#2 {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Note: |\def\@tempa{#2}\ifx\@tempa\@plus|\ldots would not work here
+% because of different catcodes.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\@tempa{\@car#2\@nil}%
+ \if p\@tempa
+ \def\next{\caption@LT@parse@\@pluspart}%
+ \else\if m\@tempa
+ \def\next{\caption@LT@parse@\@minuspart}%
+ \else\if x\@tempa
+ \let\next\relax
+ \else
+ \def#1{#2}%
+ \def\next{\caption@LT@parse@ @}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ \next}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LT@listentry}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2018/08/26}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\LT@listentry[2]{%
+ \def\@tempa{#2}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
+ {\let\\\space
+ \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{#2}}}%
+ \fi
+ \ignorespaces}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{The \texttt{longtable*} environment}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/09/01}{Environment \env{longtable*} added}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{longtable*}
+% \changes{v1.1a}{2008/03/21}{Improved redefinition of \cs{refstepcounter} etc.}
+% A |longtable| environment without reference counter and hyperlink anchors.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{longtable*}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We simply supress anything which has to do with reference counters here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@LT@type\@gobble
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Unfortunately this is not so easy with |\Hy@raisedlink| (which actually sets
+% the hyperlink anchor), so we assume that we have to supress the first usage.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@LT@raisedlink\Hy@raisedlink
+ \def\Hy@raisedlink{%
+ \let\Hy@raisedlink\caption@LT@raisedlink
+ \@gobble}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Finally we are redefining |\caption| so the non-starred variant
+% issues an error.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\ltcaption@ORI@LT@c@ption\LT@c@ption
+ \def\LT@c@ption##1[##2]##3{%
+ \ifx##1\@firstofone
+ \PackageError{ltcaption}%
+ {Not allowed in longtable* environment}%
+ {If you do not understand this error, please take a closer
+ look\MessageBreak at the documentation of the `ltcaption'
+ package.\MessageBreak \@ehc}%
+ \else
+ \ltcaption@ORI@LT@c@ption{##1}[{##2}]{##3}%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \longtable}%
+ {\endlongtable}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \subsection{Adaption for \texorpdfstring{\KOMAScript}{KOMA Script}}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{@komalongtablefalse}{}{%
+ \if@komalongtable
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand\LT@makecaption[3]{%
+ \noalign{%
+ \if@captionabove
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip
+ \else
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \caption@LT@make{%
+ \@@makecaption{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \endgraf
+ \if@captionabove
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \else
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\LT@@makecaption\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Adaption for \texorpdfstring{Memoir}{Memoir}}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifclassloaded{memoir}{%
+ \@ifundefined{@@makecaption}{}{%
+ \renewcommand\LT@makecaption[3]{%
+% \noalign{\vskip\abovecaptionskip}%
+ \caption@LT@make{%
+ \let\@memtempa\relax
+ % starred form -> #1 = \@gobble
+ \ifx#1\@gobble
+ \let\@contnfont\@empty
+ \let\@contdelim\@empty
+ \@@makecaption{}{#3}%
+ \else
+ \@@makecaption{#2}{#3}%
+ \fi
+ \endgraf\vskip\belowcaptionskip}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\LT@@makecaption\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%</package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \Finale
+%
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/ltcaption.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/ltcaption.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..26a82e3e0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/ltcaption.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/newfloat.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/newfloat.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..71484e60bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/newfloat.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,2074 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% This is file `newfloat.dtx'.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2011-2019 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+%
+% \fi
+% \CheckSum{1605}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*driver>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{newfloat.drv}%
+ [2013/04/27 v1.1 This package offers a command for defining new floating environments]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=48pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+%
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
+ \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
+% \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+\fi
+%
+\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
+%
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, newfloat},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+%
+\usepackage{newfloat}
+%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
+ {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
+ {e-TeX}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring
+ {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}%
+ {AMS}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring
+ {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}%
+ {KOMA-Script}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF}
+%
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{newfloat.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+% \newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
+% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
+% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett
+%
+% \def\thispackage{the \package{newfloat} package}
+% \def\Thispackage{The \package{newfloat} package}
+%
+% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}}
+%
+% \setlength\leftmargini{1.5em}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{newfloat.drv}
+% \let\docdate\filedate
+% \let\docversion\fileversion
+% \GetFileInfo{newfloat.sty}
+%
+% \title{\texorpdfstring{\Thispackage\thanks{%^^A
+% This package has version number \docversion.}}%^^A
+% {The newfloat package}}
+% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}}
+% \date{\docdate}
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% \centering
+% This package offers the command
+% |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| for defining new floating environments
+% which behave like |figure| and |table|.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Loading the package}
+%
+% First of all you need to include this package into your document with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{newfloat}|
+% \end{quote}
+% where \meta{options} are one or more of
+% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{\,}l}
+% |within=| & \meta{``within'' counter} \emph{or} \texttt{none}\quad\\
+% |chapterlistsgap=| & \meta{value}~\footnotemark[1]
+% \end{tabular}\end{quote}
+%
+% The ``within'' counter specifies the counter which will be used to reset
+% the counter of the floating environments |figure| and |table| .
+% (Furthermore this setting will be used as default setting for
+% |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|.)
+%
+% So for example |within=chapter| will give you a numbering scheme
+% \meta{chapter}.\meta{x} for floating environments,
+% while |within=section| will give you a numbering scheme
+% \meta{chapter}.\meta{section}.\meta{x}, or \meta{section}.\meta{x}
+% if the document class does not offer |\chapter|.
+% |within=none| will result in a continuous numbering throughout the document,
+% i.e.~the numbering scheme will be simply \meta{x}.
+%
+% The option |chapterlistsgap=|\meta{value} sets the amount of the
+% vertical gap inserted into the ``List of Figure'', ``List of Tables'',
+% and all lists created with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|
+% when a new chapter will be started.
+% The default value is |10pt|.
+% (This option will only be available if the document class used offer
+% the usage of chapters, e.g.~the |book| or |report| document class.)
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% Both options can be changed later on, too, by using the command
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\newfloatsetup|\meta{options}\quad,
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment}}
+%
+% After loading \thispackage\ you can define your own floating environments with
+% \begin{quote}
+% \iffalse
+% \setlength{\leftmargin}{6cm}
+% \fi
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment|\oarg{options}\marg{type}%
+% \iffalse
+% \oarg{name}\oarg{list name}
+% \fi
+% \end{quote}
+% where \meta{options} are one or more of
+% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{\,}l}
+% |fileext=| & \meta{file extension}\\
+% |listname=| & \meta{list name}\\
+% |name=| & \meta{prosa name}\\
+% |placement=| & \meta{combination of \,\purett{htbp}}\\
+% |within=| & \meta{``within'' counter} \emph{or} \texttt{none}\\
+% |chapterlistsgaps=| & \texttt{on} \emph{or} \texttt{off}~\footnotemark[1]
+% \end{tabular}\end{quote}
+% \footnotetext[1]{Please note that although \thispackage\ tries hard to offer this
+% option it may not be available or is working incorrectly in cooperation with
+% your document class since there is no standard interface which we could use
+% for that purpose. Therefore we have to try to patch the \cs{chapter} command,
+% and if this fails, we try to patch \cs{addtocontents} (in an unusual way) instead.}
+%
+% If no \meta{options} are given,
+% ``lo\meta{type}'' will be used as \meta{file extension} for the list,
+% ``List of \meta{name}s'' as \meta{list name}.
+% ``\meta{name}'' as \meta{name} (but with the first letter capitalized),
+% ``|tbp|'' as \meta{placement} specifier,
+% and ``|chapter|'' resp. ``|none|'' as \meta{``within'' counter},
+% i.e., the counter which resets the numbering.
+%
+% The default value of the |chapterlistsgaps=| option depends on the
+% ``within'' setting, it is set to |on| if |chapter| or |section| is selected,
+% otherwise it is set to |off|.
+% (This option will only be available if the document class used offer
+% the usage of chapters, e.g.~the |book| or |report| document class.)
+%
+% The list will be typeset using the command |\list|\-|of|\meta{type}|s|
+% resp.~|\list|\-|of|\meta{type}|es|,
+% analogous to |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| and |\list|\-|of|\-|tables|.
+%
+% If the \package{fltpage} package is loaded, an environment called
+% |FP|\meta{type} will be defined additionally, same for |sideways|\meta{type}
+% (\package{rotating} package), |SC|\meta{type} (\package{sidecap} package),
+% and |wrap|\meta{type} (\package{wrapfig} package).
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% So for example
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment{diagram}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will define a new floating environment called |diagram|,
+% the list will be stored in a file with the extension |lodiagram|, the name
+% (used for the caption) will be ``Diagram'' and the list name
+% ``List of Diagrams''.
+% The list could be typeset with |\list|\-|of|\-|diagrams|.
+% Dependent on which packages are loaded, the environments |FP|\-|diagram|,
+% |sideways|\-|diagram|, |SC|\-|diagram|, and |wrap|\-|diagram| will be defined additionally.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% Another example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[|\\
+% | fileext=lox,|\\
+% | listname={List of Matrixes},|\\
+% | name=Matrix,|\\
+% | placement=p,|\\
+% | within=section,|\\
+% | chapterlistsgaps=off,|\\
+% | ]{matrix}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will define a new floating environment called |matrix| with the given settings.
+% Please note that names which contain spaces needs to be enclosed in curly braces.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{\cs{SetupFloatingEnvironment}}
+%
+% While |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment| will create new floating environments,
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\SetupFloatingEnvironment|\marg{floating environment}\marg{options}
+% \end{quote}
+% will change the settings of existing ones, i.e. either |figure| or |table|,
+% or a one created with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|,
+% or a one created with |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package,
+% or a one created with |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{memoir} document class,
+% or a one created with |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} package,
+% or \ldots
+%
+% The \meta{options} are the same as the options for
+% |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|,
+% but one should avoid changing the file extension
+% of existing floating environments,
+% i.e.~using the |fileext=| option within |\Setup|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|
+% is usually a very bad idea.
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% An example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\SetupFloatingEnvironment{lstlisting}{chapterlistsgaps=off}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will switch off the chapter lists gaps for |lstlisting| environments
+% offered by the \package{listings} package.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{\cs{ForEachFloatingEnvironment}}
+%
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\ForEachFloatingEnvironment|\marg{code with \#1}
+% \end{quote}
+% will execute the given \meta{code} for all known floating environments,
+% and for ones defined with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| later on.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% So for example the \package{subcaption} packages uses
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\ForEachFloatingEnvironment{\DeclareCaptionSubType{#1}}|
+% \end{quote}
+% for initializing itself for all floating environments which are
+% known to \thispackage.
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% There is also a starred variant |\For|\-|Each|\-|Floating|\-|Environment*|
+% which will execute the given code for already existing floating environments
+% only, i.e.~no hook will be placed inside |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% An example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\ForEachFloatingEnvironment*{\typeout{#1}}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will typeout the names of all already known floating environments to the terminal
+% and log file.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{\cs{PrepareListOf}}
+%
+% Unfortunately there is no standardized way of typesetting and customizing
+% lists of floating environments, i.e.~every document class offers it's own stuff here,
+% and there are plenty of \LaTeXe\ packages for this purpose.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% For that reason the \thispackage\ simply typesets the lists of newly
+% defined floating environments as ``List of Figure'' internally (using |\list|\-|of|\-|figure|)
+% but using a different list (the right one, of course) and using a different list name,
+% the one you have specified with either |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| or
+% |\Setup|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|.\footnote{Please note that this is not the
+% fact when using a \KOMAScript\ document class, not \cs{listoffigure} but \cs{listoftoc}
+% will be used here, and therefore no problems should occur.}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% While this usually results in the same layout as the ``List of Figure'' and
+% is sufficient for most cases, there are some cases where this might
+% lead to an unwanted side effect.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% Therefore the \thispackage\ offers
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\PrepareListOf|\marg{floating environment}\marg{code}
+% \end{quote}
+% which will execute the given \meta{code} right before actually typesetting the list
+% with |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| internally.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% One example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\PrepareListOf{diagram}{%|\\
+% | \renewcommand{\cftfigpresnum}{Diagram~}}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will change the part typeset in front of the diagram number within the
+% ``List of Diagrams'' when using the \package{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft}.
+% Without the code above you will get the part defined for figures instead.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% However, when dealing with the \package{tocloft} package it's a better
+% idea not to use |\Prepare|\-|List|\-|Of| but the customization facilities of that package
+% instead, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\documentclass{book}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\usepackage{newfloat,tocloft}|\\
+% |\newlistof{diagram}{lod}{List of Diagrams}|\\
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[name=Diagram,fileext=lod]{diagram}|\\
+% | % Note: Due of a bug in tocloft the file extension|\\
+% | % must be repeated at \DeclareFloatingEnvironment,|\\
+% | % otherwise you will get an empty list.|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Customize `List of Figures'|\\
+% |\renewcommand{\cftfigpresnum}{Figure~}|\\
+% |\setlength{\cftfignumwidth}{2cm}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Customize `List of Diagrams'|\\
+% |\renewcommand{\cftdiagrampresnum}{Diagram~}|\\
+% |\setlength{\cftdiagramnumwidth}{2cm}|\\
+% ||\\
+% \ldots\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{document}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\listoffigures|\\
+% |\listofdiagrams|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\end{document}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{For \LaTeX{} package authors}
+%
+% |\For|\-|Each|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| without \package{newfloat} package:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\newcommand\mypackage@foreachfloat[1]{%|\\
+% | \@ifundefined{ForEachFloatingEnvironment}%|\\
+% | {\def\@elt##1{#1}%|\\
+% | \@ifundefined{c@figure}\@gobble\@elt{figure}%|\\
+% | \@ifundefined{c@table}\@gobble\@elt{table}%|\\
+% | \let\@elt\relax|\\
+% | \newfloat@addtohook{#1}}%|\\
+% | {\ForEachFloatingEnvironment{#1}}}|\\
+% |\providecommand\newfloat@addtohook[1]{%|\\
+% | \toks@=\expandafter{\newfloat@hook{##1}#1}%|\\
+% | \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\newfloat@hook####1{\the\toks@}}%|\\
+% | \@tempa}|\\
+% |\providecommand*\newfloat@hook[1]{}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% Adding environment to list of floating environments:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\SetupFloatingEnvironment|\marg{environment}|{}|
+% \end{quote}
+% or (without \package{newfloat} package loaded):
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\providecommand\newfloat@list{}|\\
+% |\@cons\newfloat@list{|\marg{environment}|}|
+% \end{quote}
+% (Please note the doubled curly braces around the environment name.)
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \StopEventually{%^^A
+% \pagebreak[4]
+% \begin{thebibliography}{9}
+%
+% \bibitem{memoir}
+% Peter Wilson:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/memoir}%
+% {\emph{The Memoir Class for Configurable Typesetting}},\\
+% 2011/03/06
+%
+% \bibitem{NTGclasses}
+% Victor Eijkhout:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntgclass}%
+% {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\
+% \mbox{3~September~1989}
+%
+% \bibitem{KOMAScript}
+% Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}%
+% {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\
+% 2012-07-22
+%
+% \bibitem{float}
+% Anselm Lingnau:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}%
+% {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\
+% 2001/11/08
+%
+% \bibitem{fltpage}
+% Sebastian Gross:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fltpage}%
+% {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\
+% 1998/11/13
+%
+% \bibitem{rotating}
+% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}%
+% {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
+% 1997/09/26
+%
+% \bibitem{sidecap}
+% Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sidecap}%
+% {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\
+% 2003/06/06
+%
+% \bibitem{tocloft}
+% Peter Wilson, Herries Press, Will Robertson:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/tocloft}%
+% {\emph{The tocloft package}},\\
+% 2010/10/13
+%
+% \bibitem{wrapfig}
+% Donald Arseneau:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig}%
+% {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\
+% 2003/01/31
+%
+% \end{thebibliography}
+% }
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobbletwo,\@gobblethree,\@gobblefour,\@hangfrom}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@namedef,\@nameuse}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setpar}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box}
+% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow}
+% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter}
+% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
+% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
+% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline}
+% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write}
+% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad}
+% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut}
+% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists}
+% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/30}{First release as \package{newfloat} package,
+% outsourced from the \package{caption3} package and revised}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2013/04/27}{Adapted to the \package{tocloft} package}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2013/04/27}{New command \cs{PrepareListOf} added}
+% \changes{v1.1d}{2019/03/16}{Adapted to the \package{dgruyter} package}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{The Implementation}
+% \iffalse
+%<*package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Identification}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{newfloat}[2019/09/01 v1.1k Defining new floating environments (AR)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@Info}
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@InfoNoLine}
+% |\newfloat@Info|\marg{message}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@Info[1]{%
+ \PackageInfo{newfloat}{#1}}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@InfoNoLine[1]{%
+ \newfloat@Info{#1\@gobble}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@Warning}
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@WarningNoLine}
+% |\newfloat@Warning|\marg{message}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@Warning[1]{%
+ \PackageWarning{newfloat}{#1}}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@WarningNoLine[1]{%
+ \newfloat@Warning{#1\@gobble}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@Error}
+% |\newfloat@Error|\marg{message}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@Error[1]{%
+ \PackageError{newfloat}{#1}\newfloat@eh}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@eh{%
+ If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak
+ at the documentation of the `newfloat' package.\MessageBreak\@ehc}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Using the keyval package}
+%
+% We need the \package{keyval} package for option handling, so we load it here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Helper macros}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@def}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2013/04/27}{This macro added}
+% |\newfloat@def|\marg{macro name}\marg{definition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@def[2]{%
+ \newfloat@ifundefined{#1}{%
+ \@namedef{#1}{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@let}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2013/04/27}{This macro added}
+% |\newfloat@let|\marg{macro name}\marg{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@let[2]{%
+ \newfloat@ifundefined{#1}{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@ifundefined}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2013/04/27}{This macro added}
+% |\newfloat@ifundefined|\marg{macro name}\marg{code}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@ifundefined[2]{%
+ \@ifundefined{#1}{#2}{%
+ \newfloat@Info{%
+ \expandafter\string\csname#1\endcsname\space is already defined}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareFloatingEnvironment}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2011/11/16}{Bugfix: Undefines \cs{fst@}\meta{environment} now}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2013/04/27}{Revised, only defines stuff yet undefined now}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2013/11/03}{Uses \cs{newfloat@capitalize} now}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2015/09/16}{Support of \cs{autodot} (offered by the \KOMAScript\ classes) added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2018/03/04}{Usage of \cs{ifdefined} replaced by \cs{@ifundefined} to improve compatibility with the \package{listings} package}
+% \changes{v1.1b}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added}
+% \changes{v1.1c}{2019/01/10}{Bugfix: Support of \cs{autodot} fixed}
+% \changes{v1.1k}{2019/09/01}{Adapted to the \class{beamer} document class}
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment|\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareFloatingEnvironment{%
+ \@testopt\@DeclareFloatingEnvironment{}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareFloatingEnvironment
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@DeclareFloatingEnvironment[#1]#2{%
+ \newfloat@Info{New float `#2' with options `#1'}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define a counter with the same name as the floating environment
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set |\ftype@|\meta{type} which contains the type number for floats of type \meta{type}\par
+% (See also \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/32359/2574})
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifundefined{c@float@type}% from float package
+ {\@ifundefined{c@newflo@tctr}% from memoir document class
+ {\ifdefined\newfloat@ftype \else
+ \newcount\newfloat@ftype
+ \newfloat@ftype=8\relax
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\newfloat@ftype}%
+ \advance\newfloat@ftype\newfloat@ftype}%
+ {\expandafter\edef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\c@newflo@tctr}%
+ \advance\c@newflo@tctr \c@newflo@tctr}}%
+ {\expandafter\edef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\value{float@type}}%
+ \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@Info{float type `#2'=\@nameuse{ftype@#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define |\fnum@|\meta{type}, a macro to generate the figure number for a caption
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@def{fnum@#2}%
+ {\@nameuse{#2name}\nobreakspace\@nameuse{the#2}%
+ \ifdefined\autodot\expandafter\autodot\fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define |\|\meta{type}|name| used by |\fnum@|\meta{type} as \meta{type},
+% but with first letter capitalized
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@capitalize\newfloat@Type{#2}%
+ \newfloat@let{#2name}{\newfloat@Type}%
+ \newfloat@def{fleg#2}{\@nameuse{#2name}}% legend naming (memoir)
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Legend name in ToC (memoir document class)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@ifundefined{flegtoc#2}{\@namedef{flegtoc#2}##1{}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the floating environment\par
+% If the \class{tufte} document class is loaded,
+% |\@tufte@float| and |\end@tufte@float| will be used instead of
+% |\@float|, |\end@float|, |\@dblfloat|, and |\end@dblfloat|.\par
+% If the \class{beamer} document class is loaded,
+% |\beamer@float| and |\end@beamer@float| will be used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcsname @tufte@float\endcsname
+ \newenvironment{#2}[1][htbp]%
+ {\begin{@tufte@float}[{##1}]{#2}{}}%
+ {\end{@tufte@float}}%
+ \newenvironment{#2*}[1][htbp]%
+ {\begin{@tufte@float}[{##1}]{#2}{star}}%
+ {\end{@tufte@float}}%
+ \else
+ \@ifclassloaded{beamer}{%
+ \newenvironment{#2}[1][]{\beamer@float{#2}}{\end@beamer@float}%
+ }{%
+ \newenvironment{#2}{\@float{#2}}{\end@float}%
+ \newenvironment{#2*}{\@dblfloat{#2}}{\end@dblfloat}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the listing command |\listof|\meta{type}(|e|)|s|
+% \changes{v1.1}{2013/04/27}{Definition of list hook added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@def{listof#2}{\newfloat@listof{#2}}%
+ \newfloat@def{listof#2s}{\@nameuse{listof#2}}%
+ \newfloat@def{listof#2es}{\@nameuse{listof#2s}}%
+ \newfloat@def{newfloat@listof#2@hook}{}%
+ \ifdefined\l@figure
+ \newfloat@let{l@#2}{\l@figure}%
+ \else
+ \newfloat@def{l@#2}{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}%
+ \fi
+ \edef\newfloat@tempa{List of \newfloat@Type s}%
+ \newfloat@let{list#2name}{\newfloat@tempa}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We undefine |\fst@|\meta{environment} so the new environment
+% will not be recognized as defined by the \package{float} package.
+% (|\fst@|\meta{type} use to hold the float style, see \package{float} package
+% implementation for details.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\let\csname fst@#2\endcsname\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set default parameters
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@ifundefined{fps@#2}{\newfloat@setplacement{#2}{tbp}}%
+ \newfloat@ifundefined{ext@#2}{\newfloat@setfileext{#2}{lo#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Apply given options
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@setoptions*{#2}{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Announce the new floating environment to other packages
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@expandtwoargs\newfloat@announce{#2}{\@nameuse{ext@#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Apply the last two optional arguments for setting names
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifnextchar[\newfloat@DFE@setname\relax}
+\@onlypreamble\@DeclareFloatingEnvironment
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\newfloat@DFE@setname[#1]{%
+ \KV@@newfloat@name{#1}%
+ \@ifnextchar[\newfloat@DFE@setlistname\relax}
+\@onlypreamble\newfloat@DFE@setname
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\newfloat@DFE@setlistname[#1]{%
+ \KV@@newfloat@listname{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble\newfloat@DFE@setlistname
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@capitalize}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2013/11/03}{Code extracted from \cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment}}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2013/11/03}{Uses \cs{newfloat@tempa} instead of \cs{@tempa} now}
+% |\newfloat@capitalize|\marg{command}\marg{name}\\
+% Defines \meta{command} to \meta{name}, but with first letter capitalized.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@capitalize[2]{%
+ \edef\newfloat@tempa{\gdef\noexpand#1{\@car#2\@nil}}%
+ \uppercase\expandafter{\newfloat@tempa}%
+ \edef\newfloat@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand#1{\@cdr#2\@nil}}%
+ \newfloat@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@listof}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2013/04/27}{Revised}
+% \changes{v1.1g}{2019/08/28}{Starred variant added}
+% |\newfloat@listof|\marg{float type}\\
+% typesets the list, using |\listoffigure| with patched list name and file extension.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@listof[1]{%
+ \@ifstar
+ {\newfloat@list@of{#1}*}%
+ {\newfloat@list@of{#1}\relax}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@list@of[1]{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\newfloat@list@of@{#1}{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@list@of@[3]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\listfigurename\csname list#1name\endcsname
+ \def\ext@figure{#2}%
+ \let\newfloat@starttoc\@starttoc
+ \def\@starttoc##1{\newfloat@starttoc{#2}}%
+ \let\newfloat@listoftoc\listoftoc
+ \def\listoftoc##1{\newfloat@listoftoc{#2}}%
+ \@nameuse{newfloat@listof#1@hook}%
+ \listoffigures#3%
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setoptions}
+% |\newfloat@setoptions*|\marg{environment}\marg{options}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setoptions{%
+ \@ifstar
+ {\newfloat@@setoptions\@firstofone}%
+ {\newfloat@@setoptions\@gobble}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@@setoptions[3]{%
+ \let\newfloat@within@value\@undefined
+ \let\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value\@undefined
+ #1{\KV@@newfloat@within\newfloat@within@default}% set default value for new floats
+ \def\newfloat@type{#2}%
+ \setkeys{@newfloat}{#3}%
+ \ifx\newfloat@within@value\@undefined \else
+ \newfloat@setoption{within}\newfloat@within@value
+ \fi
+ \ifx\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value\@undefined \else
+ \newfloat@setoption{chapterlistsgaps}\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@within@default}
+% The default `within' value.
+% This one will be used if no option |within=|\meta{counter} is given.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@within@default{%
+ \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname chapter\else none\fi}
+\@onlypreamble\newfloat@within@default
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setoption}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2015/09/15}{Bugfix: \cs{@expandtwoargs} replaced by own expansion so the option value do not get expanded anymore}
+% |\newfloat@setoption|\marg{option name}{options}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setoption[1]{%
+ \edef\caption@tempa{\noexpand\@nameuse{newfloat@set#1}{\newfloat@type}}%
+ \caption@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% The available \meta{options} are:
+% |fileext=|\meta{file extension},
+% |listname=|\meta{list name},
+% |name=|\meta{prosa name},
+% |placement=|\meta{htbp},
+% |within=|\meta{none,chapter,section}, and
+% |without|.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setfileext}
+% |\newfloat@setfileext|\marg{environment}\marg{file extension}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setfileext[2]{%
+ \@namedef{ext@#1}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{@newfloat}{fileext}{%
+ \newfloat@setoption{fileext}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setlistname}
+% |\newfloat@setlistname|\marg{environment}\marg{list name}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setlistname[2]{%
+ \@namedef{list#1name}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{@newfloat}{listname}{%
+ \newfloat@setoption{listname}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setname}
+% |\newfloat@setname|\marg{environment}\marg{name}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setname[2]{%
+ \newfloat@@setname{#1}{#2}%
+ \begingroup
+ \ifcsname languagename\endcsname
+ \ifcsname captions\languagename\endcsname
+ \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname captions\languagename\endcsname
+ {\newfloat@@setname{#1}{#2}}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endgroup}
+%%\AtBeginDocument{\let\newfloat@setname\newfloat@@setname}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@@setname[2]{%
+ \@namedef{#1name}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{@newfloat}{name}{%
+ \newfloat@setoption{name}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setplacement}
+% |\newfloat@setplacement|\marg{environment}\marg{float placement}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setplacement[2]{%
+ \@namedef{fps@#1}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{@newfloat}{placement}{%
+ \newfloat@setoption{placement}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setwithin}
+% |\newfloat@setwithin|\marg{environment}\marg{counter}\par
+% setup the counter for working ``within'' a given counter.
+% Furthermore the chapters lists gap will be switched on
+% (if counter $=$ |chapter|) or off (otherwise).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setwithin[2]{%
+ \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname
+ \@removefromreset{#1}{chapter}%
+ \fi
+ \@removefromreset{#1}{section}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\@tempa{#2}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty
+ \def\@tempa{none}%
+ \fi
+ \def\@tempb{none}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname
+ \@chapterlistsgap@off{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{}{}%
+ \else
+ \def\@tempb{chapter}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \@addtoreset{#1}{chapter}%
+ \@chapterlistsgap@on{#1}%
+ \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{\ifnum\c@chapter>\z@ \thechapter.\fi}{\theHchapter.}%
+ \else
+ \def\@tempb{section}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \@addtoreset{#1}{section}%
+ \ifcsname c@chapter\endcsname
+ \@addtoreset{#1}{chapter}%
+ \@chapterlistsgap@on{#1}%
+ \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{\thesection.}{\theHsection.}%
+ \else
+ \newfloat@@setwithin{#1}{\ifnum\c@section>\z@ \thesection.\fi}{\theHsection.}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \newfloat@Error{Invalid value `#2' for option `within'}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Note: Since the \package{hyperref} package with version $<$ 6.82k defines
+% |\the|\-|H|\-|figure| and |\the|\-|H|\-|table| with |\new|\-|command|,
+% |\newfloat@@setwithin| will yield to an error message when using with an
+% old version of \package{hyperref},
+% e.g. ``\texttt{LaTeX Error: Command \cs{theHfigure} already defined}''.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@@setwithin[3]{%
+ \global\@namedef{the#1}{#2\arabic{#1}}%
+ \global\@namedef{theH#1}{#3\arabic{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{@newfloat}{within}{%
+ \def\newfloat@within@value{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setwithout}
+% |\newfloat@setwithout|\marg{environment}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setwithout[1]{%
+ \newfloat@setwithin{#1}{none}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{@newfloat}{without}[]{%
+ \def\newfloat@within@value{none}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@setchapterlistsgaps}
+% |\newfloat@setchapterlistsgaps|\marg{environment}\marg{on/off}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@setchapterlistsgaps[2]{%
+ \edef\@tempa{#2}%
+ \def\@tempb{off}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \@chapterlistsgap@off{#1}%
+ \else
+ \def\@tempb{on}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \@chapterlistsgap@on{#1}%
+ \else
+ \newfloat@Error{Invalid value `#2' for option `chapterlistsgaps'}%
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{@newfloat}{chapterlistsgaps}{%
+ \def\newfloat@chapterlistsgaps@value{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@removefromreset}
+% This code was taken from the \package{remreset} package
+% which is part of the `carlisle' package bundle.
+% (Copyright 1997 David Carlisle)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\@removefromreset[2]{{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\@removefromreset
+ \def\@elt##1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\@removefromreset
+ \else
+ \noexpand\@elt{##1}%
+ \fi}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname cl@#2\endcsname{%
+ \csname cl@#2\endcsname}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@announce}
+% |\newfloat@announce|\marg{environment name}\marg{list file extension}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@announce[2]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@cons\newfloat@list{{#1}}%
+ \@cons\newfloat@@list{{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@ifundefined{newfloat@ext@#2}{%
+ \@namedef{newfloat@ext@#2}{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Support of \package{memoir} document class
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcsname c@lofdepth\endcsname
+ \newfloat@ifundefined{c@#2depth}{%
+ \newcounter{#2depth}%
+ \setcounter{#2depth}{1}}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Support of \package{tocbasic} package
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcsname addtotoclist\endcsname
+ \addtotoclist[float]{#2}%
+ \newfloat@def{listof#2name}{\@nameuse{list#1name}}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Support of \package{titletoc} package
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcsname contentsuse\endcsname
+ \contentsuse{#1}{#2}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@hook{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble\newfloat@announce
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@@list}
+% |\newfloat@@list| is an \cs{@elt}-list containing the floating environments defined
+% with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| only.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@@list{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{\cs{SetupFloatingEnvironment}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SetupFloatingEnvironment}
+% |\SetupFloatingEnvironment|\marg{environment}\marg{options}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\SetupFloatingEnvironment[1]{%
+ \newfloat@addtolist{#1}%
+ \newfloat@setoptions{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{\cs{ForEachFloatingEnvironment}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ForEachFloatingEnvironment}
+% |\ForEachFloatingEnvironment|\marg{code}
+% will execute the given code for each floating environment.
+% The starred variant will only work for already existing environments,
+% i.e.~no hook will be placed inside |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ForEachFloatingEnvironment{%
+ \@ifstar
+ {\@ForEachFloatingEnvironment\@gobble}%
+ {\@ForEachFloatingEnvironment\@iden}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\@ForEachFloatingEnvironment[2]{%
+ \def\@elt##1{#2}%
+ \newfloat@list
+ \let\@elt\relax
+ #1{\newfloat@addtohook{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\newfloat@addtohook[1]{%
+ \toks@=\expandafter{\newfloat@hook{##1}#1}%
+ \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\newfloat@hook####1{\the\toks@}}%
+ \@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\newfloat@hook[1]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{\cs{PrepareListOf}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\PrepareListOf}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2013/04/27}{This macro added}
+% |\PrepareListOf|\marg{float type}\marg{code}\\
+% adds \meta{code} to the one which prepares typesetting the list,
+% just before |\listoffigures|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\PrepareListOf[1]{%
+ \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname newfloat@listof#1@hook\endcsname}
+\@onlypreamble\PrepareListOf
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{The list of floating environments}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@list}
+% |\newfloat@list| is an \cs{@elt}-list containing the already existising floating
+% environments as well the ones defined with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@list{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@addtolist}
+% \changes{v1.0b}{2012/05/18}{Bugfix: Definition of \cs{@ifchapterlistsgap@}\meta{environment} added}
+% |\newfloat@addtolist|\marg{environment}
+% adds an environment to the list of floating environments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@addtolist[1]{%
+ \newfloat@ifinlist{#1}{}{%
+ \ifcsname ext@#1\endcsname
+ \@cons\newfloat@list{{#1}}%
+ \@namedef{newfloat@ext@\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{#1}%
+ \newfloat@let{@ifchapterlistsgap@#1}{\@iden}%
+ \else
+ \newfloat@Error{`#1' does not seem to be a floating environment}%
+ \fi}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@ifinlist}
+% |\newfloat@ifinlist|\marg{environment}\marg{yes code}\marg{no code}
+% tests if an environment is an element of the list of floating environments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@ifinlist[1]{%
+ \let\next\@secondoftwo
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\newfloat@ifinlist
+ \def\@elt##1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\newfloat@ifinlist
+ \global\let\next\@firstoftwo
+ \fi}%
+ \newfloat@list
+ \endgroup
+ \next}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Add |figure| and |table| to the list of floating environments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsname ext@figure\endcsname
+ \newfloat@addtolist{figure}
+\fi
+\ifcsname ext@table\endcsname
+ \newfloat@addtolist{table}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Chapter lists gaps}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsname @chapter\endcsname
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@chapterlistsgap}
+% The amount of the chapter lists gap, the default one is |10pt|.
+% (This command is already defined in \KOMAScript.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap{10\p@}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the \package{dgruyter} package is loaded, the default gap is |13pt|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifpackageloaded{dgruyter}{\renewcommand*\@chapterlistsgap{13\p@}}{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@addchapterlistsgap}
+% |\@addchapterlistsgap|\marg{float type}\marg{file extension}\par
+% will add the chapter lists gap for the given float type.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\@addchapterlistsgap[2]{%
+ \@nameuse{@ifchapterlistsgap@#1}{% if switched on
+ \@@addchapterlistsgap{#1}{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\@@addchapterlistsgap[2]{%
+ \@ifundefined{@addchapterlistsgap@#2}{% only once per extension
+ \@namedef{@addchapterlistsgap@#2}{#1}%
+ \@@@addchapterlistsgap{#2}}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\@@@addchapterlistsgap[1]{%
+ \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@
+ \addtocontents{#1}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@addchapterlistsgaps}
+% \changes{v1.0b}{2012/05/18}{Bugfix: Group added to make \cs{@addchapterlistsgap} work correctly}
+% |\@addchapterlistsgaps|\par
+% will add the chapter lists gaps for all floating environments in |\newfloat@list|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\@addchapterlistsgaps{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@elt##1{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\@addchapterlistsgap{##1}{\@nameuse{ext@##1}}}%
+ \newfloat@list
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@chapterlistsgap@off}
+% |\@chapterlistsgap@off|\marg{float type}\par
+% switches the chapter lists gap off for the given float type.
+% Since \KOMAScript{} (still) supports |\float@exts| we need to handle
+% this locally, too, even if |\unsettoc| is offered by the \package{tocbasic} package.
+% (Otherwise our handling could be moved into the |\else| branch.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap@off[1]{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname @ifchapterlistsgap@#1\endcsname\@gobble
+ \ifcsname unsettoc\endcsname
+ \@expandtwoargs\unsettoc{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{chapteratlist}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@chapterlistsgap@on}
+% |\@chapterlistsgap@off|\marg{float type}\par
+% switches the chapter lists gap on for the given float type.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap@on[1]{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname @ifchapterlistsgap@#1\endcsname\@iden
+ \ifcsname setuptoc\endcsname
+ \@expandtwoargs\setuptoc{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{chapteratlist}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Global options}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{chapterlistsgap=}
+% The |chapterlistsgap=| option sets the vertical skip added to each list when
+% starting a new chapter.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{newfloat}{chapterlistsgap}{%
+ \renewcommand*\@chapterlistsgap{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{within=}
+% The |within=| option redefines the default value and modifies all
+% existing floating environments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{newfloat}{within}{%
+ \def\newfloat@within@default{#1}% set new default value
+ \def\@elt##1{\newfloat@setwithin{##1}{#1}}%
+ \newfloat@list
+ \let\@elt\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{newfloat}{without}[]{%
+ \KV@newfloat@within{none}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{figurename=}
+% \begin{macro}{listfigurename=}
+% \begin{macro}{figurewithin=}
+% We define these options not only for |figure| but for all existing floating environments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@elt#1{%
+ \define@key{newfloat}{#1name}{%
+ \newfloat@setname{#1}{##1}}%
+ \define@key{newfloat}{list#1name}{%
+ \newfloat@setname{list#1}{##1}}%
+ \define@key{newfloat}{#1within}{%
+ \newfloat@setwithin{#1}{##1}}%
+ \define@key{newfloat}{#1without}[]{%
+ \newfloat@setwithout{#1}}%
+}%
+\newfloat@list
+\let\@elt\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{planb=}
+% \changes{v1.0b}{2012/05/18}{This option added}
+% This option switches the `Plan B' on or off. (default$=$true)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{newfloat}{planb}[true]{%
+ \def\@tempa{#1}%
+ \def\@tempb{false}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \let\newfloat@ifplanb\@gobble
+ \else
+ \def\@tempb{true}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \let\newfloat@ifplanb\@iden
+ \else
+ \newfloat@Error{Invalid value `#1' for option `planb'}%
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{planb-filext=}
+% \changes{v1.0b}{2012/05/19}{This option added}
+% This option sets the file extension used for `Plan B'.
+% (default$=$use the 1st one which seem to fit)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{newfloat}{planb-fileext}{%
+ \newfloat@Info{Setting Plan B file extension to `#1'}
+ \xdef\newfloat@addtocontents@ext{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Process the package options:
+% We use |\setkeys| here instead of |\ProcessOptions|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@tempc\relax
+\@expandtwoargs\setkeys{newfloat}{planb,\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}%
+\AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloatsetup}
+% |\newfloatsetup|\marg{options}
+% sets global options after loading the package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloatsetup{\setkeys{newfloat}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Patching \cs{chapter}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@replace@chapter}
+% \changes{v1.1f}{2019/08/25}{Parameter \meta{class name} added to macro}
+% \changes{v1.1i}{2019/08/31}{Local definition of \cs{if@chapnum} added}
+% |\newfloat@replace@chapter|\marg{class name}\marg{original code}\marg{replacement code}\par
+% tries to patch |\@chapter| so |\@add|\-|chapter|\-|lists|\-|gaps| will be supported.
+% It checks for |\Hy@org@chapter|, too, since the original code will be stored here
+% if the \package{hyperref} package was loaded.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\newfloat@replace@chapter[3]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\if@twocolumn\iffalse
+ \let\if@mainmatter\iffalse
+ \let\if@thema\iffalse
+ \let\if@chapnum\iffalse
+ \def\@tempa[##1]##2{#2}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@chapter
+ \newfloat@InfoNoLine{Document class `#1' detected}%
+ \gdef\@chapter[##1]##2{#3}%
+ \global\let\newfloat@replace@chapter\newfloat@dont@replace@chapter
+ \else\ifx\@tempa\Hy@org@chapter
+ \newfloat@InfoNoLine{Document class `#1' detected (Hy)}%
+ \gdef\Hy@org@chapter[##1]##2{#3}%
+ \global\let\newfloat@replace@chapter\newfloat@dont@replace@chapter
+ \fi\fi
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\newfloat@dont@replace@chapter[3]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsname @chapter\endcsname \else
+ \let\newfloat@replace@chapter\newfloat@dont@replace@chapter
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{Standard \LaTeX{} document classes}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% report.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class]
+\newfloat@replace@chapter{report}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \@addchapterlistsgaps
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% book.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class]
+\newfloat@replace@chapter{book}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \@addchapterlistsgaps
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\AmS{} \& \SmF{} document classes}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% amsbook.cls [2004/08/06 v2.20]
+% smfbook.cls [1999/11/15 v1.2f Classe LaTeX pour les monographies editees par la SMF]
+\newfloat@replace@chapter{amsbook}{%
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty
+ \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi
+ \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}%
+ \def\@toclevel{0}%
+ \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{#2}%
+ \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{#2}\fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}\@afterheading
+}{%
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty
+ \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi
+ \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}%
+ \def\@toclevel{0}%
+ \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{#2}%
+ \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{#2}\fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \@addchapterlistsgaps
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}\@afterheading}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\KOMAScript{} document classes}
+%
+% If a \KOMAScript{} document class or the \package{tocbasic} package is used
+% we don't need to patch anything.
+% Instead we use |\setup|\-|toc| and |\un|\-|set|\-|toc| to setup the
+% chapters gap in |\@chapter|\-|lists|\-|gap@on| and |\@chapter|\-|lists|\-|gap@off|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{tocbasic}{%
+ \let\newfloat@replace@chapter\newfloat@dont@replace@chapter}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{memoir document classes}
+%
+% If the \package{memoir} document class is used,
+% replacing |\insert|\-|chapter|\-|space| by |\@add|\-|chapter|\-|lists|\-|gaps| is sufficient.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsname insertchapterspace\endcsname
+ \renewcommand*\insertchapterspace{\@addchapterlistsgaps}
+ \let\newfloat@replace@chapter\newfloat@dont@replace@chapter
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{NTG document classes}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% rapport1/3.cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class]
+\newfloat@replace@chapter{rapport}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \@addchapterlistsgaps
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% boek(3).cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class]
+\newfloat@replace@chapter{boek}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 #1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \@addchapterlistsgaps
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{The thesis document class}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% thesis.cls [1996/25/01 1.0g LaTeX document class (wm).]
+\newfloat@replace@chapter{thesis}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.}
+ \if@thema
+ \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}%
+ \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip #1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}}
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}}
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.}%
+ \if@thema
+ \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}%
+ \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip #1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \@addchapterlistsgaps
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{The Springer Verlag document classes}
+% \changes{v1.1f}{2019/08/25}{Support of \package{svmono} and \package{svmult} document classes added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% svmono.cls [2018/06/25 v5.6 Springer Verlag global LaTeX document class for monographs]
+% svmult.cls [2018/01/11 v5.5 Springer Verlag global LaTeX document class for multi authored books]
+\newfloat@replace@chapter{svmono}{%
+ \if@chapnum % war mal \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect
+ \numberline{\thechapter\thechapterend}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+}{%
+ \if@chapnum % war mal \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect
+ \numberline{\thechapter\thechapterend}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \@addchapterlistsgaps
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{The dgruyter package}
+% \changes{v1.1j}{2019/08/31}{Extended support of \package{dgruyter} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% dgruyter.sty [2017/09/19 v2.00 De Gruyter layout]
+\newfloat@replace@chapter{dgruyter}{%
+ \let\thesection\theinchapsection
+ \let\theequation\theinchapequation
+ \let\thefigure\theinchapfigure
+ \let\thetable\theinchaptable
+ \ifx\bookDOI\@undefined
+ \else
+ \@tempcnta\numexpr\componentd@i+\@ne\relax
+ \xdef\componentd@i{\the\@tempcnta}%
+ \xdef\@DOI{%
+ https://doi.org/\bookDOI
+ -\ifx\thepage\thefrontmatterpage2\else\ifnum\@tempcnta<100 0\fi\fi
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta<10 0\fi\componentd@i}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{schapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{schapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{13\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{13\p@}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+}{%
+ \let\thesection\theinchapsection
+ \let\theequation\theinchapequation
+ \let\thefigure\theinchapfigure
+ \let\thetable\theinchaptable
+ \ifx\bookDOI\@undefined
+ \else
+ \@tempcnta\numexpr\componentd@i+\@ne\relax
+ \xdef\componentd@i{\the\@tempcnta}%
+ \xdef\@DOI{%
+ https://doi.org/\bookDOI
+ -\ifx\thepage\thefrontmatterpage2\else\ifnum\@tempcnta<100 0\fi\fi
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta<10 0\fi\componentd@i}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{schapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{schapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \@addchapterlistsgaps
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{Compatibility warning}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\newfloat@replace@chapter\newfloat@dont@replace@chapter \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If we were not able to patch |\@chapter| an info message is issued
+% since we may not be able to support chapter lists gaps then.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@InfoNoLine{%
+ Unsupported document class, or \noexpand\@chapter\MessageBreak
+ was already redefined by another package}
+ \newfloat@InfoNoLine{\string\@chapter\space=\space\meaning\@chapter}
+ \newfloat@InfoNoLine{\string\Hy@org@chapter\space=\space\meaning\Hy@org@chapter}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Plan B: We patch |\add|\-|to|\-|contents| instead, and keep our fingers crossed
+% in the hope that this redefinition actually will fit.
+% (Note: Since \package{biblatex} patches |\add|\-|to|\-|contents| as well we do
+% this using |\At||Begin||Document|.)
+% \changes{v1.1f}{2019/08/25}{Plan B will now be done using \cs{AtBeginDocument}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newfloat@ifplanb{\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \newfloat@InfoNoLine{Trying Plan B..}%
+ \let\newfloat@addtocontents@ORI\addtocontents
+ \long\def\addtocontents#1#2{%
+ \newfloat@addtocontents{#1}{#2}#2\addvspace\newfloat@nil}%
+ \long\def\newfloat@addtocontents#1#2#3\addvspace#4\newfloat@nil{%
+ \def\newfloat@tempa{#4}%
+ \ifx\newfloat@tempa\@empty
+ \newfloat@addtocontents@ORI{#1}{#2}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\newfloat@addtocontents@ext\@undefined
+ \newfloat@Info{Setting Plan B file extension to `#1'...}%
+ \xdef\newfloat@addtocontents@ext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \edef\newfloat@tempa{#1}%
+ \ifx\newfloat@tempa\newfloat@addtocontents@ext
+ \begingroup
+ \let\addtocontents\newfloat@addtocontents@ORI
+ \@addchapterlistsgaps
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+ \fi}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Support of document classes}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The beamer document class}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\beamer@float}
+% \changes{v1.1k}{2019/09/01}{This macro added}
+% Unfortunately the \class{beamer} document class does not offer
+% |\beamer@float| and |\end@beamer@float| (yet), so we have to define them
+% for ourself.
+% (This code was taken from beamerbaselocalstructure.sty [2019/07/23 v3.56] and adapted.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifcsname beamer@float\endcsname \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\beamer@float#1{%
+ \ifcsname caption@settype\endcsname
+ \caption@settype{#1}%
+ \else
+ \def\@captype{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \par\nobreak\begin{center}\nobreak}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\end@beamer@float{%
+ \par\nobreak\end{center}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Support of other packages}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@IfPackageLoaded}
+% \changes{v1.1e}{2019/03/17}{This macro revised}
+% \changes{v1.1h}{2019/08/31}{This macro revised again and renamed from \cs{newfloat@ForEachNew} to \cs{newfloat@IfPackageLoaded}}
+% |\newfloat@IfPackageLoaded|\marg{package name}\marg{command}\marg{code}
+% will execute the given code for every floating environment defined with
+% |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| if \meta{command} is not defined yet.
+% (If \meta{command} is already defined a warning will be issued.)
+% This will be tried |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document| additionally so the affected package could
+% be loaded after \thispackage.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\newfloat@IfPackageLoaded[3]{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{#1}{%
+ \newfloat@@IfPackageLoaded{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ }{%
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{#1}{%
+ \newfloat@@IfPackageLoaded{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ }{}}%
+ }}
+\@onlypreamble\newfloat@IfPackageLoaded
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\newfloat@@IfPackageLoaded[3]{%
+ \newfloat@InfoNoLine{`#1' package detected}%
+ % Execute code for every previous \DeclareFloatingEnvironment
+ \def\@elt##1{\newfloat@@@IfPackageLoaded{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
+ \newfloat@@list
+ \let\@elt\relax
+ % Execute code for every future \DeclareFloatingEnvironment
+ \newfloat@addtohook{\newfloat@@@IfPackageLoaded{#1}{#2}{#3}}}
+\@onlypreamble\newfloat@@IfPackageLoaded
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\newfloat@@@IfPackageLoaded[3]{%
+ \ifcsname#2\endcsname
+ \newfloat@WarningNoLine{%
+ Command \@backslashchar#2 already defined.\MessageBreak
+ (`#1' package support)}%
+ \else
+ #3%
+ \fi}
+\@onlypreamble\newfloat@@@IfPackageLoaded
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\package{dgruyter}}
+%
+% The De Gruyter layout package (for preparing books for Walter de Gruyter GmbH)
+% is defining |\plist@figure| and |\plist@table|, and expects this to be
+% defined for other floating environments as well.
+% (This will be used as prefix for the ``List of''.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newfloat@IfPackageLoaded{dgruyter}{plist@#1}{%
+ \expandafter\newcommand\csname plist@#1\endcsname{%
+ \@nameuse{#1name}\space}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\package{float}}
+%
+% If the \package{float} package is used we fill up |\float@exts| with our file
+% extensions, too. Since this list will be used for inserting chapters gaps
+% we only add the ones which are configured for chapters gaps on.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newfloat@IfPackageLoaded{float}{newfloat@undefined}{%
+ \@nameuse{@ifchapterlistsgap@#1}{% if switched on
+ \let\float@do=\relax
+ \edef\@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\float@exts{\the\float@exts\float@do{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}}}%
+ \@tempa}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\package{fltpage}}
+%
+% We define a FP-variant of new floating environments here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newfloat@IfPackageLoaded{fltpage}{FP#1}{%
+ \newcounter{FP@#1C}%
+ \newenvironment{FP#1}{\FP@floatBegin{#1}}{\FP@floatEnd}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\package{listings}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ext@lstlisting}
+% Since the \package{listings} package do not define |\ext@lst|\-|listing|
+% but we needed it when |Setup|\-|Floating|\-|Environment{lst|\-|listing}{|\ldots|}|
+% will be done by the end user, we define it here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\ext@lstlisting{lol}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\package{rotating}}
+%
+% We define a sideways-variant of new floating environments here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newfloat@IfPackageLoaded{rotating}{sideways#1}{%
+ \newenvironment{sideways#1}{\@rotfloat{#1}}{\end@rotfloat}%
+ \newenvironment{sideways#1*}{\@rotdblfloat{#1}}{\end@rotdblfloat}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\package{sidecap}}
+%
+% We define a SC-variant of new floating environments here.
+% \begin{macro}{\SC@float}
+% \changes{v1.1b}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\newfloat@For@SC[2]{%
+ \def#1{b}% = \sidecaptionvpos{#2}{b} (v1.6)
+ \newenvironment{SC#2}%
+ {\SC@float[{#1}]{#2}}{\endSC@float}%
+ \newenvironment{SC#2*}%
+ {\SC@dblfloat[{#1}]{#2}}{\endSC@dblfloat}}
+\@onlypreamble\newfloat@For@SC
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newfloat@IfPackageLoaded{sidecap}{SC#1}{%
+ \expandafter\newfloat@For@SC\csname SC@#1@vpos\endcsname{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{\package{wrapfig}}
+%
+% We define a wrap-variant of new floating environments here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newfloat@IfPackageLoaded{wrapfig}{wrap#1}{%
+ \newenvironment{wrap#1}{\wrapfloat{#1}}{\endwrapfloat}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%</package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \Finale
+%
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/newfloat.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/newfloat.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..597f044f51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/newfloat.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/subcaption.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/subcaption.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0eb2a144fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/subcaption.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,1269 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% This is file `subcaption.dtx'.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2007-2019 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
+% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx,
+% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
+% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty,
+% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+%
+% \fi
+% \CheckSum{235}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*driver>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{subcaption.drv}[2019/08/31 v1.3 Adds a sub-caption feature to the caption package]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=74pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%\errorcontextlines=3
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+%
+\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]}
+\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]}
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
+ \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
+ \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+ \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper
+ \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\}
+ \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage}
+ \fi
+\fi
+%
+\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{array,graphicx,overpic,pict2e,diagbox}
+%
+\PassOptionsToPackage{breaklinks=true}{hyperref}
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, subcaption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+%
+\usepackage{subcaption}[2011/08/01] % needs v1.1 or newer
+\DeclareCaptionSubType*[arabic]{table}
+\captionsetup[subtable]{labelformat=simple,labelsep=colon}
+%
+\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
+\let\package\puresf
+\let\env\purett \let\opt\purett
+%
+\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$}
+%
+\usepackage{marvosym}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}}
+\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}}
+\makeatother
+%
+\usepackage[alpine]{ifsym}
+\newenvironment{background}{\par\bigskip\csname background*\endcsname}{\csname endbackground*\endcsname}
+\newenvironment{background*}{\small\MARGINSYM{\Mountain}\ignorespaces}{\par}
+%
+\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}}
+\newcommand*\NEW[2]{\MARGINSYM{\vskip2pt\footnotesize#1\\#2}}
+%
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{subcaption.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+% \let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+%
+% \def\thispackage{the \package{subcaption} package}
+% \def\Thispackage{The \package{subcaption} package}
+%
+% \newcommand\NEWfeature{\NEW{New feature}}
+% \newcommand\NEWdescription{\NEW{New description}}
+%
+% \makeatletter
+% \newcommand*\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}}
+% \newcommand*\@Ref[2]{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}}
+% \makeatother
+% \newcommand*\See[1]{\nopagebreak{\small (See #1)}}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{subcaption.drv}
+% \let\docdate\filedate
+% \let\docversion\fileversion
+% \GetFileInfo{subcaption.sty}
+%
+% \title{\texorpdfstring{\Thispackage\thanks{%^^A
+% This package has version number \docversion.}}%^^A
+% {The subcaption package}}
+% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}}
+% \date{\docdate}
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% This package supports typesetting of sub-captions
+% (by using the the sub-caption feature of the \package{caption} package).
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \begin{background}
+% At the end of each section, text marked with the mountain symbol
+% will contain background knowledge on how the particular command or
+% environment is actually implemented.
+% If you just want to use this package as it is, you don't have to read or
+% understand them.
+% \end{background}
+%
+% \begin{background*}
+% This package demonstrates the usage of |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|,
+% |\caption|\-|setup{sub|\-|type}|, and the internal hook
+% |\caption@sub|\-|type|\-|hook| (offered by the \package{caption} package).
+% \end{background*}
+%
+% \bigskip
+% \INFO*
+% \emph{Please note:}
+% This package is incompatible with the \package{subfigure} and \package{subfig}
+% packages.
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Loading the package}
+%
+% Load this package using
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{subcaption}|\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% The options for \thispackage\ are the same ones as for the \package{caption}
+% package, but specify settings which are used for sub-captions
+% \emph{additionally}.
+% In fact
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{subcaption}|
+% \end{quote}
+% is identical to
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage{subcaption}|\\
+% |\captionsetup[sub]|\marg{options}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% The default settings for |sub|captions are:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |margin=0pt,size=smaller,labelformat=parens,labelsep=space,|\\
+% |skip=6pt,list=false,hypcap=false|~\footnote{%^^A
+% This means that sub-captions are not listed in the List of Figures
+% or Tables by default, but you can enable that by
+% specifying the option \texttt{list=true}.}
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% Options specified with |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{sub|\-|caption}| and
+% |\caption|\-|setup[sub]{|\ldots|}| will override the ones specified by
+% |\caption|\-|setup{|\ldots|}| and |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|ure]{|\ldots|}|,
+% but are again overwritten by |\caption|\-|setup[sub|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+% (same for `table'). So finally we have the following order how
+% settings for sub-captions are applied:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item Global settings
+% {\small(|\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}| and |\captionsetup{|\ldots|}|)}
+% \item Environmental settings
+% {\small(|\captionsetup[figure|\emph{ -or- }|table]{|\ldots|}|)}
+% \item Local settings
+% {\small(|\captionsetup{|\ldots|}| inside |figure| or |table| environment)}
+% \item Default `sub' settings
+% {\small(|margin=0pt,size=smaller,|\ldots, see above)}
+% \item Custom `sub' settings
+% {\small(|\usepackage[|\ldots|]{subcaption}| and |\captionsetup[sub]{|\ldots|}|)}
+% \item Environmental `sub' settings
+% {\small(|\captionsetup[subfigure|\emph{ -or- }|subtable]{|\ldots|}|)}
+% \item Local `sub' settings
+% {\small(|\captionsetup{|\ldots|}| inside |sub|\-|figure| or |sub|\-|table|)}
+% \end{enumerate}
+% An example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[labelsep=quad,indention=10pt]{caption}|\\
+% |\usepackage[labelfont=bf,list=true]{subcaption}|\\
+% |\captionsetup[table]{textfont=it,position=top}|\\
+% |\captionsetup[subtable]{textfont=sf}|
+% \end{quote}
+% causes the captions inside |sub|\-|table| environments to be typeset with
+% the settings
+% \begin{quote}
+% |indention=10pt,position=top,margin=0pt,font=small,|\\
+% |labelformat=parens,labelsep=space,skip=6pt,hypcap=false,|\\
+% |labelfont=bf,list=true,textfont=sf|\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \PageBreak
+% \section{The \cs{subcaptionbox} command}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\subcaptionbox
+% The easiest way to apply a sub-caption is by using the
+% |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| command, which automatically aligns the
+% sub-figures resp.~sub-tables by their very first caption line.
+%
+% Its syntax is:
+% \begingroup
+% \leftmargini=12pt
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\subcaptionbox|\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}\oarg{width}\oarg{inner-pos}\marg{contents}\\
+% |\subcaptionbox*|\marg{heading}\oarg{width}\oarg{inner-pos}\marg{contents}
+% \end{quote}
+% \endgroup
+% \begin{small}
+% The arguments \meta{list entry} \& \meta{heading} will be used for
+% typesetting the |\caption|.\par
+% \meta{width} is the width of the resulting |\par|\-|box|; the default value is
+% the width of the contents.\par
+% \meta{inner-pos} specifies how the contents will be justified inside the
+% resulting |\parbox|;
+% it can be either `c' (for |\centering|), `l' (for |\ragged|\-|right|),
+% `r' (for |\ragged|\-|left|), or `s' (for no special justification).
+% The default is `c'.
+% (But you can use any justification defined with
+% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion| as well,
+% e.g.~`|center|\-|last|'.)
+% \end{small}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% Using |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box|, the baseline of the resulting box will be placed
+% right between contents and heading, so usually you don't have to care about the
+% vertical alignment of the sub-figures for yourself.
+% Also the hyperlink anchor is placed properly with respect to the |hyp|\-|cap=|
+% setting.
+%
+% One example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{figure}|\\
+% | \centering|\\
+% | \subcaptionbox{A cat\label{cat}}|\\
+% | {\includegraphics{cat}}|\\
+% | \subcaptionbox{An elephant\label{elephant}}|\\
+% | {\includegraphics{elephant}}|\\
+% | \caption{Two animals}\label{animals}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|
+% \end{quote}
+% gives the result:\par
+% \noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \setcaptiontype{figure}
+% \centering
+% \subcaptionbox{A cat\label{cat}}
+% {\includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}}
+% \subcaptionbox{An elephant\label{elephant}}
+% {\includegraphics[width=.4\textwidth]{elephant}}
+% \caption[Two animals]{Two animals~\footnotemark}\label{animals}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \footnotetext{The pictures were taken with permission from the
+% \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2} examples.}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% As you see the result is not satisfying;
+% the caption below the cat looks ugly because of the small width of the
+% graphic. This can be solved by using the optional arguments of
+% |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box|, increasing the width of the resulting box:
+% \begin{quote}
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \subcaptionbox{A cat\label{cat}}|\\
+% | |\textcolor{blue}{\csoarg{2.5cm}}|{\includegraphics{cat}}|\\
+% | |\ldots
+% \end{quote}
+% \noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \setcaptiontype{figure}
+% \centering
+% \subcaptionbox{A cat\label{cat2}}
+% [2.5cm]{\includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}}
+% \subcaptionbox{An elephant\label{elephant2}}
+% {\includegraphics[width=.4\textwidth]{elephant}}
+% \caption{Two animals}\label{animals2}
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% Furthermore the main caption, which is centered with respect to the
+% |\text|\-|width|, looks mis-aligned with respect to the sub-captions.
+% This can (again) be solved by using the optional arguments of
+% |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box|, giving both boxes the same width, for example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \subcaptionbox{A cat\label{cat}}|\\
+% | |\textcolor{blue}{\csoarg{.4\cs{linewidth}}}|{\includegraphics{cat}}%|\\
+% | \subcaptionbox{An elephant\label{elephant}}|\\
+% | |\textcolor{blue}{\csoarg{.4\cs{linewidth}}}|{\includegraphics{elephant}}|\\
+% | |\ldots
+% \end{quote}
+% \noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \setcaptiontype{figure}
+% \centering
+% \subcaptionbox{A cat\label{cat3}}
+% [.4\linewidth]{\includegraphics[width=39.34724pt]{cat}}%^^A
+% \subcaptionbox{An elephant\label{elephant3}}
+% [.4\linewidth]{\includegraphics[width=.4\textwidth]{elephant}}
+% \caption{Two animals}\label{animals3}
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \iffalse
+% \noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \setcaptiontype{figure}
+% \centering
+% \hbox{\subcaptionbox{An elephant\label{elephant4}}
+% {\includegraphics[width=.4\textwidth]{elephant}}%^^A
+% \vbox{\subcaptionbox{Cat 1\label{cat4.1}}
+% {\includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}}\par
+% \subcaptionbox{Cat 2\label{cat4.2}}
+% {\includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}}}}%^^A
+% \caption{Two animals}\label{animals4}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \bigskip
+% \fi
+%
+% \begin{background}
+% The |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| is a |\par|\-|box| with
+% |\set|\-|caption|\-|sub|\-|type| as first contents line.
+% \iffalse See implementation for details.\fi
+% \end{background}
+%
+% \PageBreak
+% \section{The subfigure \& subtable environments}
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{subfigure}
+% \DescribeEnv{subtable}
+% After loading \thispackage\ the new environments |sub|\-|figure| and
+% |sub|\-|table| are available, which have the same (optional \& mandatory)
+% arguments as the |mini|\-|page| environment:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{subfigure}|\oarg{outer-pos}\oarg{height}\oarg{inner-pos}\marg{width}\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\end{subfigure}|
+% \end{quote}
+% and
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{subtable}|\oarg{outer-pos}\oarg{height}\oarg{inner-pos}\marg{width}\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\end{subtable}|
+% \end{quote}
+% Inside these environments you use the ordinary |\caption| command
+% for typesetting captions. So this example is the same as the last one,
+% but uses the |sub|\-|figure| environment:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{figure}|\\
+% | \begin{|\textcolor{blue}{\texttt{subfigure}}|}[b]{.5\linewidth}|\\
+% | \centering\large A|\\
+% | |\textcolor{blue}{\cs{caption}}|{A subfigure}\label{fig:1a}|\\
+% | \end{|\textcolor{blue}{\texttt{subfigure}}|}%|\\
+% | \begin{|\textcolor{blue}{\texttt{subfigure}}|}[b]{.5\linewidth}|\\
+% | \centering\large B|\\
+% | |\textcolor{blue}{\cs{caption}}|{Another subfigure}\label{fig:1b}|\\
+% | \end{|\textcolor{blue}{\texttt{subfigure}}|}|\\
+% | \caption{A figure}\label{fig:1}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|
+% \end{quote}
+% Some additional notes:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item You can override the setttings for a specific subcaption
+% with a |\caption|\-|setup| inside the |sub|\-|figure| or |sub|\-|table| environment, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{subfigure}[b]{.5\linewidth}|\\
+% | \centering\large A|\\
+% | |\textcolor{blue}{\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{skip=3pt}}\\
+% | \caption{A subfigure}\label{fig:1a}|\\
+% |\end{subfigure}|\\
+% \end{quote}
+% \item Hyperlinks targeted to this subfigure will jump to the beginning
+% of the subfigure, and not to the caption of the subfigure
+% (if |hypcap=true| is set for sub-captions).
+% \See{\Ref{hypcap}}
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v1.2}
+% Beside the \meta{inner-pos} values of `c', `t', and `b', \thispackage\ also offers the
+% values `T' and `B' additionally which align the |sub|\-|figure| at the
+% very top resp.~bottom. (In contrast `t' and `b' align the |sub|\-|figure| at the
+% top resp.~bottom \textit{baseline}.)
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \begin{background}
+% The |subfigure| \& |subtable| environments are just simple minipage
+% environments with |\set|\-|caption|\-|sub|\-|type| as first contents line.
+% These environments are defined with the help of
+% |\caption@For{subtypelist}|, which executes code for every sub-type
+% declared with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|.
+% \end{background}
+%
+% \iffalse\PageBreak\fi
+% \section{The \cs{subcaption} command}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\subcaption
+% The most flexible way to apply a sub-caption is by using the
+% |\subcaption| command. Its syntax is analogous to the one of the |\caption|
+% command and shares its features:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\subcaption|\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}\\
+% |\subcaption*|\marg{heading}
+% \end{quote}
+% Please note that the |\subcaption| command \emph{must} be applied inside
+% its own box or environment.
+%
+% An example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{figure}|\\
+% | \begin{minipage}[b]{.5\linewidth}|\\
+% | \centering\large A|\\
+% | \subcaption{A subfigure}\label{fig:1a}|\\
+% | \end{minipage}%|\\
+% | \begin{minipage}[b]{.5\linewidth}|\\
+% | \centering\large B|\\
+% | \subcaption{Another subfigure}\label{fig:1b}|\\
+% | \end{minipage}|\\
+% | \caption{A figure}\label{fig:1}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|
+% \end{quote}
+% gives the result:
+% \par\bigskip
+% \noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \setcaptiontype{figure}
+% \begin{minipage}[b]{.5\linewidth}
+% \centering\large A
+% \subcaption{A subfigure}\label{fig:1a}
+% \end{minipage}%^^A
+% \begin{minipage}[b]{.5\linewidth}
+% \centering\large B
+% \subcaption{Another subfigure}\label{fig:1b}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \caption{A figure}\label{fig:1}
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \begin{background}
+% Prepared with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| (offered by the
+% \package{caption} package), the caption package command |\set|\-|caption|\-|sub|\-|type|
+% becames available.
+% Analogous to the |\set|\-|caption|\-|type| command of the \package{caption} package,
+% the |\set|\-|caption|\-|sub|\-|type| command sets the sub-type of the box or environment
+% (so |\caption| will typeset a sub-caption instead of an ordinary one),
+% places a proper hyperlink anchor (non-starred variant only),
+% executes options associated with the sub-type etc.\par
+% The |\subcaption| command is just a simple combination of
+% |\set|\-|caption|\-|sub|\-|type*| and |\caption|.
+% \end{background}
+%
+% \PageBreak
+% \section{The \cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} command}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\DeclareCaptionSubType
+% For using the sub-caption feature of the \package{caption} package some
+% commands and counters must be prepared. This is done with
+% \iffalse\footnote{%^^A
+% \cs{newsubfloat} offered by the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig}
+% could be used for this purpose as well.}\fi
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionSubType|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionSubType*|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}
+% \end{quote}
+% For the environments |figure| \& |table|, and all the ones
+% defined with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| offered by the
+% \package{newfloat} package, this will be done automatically,
+% but for other environments (e.g.~the ones defined with |\newfloat| offered by the
+% \package{float} package or |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the
+% \package{floatrow} package) this has to be done manually.
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% The starred variant provides the sub-caption numbering format
+% \meta{type}|.|\meta{subtype} (e.g.~`|1.2|') while the non-starred variant
+% simply uses \meta{subtype} (e.g.~`|a|').
+%
+% \begin{small}
+% Own numbering formats can be created by redefining |\thesub|\meta{type}, e.g.
+% \begin{quote}|\DeclareCaptionSubType*{figure}|\\
+% |\renewcommand\thesubfigure{\thefigure\alph{subfigure}}|\end{quote}
+% would give you sub-caption numbers like `|1b|'.
+% \end{small}
+%
+% The default numbering scheme is |alph|, but you can use any \LaTeX\ (or self-defined)
+% command name here which converts a counter to a text value, e.g. |arabic|, |roman|,
+% |Roman|, |alph|, |Alph|, |fnsymbol|, \ldots
+%
+% But |\DeclareCaptionSubType| is not only for defining new sub-caption types,
+% you can use this command for re-definitions as well, e.g.
+% \begingroup
+% \leftmargini=12pt
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionSubType*[arabic]{table}|\\
+% |\captionsetup[subtable]{labelformat=simple,labelsep=colon}|
+% \end{quote}
+% \endgroup
+% \pagebreak[2]
+% will give you sub-captions in |table|s like these ones:
+% \par\bigskip
+% \noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \setcaptiontype{table}
+% \centering
+% \caption{Two tables}
+% \subcaptionbox{Table one}[3cm][c]{\begin{tabular}{cc}A & B\\ C & D\\ \end{tabular}}
+% \subcaptionbox{Table two}[3cm][c]{\begin{tabular}{cc}E & F\\ G & H\\ \end{tabular}}
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+% \begin{background}
+% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| is an integral part of the \package{caption}
+% package kernel.
+% \end{background}
+%
+% \PageBreak
+% \section{References}
+%
+% The macro |\the|\-\meta{counter} is not only responsible for the look of the \meta{counter},
+% but for the look of the references typeset with |\ref|, too. References will be prefixed by
+% \LaTeX{} with the internal macro |\p@|\-\meta{counter}.
+%
+% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| will define both of them for sub-captions
+% (e.g. |sub|\-|figure| and |sub|\-|table|), and as you have seen in the last section
+% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| will give you some options to control the
+% internal (re-)definition of |\the|\-\meta{counter} and |\p@|\-\meta{counter}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\thesubfigure
+% \DescribeMacro\p@subfigure
+% For example |\thesubfigure| and |\p@subfigure| are (as default) internally defined as
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\newcommand\thesubfigure{\alph{subfigure}}|\\
+% |\newcommand\p@subfigure{\thefigure}|
+% \end{quote}
+% so the label of sub-captions will look like `|a|' (decorated by the selected label format),
+% while references will look like `|1a|' since they are prefixed by |\p@sub|\-|figure| $=$
+% |\the|\-|figure|.
+%
+% After |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type*[arabic]{figure}|, |\the|\-|sub|\-|figure| and
+% |\p@sub|\-|figure| will look like
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\renewcommand\thesubfigure{\thefigure.\arabic{subfigure}}|\\
+% |\renewcommand\p@subfigure{}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% But if you want detailed control on how the references will look like,
+% the options of |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| are potentially not sufficient.
+% In this case one need to redefine these two macros on his/her own.
+% Some examples:
+%
+% If you want parentheses around the sub-figure part of the reference,
+% so they will look like `|1(a)|', you may get them this way:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[labelformat=simple]{subcaption}|\\
+% |\renewcommand\thesubfigure{(\alph{subfigure})}|
+% \end{quote}
+% {\small (\emph{Note:} Since |parens| is the default label format you will get double
+% parentheses in sub-captions when not specifiying a different label format, e.g. |simple|.)}
+%
+% But if you want only a closing parenthesis, so references will look like `|1a)|',
+% but the sub-captions itself should still look like `|(a)|',
+% this would be a possible solution:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage{subcaption}|\\
+% |\renewcommand\thesubfigure{\alph{subfigure})}|\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{opening}{(#2}|\\
+% |\captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=opening}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% {\small(Please note that you need to surround redefinitions of |\p@|\-\meta{counter}
+% with |\makeatletter| and |\makeatother|. See
+% \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8351/}
+% for details.)}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{The \cs{subref} command}
+% \label{subref}
+%
+% While |\ref|\marg{key} (and |\ref*|\marg{key}, if the \package{hyperref}
+% package is used) usually gives a combined result representing the main
+% caption counter and the sub-caption one, it is sometimes useful to have
+% a reference to the sub-caption only. For this purpose you can use
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\subref|\marg{key}\\
+% |\subref*|\marg{key}~\footnote{%^^A
+% Like \cs{ref*}, \cs{subref*} is only available if the \package{hyperref}
+% package\cite{hyperref} is used.}%^^A
+% \qquad.
+% \end{quote}
+% So for example |\ref{cat}| gives the result `\ref{cat}' but |\subref{cat}|
+% gives `\subref{cat}'.
+%
+% \begin{small}
+% \emph{Note:} If the sub-caption was (re-)defined with the starred variant
+% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type*|, both |\ref| and |\sub|\-|ref| usually gives
+% the same result.
+% \end{small}
+%
+% \begin{background}
+% The |\sub|\-|ref| command demonstrates the usage of |\caption@sub|\-|type|\-|hook|
+% which will be called during |\caption|\-|setup{sub|\-|type}|.
+% \end{background}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{The \opt{subrefformat=} option}
+% \label{subrefformat}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{subrefformat=}
+% \NEWfeature{v1.1}
+% By applying |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|, or by redefining |\the|\-\meta{counter}
+% and |\p@|\-\meta{counter}, you will change the look of references typeset with |\ref|
+% \emph{and} |\sub|\-|ref|.
+% But maybe you only want to change the output of |\sub|\-|ref| without
+% affecting the references typeset with |\ref|?
+% This is possible, too, by using the option \opt{subrefformat}:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup{subrefformat=|\meta{label format}|}|
+% \end{quote}
+% This one will choose a label format (either a pre-defined one, or a one defined with
+% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|) as decorative element to sub-references.
+% The default one is |simple| which has no decorative elements but simply typeset
+% the reference as it is.
+%
+% For example
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup{subrefformat=parens}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will result in references (typeset with |\ref|) like `|1a|' but sub-references
+% (typeset with |\subref|) like `|(a)|'.
+%
+% \subsection{Referencing sub-figures without sub-captions}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\phantomsubcaption
+% \DescribeMacro\phantomcaption
+% \NEWfeature{v1.1}
+% If you don't want to give a sub-figure a caption, because the picture itself
+% already contains the caption, or for some other reason, you can use the command
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\phantomsubcaption|
+% \end{quote}
+% instead of |\sub|\-|caption|, or
+% -- when inside a |sub|\-|figure| or |sub|\-|table| environment --
+% |\phantom|\-|caption| instead of |\caption|.
+% |\phantom|\-|sub|\-|caption| and |\phantom|\-|caption| do not have any arguments, and
+% they do not generate any output, but give you an anchor for a |\label| command
+% which can be placed afterwards.
+% Furthermore it increases the sub-figure resp. sub-table counter.
+%
+% Please note that -- just like |\sub|\-|caption| -- the |\phantom|\-|sub|\-|caption|
+% command \emph{must} be applied inside its own group, box, or environment.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% An example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{figure}|\\
+% | \centering|\\
+% | {\includegraphics{cat_with_a}|\\
+% | \phantomsubcaption\label{cat}}|\\
+% | {\includegraphics{elephant_with_b}|\\
+% | \phantomsubcaption\label{elephant}}|\\
+% | \caption{Two animals: \subref{cat} a huge cat,|\\
+% | and \subref{elephant} an elephant}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \setcaptiontype{figure}
+% \centering
+% {\begin{overpic}[width=60pt]{cat}
+% \put(40,34){(a)}
+% \end{overpic}
+% \phantomsubcaption\label{cat6.3}}
+% {\begin{overpic}[width=.4\textwidth]{elephant}
+% \put(60,50){(b)}
+% \end{overpic}
+% \phantomsubcaption\label{elephant6.3}}
+% \captionsetup{subrefformat=parens}
+% \caption{Two animals: \subref{cat6.3} a huge cat, and \subref{elephant6.3} an elephant}
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Where to place the \cs{label} command?}
+% \label{label}
+%
+% When using |\sub|\-|caption| or |\phantom|\-|sub|\-|caption|,
+% or |\caption| or |\phantom|\-|caption| inside a |sub|\-|figure| or |sub|\-|table| environment,
+% the |\label| can be either placed inside the caption text or right after the |\sub|\-|caption| or
+% |\caption| command, e.g:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\subcaption{Some text here\label{label1}}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\subcaption{Some other text}\label{label2}}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\subcaption{Something different}|\\
+% |\label{label3}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% When using the |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| command, the |\label| should be placed inside
+% the caption text, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\subcaptionbox{A description here\label{label4}}|\\
+% | {Some content here}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\subcaptionbox[List-of-Figures entry]|\\
+% | {A description here\label{label5}}|\\
+% | {Some content here}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Where do hyperlinks jump?}
+% \label{hypcap}
+%
+% For the |subfigure| \& |subtable| environments and |\subcaptionbox| boxes
+% (and own constructs which use |\set|\-|caption|\-|sub|\-|type|) the
+% hyperlink anchors will be placed in respect to the |hypcap=| setting.
+% While usage of this option is straight-forward for ordinary captions,
+% the usage for sub-captions depends on the setting regarding the main captions.
+% This table gives you an overview where the hyperlinks will jump:\par
+%
+% \bigskip
+% \begin{small}
+% \centering
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+% \renewcommand\arraystretch{1.5}
+% \begin{tabular}{|l|p{3cm}p{3cm}|}
+% \hline
+% \backslashbox{subcaption}{caption} &
+% \multicolumn{1}{c}{\texttt{hypcap=false}} &
+% \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\texttt{hypcap=true}} \\
+% \hline
+% \raisebox{-1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\texttt{hypcap=false}} &
+% sub-caption & figure or table\par\hfill\textit{(default setting)}\\
+% \raisebox{-1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\texttt{hypcap=true}} &
+% sub-figure or\par sub-table & sub-figure or\par sub-table \\
+% \hline
+% \end{tabular}\par
+% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+% \end{small}
+% \bigskip
+%
+% But if |\subcaption| is used and |hypcap=true| is set for sub-captions,
+% \thispackage\ does not know where the sub-figure or sub-table actually
+% begins, so it will jump to the sub-caption instead.
+%
+% \medskip
+% \emph{Remember:} If you use the \package{hypcap} package\cite{hypcap},
+% it controls the placement of the hyperlink anchors, making the rules
+% above invalid.
+%
+% \bigskip
+% {\small(See also the documentation of the \package{caption} package,
+% sections about \package{hyperref} \& \package{hypcap}.)}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{The \cs{subfloat} command}
+% \label{subfloat}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\subfloat
+% \NEWfeature{v1.3}
+% To allow a smoother transition from the \package{subfig} package
+% (which is unmaintained for over 14 years)
+% this package also offers |\sub|\-|float| with the same syntax:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\subfloat|\oarg{list\_entry}\oarg{sub-caption}\marg{body}
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{Beyond this package}
+% \label{floatrow}
+%
+% For a more advanced usage of the sub-caption feature of the
+% \package{caption} package, please take a look at the \package{floatrow}
+% package\cite{floatrow} which provides the powerful \texttt{subfloatrow}
+% environment for typesetting sub-figures.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{Thanks}
+%
+% I would like to thank
+% Stephen Dalton
+% who helped to make this package a better one.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \StopEventually{%^^A
+% \begin{thebibliography}{9}
+% \bibitem{TLC2}
+% Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\
+% \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},
+% \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004.
+% \bibitem{floatrow}
+% Olga Lapko:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow}%
+% {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},
+% 2007/12/24
+% \bibitem{hyperref}
+% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}%
+% {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},
+% November 12, 2007
+% \bibitem{hypcap}
+% Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hypcap}%
+% {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},
+% 2007/04/09
+% \iffalse
+% \bibitem{subfig}
+% Steven D. Cochran:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfig}%
+% {\emph{The subfig package}},
+% 2005/07/05
+% \fi
+% \end{thebibliography}
+% }
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@namedef,\@nameuse}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setpar}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box}
+% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow}
+% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter}
+% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
+% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
+% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline}
+% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write}
+% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad}
+% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut}
+% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists}
+% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt}
+% \changes{v0.1}{2007/09/01}{First demo}
+% \changes{v0.2}{2007/11/11}{\cs{subcaptionbox} added}
+% \changes{v0.3}{2007/12/06}{Adapted to \package{caption} package \version{3.1f}}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2008/03/16}{\cs{subfloat} added}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2010/10/27}{An error message will be issued when the subfigure or subfig package is loaded}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2011/01/22}{Undocumented command \cs{subfloat} removed}
+%
+% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{The implementation}
+% \iffalse
+%<*package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Identification}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{subcaption}[2019/09/01 v1.3a Sub-captions (AR)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Initial code}
+%
+% Since we base on the \package{caption} package we load it here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{caption}[2019/09/01] % needs v3.3c or newer
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\subcaption@CheckCompatibility}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2011/09/01}{Compatibility error added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2016/05/22}{The presence of \package{subfigure} or \package{subfig} will be checked \cs{AtBeginDocument}, too}
+% Since we are incompatible to them an error message will be issued when
+% the \package{subfigure} or \package{subfig} package is loaded.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\subcaption@CheckCompatibility{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifundefined{caption@ifcompatibility}{}{%
+ \caption@ifcompatibility{%
+ \caption@Error{%
+ The `subcaption' package does not work correctly\MessageBreak
+ in compatibility mode}}{}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifpackageloaded{subfigure}{%
+ \PackageError{subcaption}%
+ {This package can't be used in cooperation\MessageBreak
+ with the subfigure package}%
+ {\subcaption@EH}%
+ \endinput}{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifpackageloaded{subfig}{%
+ \PackageError{subcaption}%
+ {This package can't be used in cooperation\MessageBreak
+ with the subfig package}%
+ {\subcaption@EH}%
+ \endinput}{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\subcaption@EH{%
+ If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak
+ at the documentation of the `subcaption' package, especially the\MessageBreak
+ section about errors.\MessageBreak\@ehc}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\subcaption@CheckCompatibility
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \subcaption@CheckCompatibility
+ \let\subcaption@CheckCompatibility\@undefined
+ \let\subcaption@EH\@undefined
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% \subsection{Declaration of options}
+% We do not have own options.
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Execution of options}
+%
+% We use |\caption@ExecuteOptions| and |\caption@ProcessOptions| here to add
+% the options to the `|sub|' option list instead of executing them immediately.
+% \changes{v1.1}{2018/05/01}{Bugfix: Option \texttt{font+=small} changed to \texttt{size=smaller}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@SetupOptions{subcaption}{\captionsetup[sub]{#2}}%
+\caption@ExecuteOptions{subcaption}{%
+ size=smaller,labelformat=parens,labelsep=space,skip=6pt,list=0,hypcap=0}
+\caption@ProcessOptions*{subcaption}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Main code}
+%
+% \changes{v1.1}{2011/10/30}{Adapted to the newfloat package}
+% We call |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| for |figure|, |table|,
+% and each caption type declared with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ForEachType{\DeclareCaptionSubType{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newsubfloat}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2016/01/31}{Adapted to the memoir document class}
+% We re-define |\new|\-|sub|\-|float| (offered by the \package{memoir} document class),
+% so our stuff will be used instead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifundefined\newsubfloat{}{%
+ \renewcommand*\newsubfloat{\DeclareCaptionSubType}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{The \cs{subcaption} command}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\subcaption}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2012/04/06}{\cs{newcommand} changed to \cs{def}
+% so it works with the \package{memoir} document class, too}
+% Without a prefacing |\set|\-|caption|\-|sub|\-|type|, |\sub|\-|caption| is some kind
+% of |\caption|\-|of{sub|\-|\@cap|\-|type}|.
+% \Note{Like \cs{captionof}, this command is designed to be used inside an
+% own group!}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\subcaption{%
+ \caption@iftype
+ {\setcaptionsubtype*\caption}%
+ {\caption@Error{\noexpand\subcaption outside float}%
+ \caption@gobble}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% But with a prefacing |\set|\-|caption|\-|sub|\-|type|, |\sub|\-|caption| is simply
+% |\caption|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\g@addto@macro\caption@subtypehook{%
+ \let\subcaption\caption}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{The \cs{phantomsubcaption} command}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\phantomsubcaption}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2011/08/17}{This macro added}
+% Same as |\phantom|\-|caption|, but for subfigures.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\phantomsubcaption{%
+ \caption@iftype
+ {\setcaptionsubtype*\phantomcaption}%
+ {\caption@Error{\noexpand\phantomsubcaption outside float}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\g@addto@macro\caption@subtypehook{%
+ \let\phantomsubcaption\phantomcaption}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{The subfigure \& subtable environments}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{subfigure}
+% \begin{macro}{subtable}
+% \changes{v1.2}{2016/02/21}{Optional argument values `B' and `T' added}
+% This is just an ordinary \env{minipage} environment with
+% |\setcaptionsubtype| as first contents line.
+% It will be defined using the helper macro |\caption@For{sub|\-|type|\-|list}|
+% offered by the \package{caption} kernel, so for every caption type
+% declared with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| a corresponding
+% `sub' environment will be defined automatically.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@For{subtypelist}{%
+ \newenvironment{sub#1}%
+ {\@ifnextchar[%]
+ \subcaption@iminipage
+ {\subcaption@iminipage[c]}}%
+ {\subcaption@endminipage
+ \endminipage}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We pass all other optional arguments using the generic helper macro
+% |\caption@with|\-|opt|\-|args| offered by the \package{caption} kernel).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\subcaption@iminipage[#1]{%
+ \caption@withoptargs{\subcaption@iiminipage{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% `B' and `T' will add a |\vspace{0pt}|, all other values (and additional
+% optional arguments) will be passed unseen to the |minipage| environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\subcaption@iiminipage[3]{%
+ \let\subcaption@endminipage\@empty
+ \if#1B%
+ \minipage[b]#2{#3}%
+ \def\subcaption@endminipage{\vspace{0pt}}%
+ \else\if#1T%
+ \minipage[t]#2{#3}%
+ \vspace{0pt}%
+ \else
+ \minipage[#1]#2{#3}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \setcaptionsubtype\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{The \cs{subcaptionbox} command}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\subcaptionbox}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2008/05/06}{Adapted to the \opt{rule} option of the \package{caption} package}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2008/08/31}{Definition and usage of \cs{subcaption@hrule} added}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2010/12/17}{Uses \cs{caption@box} now}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2011/08/16}{Adapted to actual version of \cs{caption@box}}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2012/04/09}{Adapted to actual version of \cs{caption@ibox}}
+% A |\parbox| with contents and sub-caption, separated by an invisible |\hrule|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\subcaptionbox{%
+ \caption@withoptargs{\caption@ibox\setcaptionsubtype}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection{The \cs{subref} command}
+%
+% At |\captionsetup{subtype}|, we redefine |\label|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\g@addto@macro\caption@subtypehook{%
+ \ifx\label\subcaption@label \else
+ \let\subcaption@ORI@label\label
+ \let\label\subcaption@label
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\subcaption@label}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2011/09/12}{Redefinition of \cs{SK@} added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2011/09/12}{Uses \cs{caption@withoptargs} now}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2016/02/20}{Unwanted space removed}
+% When a label will be placed for a sub-caption, we automatically place
+% a second one for |\subref|, too. This second label will contain
+% the sub-type counter only.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\subcaption@label{%
+ \caption@withoptargs\subcaption@@label}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\subcaption@@label[2]{%
+ \@bsphack\begingroup
+ \subcaption@ORI@label#1{#2}%
+ \let\SK@\@gobbletwo
+ \protected@edef\@currentlabel{\csname thesub\@captype\endcsname}%
+ \subcaption@ORI@label#1{sub@#2}%
+ \endgroup\@esphack}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\subref}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2011/08/14}{Caption option \opt{subrefformat=} added}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2011/08/18}{Uses \cs{caption@setoptions*} now}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2012/01/12}{Usage of \cs{caption@setoptions*} replaced by \cs{caption@setoptions}}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2012/04/09}{Revised}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added}
+% This one calls |\ref| with the second label. (see |\subcaption@label|)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\subref{%
+ \@ifstar
+ {\caption@withoptargs\subcaption@ref*}%
+ {\caption@withoptargs\@subref}}
+\newcommand*\@subref[2]{%
+ \caption@ifundefined\hyperref
+ {\subcaption@ref{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\hyperref[{#2}]{\subcaption@ref{*#1}{#2}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\subcaption@ref[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@setoptions{sub}%
+ \subcaption@reffmt\p@subref{\ref#1{sub@#2}}%
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\p@subref{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{subrefformat}{\subcaption@setrefformat{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\subcaption@setrefformat}
+% |\subcaption@setrefformat|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a subref format simply means saving the code (in |\subcaption@reffmt|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\subcaption@setrefformat[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@lfmt@#1}%
+ {\caption@Error{Undefined label format `#1'}}%
+ {\expandafter\let\expandafter\subcaption@reffmt\csname caption@lfmt@#1\endcsname}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\subcaption@setrefformat{simple}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The \cs{subfloat} command}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\subfloat}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2008/03/01}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{2011/01/22}{This macro removed since it's too incompatible with the one from \package{subfig}}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2019/08/31}{This macro re-added and revised}
+% \changes{v1.3a}{2019/09/01}{\cs{ignorespaces} copied from \cs{\sf@@@subfloat}}
+% |\subfloat|\oarg{list\_entry}\oarg{sub-caption}\marg{body}\par
+% If \meta{sub-caption} is given, we map this to |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box|
+% but transfer the |\label| from \meta{body} to \meta{sub-caption}.
+% If not, we do the same as |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| does, but use |\phantom|\-|caption| instead of |\caption|.
+% In both cases we do a |\ignore|\-|spaces| at the end since the original implementation of |\sub|\-|float| does this, too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifundefined\subfloat{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\subfloat{%
+ \@ifnextchar[\@subfloat\subfloat@}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\@subfloat[#1]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\@@subfloat{#1}}{\@@@subfloat\subcaptionbox{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\@@subfloat#1[#2]{\@@@subfloat{\subcaptionbox[{#1}]}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand\@@@subfloat[3]{%
+ \caption@getlabel#3\label{}\@nil
+ #1{#2\caption@thelabel}{\let\label\caption@gobble#3}%
+ \global\let\caption@thelabel\relax
+ \ignorespaces}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\subfloat@[1]{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1}%
+ \caption@iiiibox\setcaptionsubtype
+ {\phantomcaption\@gobble}{\phantomcaption\@gobble}% no box with \caption
+ {}% no optional arguments for \caption
+ {}% no sub-caption
+ [\wd\@tempboxa][\caption@hj@default]%
+ {\unhbox\@tempboxa}%
+ \ignorespaces}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{%
+ \PackageInfo{subcaption}{\protect\subfloat\space is already defined\@gobble}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%</package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \Finale
+%
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/subcaption.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/subcaption.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70b4cde42d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/subcaption.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/totalcount.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/totalcount.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2e0d934a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/totalcount.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% This is file `totalcount.dtx'.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the file totalcount.dtx,
+% and the derived file totalcount.sty.
+%
+% \fi
+% \CheckSum{126}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*driver>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{totalcount.drv}[2013/05/12 v1.0 Total values of counters]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=74pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%\errorcontextlines=3
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+%
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
+ \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
+% \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+\fi
+%
+\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, totalcount},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+%
+\usepackage{totalcount}[2008/02/16]
+%
+\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
+\let\package\puresf
+\let\env\purett \let\opt\purett
+%
+\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$}
+%
+\usepackage{marvosym}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}}
+\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}}
+\makeatother
+%
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{totalcount.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \def\thispackage{the \package{totalcount} package}
+% \def\Thispackage{The \package{totalcount} package}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{totalcount.drv}
+% \let\docdate\filedate
+% \let\docversion\fileversion
+% \GetFileInfo{totalcount.sty}
+%
+% \title{\texorpdfstring{\Thispackage\thanks{%^^A
+% This package has version number \docversion.}}%^^A
+% {The totalcount package}}
+% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}}
+% \date{\docdate}
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% This package offers commands for typesetting total values of counters.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \iffalse\clearpage\fi
+% \setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \iffalse\clearpage\fi
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{Loading the package}
+%
+% Load this package using
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{totalcount}|\quad,
+% \end{quote}
+% where \meta{options} is a list of names of \LaTeX\ counters, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[figure,table]{totalcount}|\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% This way the commands |\total|\-|figures| and |\total|\-|tables| will be defined which
+% are typesetting the total number of figures resp.~tables, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |This document contains \totalfigures\ figures.|
+% \end{quote}
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% Furthermore the commands |\if|\-|total|\-|figures| and |\if|\-|total|\-|tables| are offered
+% for typesetting text only if the document contains figures resp.~tables at all, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\iftotalfigures|\\
+% | \listoffigures|\\
+% |\fi|
+% \end{quote}
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% This should work with other counters as well (for example |equation|,
+% or |lst|\-|listing| offered by the \package{listings} package~\cite{listings}),
+% but please note that using the |page| counter here is not supported.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{\cs{DeclareTotalCounter}}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareTotalCounter|\marg{counter}
+% \end{quote}
+% actually defines the commands |\total|\meta{counter}|s| and |\if|\-|total|\meta{counter}|s|.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% So in fact
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[figure,table]{totalcount}|
+% \end{quote}
+% is identical to
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage{totalcount}|\\
+% |\DeclareTotalCounter{figure}|\\
+% |\DeclareTotalCounter{table}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{Spacing}
+% The space after all \LaTeX\ commands without (optional or mandatory) arguments
+% like |\total|\-|figures| will not be typeset,
+% so these commands needs to be finished with an additional backslash or an empty
+% pair of curly braces right before the space character,
+% or to be finished with a tilde (swung dash),
+% so \TeX\ will be prevented from omitting the following space character.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% This could be avoided by defining new commands with the help of
+% the \package{xspace} package~\cite{xspace}.
+% When using \thispackage\ with the package option |xspace| this will be actually done,
+% so after
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[figure,table,xspace]{totalcount}|
+% \end{quote}
+% code like
+% \begin{quote}
+% |This document contains \totalfigures figures.|
+% \end{quote}
+% will give correct results without a missing space between the total number of figures
+% and the word ``figures''.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{Thanks}
+% I would like to thank Herbert Vo\ss\ since the implementation of this package is
+% based on an idea from him which could be found at
+% \url{http://texnik.dante.de/cgi-bin/mainFAQ.cgi?file=counter/counter#number}.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \StopEventually{%^^A
+% \begin{thebibliography}{9}
+% \bibitem{listings}
+% Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}%
+% {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
+% 2007/02/22
+% \bibitem{xspace}
+% David Carlisle and Morten H\o gholm:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xspace}%
+% {\emph{The xspace package}},
+% 2009/10/20
+% \end{thebibliography}
+% }
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@namedef,\@nameuse}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setpar}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box}
+% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow}
+% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter}
+% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
+% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
+% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline}
+% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write}
+% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad}
+% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut}
+% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists}
+% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2008/02/16}{First version}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{The implementation}
+% \iffalse
+%<*package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Identification}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{totalcount}[2018/01/21 v1.0a Total values of counters (AR)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Initial code}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareTotalCounter}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2013/05/12}{Usage of \cs{totalcount@counters} delayed}
+% |\DeclareTotalCounter|\marg{counter name}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareTotalCounter[1]{%
+ \newcounter{totalcount@#1}%
+ \@namedef{total#1s}{\nfss@text{\reset@font\bfseries ??}}%
+ \@namedef{total#1es}{\@nameuse{total#1s}}%
+ \expandafter\newif\csname iftotal#1s\endcsname
+ \@namedef{iftotal#1es}{\@nameuse{iftotal#1s}}%
+% \@nameuse{totalcount@set@#1}%
+ \AtBeginDocument{\@ifundefined{c@#1}%
+ {\PackageError{totalcount}{Undefined counter `#1'}\@ehc}%
+ {\@cons\totalcount@counters{{#1}}}}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareTotalCounter
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\totalcount@counters\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Declaration of options}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\totalcount@xspace{}
+\DeclareOption{xspace}{\renewcommand*\totalcount@xspace{\xspace}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption*{\expandafter\DeclareTotalCounter\expandafter{\CurrentOption}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Execution of options}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProcessOptions\relax
+\ifx\totalcount@xspace\@empty\else
+ \RequirePackage{xspace}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Main code}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\totalcount@addtocounter}
+% |\totalcount@addtocounter|\marg{counter name}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\totalcount@addtocounter[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{c@totalcount@#1}{}{%
+ \addtocounter{totalcount@#1}{\value{#1}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@stpelt}
+% |\@stpelt|\marg{counter name}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\totalcount@stpelt@ORI\@stpelt
+\renewcommand*\@stpelt[1]{%
+ \totalcount@addtocounter{#1}%
+ \totalcount@stpelt@ORI{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\totalcount@set}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2018/01/21}{A negative counter value will be handled correctly now}
+% |\totalcount@set|\marg{counter name}\marg{value}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\totalcount@set[2]{%
+ \@ifundefined{c@totalcount@#1}%
+% {\global\@namedef{totalcount@set@#1}{\totalcount@set{#1}{#2}}}%
+ {}%
+ {\global\@namedef{total#1s}{#2\totalcount@xspace}%
+ \ifnum#2<1\relax \else
+ \global\@nameuse{total#1strue}%
+ \fi}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\AtEndDocument{%
+ \begingroup
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \if@filesw
+ \immediate\write\@mainaux{%
+ \string\providecommand\string\totalcount@set[2]{}}%
+ \fi
+ \def\@elt#1{%
+ \totalcount@addtocounter{#1}%
+ \edef\totalcount@tempa{\the\value{totalcount@#1}}%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\totalcount@tempb\csname total#1s\endcsname
+ \@expandtwoargs\totalcount@set{#1}{\totalcount@tempa}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname total#1s\endcsname\totalcount@tempb \else
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \fi
+ \if@filesw
+ \immediate\write\@mainaux{%
+ \string\totalcount@set{#1}{\totalcount@tempa}}%
+ \fi}%
+ \totalcount@counters
+ \if@tempswa
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{totalcount}{%
+ Total counter(s) have changed.\MessageBreak
+ Rerun to get them right}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%</package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \Finale
+%
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/caption/totalcount.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/totalcount.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bbe1a9dfd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/caption/totalcount.pdf
Binary files differ